Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and

Northfield Bank 401(k) Savings Plan

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6712   To be Applied For

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

581 Main Street

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

(732) 499-7200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Mr. John W. Alexander

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

581 Main Street

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

(732) 499-7200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

Edward A. Quint, Esq.

Eric Luse, Esq.

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:     x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be
registered

  Proposed
maximum
offering price
per share
 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate

offering price

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  64,321,885 shares   $10.00   $643,218,850 (1)   $73,713 (2)

Participation interests

  1,387,228 interests (3)           (3)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(p), filing fee to be paid is offset by $51,650 previously paid by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. on June 9, 2010 under Registration Statement No. 333-167421. No shares were sold pursuant to the previously referenced Registration Statement.
(3) The securities of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Northfield Bank 401(k) Savings Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registration fee has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus Supplement

Interests in

NORTHFIELD BANK

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

Offering of Up to 1,387,228 Shares of

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

Common Stock

 

 

In connection with the conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC from the mutual to stock form of organization, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Delaware corporation (“Northfield-Delaware”), is offering shares of common stock for sale. Northfield-Delaware is allowing participants in the Northfield Bank Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”) to invest all or a portion of their accounts in stock units representing an ownership interest in the common stock of Northfield-Delaware. Presently, participants have the right to invest in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund which purchases shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the federally-chartered mid-tier holding company of Northfield Bank (hereinafter, the federal mid-tier holding company will be referred to as “Northfield-Federal” and the existing stock fund will be referred to as “Northfield-Federal Stock Fund”).

Based upon the value of the Plan assets at March 31, 2012, the trustee of the Plan could purchase or acquire up to 1,387,228 shares of the common stock of Northfield-Delaware, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest all or a portion of their Plan accounts (other than amounts invested in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund) in stock units representing an ownership interest in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund at the time of the stock offering.

Northfield-Delaware’s prospectus, dated                     , 2012, accompanies this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the stock offering of Northfield-Delaware common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Northfield Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

 

 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17 of the prospectus.

The interests in the Plan and the offering of common stock of Northfield-Delaware have not been approved or disapproved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by Northfield-Delaware, in the stock offering, of stock units representing an interest in shares of common stock in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund of the Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware acquired through the Plan.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Northfield-Delaware, Northfield Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of common stock or stock units representing an ownership interest in common stock of Northfield-Delaware shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of Northfield Bank or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

 

The date of this prospectus supplement is                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING

     1   

Securities Offered

     1   

Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund

     1   

Purchase Priorities

     2   

Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

     3   

Composition of and Purpose of Stock Units

     3   

Value of Plan Assets

     4   

Election to Purchase Stock Units in the Stock Offering

     4   

How to Order Stock in the Offering

     5   

Order Deadline

     6   

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

     6   

Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock

     6   

Voting Rights of Common Stock

     6   

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

     7   

Introduction

     7   

Eligibility and Participation

     7   

Contributions Under the Plan

     8   

Limitations on Contributions

     10   

Vesting

     10   

In-Service Distributions from the Plan

     11   

Distribution upon Retirement, Disability, or upon Termination of Employment

     12   

Forms of Distributions

     12   

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

     13   

Performance History and Fund Description

     16   

Investment in Common Stock of Northfield-Delaware

     19   

Administration of the Plan

     20   

Amendment and Termination

     20   

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

     20   

Federal Income Tax Consequences

     21   

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities.

     22   

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

     23   

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

     23   

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

     24   

LEGAL OPINION

     24   


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered   

Northfield-Delaware is offering stock units in the Northfield Bank 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”). The stock units represent indirect ownership of Northfield-Delaware’s common stock through the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund being established under the Plan in connection with the stock offering. Given the purchase price of $10 per share in the stock offering, the Plan may purchase (or acquire) up to 1,387,228 shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the stock offering.

 

Only employees of Northfield Bank may become participants in the Plan and only participants may purchase stock units in the Northfield-Delaware Inc. Stock Fund. Your investment in stock units in connection with the stock offering through the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund is subject to the purchase priorities contained in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC.

 

Information with regard to the Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Northfield-Delaware is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank is 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095.

 

All questions about completing the Special Investment Election Form should be addressed to Judith Calabrese, in the Human Resources Department, Northfield Bank, 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095; telephone number (732) 499-7200 ext. 2573; or e-mail Ms. Calabrese at jcalabrese@enorthfield.com.

 

Questions about the common stock being offered or about the prospectus may be directed to the Stock Information Center at 1-877-                    .

Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund    In connection with the stock offering, you may elect to transfer all or part of your account balances in the Plan (except from the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund) to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund, to be used to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in the common stock of Northfield-Delaware issued in the stock offering. The Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund is a new fund in the Plan established to hold share of common stock of Northfield-Delaware. It is different from the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund, which presently holds shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal, the federally-chartered mid-tier holding company of

 

1


Table of Contents
   Northfield Bank that will be eliminated in the reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC into Northfield-Delaware, the newly formed stock holding company of Northfield Bank. At the close of the reorganization and offering, shares of Northfield-Federal held in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund will be exchanged for shares of Northfield-Delaware pursuant to the exchange ratio (discussed in greater detail in the accompanying prospectus) and the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund will be merged into and become part of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund.
Purchase Priorities   

All Plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, which provides for a subscription offering and a community offering. In the offering, the purchase priorities are as follows and apply in case more shares are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

 

Subscription Offering:

 

(1)     Depositors of Northfield Bank with $50 or more on deposit at the close of business on March 31, 2011, get first priority.

 

(2)     Northfield Bank’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, get second priority.

 

(3)     Depositors of Northfield Bank with $50 or more on deposit at the close of business on                     , 2012, get third priority.

 

(4)     Depositors of Northfield Bank as of the close of business on                     , 2012, get fourth priority.

 

Community Offering:

 

(5)     Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania get fifth priority.

 

(6)     Northfield-Federal’s public stockholders as of                     , 2012 (including stockholders of the former Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc., who remain stockholders of Northfield-Federal as of                     , 2012) get sixth priority.

 

(7)     Other members of the general public get seventh priority.

 

2


Table of Contents
   If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4), you have subscription rights to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the Plan to pay for the stock units. You may also be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4) by purchasing stock in the Plan through subscription offering category (2), reserved for Northfield Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans.
Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions   

The trustee of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund will purchase common stock of Northfield-Delaware in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of stock units in connection with the stock offering will be sold from your existing investment options and transferred to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund and held in a money market account pending the formal closing of the stock offering, several weeks later. After the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all or any portion of your order will be filled (if the offering is oversubscribed you may not receive any or all of your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of common stock of Northfield-Delaware and will be denominated in stock units in the Plan.

 

In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e. , there are more orders for common stock of Northfield-Delaware than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase interests in common stock of Northfield-Delaware in the offering, the amount that cannot be invested in common stock of Northfield-Delaware, and any interest earned on such amount, will be reinvested in the existing funds of the Plan, in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription. If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any stock units representing an ownership interest in common stock of Northfield-Delaware through the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund in connection with the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you.

Composition of and Purpose of Stock Units    The Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund will invest in the common stock of Northfield-Delaware. In addition, the Northfield-Delaware

 

3


Table of Contents
   Stock Fund will maintain a cash component for liquidity purposes. Liquidity is required in order to facilitate daily transactions such as investment transfers or distributions from the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. For purchases in the offering, there will be no cash component. A stock unit will be valued at $10. After the offering, stock units will consist of a percentage interest in both the common stock of Northfield-Delaware and cash held in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. Unit values (similar to the stock’s share price) and the number of units (similar to number of shares) are used to communicate the dollar value of a participant’s account. Following the stock offering, each day the stock unit value of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund will be determined by dividing the total market value of the fund at the end of the day by the total number of units held in the fund by all participants as of the previous day’s end. The change in stock unit value reflects the day’s change in stock price, any cash dividends accrued and the interest earned on the cash component of the fund, less any investment management fees. The market value and unit holdings of your account in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund is reported to you on your quarterly statements.
Value of Plan Assets    As of March 31, 2012, the market value of the assets of the Plan was approximately $13,872,288. Of this amount, approximately $5,972,687 was invested in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund. The Plan administrator informed each participant of the value of his or her account balance under the Plan as of March 31, 2012.
Election to Purchase Stock Units in the Stock Offering    In connection with the stock offering, the Plan will permit you to direct the trustee to transfer all or part of the funds which represent your current beneficial interest in the assets of the Plan (other than amounts invested in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund) to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. You may not transfer amounts that you have invested in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund into the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. The shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund will automatically be exchanged for Northfield-Delaware common stock pursuant to the exchange ratio. The trustee of the Plan will subscribe for Northfield-Delaware common stock offered for sale in connection with the stock offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. In order to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in common stock of Northfield-Delaware in the stock offering through the Plan, you must purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in at least 25 shares in the offering through the Plan. The prospectus describes maximum purchase limits for investors in the stock offering. The trustee will pay $10 per stock unit in the offering, which will be the same price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

 

4


Table of Contents
How to Order Stock in the Offering   

Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to purchase stock units in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:

 

•       You can direct all or a portion of your current account (other than amounts invested in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund) to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund in increments of $10.

 

•       Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 stock units, which equals $250.

 

•       Your election, plus any order you placed outside the Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase of 300,000 shares, which equals $3,000,000.

 

•       The election period closes at                  .m., Eastern Time, on                     ,                     , 2012.

 

•       During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts that are not directed to purchase stock units in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund among all other investment funds. However, you will not be permitted to change the investment amounts that you designated to be transferred to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund on your Special Investment Election Form.

 

•       The amount you elect to transfer to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund will be held separately until the offering closes. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans, or withdrawals until the transaction is completed, which is expected to be several weeks after the closing of the subscription offering period.

 

If you wish to use all or part of your account balance in the Plan to purchase common stock of Northfield-Delaware issued in the stock offering, you should indicate that decision on the Special Investment Election Form. If you do not wish to make an election, you should check Box E in Section D of the Special Investment Election Form and return the form to Judith Calabrese, at Northfield Bank, 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095, to be received no later than                     , Eastern Time, on                     , 2012. You may return your Special Investment Election Form by hand delivery, inter-office mail or by mailing it to Ms. Calabrese at the above address in the enclosed self-addressed envelope, so long as it is received by the time specified.

 

5


Table of Contents
Order Deadline    You must return your Special Investment Election Form to Judith Calabrese, at Northfield Bank, to be received no later than                    p.m., Eastern Time, on                    , 2012.
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction    Once you make an election to transfer amounts to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering, you may not change your election . Your election is irrevocable. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of stock units among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis. You may also continue to transfer funds into and out of the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund which will purchase shares of Northfield-Federal in the open market (but not in the offering) or sell the shares in your account until the closing of the offering.
Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock    You will be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in stock after the offering through your investment in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. You may direct that your future contributions or your account balance in the Plan be transferred to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. After the offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the Plan will acquire common stock of Northfield-Delaware at your election in open market transactions at the prevailing price. You may change your investment allocation on a daily basis. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal shareholders of Northfield-Delaware.
Voting Rights of Common Stock    The Plan provides that you may direct the trustee as to how to vote any shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock held by the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund, and the interest in such shares that is credited to your account. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the Plan administrator will exercise these rights as it determines in its discretion and will direct the trustee accordingly. All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

 

6


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

Introduction

Northfield Bank originally adopted the Northfield Savings Bank Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of January 1, 1980, and amended and restated it most recently effective as of January 1, 2010. The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Northfield Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. Northfield Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.

Reference to Full Text of Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan. Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan Administrator at Northfield Bank, 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095. You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.

Eligibility and Participation

If you are a salaried employee of Northfield Bank, you are eligible to participate in the Plan upon completion of a period of 91 days of employment, counted from your date of hire. For purposes of additional eligibility for discretionary employer contributions or matching contributions, you must complete a 365-day year of eligibility service. Employees compensated on an hourly or exclusively on a commission basis, leased employees, and employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement are not eligible to participate in the Plan. If you were a participant in the Liberty Bank 401(k) Savings Plan on December 31, 2002, and became an employee of Northfield Bank on January 1, 2003, you became eligible to participate in the Plan on January 1, 2003.

As of March 31, 2012, there were 368 employees, former employees and beneficiaries eligible to participate in the Plan and 281 employees participating by making employee before-tax contributions or Roth contributions.

 

7


Table of Contents

Contributions Under the Plan

The Plan provides for several kinds of contributions, including employee before-tax contributions and employee Roth after-tax contributions (“Roth contributions”), employer matching contributions made on behalf of employees who make employee before-tax contributions and Roth contributions, and discretionary employer contributions. Each type is summarized below. In determining contribution amounts under the Plan, an employee’s annual compensation in excess of $250,000 is disregarded, as are certain other amounts of employee compensation.

Employee Before-tax Contributions . If you are an eligible employee, Northfield Bank will automatically reduce your salary on a before-tax basis by 2%, unless you elect not to have your salary reduced at all, or you elect to have your salary reduced by another percentage. You may elect to contribute between 2% and 15% of your salary (as defined in the Plan) for the purpose of making employee before-tax contributions or Roth contributions (as discussed below), however, the most you can contribute on a before-tax basis is $17,000 for the 2012 Plan year. You may change the amount of your employee before-tax contributions, including discontinuing or resuming them, by filing a form with the Plan administrator.

Catch-Up Contributions . If you are over age 50 or will attain age 50 before the close of the plan year and have made the maximum elective deferral set forth above (or are prevented from making the maximum contribution due to one or more Plan limitations that prohibit you from otherwise contributing an additional before-tax contribution or Roth contribution), you may also make “catch-up” contributions, in accordance with the tax laws and subject to the tax law limits (for 2012, the limit on catch-up contributions is $5,500). Your catch-up contributions may be either employee before-tax contributions or after-tax Roth contributions.

After-Tax Contributions . Prior to January 1, 1993, you were permitted to make after-tax contributions to the Plan. The amount of after-tax contributions, if any, previously made on your behalf is held in a separate account. After-tax contributions are invested in the same investment funds as employee before-tax contributions and earnings on after-tax contributions are tax-deferred until they are actually paid to you.

Roth Contributions. Effective January 1, 2010, the Plan was amended to allow you to make after-tax contributions to a Roth Contribution account. If you elect to have your salary reduced, you can direct that an amount from 2% to 15% of your salary be contributed to the plan on a before-tax basis or an after-tax basis, or a combination of both a before-tax basis and an after-tax basis. Roth contributions are taxed when contributed to the Plan. Earnings on Roth contributions will be excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes when distributed from the Plan if they are part of a “qualified distribution.” To qualify, distributions must be made more than 5 years after the first designated Roth contributions and not before the year in which the account owner turns age 59  1 / 2 , unless an exception applies.

In-Plan Roth Direct Rollover. Effective January 1, 2011, the plan was amended to allow for an in-plan rollover of any of your accounts (other than a designated Roth Contribution account) into your designated Roth Contribution account in the plan. The in-plan direct roll-over must satisfy certain conditions set forth in the Plan’s Summary Plan Description. The taxable amount of an in-plan direct rollver to you Roth contribution account will be included in your gross income.

 

8


Table of Contents

Matching Contributions . Northfield Bank will match a portion of your employee before-tax contributions. Northfield Bank will make a matching contribution equal to 25% of the first 6% of your before-tax base salary contributed to the Plan if you have been making employee before-tax contributions for less than 36 months (e.g., your maximum matching contribution will be 1.5% of your base salary). If you have been making employee before-tax contributions for 36 months or more, Northfield Bank will make a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of your before-tax base salary contributed to the Plan (e.g., your maximum matching contribution will be 3% of your base salary).

Discretionary Employer Contributions . Discretionary employer contributions may be made for each plan year in an amount determined by Northfield Bank. Discretionary employer contributions will be allocated to your account based on the ratio of your salary during the plan year for which the contribution is made to the total salaries of all employees eligible for a discretionary employer contribution for that year.

Prior Pension Plan Contributions . If you were a participant in The Retirement Plan of Northfield Savings Bank in RSI Retirement Trust on March 31, 1996, and you elected to have amounts transferred from the pension plan to the Plan in connection with the termination of the pension plan, those amounts were deposited in the prior pension plan contribution account set up on your behalf.

Prior Employer Matching Contributions . If you were a participant in the Liberty Bank 401(k) Savings Plan, the matching contributions made on your behalf (including earnings and appreciation, less any distributions and any losses, depreciation of expenses) were deposited into the prior employer matching contribution account set up on your behalf.

Rollover Contributions . You may elect to roll over qualified distributions from another plan or a rollover individual retirement account (“IRA”) into the Plan. You may also make a rollover contribution from a Section 403(b) annuity contract (excluding after-tax contributions), a Section 457(b) governmental plan maintained by a state or agency of the state. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules govern whether a distribution from another plan or an IRA qualifies for rollover into the Plan, and you may be required to provide information to show that the distribution you wish to roll over qualifies under IRS rules.

 

9


Table of Contents

Limitations on Contributions

Limitations on Employee before-tax contributions and Roth contributions. For the plan year beginning January 1, 2012, the amount of your employee before-tax contributions and Roth contributions, in the aggregate, may not exceed $17,000 per calendar year. This amount may be adjusted periodically by law, based on changes in the cost of living. Contributions in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

Catch-up Contributions . If you have made the maximum amount of regular employee before-tax contributions allowed by the Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the plan year), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purposes. For 2012, the maximum catch-up contribution is $5,500.

Limitation on Plan Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees. Special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code limit the amount of employee before-tax contributions, Roth contributions and employer matching contributions that may be made to the Plan in any year on behalf of highly compensated employees, in relation to the amount of employee deferrals and employer matching contributions made by or on behalf of all other employees eligible to participate in the Plan. A highly compensated employee includes any employee who (1) was a 5% owner of Northfield-Federal or Northfield-Delaware at any time during the current or preceding year, or (2) had compensation for the preceding year of more than $110,000. The dollar amounts in the foregoing sentence may be adjusted annually to reflect increases in the cost of living. If these limitations are exceeded, the level of deferrals by highly compensated employees may have to be adjusted.

Vesting

Your vested interest in your employee before-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, Roth contributions, rollover contributions, discretionary employer contributions, prior pension plan contributions, and prior employer matching contributions is always 100%.

Matching contributions become vested according to the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vested Interest  

Less than 1 year

     0

1 year but less than 2

     20

2 years but less than 3

     40

3 years but less than 4

     60

4 years but less than 5

     80

5 years or more

     100

 

10


Table of Contents

You are credited with a year of service for each 365-day period of employment, measured from your date of hire.

You will become immediately 100% vested in your matching contributions upon attainment of your normal retirement age, if you become permanently disabled or terminate employment as a result of your death.

In-Service Distributions from the Plan

Loans . You may apply for a loan under the Plan, subject to the rules and limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Plan document. The amount of any loan is limited to the lesser of $50,000 or 50% of your vested account balance under the Plan. The minimum amount of loan and the term of the loan is determined in accordance with the guidelines of the loan policy established by Northfield Bank with respect to the Plan.

Non-Hardship Withdrawals from the Plan . A substantial federal tax penalty may be imposed on withdrawals made prior to your attainment of age 59  1 / 2 , regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during your employment with Northfield Bank or after termination of employment. If you have not yet reached age 59  1 / 2 , you may request a withdrawal from some of your Plan accounts for any reason. Withdrawals will be made in the following order: first, from your after-tax contribution account; second, from your rollover contribution account; third, from the vested portion of your matching contribution account, provided you have completed 60 or more consecutive months of participation in the Plan or prior plan or in the former Liberty Bank 401(k) Savings Plan, and, fourth, from the vested portion of your prior employer matching contribution account, provided you have completed 60 or more consecutive months of participation in the Plan or in the former Liberty Bank 401(k) Savings Plan. You may not make more than one withdrawal in any calendar year.

Upon attainment of age 59  1 / 2 , you may withdraw from your Plan accounts for any reason. Withdrawals will be made in the following order: first, from your after-tax contribution account; second, from your rollover contribution account; third, from your employee before-tax contribution account; fourth, from the vested portion of your matching contribution account; fifth, from your prior employer matching contribution account; sixth, from your discretionary employer contribution account; seventh, from your prior pension plan contribution account, eighth, from the lesser of your Roth contributions or the value of your Roth contribution account, ninth, from the value of your Roth contribution account not withdrawn as set forth above. You may not make more than one withdrawal in any calendar year. Withdrawals of after-tax contributions made after December 31, 1986 may include a portion of any earnings credited thereon after December 31, 1986. Non-hardship withdrawals will be made, pro rata, from that portion of your plan accounts invested in investment funds, other than the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund.

Hardship Withdrawals . You may be eligible for a hardship withdrawal if you have an immediate and substantial financial need to meet certain expenses and you have no other reasonably available resources to meet your need. Among other requirements, you must first withdraw all amounts available to you under the non-hardship provisions of the Plan before you may apply for a hardship withdrawal. Your hardship withdrawal may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties expected to result from the withdrawal. The financial needs for which you can receive a hardship withdrawal are:

 

   

Purchase of your principal residence (not including mortgage payments);

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Payment of post-secondary school education for the next 12 months for you, your spouse or dependents;

 

   

Unreimbursed medical expenses which were previously incurred, or expenses which are necessary to obtain medical care for you, your spouse or dependents;

 

   

Prevention of eviction from your principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of your principal residence;

 

   

Payment of funeral expenses for your parent, spouse, child, or dependent; and

 

   

Expenses for the repair of damage to your principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under the Internal Revenue Code.

You must show that the amount does not exceed the amount you need to meet your financial need, you must have obtained all other distributions and non-taxable loans available to you under any employer plan, and you may not have any employee before-tax contributions, Roth contributions or matching contributions made on your behalf for at least six months. You may only receive one hardship withdrawal in any calendar year.

Distribution Upon Retirement, Disability, or Upon Termination of Employment

You may choose to have retirement benefits begin on or after your normal retirement date (age 65) or your early retirement date (the first day of any month coincident with or following the date you terminate employment after you attain age 55). If you continue working after your normal retirement date, your distribution will generally be deferred at least until your actual retirement date (your postponed retirement date). You are also eligible for a benefit distribution if you become disabled while you are an active employee of Northfield Bank. In addition, if you terminate your employment before you are eligible to retire, for any reason other than disability or death, you will be entitled to the vested value of your Plan accounts.

Forms of Distributions

Plan distributions at retirement, upon disability or upon termination of employment for reasons other than death will be made in the following standard forms of payment, unless you choose an optional form of payment. If you terminate employment at your normal, early or postponed retirement date, or upon becoming permanently disabled, and the value of your Plan accounts is $1,000 or less, your benefits will be paid to you in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible following your termination of employment. If the value of your Plan accounts exceeds $5,000, your benefits will be paid to you at the time you would have reached your normal retirement date or postponed retirement date, in a single cash payment. If the value of your Plan accounts is at least $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and you have not elected to receive your benefit under an available optional form of payment, the value of your Plan account will be transferred to an individual retirement account (“IRA”) established on your behalf by the Plan administrator.

 

12


Table of Contents

If you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and the value of your vested Plan accounts is $1,000 or less, your benefits will be paid to you in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible after your termination of employment. If you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and the value of your vested Plan accounts is greater than $5,000, your benefits will be paid in a single cash payment at the time you would have reached your normal retirement date. If you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and your Plan accounts is greater than $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000 and you have not elected to receive your benefits under an available optional form of payment, the value of your Plan accounts will be transferred to a rollover IRA established on your behalf by the Plan administrator.

Optional forms of payment include a single cash payment, deferred payment and rollovers. A single cash payment is available if you terminate employment at any time on or after your early retirement date and prior to your normal retirement date or due to disability, and the value of your vested Plan accounts exceeds $1,000. You may also elect to receive the value of your vested Plan accounts in a single cash payment if you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and the value of your vested accounts exceeds $5,000.

You may elect to defer receipt of your vested Plan accounts until after your normal retirement date or after your actual retirement date (if you retire after your normal retirement date), provided you receive at least a portion of your account balance no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which you retire (or terminate employment due to disability) or, if later, you attain age 70  1 / 2 .

Regardless of the reason for which you terminate employment, you may request that the value of your Plan accounts be transferred to a rollover IRA, another employer’s qualified plan, a Section 403(b) annuity contract or a Section 457(b) governmental plan maintained by a state or agency of the state, if the other plan or contract permits it.

If you die and have not made a valid election as to how payments are to be made, the value of your vested Plan account will be paid to your beneficiary in a single cash payment. If your designated beneficiary is your spouse and you die before attaining age 70  1 / 2 , payment to your spouse will be made no later than the date you would have attained age 70  1 / 2 . If your designated beneficiary is your spouse and you die on or after attaining age 70  1 / 2 , payment to your spouse will be made as soon as administratively possible. If your designated beneficiary is not your spouse, payment to your designated beneficiary will be made within one year of the date of your death.

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust (the “Trust”), which is administered by Pentegra Trust Company, the trustee appointed by Northfield Bank’s Board of Directors.

Prior to the effective date of the stock offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following funds:

 

   

American Beacon Large Cap Value Fund

 

13


Table of Contents
   

Columbia Mid Cap Index

 

   

Wells Fargo Stable Return Fund J

 

   

Neuberger Berman Genesis Fund (Tr)

 

   

PIMCO Total Return Fund (Adm)

 

   

SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund

 

   

Sunrise Retirement Balanced Fund

 

   

Sunrise Retirement Balanced Equity Fund

 

   

Sunrise Retirement Income Fund

 

   

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (Inv)

 

   

T Rowe Price Target Date Funds (2010-2050)

 

   

Wells Fargo Advantage International

 

   

Northfield-Federal Stock Fund

Once in any calendar quarter, you may submit a request form (including an electronic form) to a Plan representative to increase, decrease, suspend or resume your employee before-tax contributions and Roth contributions. If you increase or decrease your contribution percentage, the change will go into effect as of the first payroll period following 10 days after you submit your written request or as soon as possible thereafter.

You may change your investment direction of future contributions at any time by telephone through Pentegra Retirement Services at (800) 433-4422 or through the Internet (which can be reached via www.pentegra.com ). For further information regarding changes to your investment directions, please contact Judith Calabrese, in the Human Resources Department of Northfield Bank at (732) 499-7200 ext. 2573. In addition, if permitted by the Plan Committee, you may submit a written request to a Plan representative at least 10 days prior to the date the change is to take effect. If your change in investment direction is made in this manner, it will become effective as of the first payroll period following your written notice to the Plan representative, or as soon as possible thereafter.

You can transfer existing investment account balances from one fund to another at any time, by telephone though the Pentegra Retirement Services or through the Internet.

In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now provides that in addition to the funds specified above, you may direct the trustee, or its representative, to invest all or a portion of your account in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund.

Special rules may apply to investment in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund and, after the offering, the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund, for certain officers who are subject to restrictions on distributions under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These special rules affect withdrawals, loans, investment direction and transfers of investment account balances for the officers who are subject to these restrictions.

Pending investment in shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the stock offering will be held in a money market fund. In the event of an oversubscription that prevents you from purchasing all of the shares of Northfield-Delaware that you ordered in the stock offering, the amounts that you

 

14


Table of Contents

elected to invest but were unable to invest, plus any earnings on those amounts, will be reinvested among the other funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions).

Following the stock offering, you may elect to have both past contributions and earnings, as well as future contributions to your account invested among the funds listed above and the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund.

 

15


Table of Contents

Performance History and Fund Description

The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds available under the Plan through March 31, 2012:

TOTAL RETURNS AS OF MARCH 31, 2012

 

     Total Return      Annualized Total Return  

Investment Option

   Quarter      1-Year      3-Year      5-Year      10-Year      Since
Inception
 

American Beacon Large Cap Value Fund

     14.51         5.91         23.17         -0.13         5.42         8.78   

Columbia Mid Cap Index

     13.35         1.61         27.98         4.42         7.28         7.35   

Wells Fargo Stable Return Fund J

     0.33         1.50         1.98         2.71         3.32         5.35   

Neuberger Berman Genesis Fund (Tr)

     6.74         2.21         23.97         5.92         9.40         12.44   

PIMCO Total Return Fund (Adm)

     2.82         5.72         9.09         8.07         6.77         8.04   

SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund

     12.56         8.35         23.19         1.88         3.96         8.18   

Sunrise Retirement Balanced Fund

     8.36         4.03         14.98         4.62         —           4.62   

Sunrise Retirement Balanced Equity Fund

     10.26         3.26         17.68         3.86         —           3.86   

Sunrise Retirement Income Fund

     4.39         5.78         10.14         5.11         —           5.11   

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (Inv)

     18.98         11.59         24.79         4.07         5.12         10.06   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2010 Fund

     7.89         4.43         17.68         3.53         —           6.36   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2015 Fund

     9.18         4.25         19.37         —           —           2.21   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2020 Fund

     10.37         4.18         20.87         3.00         —           6.66   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2025 Fund

     11.26         3.75         21.95         —           —           1.31   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2030 Fund

     12.17         3.60         22.82         2.46         —           6.83   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2035 Fund

     12.81         3.35         23.36         —           —           0.83   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2040 Fund

     13.05         3.39         23.41         2.34         —           6.76   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2045 Fund

     13.00         3.41         23.38         —           —           0.86   

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2050 Fund

     13.04         3.45         23.38         2.33         —           2.52   

Wells Fargo Advantage International

     10.33         -7.57         14.41         -3.85         4.70         7.85   

Northfield-Federal Stock Fund

                 

 

16


Table of Contents

The following is a brief description of each of the Plan’s investment funds. For more complete information with respect to a particular fund, you should request a prospectus for that fund. You may request a prospectus for a particular fund by contacting Judith Calabrese at (732) 499-7200, ext. 2573.

American Beacon Large Cap Value Fund . The fund’s assets are invested primarily in equity securities of large market capitalization U.S. companies. The fund’s managers select stocks that, in their opinion, have above-average earnings growth potential and are also selling at a discount to the market. These companies generally have market capitalizations similar to the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 1000 index. These may consist of common and preferred stocks, convertible securities, U.S. dollar-denominated American Depositary Receipts and U.S. dollar-denominated foreign stocks traded on U.S. exchanges.

Columbia Mid Cap Index Fund . The fund seeks total return before fees and expenses that corresponds to the total return of the S&P MidCap 400 Index. The fund normally invests primarily in common stocks that comprise the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.

Wells Fargo Stable Return Fund J . The fund seeks safety of principal and consistency of returns with minimal volatility. The fund is intended for conservative investors seeking more income than money market funds without the price fluctuation of stock or bond funds. The fund invests in financial instruments issued by highly rated companies. These include guaranteed investment contracts (GICs), security backed investment contracts, separate account GICs, and cash equivalents. The fund is one of the oldest and largest stable value collective funds in the nation and has been managed by the same portfolio management team since 1988.

Neuberger Berman Genesis Fund (Tr) . This fund seeks growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $2 billion or less at the time of purchase. The fund’s management generally looks for undervalued companies whose current market shares and balance sheets are strong.

PIMCO Total Return Fund (Adm) . The fund seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a diversified portfolio of fixed income instruments. The average portfolio duration normally varies within a three- to six-year frame.

SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund . The fund seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P 500 index. The fund substantially invests all of investable assets in a corresponding portfolio of the State Street Equity 500 index portfolio that has the same investment objective as and investment policies that are substantially similar to those of the fund. It invests at least 80% of total assets in stocks in the S&P 500 index in proportion to their weighting.

Sunrise Retirement Balanced Fund . The fund targets 55% of its assets in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 45% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities, as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate-term fixed-income and money market mutual funds. This fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 30% U.S. large-cap equity, 15% U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 10% non-U.S. equity, 42% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents.

 

17


Table of Contents

Sunrise Retirement Balanced Equity Fund . The fund targets 70% of its assets in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 30% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities, as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate-term fixed-income and money market mutual funds. This fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 35% U.S. large-cap equity, 22% U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 13% non-U.S. equity, 27% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents.

Sunrise Retirement Income Fund . The fund targets 25% of its assets in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 75% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap and small-cap equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate- and short-term fixed-income, as well as money market, mutual funds. The fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 20% U.S. large-cap equity, 5% U.S. mall-cap equity, 72% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents.

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (R) . The fund seeks long-term growth of capital; income is secondary. The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in the common stocks of a diversified group of growth companies. It mostly seeks investments in companies that have the ability to pay increasing dividends through strong cash flow. The fund generally looks for companies with an above-average rate of earnings growth and a lucrative niche in the economy. While it invests most assets in U.S. common stocks, the fund may also purchase other securities, including foreign stocks, futures, and options.

T. Rowe Price Retirement 2010-2050 Funds . These funds seek the highest total return over time consistent with an emphasis on both capital growth and income. The funds invest in a diversified portfolio of T. Rowe Price stock and bond funds, the allocation of which will change over time in relation to the applicable fund’s target retirement date.

Wells Fargo Advantage International . The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests primarily in equity securities. The fund seeks both growth and value opportunities.

Northfield-Federal Stock Fund . The Northfield-Federal Stock Fund consists primarily of shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal and a small amount of cash to provide for liquidity for transactions and distributions.

An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

 

18


Table of Contents

Investment in Common Stock of Northfield-Delaware

The Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund will consist primarily of investments in common stock of Northfield-Delaware, Inc. The trustee will use all amounts allocated to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund pursuant to the Special Investment Election Form to acquire shares in the conversion and common stock offering. Shares of Northfield-Federal, which were held in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund prior to the conversion and common stock offering will be automatically converted into shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware, in accordance with the exchange ratio. After the offering, the trustee will, to the extent practicable, use amounts held by it in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund, including cash dividends paid on common stock held in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund, to purchase shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware, taking into consideration cash amounts needed to maintain liquidity in the account. It is expected that all purchases will be made at prevailing market prices. Under certain circumstances, the trustee may be required to limit the daily volume of shares purchased. Pending investment in common stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of shares in the offering will be held in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund in an interest-bearing account. In the event of an oversubscription, any earnings that result therefrom will be reinvested among the other funds of the 401(k) plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction allocation percentages).

Following the offering, Northfield-Delaware, a Delaware corporation, will be 100% owned by its public shareholders, including Northfield Bank’s tax-qualified plans. Currently, Northfield Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield-Federal, a federal mid-tier holding company, that is a majority-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, a mutual holding company. The historical performance of the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund, the predecessor to the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund is set forth on page 16. Performance of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund will be dependent upon a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank and market conditions for the common stock generally. An investment in the fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the fund.

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, none of the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock have been issued or are outstanding and there is no established market for Northfield-Delaware common stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund. Performance of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank and market conditions for Northfield-Delaware common stock generally.

Investments in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund involve special risks common to investments in the common stock of Northfield-Delaware.

For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page      of the attached prospectus and “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” below.

 

19


Table of Contents

An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

Administration of the Plan

The Trustee and Custodian . The trustee of the Plan is Pentegra Trust Company. Pentegra Trust Company serves as trustee for all the investments funds under the Plan, including during the offering period for Northfield-Delaware common stock. Following the offering period, Pentegra Trust Company will also serve as the trustee of the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund .

Plan Administrator . Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Plan Administrator, Northfield Bank. The address of the Plan Administrator is 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095 , telephone number (732) 499-7200, ext. 2573. The Plan Administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

Reports to Plan Participants . The Plan Administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).

Amendment and Termination

It is the intention of Northfield Bank to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, Northfield Bank may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. Northfield Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Northfield Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

 

20


Table of Contents

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:

(1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;

(2) participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and

(3) earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments;

(4) earnings of the Plan related to Roth contributions will be received free from Federal income tax if received in a qualified distribution (discussed above under Contributions Under the Plan – Roth Contributions ).

Northfield Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59  1 / 2 , and consists of the balance credited to the participant under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by Northfield Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Northfield Bank, which is included in the distribution.

Northfield-Delaware Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes Northfield-Delaware common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to Northfield-Delaware common stock; that is, the excess of the value of Northfield-Delaware common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of Northfield-Delaware common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals

 

21


Table of Contents

the value of Northfield-Delaware common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Northfield-Delaware common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of Northfield-Delaware common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Northfield-Delaware common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities.

Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities. Because you may in the future have investments in the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund and Northfield-Delaware. Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan. You may contact the Plan Administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of either the Northfield-Federal Stock Fund or the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund.

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in employer common stock through the Plan.

 

22


Table of Contents

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Northfield Bank, the Plan administrator, or the Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.

Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan in Northfield-Delaware common stock, the regulations under section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as Northfield-Delaware. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of Northfield-Delaware, a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within 2 business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of Northfield-Delaware’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund of the Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of Northfield-Delaware generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 provides for the recovery by Northfield-Delaware of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of Northfield-Delaware common stock within any six-month period.

 

23


Table of Contents

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of units within the Northfield-Delaware Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

Financial information representing the net assets available for Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for Plan benefits at December  31, 2011, is available upon written request to the Plan Administrator at the address shown above.

LEGAL OPINION

The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., which firm is acting as special counsel to Northfield Bank in connection with Northfield-Delaware’s stock offering.

 

24


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY

OFFERING PROSPECTUS

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Northfield Bank)

Up to 39,100,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is offering up to 39,100,000 shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares we are offering represent the ownership interest in Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, currently owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. In this prospectus, we will refer to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the Delaware corporation, as “Northfield-Delaware,” and we will refer to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the federal corporation, as “Northfield-Federal.” Northfield-Federal’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NFBK.” For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion and offering, we expect the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBKD.” Thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “NFBK.”

The shares of common stock are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Northfield Bank, the former First State Bank and the former Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association, and tax-qualified employee benefit plans of Northfield Bank, as described in this prospectus. Eligible depositors and tax-qualified employee benefit plans have priority rights to buy all of the shares offered. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering will simultaneously be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to residents of the communities served by Northfield Bank and existing stockholders of Northfield-Federal. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings in a separate public offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering may commence before the subscription and community offerings (including any extensions) have expired. The subscription, community and syndicated offerings are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the offering.

We must sell a minimum of 28,900,000 shares in order to complete the offering and the conversion.

In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, the shares of Northfield-Federal currently held by the public will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware based on an exchange ratio that will result in existing public stockholders of Northfield-Federal owning approximately the same percentage of Northfield-Delaware common stock as they owned in Northfield-Federal common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The number of shares we expect to issue in the exchange ranges from 18,642,263 shares to 25,221,885 shares.

The minimum order is 25 shares. The subscription and community offerings are expected to expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension deadline]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [extension deadline], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 39,100,000 shares or decreased to less than 28,900,000 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension deadline], or if the number of shares to be sold in the offerings is increased to more than 39,100,000 shares or decreased to less than 28,900,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at Northfield Bank and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion of the offering. No shares purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering.

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as a joint book-running manager for any syndicated offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum  

Number of shares

     28,900,000         34,000,000         39,100,000   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 289,000,000       $ 340,000,000       $ 391,000,000   

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent and underwriters’ commissions

   $ 2,240,000       $ 2,240,000       $ 2,240,000   

Selling agent and underwriters’ commissions (1)

   $ 12,302,000       $ 14,474,600       $ 16,647,200   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 274,458,000       $ 323,285,400       $ 372,112,800   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.50       $ 9.51       $ 9.52   

 

(1) Includes $100,000 payable to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. for records management.
(2) The amounts shown assume that 25% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and the remaining 75% are sold in a syndicated offering. The amounts shown further assume that Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive fees in the amount of: (i) 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan) up to the first 10% of the shares sold in such offering; and (ii) 3.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan) in excess of 10% of the shares sold in such offering. The amounts shown also include fees of 5% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering, which will be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering. See “The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. in the subscription and community offerings and the compensation to be received by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and the other underwriters that may participate in the syndicated offering. If all shares of common stock were sold in the syndicated offering, the selling agent and underwriters’ commissions would be approximately $14.4 million, $17.0 million and $19.6 million at the minimum, midpoint and maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

 

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center, toll-free, at [stock center phone #].

The date of this prospectus is [prospectus date].


Table of Contents

[MAP TO BE INSERTED ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     17   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     30   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     32   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     33   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     34   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     36   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     37   

CAPITALIZATION

     38   

PRO FORMA DATA

     40   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     49   

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

     80   

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD-FEDERAL AND NORTHFIELD BANK

     80   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     109   

TAXATION

     117   

MANAGEMENT

     119   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     146   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     147   

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

     148   

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

     170   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

     174   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     177   

TRANSFER AGENT

     178   

EXPERTS

     178   

LEGAL MATTERS

     179   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     179   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Northfield-Federal common stock for shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Our Business

Our business operations are conducted through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Northfield Bank. Northfield Bank is a community bank that has served the banking needs of its customers since 1887. Northfield Bank conducts business primarily from its home office located in Staten Island, New York, its operations center located in Woodbridge, New Jersey, and its 24 branch offices located in the New York counties of Richmond (Staten Island) and Kings (Brooklyn) and the New Jersey counties of Union and Middlesex.

Northfield Bank’s principal business consists of taking deposits, primarily through its retail banking offices, and investing those funds in loans and securities. Northfield Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms, and relies on its convenient locations, customer service, technological capabilities and competitive pricing and products to attract and retain deposits. To a lesser extent, Northfield Bank uses borrowed funds and brokered deposits as additional sources of funds. Northfield Bank’s principal lending activity is originating multifamily and commercial real estate loans for retention in its portfolio. Northfield Bank also offers, to a lesser extent, construction and land loans, commercial and industrial loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and home equity loans and lines of credit. Northfield Bank’s investment securities portfolio is comprised principally of mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds. Northfield Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Northfield-Delaware’s executive offices are located at 581 Main Street, Suite 810, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095, and its telephone number at this address is (732) 499-7200. Our website address is www.eNorthfield.com. Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Our Organizational Structure

Northfield Bank has been organized in the mutual holding company structure since 1995 and Northfield-Federal completed its initial public offering of shares in 2007. Northfield-Federal’s parent mutual holding company is Northfield Bancorp, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company. Northfield-Federal is our federally chartered, publicly-traded mid-tier holding company and the parent holding company of Northfield Bank. At March 31, 2012, Northfield-Federal had consolidated assets of $2.41 billion, deposits of $1.50 billion and stockholders’ equity of $385.2 million. At March 31, 2012, Northfield-Federal had 40,396,868 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 15,755,184 shares, or 39.0%, were owned by the public (including Northfield Bank Foundation), and the remaining 24,641,684 shares were held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC.

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion and reorganization, Northfield Bancorp, MHC is now converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the stock holding company corporate structure. As part of the conversion, we are offering for sale the majority ownership interest in Northfield-Federal that is currently held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. The shares being offered in the offering will be issued by Northfield-Delaware. We are not contributing additional shares to the Northfield Bank Foundation in connection with the conversion and offering. Upon completion of the conversion, public stockholders of Northfield-Federal will receive shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware in exchange for their shares of Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s shares will be cancelled, Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield-Federal will cease to exist, and Northfield-Delaware will become the successor corporation to Northfield-Federal and the parent holding company for Northfield Bank.

 

1


Table of Contents

The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, reflecting ownership percentages as of March 31, 2012 and assuming the acquisition of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. (described below) had been completed as of that date:

 

LOGO

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public holding company, as follows:

 

LOGO

 

2


Table of Contents

Recent Acquisitions

In October 2011, Northfield Bank assumed all of the deposits and acquired substantially all of the assets of First State Bank, a New Jersey chartered bank, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for First State Bank, pursuant to the terms of a Purchase and Assumption Agreement. The agreement contained no loss-share provisions with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the deposits were acquired at no premium while the asset discount was $46.9 million resulting in a cash payment from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of approximately $50.5 million. Northfield Bank acquired approximately $194.6 million in assets at fair value, including $91.9 million in loans, net of fair value adjustment of $40.5 million. Northfield Bank also assumed deposit liabilities with a fair value of $188.2 million. The assets purchased and liabilities assumed have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. As the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired exceeded the liabilities assumed, we recognized an after-tax bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million.

In March 2012, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC, Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association. Under the terms of the merger agreement, Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association, Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC, will merge with and into Northfield Bank, Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, respectively. Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. stockholders will receive 0.4748 of a share of Northfield-Federal stock for each share of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. common stock they own, which at announcement was valued at $6.50 per share, subject to the terms and conditions of the merger agreement. At March 31, 2012, Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. had 2,736,907 shares of common stock outstanding, and consolidated assets of $145.9 million, deposits of $118.7 million, stockholders’ equity of $19.2 million and a book value per share of $7.03. As a result of the acquisition, we expect to record $813,000 of core deposit intangibles, and we expect to issue a total of 1,299,483 shares of Northfield-Federal common stock, including 594,781 shares to stockholders other than Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC and 704,702 shares to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as the successor to Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC.

Business Strategy

Our business strategies are:

 

   

Disciplined expansion through organic growth coupled with opportunistic acquisitions. Since we became a public company in 2007, we have successfully pursued a strategy of organic growth by continuing to leverage our existing franchise and expanding the franchise through de novo branching. Since 2007, we opened a branch in Staten Island to enhance an already significant presence, added a branch in New Jersey, and expanded into Brooklyn where we have opened four branches. We also have four branches (one in Union County, New Jersey, one in Staten Island and two in Brooklyn) in various stages of construction to be completed by early 2013. While organic growth has been our primary focus, we also have selectively pursued acquisition opportunities in our market area that we believe will enhance our franchise and yield financial benefits for our stockholders. In October 2011, we acquired all the deposits and substantially all the assets of First State Bank from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and on March 13, 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. The First State Bank transaction was immediately accretive to earnings and resulted in a $3.6 million after-tax bargain purchase gain. It also added a branch in our New Jersey market and approximately $97 million in deposits as of March 31, 2012. The Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition also is expected to be accretive to earnings and tangible book value, and will add three branches in Brooklyn with approximately $90.5 million in loans and $118.7 million in deposits at March 31, 2012.

 

   

Increased lending, with an emphasis on multifamily real estate loans. We increased our loan portfolio to $1.04 billion at March 31, 2012 from $424.2 million at December 31, 2007, and have rebalanced the mix of our earning assets away from securities and into loans. Our loan portfolio accounted for 45.7% of our earning assets at March 31, 2012, compared to 33.3% at December 31,

 

3


Table of Contents
 

2007. Our loan-to-deposit ratio has increased from 48.4% in December 31, 2007, to 69.5% at March 31, 2012, which has improved our net interest margin. This growth in our loan portfolio has helped maintain our net interest margin and mitigated the impact of the protracted low interest rates on our earnings. To achieve this growth, and in recognition of the current economic environment, we adjusted our lending focus to emphasize the origination of multifamily real estate loans. At March 31, 2012, our multifamily portfolio totaled $496.7 million, or 47.6% of total loans, compared to $14.2 million, or 3.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2007. We intend to continue to emphasize multifamily lending, and as economic conditions improve, we also anticipate increasing the origination of commercial real estate, commercial and home equity loans.

 

   

Enhanced core earnings through improved funding mix and continued emphasis on operational efficiencies. In addition to increasing our level of loans outstanding, we have made a concerted effort to improve our core funding profile by increasing lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reducing time deposits and wholesale borrowings. Deposits increased 71% to $1.50 billion at March 31, 2012 from $877.2 million at December 31, 2007. Our ratio of non-time deposits to total deposits increased from 54.1% to 68.9% over the same period. We also recognize that controlling operating expenses is essential to our long term profitability. We intend to further capitalize on our technology capabilities to improve operating efficiencies and enhance customer service. Our efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 53.6%, which compared favorably to the ratio of the SNL Thrift Index of 54.2% for the same period.

 

   

Improved asset quality and a reduction in problem assets. Maintaining strong asset quality has been, and will continue to be, a key element of our business strategy. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets decreased from 2.72% at December 31, 2010 to 1.77% at March 31, 2012, a level that compares favorably to the SNL Thrift Index ratio of 2.97% at that date. At March 31, 2012, non-performing loans totaled $40.2 million, or 3.85% of total loans, as compared to $60.9 million, or 7.36% of total loans at December 31, 2010.

 

   

Stockholder-focused management of capital. We began paying regular quarterly dividends in the fourth quarter of 2008, and increased the dividend twice from our initial annual rate of $0.16 to $0.20 and then to $0.24, respectively. These dividend increases were accomplished during a period when many depository institutions were reducing or eliminating their dividends. Our average dividend yield for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was 1.7% compared to 1.2% for the SNL Thrift Index. Our board of directors decided to delay future dividend payments after our March 2012 dividend, because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or Federal Reserve Board, currently requires Northfield Bancorp, MHC to obtain a member (depositor) vote before waiving its right to receive dividends from Northfield-Federal. However, following the completion of the conversion we intend to seek regulatory approval to pay a one-time, special dividend of $         per share to all stockholders, and resume the payment of regular quarterly dividends as well.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy” for a more complete discussion of our business strategy.

 

4


Table of Contents

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

   

eliminate the uncertainties associated with the mutual holding company structure under recently enacted financial reform legislation. The recently enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, has changed our primary bank and holding company regulator, which has resulted in changes in regulations applicable to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield-Federal. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board became the federal regulator of all savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies, and the Federal Reserve Board historically has not allowed mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends from their mid-tier holding company subsidiaries. Absent approval for Northfield Bancorp, MHC to waive dividends, any dividend declared on Northfield-Federal’s common stock would have to be paid to Northfield Bancorp, MHC as well as our public stockholders, resulting in a tax liability for Northfield Bancorp, MHC and a decrease in the exchange ratio for our public shareholders upon conversion to stock form. The Federal Reserve Board currently requires a “grandfathered” mutual holding company, like Northfield Bancorp, MHC, to obtain member (depositor) approval and comply with other procedural requirements prior to waiving dividends, which would make dividend waivers impracticable. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enable us to continue paying dividends to our stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all financial institutions. See “Our Dividend Policy.” It will also eliminate the risk that the Federal Reserve Board will amend existing regulations applicable to the conversion process in a manner disadvantageous to our public stockholders or depositors.

 

   

transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure. The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, which we believe will make our common stock more appealing to investors, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

   

improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock. The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market than currently exists for Northfield-Federal common stock. A more liquid and active market would make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and would give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

   

facilitate future mergers and acquisitions. Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions, as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering will also enable us to consider larger transactions. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions, although applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of Northfield-Delaware for three years following completion of the conversion.

See “The Conversion and Offering” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

5


Table of Contents

Terms of the Offering

We are offering between 28,900,000 and 39,100,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Northfield Bank, the former First State Bank and the former Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, in a community offering to residents of the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania, and to our existing public stockholders and to the general public. If necessary, we will also offer shares to the general public in a syndicated offering. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 39,100,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 28,900,000 shares, or the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [extension deadline], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the subscription and community offering is extended past [extension deadline], or if the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 39,100,000 shares or decreased to less than 28,900,000 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, their withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time. No shares purchased in the community offering and subscription offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering.

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the community offering, the subscription offering or a syndicated offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., our marketing agent in the subscription and community offerings, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock being offered for sale in the subscription and community offerings.

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the exchange ratio for the exchange of shares of Northfield-Delaware for shares of Northfield-Federal are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Northfield-Delaware, assuming the acquisition of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and the conversion offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of May 11, 2012, and assuming that we had completed our acquisition of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. as of March 31, 2012, this market value was $559.3 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $475.4 million and a maximum of $643.2 million. Based on this valuation range, the 60.8% pro forma ownership interest of Northfield Bancorp, MHC in Northfield-Federal as of March 31, 2012 (assuming completion of the Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. acquisition at that date) being sold in the offering and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by Northfield-Delaware ranges from 28,900,000 shares to 39,100,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio ranges from 1.1402 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 1.5426 shares at the maximum of the offering range, and will preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders of Northfield-Federal (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the stock offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares).

 

6


Table of Contents

The appraisal is based in part on Northfield-Federal’s financial condition and results of operations (assuming completion of the Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. acquisition as of March 31, 2012), the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 11 publicly traded thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to Northfield-Federal. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
Symbol
  

Headquarters

   Total
Assets (1)
 
               (in millions)  

Brookline Bancorp, Inc.

   BRKL    Brookline, MA    $ 3,299   

Cape Bancorp, Inc.

   CBNJ    Cape May Courthouse, NJ    $ 1,071   

ESSA Bancorp, Inc.

   ESSA    Stroudsburg, PA    $ 1,097   

Flushing Financial Corp.

   FFIC    Lake Success, NY    $ 4,288   

Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc.

   FXCB    Hatboro, PA    $ 1,016   

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

   OCFC    Toms River, NJ    $ 2,302   

Oritani Financial Corp.

   ORIT    Township of Washington, NJ    $ 2,603   

Provident NY Bancorp, Inc.

   PBNY    Montebello, NY    $ 3,084   

Rockville Financial, Inc.

   RCKB    Rockville, CT    $ 1,750   

United Financial Bancorp

   UBNK    West Springfield, MA    $ 1,624   

Westfield Financial Inc.

   WFD    Westfield, MA    $ 1,263   

 

(1) Asset size for all companies is as of December 31, 2011, except for Westfield Financial, Inc., whose asset size is as of September 30, 2011.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Northfield-Delaware (on a pro forma basis) and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, and stock prices as of May 11, 2012, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 18.9% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 22.4% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a premium of 118.5% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
    Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Northfield-Delaware (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

      

Maximum

     62.96     86.13     88.26

Midpoint

     53.79     79.68     81.77

Minimum

     44.93     72.36     74.40

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

      

Averages

     24.62     98.21     105.39

Medians

     22.86     99.31     104.56

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve-month basis through March 31, 2012. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

7


Table of Contents

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Northfield-Federal Common Stock

If you are currently a stockholder of Northfield-Federal, your shares will be canceled at the completion of the conversion and will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware. The number of shares of common stock you receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value and the percentage of outstanding shares of Northfield-Federal common stock owned by public stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of Northfield-Delaware as of May 11, 2012, assuming public stockholders of Northfield-Federal, including former stockholders of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc., own 39.2% of Northfield-Federal common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The table also shows the number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock a hypothetical owner of Northfield-Federal common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Northfield-Federal common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 

     Shares to be Sold in
This Offering
    Shares of Northfield-
Delaware to be Issued
for Shares of
Northfield-Federal
    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange
and Offering
     Exchange
Ratio
     Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering
Price (1)
     Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book
Value Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
     Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing
Shares (3)
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent                

Minimum

     28,900,000         60.8     18,642,263         39.2     47,542,263         1.1402       $ 11.40       $ 15.32         114   

Midpoint

     34,000,000         60.8        21,932,074         39.2        55,932,074         1.3414         13.41         16.41         134   

Maximum

     39,100,000         60.8        25,221,885         39.2        64,321,885         1.5426         15.43         17.48         154   

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Northfield-Federal, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share purchase price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

No fractional shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Northfield-Federal. For each fractional share that otherwise would be issued, Northfield-Delaware will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $10.00 per share offering price.

Outstanding options to purchase shares of Northfield-Federal common stock also will convert into and become options to purchase shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, duration and vesting schedule of these options will not be affected by the conversion. At March 31, 2012, there were 2,053,100 outstanding options to purchase shares of Northfield-Federal common stock, 1,239,180 of which have vested. Such outstanding options will be converted into options to purchase 2,340,945 shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range and 3,167,112 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range. Because federal regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, we may use authorized but unissued shares to fund option exercises that occur during the first year following the conversion. If all existing options were exercised for authorized but unissued shares of common stock following the conversion, stockholders would experience dilution of approximately 4.69%.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

We intend to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering in Northfield Bank, loan funds to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at Northfield-Delaware. Therefore, assuming we sell

 

8


Table of Contents

34,000,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering, and we have net proceeds of $323.3 million, we intend to invest $161.6 million in Northfield Bank, loan $13.6 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock and retain the remaining $148.0 million of the net proceeds at Northfield-Delaware.

Northfield-Delaware may use the funds it retains to acquire other financial institutions, for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes. Northfield Bank may use the proceeds it receives to acquire other financial institutions, to expand its branch network and to support increased lending and other products and services.

Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) To depositors with accounts at Northfield Bank, or the former First State Bank or Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association, with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on March 31, 2011.

 

  (ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Northfield Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering, although we reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 4% of the shares sold in the offering to the extent necessary to complete the offering at the minimum of the offering range.

 

  (iii) To depositors with accounts at Northfield Bank or the former Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [supplemental date].

 

  (iv) To depositors of Northfield Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania. To the extent shares of common stock remain available, we will also offer the shares to Northfield-Federal’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]. The community offering is expected to begin concurrently with the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will act as joint book-running managers for the syndicated offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

 

9


Table of Contents

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.

Generally, no individual may purchase more than 300,000 shares ($3.0 million) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 300,000 shares ($3.0 million) of common stock:

 

   

your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

   

most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or

 

   

other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 300,000 shares ($3.0 million).

In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for current stockholders of Northfield-Federal other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Northfield-Federal common stock, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion. However, if, based on your current ownership level, you will own more than 5% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion following the exchange of your shares of Northfield-Federal common stock, you will not need to divest any of your shares.

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in the section of this prospectus headed “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorizing us to withdraw available funds from the types of Northfield Bank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form.

Northfield Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a Northfield Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash or wire transfers. You may not designate withdrawal from Northfield Bank’s accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Northfield Bank retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Northfield Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], which is the end of the subscription offering period. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope

 

10


Table of Contents

provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted below. You may hand-deliver stock order forms to the Stock Information Center, which will be located at Northfield Bank’s                      office,                     . Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other branch offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Northfield Bank’s offices.

Please see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or IRA. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Northfield Bank individual retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [offering deadline] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Northfield Bank or elsewhere . Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering.

Market for Common Stock

Existing publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal’s common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware will replace the existing shares. For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion and offering, we expect our shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBKD,” and, thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “NFBK.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [voting record date], Northfield-Federal had approximately                      registered market makers in its common stock. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated have advised us that they intend to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but are under no obligation to do so.

Our Dividend Policy

After the completion of the conversion, we intend to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. We expect the quarterly dividends to be $0.06 per share, which equals $0.24 per share on an annualized basis and an annual yield of 2.4% based on a price of $10.00 per share.

We also intend to seek regulatory approval to pay a one-time, special dividend of $         per share to all Northfield-Delaware stockholders. No assurances can be given as to whether or when such approval may be obtained.

The dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors, including our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated.

 

11


Table of Contents

For information regarding our historical dividend payments, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.” and “Market for the Common Stock.” For information regarding our current and proposed dividend policy, see “Our Dividend Policy.”

Purchases by Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for          shares of common stock in the offering, representing     % of shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own          shares of common stock, or     % of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range, which includes shares they currently own that will be exchanged for new shares of Northfield-Delaware.

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offering

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription and community offering is 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering.

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Federal regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the order form, you may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

Delivery of Stock Certificates

Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be mailed to the certificate registration address noted by purchasers on the stock order form. Stock certificates will be sent to purchasers by first-class mail as soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day following the completion of the conversion and offering. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the

 

12


Table of Contents

Conversion.” It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your stock certificate will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

   

The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (depositors of Northfield Bank) as of [voting record date];

 

   

The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by Northfield-Federal stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal as of [voting record date], including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC;

 

   

The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by Northfield-Federal stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal as of [voting record date], excluding those shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC;

 

   

We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering; and

 

   

We receive the final approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to complete the conversion and offering.

Northfield Bancorp, MHC intends to vote its shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization. At [voting record date], Northfield Bancorp, MHC owned     % of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal. The directors and executive officers of Northfield-Federal and their affiliates owned          shares of Northfield-Federal (excluding exercisable options), or     % of the outstanding shares of common stock and     % of the outstanding shares of common stock excluding shares owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization.

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 28,900,000 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

  (i) increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or

 

  (ii) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [extension deadline], so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the offering; and/or

 

  (iii) increase the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.

If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large purchasers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

 

13


Table of Contents

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $475.4 million or above $643.2 million, then, after consulting with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, we may:

 

   

terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

   

set a new offering range; or

 

   

take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place a new stock order for a period of time.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC that is being called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after member approval with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [interest rate]% per annum and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all of our employees, to purchase up to 4% of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering. These shares, when combined with shares owned by our existing employee stock ownership plan, will be less than 8% of the shares outstanding following the conversion. If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the offering range, the employee stock ownership plan’s subscription order will not be filled and the employee stock ownership plan may, with prior Federal Reserve Board approval, purchase shares in the open market following completion of the conversion. For further information, see “Management—Executive Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust.”

Federal regulations permit us to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Our current intention is to implement one or more new stock-based incentive plans, but we have not determined whether we would adopt the plans within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans would be required. If we implement stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans would reserve a number of shares (i) up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering (reduced by amounts purchased in the stock offering by our 401(k) plan using its purchase priority in the stock offering) for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and (ii) up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options by key employees and directors. The total number of shares available under the stock-based benefit plans is subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect shares of common stock or stock options previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank. For stock-based benefit plans adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, current regulatory policy would require that the total number of shares of restricted stock and the total number of shares available for the exercise of stock options not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares following the conversion. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, it would not be subject to the percentage limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans. For a description of our current stock-based benefit plan, see “Management—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity Awards.”

 

14


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the stock offering for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees or consultants. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.

 

     Number of Shares to be Granted or
Purchased
    Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock-Based
Benefit Plans
    Value of Grants (In
Thousands) (1)
 
   At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Sold in the
Offering
     
             At
Minimum of
Offering
Range
     At
Maximum of
Offering
Range
 

Employee stock ownership plan

     1,156,000         1,564,000         4.0     N/A  (2)    $ 11,560       $ 15,640   

Restricted stock awards

     1,156,000         1,564,000         4.0        2.37     11,560         15,640   

Stock options

     2,890,000         3,910,000         10.0        5.73     5,491         7,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,202,000         7,038,000         18.0     7.84   $ 28,611       $ 38,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $1.90 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; an expected option term of 10 years; a dividend yield of 2.4%; a risk-free rate of return of 2.23%; and a volatility rate of 19.8%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
(2) No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the stock offering.

We may fund our stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing 2008 Equity Incentive Plan are exercised during the first year following completion of the offering, they will be funded with newly issued shares as federal regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of the offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under our stock-based benefit plan or under extraordinary circumstances.

The following table presents information as of March 31, 2012 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and our proposed stock-based benefit plan. The table below assumes that 64,321,885 shares are outstanding after the offering, which includes the sale of 39,100,000 shares in the offering at the maximum of the offering range and the issuance of shares in exchange for shares of Northfield-Federal using an exchange ratio of 1.5426. It also assumes that the value of the stock is $10.00 per share.

 

15


Table of Contents

Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans

  

Participants

   Shares at
Maximum of
Offering
Range
    Estimated
Value of
Shares
    Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
After the
Conversion
 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:

   Employees       

Shares purchased in 2007 offering (1)

        2,709,236  (2)    $ 27,092,360        4.21

Shares to be purchased in this offering

        1,564,000        15,640,000        2.43   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee stock ownership plan shares

        4,273,236      $ 42,732,360        6.64
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards:

   Directors, Officers and Employees       

2008 Equity Incentive Plan (1)

        1,284,446  (3)    $ 12,844,460  (4)      2.00

New shares of restricted stock

        1,564,000        15,640,000  (4)      2.43   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares of restricted stock

        2,848,446      $ 28,484,460        4.43 % (5) 
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock Options:

   Directors, Officers and Employees       

2008 Equity Incentive Plan (1)

        3,249,333  (6)    $ 6,173,733        5.05

New stock options

        3,910,000        7,429,000  (7)      6.08   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock options

        7,159,333      $ 13,602,733        11.13 % (5) 
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total of stock benefit plans

        14,281,015      $ 84,819,553        22.20
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The number of shares indicated has been adjusted for the 1.5426 exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range.
(2) As of March 31, 2012, 442,384 of these shares, or 286,778 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been allocated.
(3) As of March 31, 2012, 1,284,446 of these shares, or 832,650 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and 775,203 of these shares, or 502,530 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have vested.
(4) The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based benefit plan is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.
(5) The number of shares of restricted stock and shares reserved for stock options set forth in the table would exceed regulatory limits if a stock-based incentive plan were adopted within one year of the completion of the conversion. Accordingly, the number of new shares of restricted stock and shares reserved for stock options set forth in the table would have to be reduced such that the aggregate amount of stock awards and shares reserved for stock options would be 4% or less and 10% or less, respectively, of our outstanding shares, unless we obtain a waiver from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or we implement the incentive plan more than 12 months after completion of the conversion. We have not determined whether we will implement a new stock-based incentive plan earlier than 12 months after completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(6) As of March 31, 2012, options to purchase 3,249,333 of these shares, or 2,106,400 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and options to purchase 1,911,713 of these shares, or 1,239,280 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have vested.
(7) The weighted-average fair value of stock options to be granted has been estimated at $1.90 per option, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of stock options uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: exercise price, $10.00; trading price on date of grant, $10.00; dividend yield, 2.4%; expected term, 10 years; expected volatility, 19.8%; and risk-free rate of return, 2.23%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

Tax Consequences

Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal, Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, and have received opinions of Crowe Horwath LLP regarding the material New York and New Jersey state tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal (except for cash paid for fractional shares), Northfield Bank, Northfield-Delaware, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Northfield-Federal. Existing stockholders of Northfield-Federal who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of Northfield-Delaware will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free telephone number is [stock center phone #]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our concentration in multifamily loans and commercial real estate loans could expose us to increased lending risks and related loan losses.

Our current business strategy is to continue to emphasize multifamily loans and to a lesser extent commercial real estate loans. At March 31, 2012, $815.6 million, or 85.2% of our originated total loan portfolio held-for-investment, consisted of multifamily and commercial real estate loans. In addition, in October 2011, we acquired $41.9 million of commercial real estate purchased-credit impaired loans with an estimated fair value of $33.4 million at the acquisition date.

These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the properties and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential real estate loan.

In addition, if loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled and the value of the real estate has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is unseasoned. It is difficult to judge the future performance of unseasoned loans.

Our net loan portfolio has grown to $1.02 billion at March 31, 2012, from $418.7 million at December 31, 2007. A large portion of this increase is due to increases in multifamily real estate loans. It is difficult to assess the future performance of these recently originated loans because our relatively limited experience in multifamily lending does not provide us with a significant payment history from which to judge future collectability, especially in this period of difficult economic conditions. These loans may experience higher delinquency or charge-off levels than our historical loan portfolio experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings and capital could decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, as well as the experience of other similarly situated institutions, and we evaluate other factors including, among other things, current economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, or if delinquencies do not continue to improve or non-accrual and non-performing loans increase, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and, based on information available to them at the time of their review, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. An increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Because most of our borrowers are located in the New York metropolitan area, a prolonged downturn in the local economy, or a decline in local real estate values, could cause an increase in nonperforming loans or a decrease in loan demand, which would reduce our profits.

Substantially all of our loans are secured by real estate located in our primary market areas. Continued weakness in our local economy and our local real estate markets could adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Real estate values are affected by various factors, including supply and demand, changes in general or regional economic conditions, interest rates, governmental rules or policies, natural disasters, and the threat of terrorist attacks. Continued negative economic conditions also could result in reduced loan demand and a decline in loan originations. In particular, a significant decline in real estate values would likely lead to a decrease in new multifamily, commercial real estate, and home equity loan originations and increased delinquencies and defaults in our real estate loan portfolio.

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, money market funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide, all of which benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do.

In addition, the recent crises in the financial services industry have resulted in a number of financial services companies such as investment banks and automobile and real estate finance companies electing to become bank holding companies. These financial services companies traditionally have generated funds from sources other than insured bank deposits. Many of the alternative funding sources traditionally utilized by these companies are no longer available. This has resulted in these companies relying more on insured bank deposits to fund their operations, which has increased competition for deposits and the related costs of such deposits. Our profitability depends on our continued ability to compete successfully in our market areas. For additional information, see “Business of Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank—Market Area and Competition.”

We have been negatively affected by current market and economic conditions. A continuation or worsening of these conditions could adversely affect our operations, financial condition, and earnings.

The severe economic recession of 2008 and 2009 and the weak economic recovery since then have resulted in continued uncertainty in the financial markets and the expectation of weak general economic conditions, including high levels of unemployment. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses has adversely affected our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The credit quality of loan and investment securities portfolios has deteriorated at many financial institutions and the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. Some of our commercial and multifamily real estate loan customers have experienced increases in vacancy rates and declines in rental rates for both multifamily and commercial properties. Financial companies’ stock prices have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. A continuation or worsening of these conditions could result in reduced loan demand and further increases in loan delinquencies, loan losses, loan loss provisions, costs associated with monitoring delinquent loans and disposing of foreclosed property, and otherwise negatively affect our operations, financial condition, and earnings.

 

18


Table of Contents

There are potential risks stemming from the loans we acquired in our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction.

The credit risk associated with the loans and other real estate owned we acquired in our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted acquisition of First State Bank in October 2011 were substantially mitigated by the discount we received from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; however, these assets are not without risk of loss. Although these acquired assets were initially accounted for at fair value, which reflects an estimate of expected credit losses related to these assets, we did not purchase the assets with loss share from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. To the extent future cash flows are less than those estimated at time of acquisition, we will recognize impairment losses on the underlying loan pools. Fluctuations in national, regional and local economic conditions and other factors may increase the level of charge-offs on the loans we acquired in this transaction and correspondingly reduce our net income.

We could record future losses on our securities portfolio.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recognized total other-than-temporary impairment on our securities portfolio of $1.2 million and $962,000, respectively, of which $409,000 and $154,000, respectively, were considered to be credit-related and, therefore, recorded as a loss through a reduction of non-interest income. A number of factors or combinations of factors could require us to conclude, in one or more future reporting periods, that an unrealized loss that exists with respect to our securities portfolio constitutes additional impairment that is other than temporary, which could result in material losses to us. These factors include, but are not limited to, a continued failure by an issuer to make scheduled interest payments, an increase in the severity of the unrealized loss on a particular security, an increase in the continuous duration of the unrealized loss without an improvement in value or changes in market conditions and/or industry or issuer specific factors that would render us unable to forecast a full recovery in value. In addition, the fair values of securities could decline if the overall economy and the financial condition of some of the issuers deteriorates and there remains limited liquidity for these securities.

Our inability to achieve profitability on new branches may negatively impact our earnings .

We currently intend to open four new branch offices by December 31, 2013, two in Brooklyn, New York, one in Staten Island, New York and one in Union, New Jersey. The profitability of these branches will depend on whether the income that we generate from the additional branches we establish will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating new branches. We expect that it may take a period of time before new branches can become profitable. During this period, operating new branches may negatively affect our operating results.

Changes in market interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates. Our results of operations substantially depend on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets. If rates increase rapidly, we may have to increase the rates we pay on our deposits and borrowed funds more quickly than any changes in interest rates earned on our loans and investments, resulting in a negative effect on interest spreads and net interest income. In addition, the effect of rising rates could be compounded if deposit customers move funds from savings accounts to higher rate certificate of deposit accounts. Conversely, should market interest rates fall below current levels, our net interest margin could also be negatively affected if competitive pressures keep us from further reducing rates on our deposits, while the yields on our assets decrease more rapidly through loan prepayments and interest rate adjustments.

We also are subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates often result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance their loans to reduce borrowings costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent we are unable to

 

19


Table of Contents

reinvest the cash received from such prepayments in loans or other investments that have interest rates that are comparable to the interest rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or may make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. Changes in interest rates also affect the value of our interest earning assets and in particular our securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates.

Changes in interest rates also affect the value of our interest earning assets and in particular our securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. At March 31, 2012, the fair value of our securities portfolio (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock) totaled $1.19 billion.

At March 31, 2012, our simulation model indicated that our net portfolio value (the net present value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities) would decrease by 16.0% if there was an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

The Federal Reserve Board has recently maintained interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which has resulted in increases in net interest income in the short term. Our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates through late 2014. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) may decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability.

If our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired or as permanently impaired, earnings and stockholders’ equity could decrease.

We own stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, which is part of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock is held to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and to be eligible to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York’s advance programs. The aggregate cost of our Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock as of March 31, 2012, was $12.5 million based on its par value. There is no market for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock.

Although the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York is not reporting current operating difficulties, it is possible that the capital of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, could be substantially diminished. This could occur with respect to an individual Federal Home Loan Bank due to the requirement that each Federal Home Loan Bank is jointly and severally liable along with the other Federal Home Loan Banks for the consolidated obligations issued through the Office of Finance, a joint office of the Federal Home Loan Banks, or due to the merger of a Federal Home Loan Bank experiencing operating difficulties into a stronger Federal Home Loan Bank. Consequently, there continues to be a risk that our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock could be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired at some time in the future, and if this occurs, it would cause our earnings and stockholders’ equity to decrease by the impairment charge.

The expiration of unlimited Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance on certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts may increase our costs and reduce our liquidity levels.

On December 31, 2012, unlimited Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance on certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts is scheduled to expire. Unlimited insurance coverage does not apply to money market deposit accounts or negotiable order of withdrawal accounts. The reduction in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance on other types of accounts to the standard $250,000 maximum amount may cause depositors

 

20


Table of Contents

to place such funds in fully insured interest-bearing accounts, which would increase our costs of funds and negatively affect our results of operations, or may cause depositors to withdraw their deposits and invest uninsured funds in investments perceived as being more secure, such as securities issued by the United States Treasury. This may reduce our liquidity, or require us to pay higher interest rates to maintain our liquidity by retaining deposits.

Further downgrades in the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, and in the credit ratings of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by certain related institutions, agencies and instrumentalities, could result in risks to us and the general economy that we are not able to predict.

On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the United States long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+. On August 8, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the credit ratings of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term U.S. debt. Instruments of this nature are key assets on the balance sheets of financial institutions, including Northfield Bank. These downgrades could adversely affect the market value of such instruments, and could adversely impact our ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affecting the pricing of that funding when it is available. We cannot predict if, when or how these changes to the credit ratings will affect economic conditions. These ratings downgrades could result in a significant adverse impact to us, and could exacerbate the other risks to which we are subject.

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

Our accounting policies are essential to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could also be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

The need to account for certain assets at estimated fair value may adversely affect our results of operations.

We report certain assets, including securities, at estimated fair value. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value, we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize observable market inputs to estimate fair value. Because we carry these assets on our books at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses even if the asset in question presents minimal credit risk. Elevated delinquencies, defaults, and estimated losses from the disposition of collateral in our private-label mortgage-backed securities portfolio may require us to recognize additional other-than-temporary impairments in future periods with respect to our securities portfolio. The amount and timing of any impairment recognized will depend on the severity and duration of the decline in the estimated fair value of the securities and our estimation of the anticipated recovery period.

We hold certain intangible assets that could be classified as impaired in the future. If these assets are considered to be either partially or fully impaired in the future, our earnings and the book values of these assets would decrease.

We are required to test our goodwill for impairment on a periodic basis. The impairment testing process considers a variety of factors, including the current market price of our common shares, the estimated net present value of our assets and liabilities and information concerning the terminal valuation of similarly situated insured

 

21


Table of Contents

depository institutions. It is possible that future impairment testing could result in a partial or full impairment of the value of our goodwill. If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and the book value of goodwill will be reduced by the amount of the impairment.

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, we face significant operational risks.

We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, and suffer damage to our reputation.

We are required to maintain a significant percentage of our total assets in residential mortgage loans and investments secured by residential mortgage loans, which restricts our ability to diversify our loan portfolio.

A federal savings bank differs from a commercial bank in that it is required to maintain at least 65% of its total assets in “qualified thrift investments” which generally include loans and investments for the purchase, refinance, construction, improvement, or repair of residential real estate, as well as home equity loans, education loans and small business loans. To maintain our federal savings bank charter we have to be a “qualified thrift lender” or “QTL” in nine out of each 12 immediately preceding months. The QTL requirement limits the extent to which we can grow our commercial loan portfolio, and failing the QTL test can result in an enforcement action. However, a loan that does not exceed $2 million (including a group of loans to one borrower) that is for commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural purposes is included in our qualified thrift investments. As of March 31, 2012, we maintained 83.7% of our portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments. Because of the QTL requirement, we may be limited in our ability to change our asset mix and increase the yield on our earning assets by growing our commercial loan portfolio.

In addition, if we continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio and our residential mortgage loan portfolio decreases, it is possible that in order to maintain our QTL status, we could be forced to buy mortgage-backed securities or other qualifying assets at times when the terms of such investments may not be attractive. Alternatively, we may find it necessary to pursue different structures, including converting Northfield Bank’s savings bank charter to a commercial bank charter.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

22


Table of Contents

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to extensive regulatory oversight.

We are subject to extensive supervision, regulation, and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As a result, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities, and obtain financing. This regulatory structure is designed primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund and our depositors, and not to benefit our stockholders. This regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement actions and examination policies, including policies with respect to capital levels, the timing and amount of dividend payments, the classification of assets, the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes and the timing and amounts of assessments and fees.

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

Legislative or regulatory responses to perceived financial and market problems could impair our rights against borrowers.

Federal, state and local laws and policies could reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans, and may limit the ability of lenders to foreclose on mortgage collateral. Restrictions on Northfield Bank’s rights as creditor could result in increased credit losses on our loans and mortgage-backed securities, or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.

Changes in the structure of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (“GSEs”) and the relationship among the GSEs, the federal government and the private markets, or the conversion of the current conservatorship of the GSEs into receivership, could result in significant changes to our securities portfolio.

The GSEs are currently in conservatorship, with its primary regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, acting as conservator. We cannot predict if, when or how the conservatorships will end, or any associated changes to the GSEs’ business structure that could result. We also cannot predict whether the conservatorships will end in receivership. There are several proposed approaches to reform the GSEs which, if enacted, could change the structure of the GSEs and the relationship among the GSEs, the government and the private markets, including the trading markets for agency conforming mortgage loans and markets for mortgage-related securities in which we participate. We cannot predict the prospects for the enactment, timing or content of legislative or rulemaking proposals regarding the future status of the GSEs. Accordingly, there continues to be uncertainty regarding the future of the GSEs, including whether they will continue to exist in their current form. GSE reform, if enacted, could result in a significant change and adversely impact our business operations.

Financial reform legislation has, among other things, eliminated the Office of Thrift Supervision, tightened capital standards and created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and will result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

 

23


Table of Contents

Among other things, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act:

 

   

the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency became the primary federal regulator for federal savings associations such as Northfield Bank (replacing the Office of Thrift Supervision), and the Federal Reserve Board now supervises and regulates all savings and loan holding companies that were formerly regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, including Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bancorp, MHC;

 

   

effective July 21, 2011, the federal prohibition on paying interest on demand deposits has been eliminated, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change could have an adverse effect on our interest expense;

 

   

the Federal Reserve Board is required to set minimum capital levels for depository institution holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital are required to be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. There is a five-year transition period (from the July 21, 2010 effective date of the Dodd-Frank Act) before the capital requirements will apply to savings and loan holding companies;

 

   

the federal banking regulators are required to implement new leverage and capital requirements that take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives;

 

   

a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has been established, which has broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10.0 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, like Northfield Bank, will be examined by their applicable bank regulators; and

 

   

federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings banks have been weakened, and state attorneys general have the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

In addition to the risks noted above, we expect that our operating and compliance costs, and possibly our interest expense, could increase as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing rules and regulations. The need to comply with additional rules and regulations, as well as state laws and regulations to which we were not previously subject, will also divert management’s time from managing the remainder of our operations. Higher capital levels could require us to maintain higher levels of assets that earn less interest and dividend income.

The value of our deferred tax asset could be reduced if corporate tax rates in the U.S. are decreased.

There have been recent discussions in Congress and by the executive branch regarding potentially decreasing the U.S. corporate tax rate. While we may benefit in some respects from any decreases in these corporate tax rates, any reduction in the U.S. corporate tax rate would result in a decrease to the value of our net deferred tax asset, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

Our business strategy includes growth plans. Our prospects must be considered carefully in light of risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in significant growth strategies. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing markets, and any such expansion, including the costs associated with de novo branching or acquisitions, may adversely affect our results of operations. Failure to effectively grow could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition, or results of operations and could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. In addition, if we grow more slowly than anticipated, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our ability to grow successfully will depend on a variety of factors including the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage our growth.

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.

Our risk management framework is designed to minimize risk and loss to us. We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to the types of risk to which we are subject, including strategic, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks, among others. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, those techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Recent economic conditions, heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have resulted in a heightened level of risk for us. Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

Acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value.

In October 2011, Northfield Bank assumed all of the deposits and acquired substantially all of the assets of First State Bank, a New Jersey chartered bank, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for First State Bank. In addition, in March 2012, we entered into an agreement to acquire Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association. We regularly evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities and conduct due diligence activities related to possible transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt, or equity securities may occur at any time. We seek acquisition partners that offer us either significant market presence or the potential to expand our market footprint and improve profitability through economies of scale or expanded services.

Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches may have an adverse impact on our financial results and may involve various other risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:

 

   

difficulty in estimating the value of the target company;

 

   

payment of a premium over book and market values that may dilute our tangible book value and earnings per share in the short and long term;

 

   

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company;

 

   

exposure to potential asset quality problems of the target company;

 

   

potential volatility in reported income associated with goodwill impairment losses;

 

   

difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

inability to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits;

 

   

potential disruption to our business;

 

   

potential diversion of our management’s time and attention;

 

   

the possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company; and

 

   

potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.

Risks Related to the Offering

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering. In several recent cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of Northfield-Delaware and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We intend to invest between $137.2 million and $186.1 million of the net proceeds of the offering in Northfield Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan. Northfield Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $657.1 million at the minimum of the offering range and $746.6 million at the maximum of the offering range. Based upon our annualized income for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 3.03% and 2.67% at the minimum and maximum of the

 

26


Table of Contents

offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to remain low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans after the conversion, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to participants under our stock-based benefit plan. The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards actually granted under the plan, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period and other factors which we cannot predict at this time. In the event we adopt the plan within 12 months following the conversion, under current regulatory policy the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under our existing and proposed stock-based benefit plans will be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares of our common stock outstanding. If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, our costs would increase further.

In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts, and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering has been estimated to be approximately $5.1 million ($3.5 million after tax) at the maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the stock offering. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including, but not limited to, applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund the new stock-based benefit plan through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 7.84% dilution in ownership interest at the maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock in an amount equal to up to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering. In the event we adopt the plan within 12 months following the conversion, under current regulatory policy the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under our existing and proposed stock-based benefit plans would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares of our common stock outstanding. In the event we adopt the plan more than 12 months following the conversion, the plan would not be subject to these limitations and stockholders could experience greater levels of dilution.

Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

 

27


Table of Contents

We have not determined when we will adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within 12 months, which would further increase our costs.

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our existing and proposed stock-based benefit plans may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans would increase our expenses and reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.” Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such plans will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

Our board of directors has no current intention to sell control of Northfield-Delaware. Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Northfield Bank’s charter, Delaware law, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we have granted or may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors and employment agreements that we have entered into with our executive officers, and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of Northfield-Delaware without the consent of our board of directors. You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquiror could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock. For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of Northfield-Delaware,” “Management—Employment Agreements,” “—Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers” and “—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Northfield-Federal.

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northfield-Federal will become stockholders of Northfield-Delaware. In addition to the provisions discussed above that may discourage takeover attempts that may be favored by stockholders, some rights of stockholders of Northfield-Delaware will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Northfield-Federal. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Delaware chartering documents and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Delaware law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Northfield-Delaware are not mandated by Delaware law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Northfield-Delaware include the following provisions: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; and (ii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally is required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.

You may not revoke your decision to purchase Northfield-Delaware common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are

 

28


Table of Contents

irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [extension deadline], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 39,100,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 28,900,000 shares.

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors of Northfield Bank or depositors of the former First State Bank or Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Northfield-Federal and its subsidiaries for the years and at the dates indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. The information at March 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, is unaudited and reflects only normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for all of 2012.

 

    

At

March 31,

    At December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

            

Total assets

   $ 2,405,850      $ 2,376,918      $ 2,247,167      $ 2,002,274      $ 1,757,761      $ 1,386,918   

Trading securities

     4,577        4,146        4,095        3,403        2,498        3,605   

Securities available-for-sale, at estimated market value

     1,184,467        1,098,725        1,244,313        1,131,803        957,585        802,417   

Securities held-to-maturity

     3,324        3,617        5,060        6,740        14,479        19,686   

Loans held-for-sale (1)

     604        3,900        1,170        —          —          270   

Loans held-for-investment:

            

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans

     86,068        88,522        —          —          —          —     

Originated loans, net

     957,277        985,945        827,591        729,269        589,984        424,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment, net

     1,043,345        1,074,467        827,591        729,269        589,984        424,329   

Allowance for loan losses

     (27,100     (26,836     (21,819     (15,414     (8,778     (5,636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans held-for-investment

     1,016,245        1,047,631        805,772        713,855        581,206        418,693   

Other real estate owned

     2,444        3,359        171        1,938        1,071        —     

Deposits

     1,500,492        1,493,526        1,372,842        1,316,885        1,024,439        877,225   

Borrowed funds

     477,119        481,934        391,237        279,424        332,084        124,420   

Total stockholders’ equity

     385,159        382,650        396,717        391,540        386,578        367,340   

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

             

Interest income

  $ 22,739      $ 21,998      $ 91,017      $ 86,495      $ 85,568      $ 75,049      $ 65,702   

Interest expense

    5,814        6,227        25,413        24,406        28,977        28,256        28,836   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

    16,925        15,771        65,604        62,089        56,591        46,793        36,866   

Provision for loan losses

    615        1,367        12,589        10,084        9,038        5,082        1,442   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    16,310        14,404        53,015        52,005        47,553        41,711        35,424   

Non-interest income (2)

    3,975        3,109        11,835        6,842        5,393        6,153        9,478   

Non-interest expense

    12,642        9,953        41,530        38,684        34,254        24,852        35,950   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    7,643        7,560        23,320        20,163        18,692        23,012        8,952   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,695        2,590        6,497        6,370        6,618        7,181        (1,555
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 4,948      $ 4,970      $ 16,823      $ 13,793      $ 12,074      $ 15,831      $ 10,507   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share basic and diluted (3)

  $ 0.13      $ 0.12      $ 0.42      $ 0.33      $ 0.28      $ 0.37      $ (0.03

Weighted average basic shares outstanding (3)

    38,647,588        41,101,028        40,068,991        41,387,106        42,405,774        43,133,856        43,076,586   

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

    39,142,921        41,542,868        40,515,245        41,669,006        42,532,568        —          —     

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

30


Table of Contents
     At or For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, (13)
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

              

Performance Ratios:

              

Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (4)

     0.84     0.90     0.72     0.65     0.64     1.01     0.78

Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (4)

     5.18        5.08        4.27        3.46        3.09        4.22        5.27   

Interest rate spread (5)

     2.80        2.76        2.75        2.78        2.66        2.37        2.34   

Net interest margin (6)

     3.04        3.02        3.01        3.10        3.16        3.13        2.87   

Dividend payout ratio (7)

     34.72        17.06        22.00        23.98        24.54        4.66        —     

Efficiency ratio (4)(8)

     60.49        52.72        53.63        56.12        55.26        46.94        77.57   

Non-interest expense to average total assets (4)

     2.14        1.80        1.79        1.82        1.82        1.58        2.66   

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     122.82        122.42        122.23        125.52        130.44        136.94        123.33   

Average equity to average total assets

     16.15        17.68        16.95        18.81        20.82        23.84        14.73   

Asset Quality Ratios:

              

Non-performing assets to total assets

     1.77        2.43        1.99        2.72        2.19        0.61        0.71   

Non-performing loans to total loans

     3.85        6.64        4.07        7.36        5.73        1.63        2.32   

Non-performing loans to originated loans (9)

     4.19        6.64        4.43        7.36        5.73        1.63        2.32   

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans held-for-investment (10)

     67.62        38.84        66.40        35.83        36.86        91.07        57.31   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans held-for-investment, net (11)

     2.60        2.58        2.50        2.64        2.11        1.49        1.33   

Allowance for loan losses to originated loans held-for-investment, net (9)

     2.83        2.58        2.72        2.64        2.11        1.49        1.33   

Capital Ratios:

              

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) (12)

     24.19        27.55        24.71        27.39        28.52        34.81        38.07   

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets) (12)

     22.93        26.27        23.42        26.12        27.24        33.68        37.23   

Tier I capital (to adjusted assets) (12)

     13.48        13.04        13.42        13.43        14.35        15.98        18.84   

Other Data:

              

Number of full service offices

     24        21        24        20        18        18        18   

Full time equivalent employees

     273        250        277        243        223        203        192   

 

(1) Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2011 included $3.4 million of non-performing loans.
(2) Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes bargain-purchase gain, net of tax, of $3.6 million.
(3) Net loss per share in 2007 is calculated for the period that Northfield-Federal’s shares of common stock were outstanding (November 8, 2007 through December 31, 2007). The net loss for this period was $1.5 million due to the $7.8 million contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation in connection with our initial stock offering.
(4) 2011 performance ratios include an after tax bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million associated with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted acquisition of a failed bank. 2010 performance ratios include a $1.8 million charge ($1.2 million after-tax) related to costs associated with Northfield Federal’s postponed second-step offering, and a $738,000 benefit related to the elimination of deferred tax liabilities associated with a change in New York state tax law. 2009 performance ratios include a $770,000 expense ($462,000 after-tax) related to a special Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessment. 2008 performance ratios include a $2.5 million tax-exempt gain from the death of an officer and $463,000 ($292,000, net of tax) in costs associated with the Bank’s conversion to a new core processing system that was completed in January 2009. 2007 performance ratios include the after-tax effect of: a charge of $7.8 million due to Northfield-Federal’s contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation; a gain of $2.4 million as a result of the sale of two branch locations, and associated deposit relationships; net interest income of approximately $800,000 (after-tax), for the year ended December 31, 2007, as it relates to short-term investment returns earned on subscription proceeds (net of interest paid during the stock offering); and the reversal of state and local tax liabilities of approximately $4.5 million, net of federal taxes.
(5) The interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest earning assets and the weighted-average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.
(6) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(7) Dividend payout ratio is calculated as total dividends declared for the year (excluding dividends waived by Northfield Bancorp, MHC) divided by net income for the year.
(8) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(9) Excludes PCI loans held-for-investment.
(10) Excludes nonperforming loans held-for-sale, carried at aggregate lower of cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell.
(11) Includes PCI loans held-for-investment.
(12) Capital ratios are presented for Northfield Bank only.
(13) Ratios are annualized, where appropriate.

 

31


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

   

statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

   

statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

   

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

   

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

   

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

 

   

adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

   

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

   

our ability to manage operations in the current economic conditions;

 

   

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities;

 

   

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

   

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;

 

   

changes in the level of government support for housing finance;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

significant increases in our loan losses; and

 

   

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $274.5 million and $372.1 million.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

     Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
     28,900,000 Shares     34,000,000 Shares     39,100,000 Shares  
     Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $ 289,000         $ 340,000         $ 391,000      

Less offering expenses

     14,542           16,715           18,887      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net offering proceeds

   $ 274,458         100.0   $ 323,285         100.0   $ 372,113         100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Distribution of net proceeds:

               

To Northfield Bank

   $ 137,229         50.0   $ 161,643         50.0   $ 186,057         50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

   $ 11,560         4.2   $ 13,600         4.2   $ 15,640         4.2

Retained by Northfield-Delaware (1)

   $ 125,669         45.8   $ 148,042         45.8   $ 170,416         45.8

 

(1) In the event the stock-based benefit plan providing for stock awards and stock options is approved by stockholders, and assuming shares are purchased for the stock awards at $10.00 per share, an additional $11.6 million, $13.6 million and $15.6 million of net proceeds will be used by Northfield-Delaware. In this case, the net proceeds retained by Northfield-Delaware would be $114.1 million, $134.4 million and $154.8 million, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Northfield Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if fewer shares were sold in the subscription and community offerings and more in the syndicated offering than we have assumed. In addition, amounts shown for the distribution of the net proceeds at the minimum of the offering range to fund the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and proceeds to be retained by Northfield-Delaware may change if we exercise our right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 4% of the shares of common stock offered if necessary to complete the offering at the minimum of the offering range.

Northfield-Delaware may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

   

to invest in securities;

 

   

to finance the acquisition of financial institutions, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;

 

   

to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

to repurchase shares of our common stock; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans.

Northfield Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

   

to fund new loans, with an emphasis on multifamily real estate loans and commercial real estate loans;

 

   

to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;

 

   

to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;

 

   

to invest in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, and debt securities issued by the U.S. Government, U.S. Government agencies or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions. The use of the proceeds may also change depending on our ability to receive regulatory approval to establish new branches or acquire other financial institutions.

We expect our return on equity to decrease as compared to our performance in recent years, until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, we expect our return on equity to be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.”

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

After the completion of the conversion, we intend to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. We expect the quarterly dividends per share to be $0.06 per share, which equals $0.24 per share on an annualized basis and an annual yield of 2.4% based on a price of $10.00 per share.

 

34


Table of Contents

We also intend to seek regulatory approval to pay a one-time, special dividend of $         per share to all Northfield-Delaware stockholders. No assurances can be given as to whether or when such approval may be obtained.

The dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors, including our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated.

Northfield-Federal declared its initial dividend during the quarter ended December 31, 2008. Dividends were declared in each subsequent quarterly period through the quarter ended March 31, 2012. This final dividend payment was $0.06 per share, which equals $0.24 per share on an annualized basis. Northfield-Federal stopped paying dividends following the March 31, 2012 quarter due to a Federal Reserve Board requirement that a “grandfathered” mutual holding company, like Northfield Bancorp, MHC, obtain member (depositor) approval and comply with other procedural requirements prior to waiving dividends, which would make dividend waivers impracticable. Northfield Bancorp, MHC had previously received non-objection from the Office of Thrift Supervision and, after July 21, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board, to waive receipt of all dividend payments on the Northfield-Federal shares owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC through the dividend paid for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Cash dividends paid by Northfield-Federal during the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $1.7 million. Dividends waived by Northfield Bancorp, MHC during the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $3.0 million.

After the completion of the conversion, Northfield Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Northfield-Delaware, its sole stockholder, if Northfield Bank’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, Northfield Bank will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. Northfield Bank must generally file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of a capital distribution if the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of Northfield Bank’s net income for that year to date plus its retained net income for the preceding two years or Northfield Bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution. In addition, any payment of dividends by Northfield Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn from Northfield Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Northfield Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Northfield Bank does not intend to make any distribution that would create such a federal tax liability. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.” For further information concerning additional federal law and regulations regarding the ability of Northfield Bank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to Northfield-Delaware, see “Taxation—Federal Taxation” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation.”

Northfield-Delaware will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by Northfield-Delaware in connection with the conversion. However, the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by Northfield-Delaware and earnings thereon, and dividends from Northfield Bank. In addition, Northfield-Delaware will be subject to state law limitations and federal banking regulatory policy on the payment of dividends. Delaware law generally limits dividends to our capital surplus or, if there is no capital surplus, our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with Northfield Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to Federal Reserve Board regulations, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

35


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

Northfield-Federal’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.” Upon completion of the conversion, the new shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware will replace the existing shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion and offering, we expect our shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBKD,” and, thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “NFBK.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. As of [voting record date], Northfield-Federal had approximately          registered market makers in its common stock. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated have advised us that they intend to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but are under no obligation to do so.

The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Northfield-Federal common stock for the periods indicated, and the dividends paid during those periods. As of the close of business on [voting record date], there were                  shares of common stock outstanding, including              publicly held shares (shares held by stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC), and approximately              stockholders of record.

The high and low closing prices for the quarterly periods noted below were obtained from the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

     Price Per Share      Dividends
Paid
 
     High      Low     

2012

                    

Third quarter (through                     , 2012)

   $         $         $     

Second quarter

   $         $         $     

First quarter

   $ 15.55       $ 13.05       $ 0.06   

2011

                    

Fourth quarter

   $ 14.62       $ 12.61       $ 0.06   

Third quarter

   $ 14.42       $ 11.68       $ 0.06   

Second quarter

   $ 14.25       $ 12.92       $ 0.06   

First quarter

   $ 13.88       $ 12.70       $ 0.05   

2010

                    

Fourth quarter

   $ 13.49       $ 10.80       $ 0.05   

Third quarter

   $ 13.81       $ 10.51       $ 0.05   

Second quarter

   $ 15.30       $ 12.80       $ 0.05   

First quarter

   $ 15.00       $ 12.29       $ 0.04   

On June 5, 2012, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on                     , 2012, the closing prices of Northfield-Federal common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market were $13.90 per share and $         per share, respectively. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Options to purchase shares of Northfield-Federal common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, for the same aggregate exercise price. See “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.”

 

36


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Northfield Bank at March 31, 2012, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Northfield Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table assumes the receipt by Northfield Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

     Northfield Bank
Historical at
    Pro Forma at March 31, 2012, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
     March 31, 2012     28,900,000 Shares     34,000,000 Shares     39,100,000 Shares  
     Amount      Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
 
                  (Dollars in thousands)                          

Equity

   $ 353,503         14.72   $ 467,612        18.42   $ 487,946        19.04   $ 508,279        19.64

Tier 1 leverage capital

   $ 319,006         13.48   $ 433,115        17.29   $ 453,449        17.93   $ 473,782        18.56

Leverage requirement (3)

     118,358         5.00        125,219        5.00        126,440        5.00        127,661        5.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 200,648         8.48   $ 307,896        12.29   $ 327,009        12.93   $ 346,121        13.56
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

   $ 319,006         22.93   $ 433,115        30.53   $ 453,449        31.85   $ 473,782        33.17

Risk-based requirement

     83,474         6.00        85,121        6.00        85,414        6.00        85,707        6.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 235,532         16.93   $ 347,994        24.53   $ 368,035        25.85   $ 388,075        27.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (4)

   $ 336,521         24.19   $ 450,630        31.76   $ 470,964        33.08   $ 491,297        34.39

Risk-based requirement

     139,124         10.00        141,869        10.00        142,357        10.00        142,845        10.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 197,397         14.19   $ 308,761        21.76   $ 328,607        23.08   $ 348,452        24.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into Northfield Bank:

  

           

Net proceeds

  

  $ 137,229        $ 161,643        $ 186,056     

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

   

    (11,560       (13,600       (15,640  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

   

    (11,560       (13,600       (15,640  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

  

  $ 114,109        $ 134,443        $ 154,776     
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with funds we lend. Pro forma generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) capital and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan. See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(2) Tangible and core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) The current Tier 1 leverage requirement for financial institutions is 3% of total adjusted assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4% to 5% core capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions.
(4) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Northfield-Federal at March 31, 2012 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Northfield-Delaware after giving effect to the conversion and offering and the acquisition of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc., based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

     Northfield-
Federal
Historical at
March 31,
2012
    Pro Forma at March 31, 2012
Based upon the Sale in the Offering at
$10.00 per Share of
 
       28,900,000
Shares
    34,000,000
Shares
    39,100,000
Shares
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (1)

   $ 1,500,492      $ 1,619,168      $ 1,619,168      $ 1,619,168   

Borrowed funds

     477,119        482,828        482,828        482,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 1,977,611      $ 2,101,996      $ 2,101,996      $ 2,101,996   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (2)

     —          —          —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (2) (3)

     456        475        559        643   

Additional paid-in capital (2)

     210,121        484,560        533,303        582,047   

MHC capital contribution

     —          220        220        220   

Retained earnings (4)

     239,006        239,006        239,006        239,006   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     17,500        17,500        17,500        17,500   

Effect of Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition (5)

     —          20,346        20,346        20,346   

Less:

        

Treasury stock

     (67,500     (67,500     (67,500     (67,500

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)

     (14,424     (25,984     (28,024     (30,064

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (7)

     —          (11,560     (13,600     (15,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 385,159      $ 657,063      $ 701,810      $ 746,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares Outstanding

        

Shares offered for sale

     —          28,900,000        34,000,000        39,100,000   

Exchange shares issued

     —          18,642,263        21,932,074        25,221,885   

Total shares outstanding

     40,396,868        47,542,263        55,932,074        64,321,885   

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (1)

     16.01     23.41     24.61     25.78

Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets

     15.30     22.77     23.99     25.16

 

(1) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(2) Northfield-Federal currently has 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and 90,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock to be outstanding.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans, subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect stock options previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank so that the total shares available for issuance upon the exercise of stock options does not exceed 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding shares immediately after the conversion and offering. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management.”
(4) The retained earnings of Northfield Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation.”
(5) Reflects historical stockholders’ equity of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. of $19.2 million at March 31, 2012 and estimated acquisition adjustments of $1.1 million.

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

38


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(6) Assumes that 4% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Northfield-Delaware. The loan will be repaid principally from Northfield Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Northfield-Delaware will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Northfield-Delaware’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted within 12 months following the conversion, the amount reserved for restricted stock awards would be subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect restricted stock previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank so that the total shares reserved for restricted stock awards does not exceed 4% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding shares immediately after the conversion and offering. The funds to be used by the plan to purchase the shares will be provided by Northfield-Delaware. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. Northfield-Delaware will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the plan and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of the plan will require stockholder approval.

 

39


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following tables summarize historical data of Northfield-Federal and pro forma data of Northfield-Delaware at and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and at and for the year ended December 31, 2011. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

  (i) 25% of all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings and 75% of all shares of common stock will be sold in the syndicated offering;

 

  (ii) our executive officers and directors, and their associates, will purchase                  shares of common stock;

 

  (iii) our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, with a loan from Northfield-Delaware. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, calculated as of the date of the origination of the loan) over a period of 30 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by Northfield Bank;

 

  (iv) the acquisition of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. had been completed as of the beginning of each period;

 

  (v) we will pay Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. a fee equal to (a) 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan) up to the first 10% of shares sold in the offering; and (b) 3.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan) in excess of 10% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

  (vi) we will pay Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and any other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated offering an aggregate fee of 5% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated offering;

 

  (vii) No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families, and no fee will be paid with respect to exchange shares; and

 

  (viii) total expenses of the offering, other than the sales fees and commissions to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and other broker-dealers, will be $2.2 million.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 1.04% (0.62% on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of March 31, 2012, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by federal regulations.

 

40


Table of Contents

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

   

the yield on the U.S Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

   

we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that awards of common stock granted under the plans vest over a five-year period.

We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $1.90 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 19.8% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 2.4%, an expected option term of 10 years and a risk-free rate of return of 2.23%.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering,” we intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Northfield Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

   

withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

   

our results of operations after the stock offering; or

 

   

changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of

 

41


Table of Contents

common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation accounts to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Northfield Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”

 

42


Table of Contents
     At or for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     28,900,000
Shares
    34,000,000
Shares
    39,100,000
Shares
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 289,000      $ 340,000      $ 391,000   

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

     186,423        219,321        252,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 475,423      $ 559,321      $ 643,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 289,000      $ 340,000      $ 391,000   

Expenses

     14,542        16,715        18,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     274,458        323,285        372,113   

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 251,338      $ 296,085      $ 340,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

      

Consolidated net earnings:

      

Historical

   $ 4,978      $ 4,978      $ 4,978   

Pro forma adjustments:

      

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     392        462        532   

Employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (58     (68     (78

Stock awards (2)

     (347     (408     (469

Stock options (3)

     (247     (291     (334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 4,718      $ 4,673      $ 4,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (4):

      

Historical

   $ 0.12      $ 0.10      $ 0.09   

Pro forma adjustments:

      

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     0.01        0.01        0.01   

Employee stock ownership plan (1)

     —          —          —     

Stock awards (2)

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.01

Stock options (3)

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share (4)

   $ 0.11      $ 0.09      $ 0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

     22.73     27.78     31.25

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

     44,638,072        52,197,732        60,027,391   

At March 31, 2012

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Historical

   $ 385,159      $ 385,159      $ 385,159   

Effect of Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition (5)

     20,346        20,346        20,346   

Estimated net proceeds

     274,458        323,285        372,113   

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

     220        220        220   

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (2)

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

   $ 657,063      $ 701,810      $ 746,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

   $ (17,870   $ (17,870   $ (17,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (6)

   $ 639,193      $ 683,940      $ 728,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share (7):

      

Historical

   $ 8.10      $ 6.89      $ 5.98   

Effect of Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition (5)

     0.43        0.36        0.32   

Estimated net proceeds

     5.77        5.78        5.79   

Plus: Assets received from the mutual holding company

     —          —          —     

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (0.24     (0.24     (0.24

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (2)

     (0.24     (0.24     (0.24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

   $ 13.82      $ 12.55      $ 11.61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

   $ (0.38   $ (0.32   $ (0.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

   $ 13.44      $ 12.23      $ 11.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     72.36     79.68     86.13

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

     74.40     81.77     88.26

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

     47,542,263        55,932,074        64,321,885   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

43


Table of Contents
(1) Assumes that 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Northfield-Delaware. Northfield Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Northfield Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Northfield Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 9,633, 11,333 and 13,033 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
(2) Assumes that, if approved by Northfield-Delaware’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Such amount is subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect restricted stock previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank (or may be a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Northfield-Delaware or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Northfield-Delaware. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 5% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the three months ended March 31, 2012, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.21%.
(3)

Assumes that, if approved by Northfield-Delaware’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering. Such amount is subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect stock options previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank (or may be a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $1.90 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 40.0%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

44


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

  equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.73%.
(4) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the period. See note 1. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts. Pro forma net income per share has been annualized for purposes of calculating the offering price to pro forma net earnings per share.
(5) Includes historical stockholders’ equity of $19.2 million at March 31, 2012 for Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and estimated acquisition adjustments of $1.1 million. Intangible assets resulting from the acquisition are estimated at $821,000.
(6) The retained earnings of Northfield Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
(7) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 1.1402, 1.3414 and 1.5426 at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

45


Table of Contents
     At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     28,900,000
Shares
    34,000,000
Shares
    39,100,000
Shares
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 289,000      $ 340,000      $ 391,000   

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

     186,423        219,321        252,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 475,423      $ 559,321      $ 643,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 289,000      $ 340,000      $ 391,000   

Expenses

     14,542        16,715        18,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     274,458        323,285        372,113   

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 251,338      $ 296,085      $ 340,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

      

Consolidated net earnings:

      

Historical

   $ 16,823      $ 16,823      $ 16,823   

Pro forma adjustments:

      

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     1,568        1,848        2,127   

Employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (231     (272     (313

Stock awards (2)

     (1,387     (1,632     (1,877

Stock options (3)

     (988     (1,163     (1,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 15,785      $ 15,604      $ 15,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (4):

      

Historical

   $ 0.37      $ 0.32      $ 0.28   

Pro forma adjustments:

      

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     0.03        0.03        0.03   

Employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.01

Stock awards (2)

     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03

Stock options (3)

     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share (4)

   $ 0.34      $ 0.29      $ 0.25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

     29.41     34.48     40.00

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

     46,015,882        54,136,332        62,256,782   

At December 31, 2011

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Historical

   $ 382,650      $ 382,650      $ 382,650   

Effect of Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition (5)

     15,665        15,665        15,665   

Estimated net proceeds

     274,458        323,285        372,113   

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

     220        220        220   

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (2)

     (11,560     (13,600     (15,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

   $ 649,873      $ 694,620      $ 739,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

   $ (17,942   $ (17,942   $ (17,942
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (6)

   $ 631,931      $ 676,678      $ 721,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share (7):

      

Historical

   $ 8.05      $ 6.84      $ 5.94   

Effect of Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition (5)

     0.33        0.28        0.24   

Estimated net proceeds

     5.77        5.78        5.79   

Plus: Assets received from the mutual holding company

     —          —          —     

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)

     (0.24     (0.24     (0.24

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (2)

     (0.24     (0.24     (0.24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

   $ 13.67      $ 12.42      $ 11.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

   $ (0.38   $ (0.32   $ (0.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

   $ 13.29      $ 12.10      $ 11.21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     73.15     80.52     87.03

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

     75.24     82.64     89.21

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

     47,542,263        55,932,074        64,321,885   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

46


Table of Contents
(1) Assumes that 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Northfield-Delaware. Northfield Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Northfield Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal and interest. ASC 718-40 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Northfield Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 38,533, 45,333 and 52,133 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
(2) Assumes that, if approved by Northfield-Delaware’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering, subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect restricted stock previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank (and may be a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Northfield-Delaware or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Northfield-Delaware. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2011, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.37%.
(3) Assumes that, if approved by Northfield-Delaware’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering, subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect stock options previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank (and may be a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $1.90 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 40.0%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.73%.

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

47


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(4) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the year. See note 1. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts. Pro forma net income per share has been annualized for purposes of calculating the offering price to pro forma net earnings per share.
(5) Includes historical stockholders’ equity of $14.6 million at December 31, 2011 for Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and estimated acquisition adjustments of $1.1 million. Intangible assets resulting from the acquisition are estimated at $821,000.
(6) The retained earnings of Northfield Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
(7) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 1.1402, 1.3414 and 1.5426 at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Northfield-Federal and the financial statements provided in this prospectus.

Overview

We have a 125-year history of strong performance and commitment to our community. Our principal business consists of taking deposits, primarily through our retail banking offices, and investing those funds in loans and securities. We consider our competitive products and pricing, local decision making, branch network and capabilities to implement emerging delivery technologies, strong ties to the community, and favorable financial performance as our significant strengths in attracting and retaining customers.

Our market area consists primarily of Staten Island (Richmond County) and Brooklyn (Kings County) in New York, as well as Union and Middlesex counties in New Jersey. Operating in these New York Metropolitan areas, which are characterized by densely populated markets, favorable growth characteristics, and stronger economic trends than national averages, has enabled us to achieve sustained profitability and growth throughout various economic cycles. Our Staten Island franchise, which consists of 12 branches, represents the largest locally-based depository institution, and our 10.6% deposit market share as of June 30, 2011, ranked us fifth in that market. In recent years, we also have expanded into Brooklyn, which is a densely populated market with a population approaching 2.5 million that is primarily served by large national and regional banks; consequently, we believe we have a significant opportunity to capture market share in that market.

Our net income has increased over the past year, and totaled $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in net income resulted primarily from our acquisition of First State Bank in October 2011, for which we recorded a bargain-purchase gain, net of tax, of $3.6 million. Our net income was $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Although our net interest income before provision for loan losses increased to $16.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 from $15.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, and our provision for loan losses decreased to $615,000 from $1.4 million for the same quarter, net income was negatively affected by an increase in non-interest expense of $2.7 million, or 27.0%, to $12.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to $10.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. This increase was due to compensation and employee benefits increasing by $1.1 million, or 21.8%, due to increased staff primarily related to branch openings and the acquisition of First State Bank, an increase in occupancy expense of $473,000 primarily relating to new branches and the renovation of existing branches and an increase of $411,000 in data processing fees primarily related to conversion costs associated with the acquisition of First State Bank.

Following the completion of the conversion and offering, we expect our net interest income to increase from the investment of the offering proceeds. We also expect non-interest expenses to increase because of actual and planned growth, as well as from increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. For further information, see “Summary—Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion;” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our stock-based benefit plans would increase our expenses and reduce our income;” “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion;” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may face risks with respect to future expansion.”

 

49


Table of Contents

Our business is affected by prevailing general and local economic conditions, particularly market interest rates, and by government policies concerning, among other things, monetary and fiscal affairs and housing. In addition, we are subject to extensive regulations applicable to financial institutions, lending and other operations, privacy, and consumer disclosure.

Business Strategy

Our principal objective is to build long-term value for our stockholders by operating a profitable community-oriented financial institution dedicated to meeting the banking needs of our customers. We have sought to accomplish this objective by focusing on strategies designed to enhance and expand our franchise, increase profitability, and maintain strong asset quality while actively managing our strong capital position. Highlights of each of these strategies are discussed below.

Disciplined expansion through organic growth coupled with opportunistic acquisitions. Since we became a public company in 2007, we have successfully pursued a strategy of organic growth by continuing to leverage our existing franchise and expanding the franchise through de novo branching. We believe that the strong demographic profile of our market area will continue to offer opportunities for both deposit and loan growth, particularly if the economy improves. Since 2007, we opened a branch in Staten Island to enhance an already significant presence, added a branch in new Jersey, and expanded into Brooklyn where we have opened four branches. We also have four branches (one in Union County, New Jersey, one in Staten Island and two in Brooklyn) in various stages of construction to be completed by early 2013. Following the completion of these branches, management intends to focus on growing legacy branches and firmly establishing our new branches, and will continue to evaluate future branching opportunities.

While organic growth has been our primary focus, we also have selectively pursued acquisition opportunities in our market area that we believe will enhance our franchise and yield financial benefits for our stockholders. In October 2011, we acquired all the deposits and substantially all the assets of First State Bank from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and on March 13, 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. The First State Bank transaction was immediately accretive to earnings and resulted in a $3.6 million after-tax bargain purchase gain. It also added a branch in our New Jersey market and approximately $97 million in deposits as of March 31, 2012. The Flatbush Federal Bancorp acquisition also is expected to be accretive to earnings and tangible book value, and will add three branches in Brooklyn with approximately $90.5 million in loans and $118.7 million in deposits at March 31, 2012.

As a result of our growth strategy, our total assets increased to $2.41 billion at March 31, 2012 from $1.39 billion at December 31, 2007. We have achieved this growth while maintaining our focus on profitability, with returns on average assets of 0.84% and 0.72% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. We expect to continue this growth strategy following the conversion. While our focus will remain on organic growth, we expect consolidation opportunities, particularly in our New Jersey market area, which is home to numerous smaller financial institutions. We intend to pursue acquisitions that are located in attractive markets, increase our earnings capacity, solidify our existing market share, and increase franchise value. Currently, we do not have any plans or arrangements to acquire any financial institutions. However, we believe that the conversion into a stock holding company structure will better position us to participate in expected consolidation activity by providing a more flexible corporate structure and additional capital resources.

Increased lending, with an emphasis on multifamily real estate loans. We increased our loan portfolio to $1.04 billion at March 31, 2012 from $424.2 million at December 31, 2007, and have rebalanced the mix of our earning assets away from securities and into loans. Our loan portfolio accounted for 45.7% of our earning assets at March 31, 2012, compared to 33.3% at December 31, 2007. Our loan-to-deposit ratio has increased from 48.4% in December 31, 2007, to 69.5% at March 31, 2012, which has improved our net interest margin. This growth in our loan portfolio has helped maintain our net interest margin and mitigated the impact of the protracted low interest rates on our earnings.

 

50


Table of Contents

To achieve this growth, and in recognition of the current economic environment, we adjusted our lending focus to emphasize the origination of multifamily real estate loans. At March 31, 2012, our multifamily portfolio totaled $496.7 million, or 47.6% of total loans, compared to $14.2 million, or 3.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2007. We include in this category mixed-use properties having more than four residential family units and a business or businesses when the majority of space is utilized for residential purposes. These loans have higher yields than the prevailing rates for securities or residential mortgage loans, and generally have periodic adjustable interest rates and/or shorter terms which assists us in managing our interest rate risk.

We intend to continue to emphasize multifamily lending, and as economic conditions improve, we also anticipate increasing the origination of commercial real estate, commercial and home equity loans.

Enhanced core earnings through improved funding mix and continued emphasis on operational efficiencies. In addition to increasing our level of loans outstanding, we have made a concerted effort to improve our core funding profile by increasing lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reducing time deposits and wholesale borrowings. Deposits increased 71.0% to $1.50 billion at March 31, 2012 from $877.2 million at December 31, 2007. Also, our ratio of non-time deposits to total deposits increased from 54.1% to 68.9% over the same period. In addition, we intend to pay down maturing high cost borrowings, which would further support our net interest margin.

We also recognize that controlling operating expenses is essential to our long term profitability. Over the last several years, we significantly upgraded our technology capabilities, and we currently offer web-based on-line and mobile banking, remote deposit capture, electronic check clearing, paperless statements, and online business customer cash management. We intend to further capitalize on our technology capabilities to improve operating efficiencies and enhance customer service. Our efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 53.6%, which compared favorably to the ratio of the SNL Thrift Index of 54.2% for the same period.

Improved asset quality and a reduction in problem assets. Maintaining strong asset quality has been, and will continue to be, a key element of our business strategy. We employ prudent underwriting standards for new loan originations and maintain sound credit administration practices, including early recognition of problem loans and implementation of sound resolutions, including work-outs, charge-offs and sales of problem loans. In addition, substantially all of our loans are secured, predominantly by real estate. We also enhanced our credit administration function by hiring a Senior Credit Officer in 2010 to further develop and oversee a centralized credit administration process. We also retain an independent third party firm that performs semi-annual loan reviews with a primary focus on our commercial portfolio.

While we have experienced increases in delinquent and non-performing loans over the past several years as a result of the difficult economic environment, we have worked aggressively to resolve these problem assets. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets decreased from 2.72% at December 31, 2010 to 1.77% at March 31, 2012, a level that compares favorably to the SNL Thrift Index ratio of 2.97% at that date. At March 31, 2012, non-performing loans totaled $40.2 million, or 3.85% of total loans, as compared to $60.9 million, or 7.36% of total loans at December 31, 2010.

To mitigate our exposure to loan losses over the past several years, we de-emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans, and construction and land loans. We also increased our allowance for loan losses to $27.1 million, or 2.60% of loans held for investment, net, at March 31, 2012, from $5.6 million, or 1.33% of loans held for investment, net, at December 31, 2007. We also work with willing and able borrowers experiencing financial difficulties in order to maximize recoveries and, when circumstances warrant, we may modify existing loan terms and conditions, commonly referred to as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). At March 31, 2012, we had $47.5 million of loans classified as TDRs, of which $25.0 million were accruing interest and $22.5 million were on non-accrual status. At March 31, 2012, $39.8 million, or 83.7% of loans subject to restructuring agreements (accruing and non-accruing) were performing in accordance with their restructured terms.

Stockholder-focused management of capital. While we recognize the importance of maintaining a strong capital base to support our long-range business plan, we also strive to manage our capital position, using appropriate capital management tools, to return excess capital to our stockholders. We intend to continue this strategy following completion of the conversion, subject to applicable regulatory restrictions.

 

51


Table of Contents

We began paying regular quarterly dividends in the fourth quarter of 2008, and increased the dividend twice from our initial annual rate of $0.16 to $0.20 and then to $0.24, respectively. These dividend increases were accomplished during a period when many depository institutions were reducing or eliminating their dividends. Our average dividend yield for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was 1.7% compared to 1.2% for the SNL Thrift Index.

Our board of directors decided to delay future dividend payments after our March 2012 dividend, because the Federal Reserve Board currently requires Northfield Bancorp, MHC to obtain a member (depositor) vote before waiving its right to receive dividends from Northfield-Federal. However, following the completion of the conversion we intend to seek regulatory approval to pay a one-time, special dividend of $         per share to all stockholders, and resume the payment of regular quarterly dividends as well.

We have also repurchased a total of $67.5 million of our common stock since 2009 and $37.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. Under current federal regulations, subject to certain exceptions, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition and results of operation depend, and which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, are the following:

Allowance for Loan Losses, Impaired Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned . The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover probable and reasonably estimable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and judgments. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with GAAP. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable.

Management performs a formal quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has a component for originated held-for-investment impaired loan losses, and a component for general loan losses, including unallocated reserves. Management has defined an originated impaired loan to be a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that we will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. We have defined the population of originated held-for-investment impaired loans to be all originated non-accrual loans held-for-investment with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater, and all originated loans subject to a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell), if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of the expected future cash flows, if the loan is not collateral dependent. Management performs a detailed evaluation of each originated impaired loan and generally obtains updated appraisals as part of the evaluation. In addition, management adjusts estimated fair values down to appropriately consider recent market conditions, our willingness to accept a lower sales price to effect a quick sale, and costs to dispose of any supporting collateral. Determining the estimated fair value of underlying collateral (and related costs to sell) can be difficult in illiquid real estate markets and is subject to

 

52


Table of Contents

significant assumptions and estimates. Management employs an independent third party expert in appraisal preparation and review to ascertain the reasonableness of updated appraisals. Projecting the expected cash flows under troubled debt restructurings is inherently subjective and requires, among other things, an evaluation of the borrower’s current and projected financial condition. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections, and our established allowance for loan losses on these loans, and could have a material effect on our financial results.

The second component of the allowance for loan losses is the general loss allocation. This assessment excludes impaired originated held-for-investment, trouble debt restructured, held-for-sale and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, with loans being grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value (if collateral dependent) and internal credit risk rating. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based on our loss experience as adjusted for our qualitative assessment of relevant changes related to: underwriting standards; delinquency trends; collection, charge-off and recovery practices; the nature or volume of the loan group; changes in lending staff; concentration of loan type; current economic conditions; and other relevant factors considered appropriate by management. In evaluating the estimated loss factors to be utilized for each loan group, management also reviews actual loss history over an extended period of time as reported by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for institutions both nationally and in our market area, during periods that are believed to have been under similar economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based on changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly different than the allowance for loan losses we have established, and could have a material effect on our financial results. We also maintain an unallocated component related to the general loss allocation. Management does not target a specific unallocated percentage of the total general allocation, or total allowance for loan losses. The primary purpose of the unallocated component is to account for the inherent imprecision of the loss estimation process related primarily to periodic updating of appraisals on impaired loans, as well as periodic updating of commercial loan credit risk ratings by loan officers and our internal credit audit process. Generally, management will establish higher levels of unallocated reserves between independent credit audits, and between appraisal reviews for larger impaired loans. Adjustments to the provision for loans due to the receipt of updated appraisals is mitigated by management’s quarterly review of real estate market index changes, and reviews of property valuation trends noted in current appraisals being received on other impaired and unimpaired loans. These changes in indicators of value are applied to impaired loans that are awaiting updated appraisals.

This quarterly process is performed by the accounting department, in conjunction with the credit administration department, and approved by the Controller. The Chief Financial Officer performs a final review of the calculation. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process is maintained by the accounting department. Each quarter a summary of the allowance for loan losses is presented by the Controller to the audit committee of the board of directors.

We have a concentration of loans secured by real property located in New York and New Jersey. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are reviewed by management and an independent third party appraiser to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the collateral. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are increases in interest rates, a decline in the economy generally, or a decline in real estate market values in New York or New Jersey. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in delinquencies, increased loan losses, and future loan loss provisions.

Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, changes may be necessary if future economic or other conditions differ substantially from our estimation of the current operating environment. Although management uses the information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Office

 

53


Table of Contents

of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of their examination process, will review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

We also maintain an allowance for estimated losses on off-balance sheet credit risks related to loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Management utilizes a methodology similar to its allowance for loan loss methodology to estimate losses on these items. The allowance for estimated credit losses on these items is included in other liabilities and any changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.

Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned. When we acquire other real estate owned, we generally obtain a current appraisal to substantiate the net carrying value of the asset. The asset is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and declines in estimated fair value result in charges to expense after acquisition.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans. Purchased credit-impaired loans, or “PCI” loans, are subject to our internal credit review. If and when credit deterioration occurs at the loan pool level subsequent to the acquisition date, a provision for credit losses for PCI loans will be charged to earnings for the full amount of the decline in expected cash flows for the pool. Under the accounting guidance of ASC Topic 310-30, for acquired credit impaired loans, the allowance for loan losses on PCI loans is measured at each financial reporting date based on future expected cash flows. This assessment and measurement is performed at the pool level and not at the individual loan level. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows resulting from further credit deterioration, on a pool basis, as of such measurement date compared to those originally estimated are recognized by recording a provision and allowance for credit losses on PCI loans. Subsequent increases in the expected cash flows of the loans in each pool would first reduce any allowance for loan losses on PCI loans; and any excess will be accreted prospectively as a yield adjustment. The analysis of expected cash flows for pools incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rates, default rates, and delinquency levels, and loan level loss severity given default assumptions. The expected cash flows are estimated based on factors which include loan grades established in Northfield Bank’s ongoing credit review program, likelihood of default based on observations of specific loans during the credit review process as well as applicable industry data, loss severity based on updated evaluation of cash flows from available collateral, and the contractual terms of the underlying loan agreement. Actual cash flows could differ from those expected, and others provided with the same information could draw different reasonable conclusions and calculate different expected cash flows.

Goodwill. Business combinations accounted for under the acquisition method require us to record as assets on our financial statements goodwill, an unidentifiable intangible asset which is equal to the excess of the purchase price which we pay for another company over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. Net assets acquired include identifiable intangible assets such as core deposit intangibles and non-compete agreements. We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually on December 31, and more often if circumstances warrant, and we will reduce its carrying value through a charge to earnings if impairment exists. Future events or changes in the estimates that we use to determine the carrying value of our goodwill or which otherwise adversely affect its value could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. As of March 31, 2012, goodwill had a carrying value of $16.2 million.

Securities Valuation and Impairment . Our securities portfolio is comprised of mortgage-backed securities and to a lesser extent corporate bonds, agency bonds, and mutual funds. Our available-for-sale securities portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders’ equity. Our trading securities portfolio is reported at estimated fair value. Our held-to-maturity securities portfolio, consisting of debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios to determine if the estimated fair value of any security has declined below its amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If such decline is deemed other-than-temporary, we adjust the cost basis of the security by writing down the security to estimated fair value through a charge to current period operations. The estimated fair values of our securities are primarily affected by changes in interest rates, credit quality, and market liquidity.

 

54


Table of Contents

Management is responsible for determining the estimated fair value of the securities in our portfolio. In determining estimated fair values, each quarter management utilizes the services of an independent third-party service, recognized as a specialist in pricing securities. The independent pricing service utilizes market prices of same or similar securities whenever such prices are available. Prices involving distressed sellers are not utilized in determining fair value, if identifiable. Where necessary, the independent third party pricing service estimates fair value using models employing techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. The assumptions used in these models typically include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayments, utilizing observable market data, where available. Where the market price of the same or similar securities is not available, the valuation becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. In addition, we compare securities prices to a second independent pricing service that is utilized as part of our asset liability risk management process and analyze significant anomalies in pricing including significant fluctuations, or lack thereof, in relation to other securities. At March 31, 2012, and for each quarter end in 2011, all securities were priced by an independent third party pricing service, and management made no adjustment to the prices received.

Determining that a security’s decline in estimated fair value is other-than-temporary is inherently subjective, and becomes increasing difficult as it relates to mortgage-backed securities that are not guaranteed by the U.S. Government, or a U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (e.g., Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac). In performing our evaluation of securities in an unrealized loss position, we consider among other things, the severity and duration of time that the security has been in an unrealized loss position and the credit quality of the issuer. As it relates to mortgage-backed securities not guaranteed by the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac, we perform a review of the key underlying loan collateral risk characteristics including, among other things, origination dates, interest rate levels, composition of variable and fixed rates, reset dates (including related pricing indices), current loan to original collateral values, locations of collateral, delinquency status of loans, and current credit support. In addition, for securities experiencing declines in estimated fair values of over 10%, as compared to its amortized cost, management also reviews published historical and expected prepayment speeds, underlying loan collateral default rates, and related historical and expected losses on the disposal of the underlying collateral on defaulted loans. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates of future events, many of which are difficult to predict. Actual results could be significantly different than our estimates and could have a material effect on our financial results.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock Impairment Assessment . Northfield Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks, through its membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, Northfield Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of common stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York in an amount determined by a “membership” investment component and an “activity-based” investment component. As of March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank was in compliance with its ownership requirement. At March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank held $12.5 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock. In performing our evaluation of our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, on a quarterly basis, management reviews the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York’s most recent financial statements and determines whether there have been any adverse changes to its capital position as compared to the trailing period. In addition, management reviews the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York’s most recent President’s Report in order to determine whether or not a dividend has been declared for the current reporting period. Furthermore, management obtains the credit rating of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York from an accredited credit rating service to ensure that no downgrades have occurred. At March 31, 2012, it was determined by management that Northfield Bank’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock was not impaired.

Deferred Income Taxes. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. If it is determined that it is more

 

55


Table of Contents

likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established. We consider the determination of this valuation allowance to be a critical accounting policy because of the need to exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income. These judgments and estimates are reviewed quarterly as regulatory and business factors change. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets may be required if the amounts of taxes recoverable through loss carry backs decline, or if we project lower levels of future taxable income. Such a valuation allowance would be established and any subsequent changes to such allowance would require an adjustment to income tax expense that could adversely affect our operating results.

Stock Based Compensation. We recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value.

We estimate the per share fair value of options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using assumptions for the expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term. These assumptions are based on our judgments regarding future option exercise experience and market conditions. These assumptions are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties, and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Black-Scholes option pricing model also contains certain inherent limitations when applied to options that are not traded on public markets.

The per share fair value of options is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. In general, the per share fair value of options will move in the same direction as changes in the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term, and in the opposite direction of changes in the expected dividend yield. For example, the per share fair value of options will generally increase as expected stock price volatility increases, risk-free interest rate increases, expected option term increases and expected dividend yield decreases. The use of different assumptions or different option pricing models could result in materially different per share fair values of options.

As our common stock does not have a significant amount of historical price volatility, we utilized the historical stock price volatility of a peer group when pricing stock options.

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

Total assets increased $28.9 million, or 1.2%, to $2.41 billion at March 31, 2012, from $2.38 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in securities available for sale of $85.7 million. This increase was partially offset by decreases of $31.4 million in net loans held-for-investment, cash and cash equivalents of $19.4 million and other assets of $3.8 million.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $19.4 million, or 29.8%, to $45.8 million at March 31, 2012, from $65.3 million at December 31, 2011. We routinely maintain liquid assets in interest-bearing accounts in other well-capitalized financial institutions.

Securities available-for-sale increased $85.7 million, or 7.8%, to $1.18 billion at March 31, 2012, from $1.10 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to purchases of $298.5 million partially offset by maturities and pay-downs of $115.7 million, and sales of $98.7 million.

Securities held-to-maturity decreased $293,000, or 8.1%, to $3.3 million at March 31, 2012, from $3.6 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease was attributable to maturities and paydowns during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Originated loans held-for-investment, net, totaled $957.3 million at March 31, 2012, as compared to $985.9 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in insurance premium loans of $55.4 million, due to the sale of the majority of the portfolio, and in commercial real estate loans of $8.1 million. This was partially offset by an increase in multifamily real estate loans, which increased $38.3 million, or 8.4%, to $496.7 million at March 31, 2012, from $458.4 million at December 31, 2011. Currently, management is focused on originating multi-family loans, with less emphasis on other loan types.

 

56


Table of Contents

PCI loans, acquired as part of a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction, totaled $86.1 million at March 31, 2012 as compared to $88.5 million at December 31, 2011. We account for PCI loans utilizing generally accepting accounting principles applicable to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. We recorded accretion interest income of $1.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Bank owned life insurance increased $719,000, or 0.9%, from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012. The increase resulted from income earned on bank owned life insurance for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost, decreased $225,000, or 1.8%, to $12.5 million at March 31, 2012, from $12.7 million at December 31, 2011. This decrease was attributable to a decrease in borrowings outstanding with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York over the same time period.

Premises and equipment, net, increased $2.2 million, or 11.0%, to $22.2 million at March 31, 2012, from $20.0 million at December 31, 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to leasehold improvements to new branches and the renovation of existing branches.

Other real estate owned decreased $915,000, or 27.2%, to $2.4 million at March 31, 2012, from $3.4 million at December 31, 2011. This decrease is attributable to the sales of several properties during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Other assets decreased $3.8 million, or 25.2%, to $11.3 million at March 31, 2012, from $15.1 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease in other assets was attributable to a decrease in amounts due us from taxing authorities, and a decrease in prepaid Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums due to amortization related to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation prepayment of insurance premiums that was made in 2009 partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses.

The increase in deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was due in part to an increase in transaction accounts of $20.4 million, or 3.0%. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in certificates of deposit (issued by Northfield Bank) of $10.4 million, or 2.2%, a decrease in savings accounts of $330,000 and a decrease of $2.7 million in short-term certificates of deposit originated through the CDARS ® Network. Deposits originated through the CDARS ® Network totaled $658,000 at March 31, 2012 and $3.4 million at December 31, 2011. We utilize the CDARS ® Network when it can be a cost effective alternative to other short-term funding sources.

Borrowings, consisting primarily of repurchase agreements from other financial institutions and Federal Home Loan Bank advances, decreased $4.8 million, or 1.0%, to $477.1 million at March 31, 2012, from $481.9 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease in borrowings was primarily the result of maturities during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased $22.6 million, to $39.2 million at March 31, 2012, from $16.6 million at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in due to securities brokers of $19.8 million.

Total stockholders’ equity increased by $2.5 million to $385.2 million at March 31, 2012, from $382.7 million at December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to net income of $4.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and an increase of $819,000 in additional paid-in capital primarily related to the recognition of compensation expense associated with equity awards. The increase was partially offset by $1.7 million in stock repurchases and the payment of $1.7 million in cash dividends. In connection with our announcement that we intend to convert to a fully public company, the board of directors terminated our most recently announced stock repurchase program.

 

57


Table of Contents

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010

Total assets increased $129.8 million, or 5.8%, to $2.38 billion at December 31, 2011, from $2.25 billion at December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in net loans held-for-investment of $241.9 million, or 30.0% and cash and cash equivalents of $21.4 million. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in securities available for sale of $145.6 million.

Cash and cash equivalents increased by $21.4 million, or 48.9%, to $65.3 million at December 31, 2011, from $43.9 million at December 31, 2010. Balances fluctuate based on the timing of receipt of security and loan repayments and the redeployment into higher yielding assets, or the funding of deposit or borrowing obligations.

Securities available-for-sale decreased $145.6 million, or 11.7%, to $1.18 billion at December 31, 2011, from $1.24 billion at December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily attributable to maturities and paydowns of $403.4 million and sales of $182.7 million partially offset by purchases of $427.4 million and an increase of $10.9 million in net unrealized gains. We routinely sell securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such securities, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry. In the current low interest rate environment, we have experienced elevated levels of prepayments on mortgage-backed securities that we have reinvested into shorter term securities.

At December 31, 2011, $949.6 million of the portfolio consisted of residential mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae. We also held residential mortgage-backed securities not guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae, referred to as “private label securities.” The private label securities had an amortized cost of $39.9 million and an estimated fair value of $40.5 million at December 31, 2011. These private label securities were in a net unrealized gain position of $567,000 at December 31, 2011, consisting of gross unrealized gains of $1.9 million and gross unrealized losses of $1.3 million. In addition to the above mortgage-backed securities, we held $100.7 million in securities issued by corporate entities which were all rated investment grade (A- or better) by an accredited credit rating service at December 31, 2011.

Securities held-to-maturity decreased $1.4 million, or 28.5%, to $3.6 million at December 31, 2011, from $5.0 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was attributable to maturities and paydowns during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Originated loans held-for-investment, net, totaled $985.9 million at December 31, 2011, as compared to $827.6 million at December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily in multifamily real estate loans, which increased $174.7 million, or 61.6%, to $458.3 million at December 31, 2011, from $283.6 million at December 31, 2010. Insurance premium loans increased $14.6 million, or 32.7%, to $59.1 million and home equity loans increased $1.5 million, or 5.5%, to $29.7 million at December 31, 2011. These increases were partially offset by $7.4 million of originated loans held-for-investment, at amortized cost, being transferred to held-for-sale, at estimated fair value, less costs to sell, of $3.4 million, resulting in a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses of $4.0 million. Originated loans held-for-investment also decreased due to decreases in one- to four-family residential loans of $5.4 million, commercial real estate loans of $12.5 million, land and construction loans of $11.9 million, and commercial and industrial loans of $4.3 million. Currently, management is focused on originating multi-family loans, with less emphasis on other loan types.

PCI loans were $88.5 million at December 31, 2011. On October 14, 2011, we purchased PCI loans of approximately $132.4 million, based on the recorded principal balance, net of deferred fees and costs, as part of a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction. Management recorded PCI loans at their estimated fair value of $91.9 million at the date of acquisition.

Bank owned life insurance increased $3.0 million, or 4.0%, to $77.8 million at December 31, 2011. The increase resulted from income earned on bank owned life insurance for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

58


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost, increased $2.9 million, or 29.6%, to $12.7 million at December 31, 2011, from $9.8 million at December 31, 2010. This increase was attributable to an increase in borrowings outstanding with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York over the same time period.

Premises and equipment, net, increased $3.9 million, or 24.5%, to $20.0 million at December 31, 2011, from $16.1 million at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to leasehold improvements made to new branches and the renovation of existing branches.

Other real estate owned increased $3.2 million to $3.4 million at December 31, 2011, from $171,000 at December 31, 2010. This increase was partially attributable to $1.2 million of properties acquired as part of a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction.

Other assets decreased $3.0 million, or 16.6%, to $15.1 million at December 31, 2011, from $18.1 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease in other assets was primarily attributable to a decrease in net deferred tax assets, due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities associated with net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale and the amortization of prepaid Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance.

Deposits increased $120.7 million, or 8.8%, to $1.50 billion at December 31, 2011, from $1.49 billion at December 31, 2010. The increase in deposits for the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to an increase in transaction accounts of $67.0 million, or 35.7% as compared to December 31, 2010. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in certificates of deposit accounts (issued by Northfield Bank) of $7.9 million, or 1.6%, from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, a decrease in savings accounts of $3.1 million, or 0.9%, from December 31, 2010 and a decrease of $65.0 million in short-term certificates of deposit originated through the CDARS ® Network. We utilize the CDARS ® Network as a cost effective alternative to other short-term funding sources. The increase in deposits was also primarily attributable to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction. The acquired deposits were approximately $109.5 million at December 31, 2011. We continue to focus on our marketing and pricing of our products, which we believe promotes longer-term customer relationships.

Borrowings, consisting primarily of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements, increased $90.7 million, or 23.2%, to $481.9 million at December 31, 2011, from $391.2 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in borrowings was primarily the result of our increasing longer-term borrowings, taking advantage of, and locking in, lower interest rates, partially offset by maturities during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Accrued expenses and other liabilities decreased $69.1 million, to $16.6 million at December 31, 2011, from $85.7 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily a result of $70.7 million owed for securities purchases occurring prior to December 31, 2010, and settling after year end. We had no such transactions at December 31, 2011.

Total stockholders’ equity decreased by $14.1 million to $382.7 million at December 31, 2011, from $396.7 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to $37.8 million in stock repurchases and the payment of approximately $3.7 million in cash dividends. These decreases were partially offset by net income of $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $3.2 million in additional paid-in capital primarily related to the recognition of compensation expense associated with equity awards, and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income of $6.6 million, related primarily to increases in unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax, due to a decrease in general market interest rates.

On September 9, 2011, our board of directors authorized the continuance of the stock repurchase program. Under the program, we intend to repurchase up to 2,066,379 additional shares, representing approximately 5% of our outstanding shares following the repurchase of the remaining shares authorized under the existing stock repurchase program announced on October 27, 2010. The timing of the repurchases will depend on certain factors, including but not limited to, market conditions and prices, our liquidity and capital requirements, and alternative uses of capital. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. We are conducting such repurchases in accordance with a Rule 10(b)5-1 trading plan. As of

December 31, 2011,

 

59


Table of Contents

we had repurchased (under our current and prior repurchase plans) 5,064, 252 shares of our stock at an average price of $12.85 per share. We have also repurchased shares of stock from employees to meet minimum tax obligations related to vesting of equity awards. In connection with our announcement that we intend to convert to a fully public company, the board of directors terminated our most recently announced stock repurchase program.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

Net income. Net income was relatively unchanged at $4.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to $5.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Results reflected an increase of $1.2 million in net interest income, an $866,000 increase in non-interest income, a decrease of $752,000 in the provision for loan losses, a $105,000 increase in income tax expense and a $2.7 million increase in non-interest expense.

Interest income . Interest income increased $741,000, or 3.4%, to $22.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from $22.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in interest income on loans of $2.7 million. The increase in interest income of loans can be attributed to an increase in the average balances of $220.5 million, partially offset by a decrease of 27 basis points in the yield earned. These increases were partially offset by decreases in interest income on mortgage backed securities of $1.6 million and interest income on other securities of $317,000. The decrease in mortgage backed securities was primarily attributable to a decrease of 43 basis points in the yield earned and a decrease in the average balance of $84.0 million. The decrease in the interest income earned on other securities was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average balance of $23.3 million and a decrease of 55 basis points in the yield earned.

Interest expense . Interest expense decreased $413,000, or 6.6%, to $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from $6.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease was comprised of a decrease of $493,000 in interest expense on deposits, partially offset by an increase in interest expense on borrowings of $80,000. The decrease in interest expense on deposits was attributed to a decrease in the cost of interest bearing deposits of 23 basis points to 0.76% from 0.99%, partially offset by an increase in average balance of interest bearing deposit accounts of $102.1 million, or 8.3%, to $1.34 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $1.24 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was attributed to an increase in the cost of nine basis points to 2.74% from 2.65%, partially offset by a decrease in balances of borrowings of $9.8 million, or 2.0%, to $482.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $492.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 7.3%, as interest-earning assets increased by 5.7% to $2.24 billion. The increase in average interest earning assets was due primarily to increases in average loans outstanding of $220.5 million and in interest-earning assets in other financial institutions of $5.3 million, partially offset by decreases of $84.0 million in mortgage-backed securities and in other securities of $23.3 million. The quarter ended March 31, 2012 included prepayment loan income of $188,000 compared to $80,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Other securities consist primarily of investment-grade shorter-term corporate bonds, and government-sponsored enterprise bonds. Rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 18 basis points to 1.28% for the current quarter as compared to 1.46% for the prior year comparable period. This was offset by a 13 basis point decrease in yields earned on interest earning assets to 4.09% for the current quarter as compared to 4.22% for the prior year comparable period.

Provision for Loan Losses . The provision for loan losses was $615,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of $752,000, or 55.0%, from the $1.4 million provision recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in the provision for loan losses in the current quarter was due primarily to a shift in the composition of our loan portfolio to multi-family loans, which generally require lower general reserves than commercial real estate loans, less growth in the loan portfolio as compared to the same prior year period and a decrease in non-performing loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2011. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, we recorded net charge-offs of $351,000 compared to net charge-offs of $1.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

 

60


Table of Contents

Non-interest Income . Non-interest income increased $866,000, or 27.9%, to $4.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to $3.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily a result of a $108,000 increase in fees and service charges for customer services, an increase in securities transactions, net of $332,000, a decrease in losses on other-than-temporary impairment of securities of $161,000 and an increase in other income of $287,000, partially offset by a decrease in income on bank owed life insurance of $22,000. We routinely sell securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such securities, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry.

Non-interest Expense . Non-interest expense increased $2.7 million, or 27.0%, to $12.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to $10.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, due primarily to compensation and employee benefits increasing by $1.1 million, or 21.8%, due to increased staff primarily related to branch openings and an acquisition, an increase in occupancy expense of $473,000 primarily relating to new branches and the renovation of existing branches, an increase of $411,000 in data processing fees primarily related to conversion costs associated with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction, an increase of $418,000 in professional fees and an increase in other non-interest expense of $258,000.

Income Tax Expense . We recorded an income tax expense of $2.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to $2.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The effective expense tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, was 35.3%, as compared to 34.3% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Net Income. Net income increased $3.0 million, or 22.0%, to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to an increase of $3.5 million in net interest income and an increase in non-interest income of $5.0 million, partially offset by a $2.5 million increase in the provision for loan losses, an increase of $2.8 million in non-interest expense and an increase of $127,000 in income tax expense.

Interest Income. Interest income increased by $4.5 million, or 5.2%, to $91.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $86.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in average interest-earning assets of $175.6 million, or 8.8%. The increase in average interest-earning assets was primarily attributable to an increase in average loans of $153.5 million, or 19.8%, an increase in average mortgage-backed securities of $124.3 million, or 13.3%, and an increase in average interest-earning deposits of $3.0 million, or 6.4%, partially offset by a decrease in securities (other than mortgage-backed securities) of $108.7 million, or 45.3%. The effect of the increase in average interest-earning assets was partially offset by a decrease of 14 basis points, or 3.2%, in the yield earned to 4.17% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 4.31% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The rates earned on loans and mortgage-backed securities decreased due to the general decline in market interest rates for these asset types.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $1.0 million, or 4.1%, to $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was attributable to an increase in interest expense on borrowings of $2.3 million, or 21.5%, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $1.3 million, or 9.7%. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was primarily attributable to an increase of $145.7 million, or 44.1%, in average borrowings outstanding, partially offset by a decrease of 52 basis points, or 15.9%, in the cost of borrowings, reflecting lower market interest rates for borrowed funds. The decrease in interest expense on deposits was attributable to a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing deposits of 13 basis points, or 12.1%, to 0.94% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 1.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting lower market interest rates for short-term deposits. The decrease in the cost of deposits was partially offset by an increase of $41.0 million, or 3.2%, in average interest-bearing deposits outstanding.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $3.5 million, or 5.7%, as interest-earning assets increased by 8.8% to $2.2 billion. The general decline in interest rates has resulted in a decline in the yields earned on interest-earning assets by 14 basis points to 4.17% for the current year as compared to 4.31% for the prior year,

 

61


Table of Contents

while rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 11 basis points to 1.42% for the current year as compared to 1.53% for the prior year. Yields on loans include $1.4 million in interest income recognized on PCI loans with an average balance of $19.3 million contributing approximately four basis points to the net interest margin. Additionally, net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 included prepayment penalties of $812,000 compared to $67,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in average interest earning assets was due primarily to increases in average loans outstanding of $153.5 million and $124.3 million in mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by a decrease in other securities. Other securities consist primarily of investment-grade shorter-term corporate bonds and government-sponsored enterprise bonds.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses was $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $2.5 million, or 24.8%, from the $10.1 million provision recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in the provision for loan losses in the current year was due primarily to increased charge-offs and increased loan originations partially offset by a shift in the composition of our loan portfolio to multifamily loans, which generally require lower general reserves than other commercial real estate loans, and decreases in non-performing loans during the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded net charge-offs of $7.6 million compared to net charge-offs of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Charge-offs for 2011 included $4.0 million related to the transfer of $7.4 million of loans to held-for-sale.

Non-interest Income. Non-interest income increased $5.0 million, or 73.0%, to $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily the result of a $3.6 million, net of taxes, bargain purchase gain, associated with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted acquisition in October 2011, a $750,000 increase in gains on security sales, a $364,000 increase in fees and service charges for customer services, and a $694,000 increase in income earned on bank owned life insurance, generated by increased cash surrender values, primarily resulting from higher levels of bank owned life insurance. We routinely sell securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such securities, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry. These increases were partially offset by an increase of $255,000 in other-than-temporary credit impairment charges recognized on two private label mortgage-backed securities and an equity mutual fund and a decrease of $120,000 in other income.

Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $2.8 million, or 7.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to compensation and employee benefits expense increasing $2.6 million, which resulted primarily from increases in employees related to additional branch and operations personnel, and to a lesser extent, salary adjustments effective January 1, 2011. Occupancy expense increased $1.1 million, or 22.3%, primarily due to increases in rent and amortization of leasehold improvements relating to new branches and the renovation of existing branches. These increases were partially offset by decreased professional fees of $1.3 million, primarily resulting from the expensing of approximately $1.8 million in costs incurred for our postponed, second-step stock offering in the prior year partially offset by increased costs related to loan workouts.

Income Tax Expense. We recorded income tax expense of $6.5 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 27.8%, as compared to 31.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in rate was due primarily to the $5.9 million bargain purchase gain recorded in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction being recorded net of tax of $2.3 million and lower taxable income in the current year as a result of in an increase in tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income of $694,000.

 

62


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Net Income. Net income increased $1.7 million or 14.2%, to $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to an increase of $5.5 million in net interest income, an increase of $1.4 million in non-interest income, and a decrease of $248,000 in income tax expense, partially offset by an increase of $4.4 million in non-interest expense, and an increase of $1.0 million in provision for loan losses.

Interest Income. Interest income increased by $927,000, or 1.1%, to $86.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $85.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in average interest-earning assets of $213.0 million, or 11.9%. The increase in average interest-earning assets was primarily attributable to an increase in average loans of $121.7 million, or 18.6%, an increase in average mortgage-backed securities of $16.2 million, or 1.8%, and an increase in securities (other than mortgage-backed securities) of $112.9 million, or 88.9%, partially offset by a decrease in average interest-earning deposits of $37.2 million, or 44.7%. The effect of the increase in average interest-earning assets was partially offset by a decrease in the yield earned to 4.31% for the year ended December 31, 2010, from 4.77% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The rates earned on all asset categories, other than loans, decreased due to the general decline in market interest rates for these asset types. The rate earned on loans increased from 5.95% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 6.02% for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of fewer loans migrating to non-accrual status during 2010, as compared to the amount of loans that migrated to non-accrual status during 2009.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $4.6 million, or 15.8%, to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was attributable to a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $4.6 million, or 25.5%, partially offset by a modest increase in interest expense on borrowings of $70,000, or 0.7%. The decrease in interest expense on deposits was attributable to a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing deposits of 62 basis points, or 36.7%, to 1.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010, from 1.69% for the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting lower market interest rates for short-term deposits. The decrease in the cost of deposits was partially offset by an increase of $190.3 million, or 17.7%, in average interest-bearing deposits outstanding. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was primarily attributable to an increase of $33.3 million, or 11.2%, in average borrowings outstanding, partially offset by a decrease of 34 basis points, or 9.4%, in the cost of borrowings, reflecting lower market interest rates for borrowed funds.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $5.5 million, or 9.7%, due primarily to interest earning assets increasing $213.0 million, or 11.9%, partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin of six basis points, or 1.9%, over the prior year. The net interest margin decreased for the year ended December 31, 2010 as the average yield earned on interest earning assets decreased, which was partially offset by a decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The general decline in yields was due to the overall low interest rate environment and was driven by decreases in yields earned on mortgage-backed securities, as principal repayments were reinvested into lower yielding securities. The decline in yield on interest-earning assets was also due to declining yields on other securities and interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in yield earned on loans due primarily to fewer loans migrating to non-accrual status during 2010, as compared to the amount of loans that migrated to non-accrual status during 2009. The increase in average interest earning assets was due primarily to an increase in average loans outstanding of $121.7 million, other securities of $112.9 million, and mortgage-backed securities of $16.2 million, being partially offset by decreases in interest-earning assets in other financial institutions. Other securities consist primarily of investment-grade corporate bonds, and government-sponsored enterprise bonds.

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.1 million, or 11.6%, from the $9.0 million provision recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in the provision for loan losses was due primarily to increases in total loans, the change in the composition of our loan portfolio, and increases in general loss factors, due primarily to higher levels of charge-offs. The increases in the general loss factors utilized in management’s estimate of credit

 

63


Table of Contents

losses inherent in the loan portfolio were also the result of continued deterioration of the local economy. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2010, were $3.7 million, as compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Non-interest Income. Non-interest income increased $1.4 million, or 26.9%, primarily as a result of an increase of $962,000 in gains on securities transactions, net for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. We recognized $1.9 million in gains on securities transactions during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $891,000 in gains on securities transactions during the year ended December 31, 2009. Securities gains during the year ended December 31, 2010 included gross realized gains of $1.3 million primarily from the sale of mortgage-backed securities, coupled with securities gains of $597,000 related to our trading portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2009, securities gains included gross realized gains of $299,000 primarily from the sale of mortgage-backed securities, coupled with securities gains of $592,000 related to our trading portfolio. The trading portfolio is utilized to fund our deferred compensation obligation to certain of our employees and directors. The participants of this plan, at their election, defer a portion of their compensation. Gains and losses on trading securities have no effect on net income since participants benefit from, and bear the full risk of, changes in the trading securities market values. Therefore, we record an equal and offsetting amount in non-interest expense, reflecting the change in our obligations under the plan. We routinely sell securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such security, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry.

Non-interest income also was positively affected by a $524,000, or 29.9%, increase in income on bank owned life insurance for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the purchase of $28.8 million of insurance policies during the year ended December 31, 2010. We also recognized approximately $197,000 of income on the sale of fixed assets during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $4.4 million, or 12.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to the expensing of approximately $1.8 million in costs incurred on our postponed, second-step stock offering, and an increase of $2.2 million, or 12.8%, in compensation and employee benefits expense. Compensation and employee benefits expense increased primarily due to increases in full-time equivalent employees related to additional branch and operations personnel, as well as incremental personnel from our insurance premium finance division formed in October 2009. Occupancy expense increased $547,000, or 11.9%, over the same time period, primarily due to increases in rent and amortization of leasehold improvements relating to new branches and the renovation of existing branches. In addition, other non-interest expense also increased $536,000, or 15.7%, from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily attributable to operating expenses of the insurance premium finance division. These increases in non-interest expense were partially offset by a decrease of $515,000 in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance expense. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 included $770,000 related to a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation special assessment.

Income Tax Expense. We recorded a provision for income taxes of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010, was 31.6%, as compared to 35.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily the result of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to state bad debt reserves of approximately $738,000 resulting from the enactment of new State of New York tax laws during the year ended December 31, 2010, and higher levels of tax exempt income from bank owned life insurance.

 

64


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Yields. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at March 31, 2012 and for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as we had no tax-free interest-earning assets during the years. All average balances are daily average balances based upon amortized costs. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts, and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

    At
March 31,
2012
    For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
      2012     2011  
      Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate (4)
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate (4)
 
    Yield/
Rate
             
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

             

Loans

    5.75   $ 1,061,927      $ 15,150        5.74   $ 841,400      $ 12,474        6.01

Mortgage-backed securities

    2.62        986,110        6,776        2.76        1,070,119        8,417        3.19   

Other securities

    2.07        128,171        653        2.05        151,435        970        2.60   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

    4.50        12,703        142        4.50        10,839        109        4.08   

Interest-earning deposits

    0.25        48,035        18        0.15        42,709        28        0.27   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    4.01        2,236,946        22,739        4.09        2,116,502        21,998        4.22   

Non-interest-earning assets

      144,237            127,783       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

    $ 2,381,183          $ 2,244,285       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

             

Savings, NOW, and money market accounts

    0.46      $ 862,812        1,096        0.51      $ 695,572        1,134        0.66   

Certificates of deposit

    1.14        476,282        1,428        1.21        541,373        1,883        1.41   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    0.70        1,339,094        2,524        0.76        1,236,945        3,017        0.99   

Borrowings

    2.72        482,238        3,290        2.74        491,957        3,210        2.65   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1.23        1,821,332        5,814        1.28        1,728,902        6,227        1.46   

Non-interest-bearing deposits

      160,233            110,285       

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

      15,145            8,371       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

      1,996,710            1,847,558       

Stockholders’ equity

      384,473            396,727       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    $ 2,381,183          $ 2,244,285       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

      $ 16,925          $ 15,771     
     

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest rate spread (1)

          2.80            2.76   

Net interest-earning assets (2)

    $ 415,614          $ 387,600       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest margin (3)

          3.04         3.02

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

      122.82         122.42    

(footnotes on following page)

 

65


Table of Contents
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans

  $ 928,904      $ 55,066        5.93   $ 775,404      $ 46,681        6.02   $ 653,748      $ 38,889        5.95

Mortgage-backed securities

    1,061,308        32,033        3.02        936,991        33,306        3.55        920,785        42,256        4.59   

Other securities

    131,136        3,314        2.53        239,872        6,011        2.51        126,954        3,223        2.54   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

    10,459        439        4.20        6,866        354        5.16        7,428        399        5.37   

Interest-earning deposits

    48,903        165        0.34        45,951        143        0.31        83,159        801        0.96   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    2,180,710        91,017        4.17        2,005,084        86,495        4.31        1,792,074        85,568        4.77   

Non-interest-earning assets

    141,466            115,491            87,014       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 2,322,176          $ 2,120,575          $ 1,879,088       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings, NOW, and money market accounts

  $ 741,130        4,651        0.63      $ 676,334        5,119        0.76      $ 566,894        6,046        1.07   

Certificates of deposit

    566,619        7,600        1.34        590,445        8,454        1.43        509,610        12,168        2.39   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    1,307,749        12,251        0.94        1,266,779        13,573        1.07        1,076,504        18,214        1.69   

Borrowings

    476,413        13,162        2.76        330,693        10,833        3.28        297,365        10,763        3.62   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,784,162        25,413        1.42        1,597,472        24,406        1.53        1,373,869        28,977        2.11   

Non-interest-bearing deposits

    131,224            114,450            99,950       

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    13,260            9,677            14,075       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    1,928,646            1,721,599            1,487,894       

Stockholders’ equity

    393,530            398,976            391,194       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 2,322,176          $ 2,120,575          $ 1,879,088       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 65,604          $ 62,089          $ 56,591     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest rate spread (1)

        2.75            2.78            2.66   

Net interest-earning assets (2)

  $ 396,548          $ 407,612          $ 418,205       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest margin (3)

        3.01         3.10         3.16

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

    122.23         125.52         130.44    

 

(1) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
(4) Annualized.

 

66


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,

2012 vs. 2011
    Year Ended December 31,
2011 vs. 2010
    Year Ended December 31,
2010 vs. 2009
 
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
    Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate    
    (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans

  $ 3,241      $ (565   $ 2,676      $ 9,070      $ (685   $ 8,385      $ 7,319      $ 473      $ 7,792   

Mortgage-backed securities

    (607     (1,034     (1,641     10,163        (11,436     (1,273     758        (9,708     (8,950

Other securities

    (133     (184     (317     (2,745     48        (2,697     2,829        (41     2,788   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

    21        12        33        132        (47     85        (29     (16     (45

Interest-earning deposits

    4        (14     (10     9        13        22        (262     (396     (658
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    2,526        (1,785     741        16,629        (12,107     4,522        10,615        (9,688     927   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings, NOW and money market accounts

    (695     657        (38     596        (1,064     (468     1,840        (2,767     (927

Certificates of deposit

    (206     (249     (455     (334     (520     (854     2,437        (6,151     (3,714
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    (901     408        (493     262        (1,584     (1,322     4,277        (8,918     (4,641

Borrowings

    (92     172        80        3,638        (1,309     2,329        458        (388     70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    (993     580        (413     3,900        (2,893     1,007        4,735        (9,306     (4,571
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

    3,519        (2,365     1,154      $ 12,729      $ (9,214   $ 3,515      $ 5,880      $ (382   $ 5,498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Asset Quality

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans

PCI loans were recorded at estimated fair value using expected future cash flows deemed to be collectible on the date acquired. Based on its detailed review of PCI loans and experience in loan workouts, management believes it has a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of future cash flows and accordingly has classified PCI loans ($86.1 million at March 31, 2012 and $88.5 million at December 31, 2011) as accruing, even though they may be contractually past due. At March 31, 2012, based on recorded contractual principal, 6.0% of PCI loans were past due 30 to 89 days, and 14.4% were past due 90 days or more. At December 31, 2011, based on recorded contractual principal, 9.0% of PCI loans were past due 30 to 89 days, and 16.1% were past due 90 days or more, as compared to 8.0% and 13.9% at October 14, 2011. The amount and timing of expected cash flows as of March 31, 2012 did not change significantly from the October 2011 acquisition date. The discussion that follows relates specifically to originated loans, both held-for-investment and held-for-sale.

Originated Loans

General. Maintaining loan quality historically has been, and will continue to be, a key element of our business strategy. We employ conservative underwriting standards for new loan originations and maintain sound credit administration practices while the loans are outstanding. In addition, substantially all of our loans are secured, predominantly by real estate. However, during the current economic recession, we have experienced increases in delinquent and non-performing loans. At March 31, 2012, our non-performing loans totaled $40.2 million or 3.8% of total loans. Charge-offs have remained relatively low at 0.13% (annualized) of average total loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012, 0.78% of average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011, 0.47% for the year ended December 31, 2010, and 0.37% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net charge-offs in 2011 included $4.0 million related to the transfer of $7.4 million of loans held-for-investment to held-for-sale.

Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Loans. Non-performing loans totaled $40.2 million at March 31, 2012, compared to $43.9 million at December 31, 2011, and $60.9 million at December 31, 2010. The following table details non-performing loans at those dates.

 

     March  31,
2012
     December 31,  
        2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Non-accruing loans:

        

Held-for-investment

   $ 15,805       $ 17,489       $ 39,303   

Held-for-sale

     80         2,991         —     

Non-accruing loans subject to restructuring agreements:

        

Held-for-investment

     22,483         22,844         19,978   

Held-for-sale

     —           457         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accruing loans

     38,368         43,781         59,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

        

Held-for-investment

     1,786         85         1,609   

Held-for-sale

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

     1,786         85         1,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     40,154         43,866         60,890   

Other real estate owned

     2,444         3,359         171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 42,598       $ 47,225       $ 61,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans subject to restructuring agreements and still accruing

   $ 25,047       $ 18,349       $ 11,198   

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table details non-performing loans by loan type at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     March  31,
2012
     December 31,  
        2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

   $ 30,389       $ 34,659       $ 46,388   

One- to four-family residential

     1,237         1,338         1,275   

Construction and land

     1,803         2,131         5,122   

Multifamily

     1,700         2,175         4,863   

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,764         1,766         181   

Commercial and industrial

     1,352         1,575         1,323   

Insurance premium loans

     123         137         129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     38,368         43,781         59,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

     994         13         —     

One- to four-family residential

     —           —           1,108   

Construction and land

     —           —           404   

Multifamily

     792         72         —     

Home equity and lines of credit

     —           —           59   

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing

     1,786         85         1,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 40,154       $ 43,866       $ 60,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Generally, originated loans are placed on non-accruing status when they become 90 days or more delinquent, and remain on non-accrual status until they are brought current, have six months of performance under the loan terms, and factors indicating reasonable doubt about the timely collection of payments no longer exist. Therefore, loans may be current in accordance with their loan terms, or may be less than 90 days delinquent and still be on a non-accruing status. The following tables detail the delinquency status of non-accruing loans at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

123456 123456 123456 123456
     At March 31, 2012  
     Days Past Due      Total  
     0 to 29      30 to 89      90 or more     

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

   $ 16,317       $ 20       $ 14,052       $ 30,389   

One- to four-family residential

     181              532         524           1,237   

Construction and land

       1,803         —           —           1,803   

Multifamily

     521         —             1,179         1,700   

Home equity and lines of credit

     —           101         1,663         1,764   

Commercial and industrial loans

     548         —           804         1,352   

Insurance premium loans

     —           —           123         123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accruing loans

   $ 19,370       $ 653       $ 18,345       $ 38,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

123456 123456 123456 123456
     At December 31, 2011  
     Days Past Due      Total  
     0 to 29      30 to 89      90 or more     

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

   $ 16,395       $ 3,613       $ 14,651       $ 34,659   

One- to four-family residential

     210              594         534           1,338   

Construction and land

       1,709         —           422         2,131   

Multifamily

     523         —             1,652         2,175   

Home equity and lines of credit

     102         —           1,664         1,766   

Commercial and industrial loans

     553         —           1,022         1,575   

Insurance premium loans

     —           —           137         137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accruing loans

   $ 19,492       $ 4,207       $ 20,082       $ 43,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Total non-accruing loans decreased $5.4 million, to $38.4 million at March 31, 2012, from $43.8 million at December 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to $3.4 million in non-accruing loans held-for-sale being sold during the quarter ended March 31, 2012. There was $398,000 in loans returned to accrual status during the quarter. Loans returned to accrual status were current as to principal and interest, and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer existed, including the borrower’s performance under the original loan terms for at least six months. Non-accrual loans also decreased as a result of $1.5 million of pay-offs and principal pay-downs, charge-offs of $351,000, the sale of $554,000 of loans held-for-investment and the transfer of $166,000 to other real estate owned. The above decreases in non-accruing loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 were partially offset by $837,000 of loans being placed on non-accrual status and advances of $94,000 during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

The decrease in non-accrual loans was primarily attributable to $12.5 million in loans being returned to accrual status during the year ended December 31, 2011. Non-accrual loans also decreased as a result of $4.0 million of pay-offs and principal pay-downs, charge-offs of $7.6 million, and the transfer of $2.7 million to other real estate owned. The above decreases in non-accruing loans during the year ended December 31, 2011 were partially offset by $11.3 million of loans being placed on non-accrual status during the year ended December 31, 2011.

A discussion of the six largest non-accrual loans at March 31, 2012 follows. The carrying value of these loans totaled $21.5 million, or 56%, of total non-accrual loans of $38.3 million at March 31, 2012.

 

   

An owner-occupied commercial real estate relationship with a carrying value of $8.1 million. The business and collateral are located in New Jersey. The real estate collateral consists of a first mortgage on a manufacturing facility and subordinated mortgages on other real estate. At March 31, 2012, the relationship was performing under a restructure agreement that commenced in March 2011, which reduced the borrower’s debt service payments and requires monthly payments of principal and interest. The manufacturing facility was appraised for $8 million in December 2011. Because of the nature of the collateral, the appraiser relied on the cost and sales approaches to value. The other collateral includes a subordinated mortgage on the primary residence of one of the principals that was appraised for $2.0 million in December 2011 and is subordinate to a first mortgage of less than $400,000. The loans are personally guaranteed by the principals.

 

   

An owner-occupied commercial real estate loan with a carrying value of $3.4 million. The business and collateral are located in New Jersey. The real estate collateral consists of a first mortgage on a manufacturing facility. The related operating company was liquidated and Northfield Bank received a principal reduction payment in excess of $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2012. Northfield Bank has filed a foreclosure action and the property is currently listed for sale by the owners. The property was last appraised in June 2011 for $7.4 million. The cap rate was 7.71%, and the loan is personally guaranteed by the principals.

 

   

A commercial real estate loan with a carrying value of $3.4 million. The real estate collateral consists of a first mortgage on an office building in New York City. Northfield Bank has filed a foreclosure action and a lock box is in place to control rent receipts. The property was appraised in November 2011 for $5.0 million. The cap rate was 8.1%, and the loan is personally guaranteed by the principal.

 

   

A commercial real estate loan with a carrying value of $3.0 million. T he real estate collateral is a first mortgage on a New Jersey property primarily used as a recreational facility with some retail usage. The borrower is now repositioning the property at his own cost by converting the recreational portion to retail and the project is expected to be completed by the middle of 2013. The loan was restructured in early 2010 to reduce the borrower’s debt service and required interest only payments. Beginning in December 2011, the borrower’s monthly payment included principal and interest. The borrower was performing in accordance with the restructured terms as of March 31, 2012. The property was appraised on an “as is” basis for $4.9 million in November 2010. The cap rate was 8%, and the loan is personally guaranteed by the principal.

 

70


Table of Contents
   

A commercial real estate loan with a carrying value of $2.0 million. The collateral is a first mortgage on a fuel oil terminal in New Jersey. As part of the foreclosure action, Northfield Bank entered into an “assignment of bid contract” to assign its interest in the foreclosure action to a third party. The transaction closed during the second quarter of 2012 and Northfield Bank recovered its carrying value.

 

   

A construction loan with a carrying value of $1.6 million. The collateral is an eight-unit condominium construction project in New York City. A new sponsor assumed control of the project in December 2011 and the project is now 85% completed. Northfield Bank expects to fund the remaining $650,000 to complete the project by the end of the third quarter of 2012. As of March 31, 2012 four units were under contract and sales activity continued. The property was appraised in November 2011 for $3.6 million based on the gross sellout value of the completed units. The gross listing price for the eight units was in excess of $3.5 million.

At March 31, 2012, we had $22.1 million of accruing loans that were 30 to 89 days delinquent, as compared to $21.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $19.8 million at December 31, 2010. The following table sets forth the total amounts of delinquencies for accruing loans that were 30 to 89 days past due by type and by amount at the dates indicated.

 

     March  31,
2012
     December 31,  
        2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

   $ 6,888       $ 8,404       $ 8,970   

One- to four-family residential

     2,331         2,258         2,575   

Construction and land

     —           3,041         499   

Multifamily

     9,389         6,468         6,194   

Home equity and lines of credit

     —           30         262   

Commercial and industrial loans

     1,403         207         536   

Insurance premium loans

     1,975         568         660   

Other loans

     89         91         102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,075       $ 21,067       $ 19,798   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-accruing loans subject to restructuring agreements increased to $22.5 million at March 31, 2012 from $23.3 million at December 31, 2011 and $20.0 million at December 31, 2010. Loans subject to restructuring agreements, and still accruing totaled $25.0 million, $18.3 million and $11.2 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we entered into four troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), of which $6.4 million and $625,000 were classified as accruing and non-accruing, respectively, at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2012, $21.1 million, or 84.2%, of the $25.0 million of accruing troubled debt restructurings, and $18.7 million, or 83.1%, of the $22.5 million of non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, were performing in accordance with their restructured terms. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we entered into 13 troubled TDRs, of which $6.8 million and $12.8 million were classified as accruing and non-accruing, respectively, at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, $12.7 million, or 69.4%, of the $18.3 million of accruing troubled debt restructurings, and $19.2 million, or 82.3%, of the $23.3 million of non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, were performing in accordance with their restructured terms. Generally, the types of concession that we make to troubled borrowers includes reduction to, both temporary and permanent, interest rates and extension of payment terms. At December 31, 2011, the balance of TDRs are 81% commercial real estate loans, 4% construction loans, 5% multifamily loans, 4% commercial and industrial loans, and 6% one- to four-family residential loans.

 

71


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of the troubled debt restructurings as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

    At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,  
      2011     2010  
    Non-Accruing     Accruing     Non-Accruing     Accruing     Non-Accruing     Accruing  
    (in thousands)  

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

  $ 19,293      $ 19,608      $ 20,420      $ 13,389      $ 13,138      $ 7,879   

One- to four-family residential

    309        2,529        —          2,532        —          1,750   

Construction and land

    1,803        —          1,709        —          4,012        —     

Multifamily

    521        1,547        523        1,552        2,327        1,569   

Home equity and lines of credit

    102        367        102        —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

    455        996        547        876        501        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 22,483      $ 25,047      $ 23,301      $ 18,349      $ 19,978      $ 11,198   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing in accordance with restructured terms

    83.13     84.21     82.34     69.03     61.03     100.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans (held-for-investment) increased from 66.4% at December 31, 2011 to 67.6% at March 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $260,000, or 1.0%, in the allowance for loan losses and a decrease in non-performing loans of $3.7 million, from $43.9 million at December 31, 2011 to $40.1 million at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2012, 60.2% (balance of impaired loans) of the appraisals utilized for our impairment analysis were completed within the last nine months, 37.4% (balance of impaired loans) were completed within the last 18 months, with the remaining 2.4% (balance of impaired loans) being older than 18 months. All appraisals older than 12 months were reviewed by management and appropriate adjustments were made utilizing current market indices. Generally loans are charged down to the appraised value less costs to sell, which reduces the coverage ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans. Downward adjustments to appraisal values, primarily to reflect “quick sale” discounts, are generally recorded as specific reserves within the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses to originated loans held-for-investment, net, increased to 2.83% at March 31, 2012, from 2.72% at December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to a decrease of $28.7 million, or 2.9%, in originated loans held-for-investment, net from December 31, 2011, to March 31, 2012. The increase in our allowance for loan losses during the period is primarily attributable to fluctuations in loan delinquencies, continued declines in general economic conditions and real estate values and an increase in unallocated reserves due to the timing of appraisals and ongoing loan reviews.

Specific reserves on impaired loans increased $78,000, or 1.9%, from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2012, we had 53 loans classified as impaired and recorded a total of $4.2 million of specific reserves on 18 of the 53 impaired loans. At December 31, 2011, we had 48 loans classified as impaired and recorded a total of $4.1 million of specific reserves on 16 of the 48 impaired loans.

The allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans (held-for-investment) increased from 35.83% at December 31, 2010 to 66.4% at December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.0 million, or 23.0%, in the allowance for loan losses partially offset by a decrease in non-performing loans of $17.0 million, from $60.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $43.9 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, 64.5% (balance of impaired loans) of the appraisals utilized for our impairment analysis were completed within the last nine months, 32.7% (balance of impaired loans) were completed within the last 18 months, with the remaining 2.8% (balance of impaired loans) being older than 18 months. All appraisals older than 12 months were reviewed by management and appropriate adjustments were made utilizing current market indices. Generally loans are charged down to the appraised value less costs to sell, which reduces the coverage ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans. Downward adjustments to appraisal values, primarily to reflect “quick sale” discounts, are generally recorded as specific reserves within the allowance for loan losses.

 

72


Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses to originated loans held-for-investment, net, increased to 2.72% at December 31, 2011, from 2.64% at December 31, 2010. This increase was attributable to an increase of $2.5 million, or 24.9%, in the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the provision for the year ended December 31, 2010, partially offset by an increase in the loan portfolio over the same time period. The increase in our allowance for loan losses during the year is primarily attributable to specific reserves on impaired loans related to quick sale discounts, and an increase in general loss factors related to increases in non-accrual loans, fluctuations in loan delinquencies, and continued declines in general economic conditions and real estate values as well as an increase in unallocated reserves due to the timing of appraisals and ongoing loan reviews.

Specific reserves on impaired loans increased $1.4 million, or 51.8%, from $2.7 million, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, we had 48 loans classified as impaired and recorded a total of $4.1 million of specific reserves on 16 of the 48 impaired loans. At December 31, 2010, we had 44 loans classified as impaired and recorded a total of $2.7 million of specific reserves on 13 of the 44 impaired loans.

 

73


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses, by loan type, for the periods indicated.

 

    Real Estate Loans                                
    Commercial     One-to-four
Family
Residential
    Construction
and Land
    Multifamily     Home Equity
and Lines
and Credit
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
Loans
    Other     Unallocated     Total
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2008

  $ 5,176      $ 131      $ 1,982      $ 788      $ 146      $ 523      $ —        $ 32      $ —        $ 8,778   

Provision for loan losses

    4,575        95        1,113        1,242        64        1,495        101        2        351        9,038   

Recoveries

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Charge-offs

    (1,348     (63     (686     (164     —          (141     —          —          —          (2,402
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

    8,403        163        2,409        1,866        210        1,877        101        34        351        15,414   

Provision for loan losses

    5,238        407        (111     5,403        32        (1,122     91        (6     152        10,084   

Recoveries

    —          —          —          —          —          —          20        —          —          20   

Charge-offs

    (987     —          (443     (2,132     —          (36     (101     —          —          (3,699
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

    12,654        570        1,855        5,137        242        719        111        28        503        21,819   

Provision for loan losses

    6,809        498        27        2,353        238        1,931        115        12        606        12,589   

Recoveries

    55        —          —          —          —          23        30        —          —          108   

Charge-offs

    (5,398     (101     (693     (718     (62     (638     (70     —          —          (7,680
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

    14,120        967        1,189        6,772        418        2,035        186        40        1,109        26,836   

Provision for loan losses

    (17     (351     (134     899        123        129        (98     (8     72        615   

Recoveries

    7        —          —          —          —          12        —          —          —          19   

Charge-offs

    (259     —          —          —          —          (90     (21     —          —          (370
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

March 31, 2012

  $ 13,851      $ 616      $ 1,055      $ 7,671      $ 541      $ 2,086      $ 67      $ 32      $ 1,181      $ 27,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, we recorded net charge-offs of $351,000, a decrease of $820,000, or 70.0%, as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in net charge-offs was primarily attributable to an $891,000 decrease in net charge-offs related to commercial real estate loans offset by a $78,000 increase in net charge-offs related to commercial and industrial loans. As a result of increases in outstanding balances, the general decline in real estate values and the current economic downturn, which increased our historical and general loss factors, the allowance for loan losses allocated to multifamily real estate loans increased by $899,000, or 13.3%, from $6.8 million at December 31, 2011 to $7.7 million at March 31, 2012. In addition, as a result of the net charge-offs incurred, coupled with the general decline in real estate values and the current economic downturn, our historical and general loss factors have increased. This was offset by decreases in outstanding balances, thus decreasing the allowance for loan losses allocated to commercial real estate loans by $269,000, or 1.9%, from $14.1 million at December 31, 2011, to $13.8 million at March 31, 2012. We could experience an increase in its allowance for loan losses in future periods if charge-offs and non-performing loans continue to increase.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded net charge-offs of $7.6 million, an increase of $3.9 million, or 105.4%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in net charge-offs was primarily attributable to a $4.4 million increase in net charge-offs related to commercial real estate loans and a $602,000 increase in net charge-offs related to commercial and industrial loans offset by a $1.4 million decrease in net charge-offs related to multifamily real estate loans. During the year ended December 31, 2011, net charge-offs included $4.0 million related to loans transferred to held-for-sale. Charge-offs related to this transfer did not have a material effect on our loss factors for calculating the allowance for loan losses since such losses represent a change in intent for these loans which is not the intent for the held-for-investment portfolio. As a result of increases in outstanding balances, the general decline in real estate values and the current economic downturn, our historical and general loss factors have increased, thus increasing the allowance for loan losses allocated to multifamily real estate loans by $1.7 million, or 31.8%, from $5.1 million at December 31, 2010, to $6.8 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, as a result of the net charge-offs incurred, as well as increased levels of commercial real estate loans on non-accrual status, coupled with the general decline in real estate values and the current economic downturn, our historical and general loss factors have increased, thus increasing the allowance for loan losses allocated to commercial real estate loans by $1.5 million, or 11.6%, from $12.6 million at December 31, 2010, to $14.1 million at December 31, 2011. The allowance for loan losses allocated to commercial and industrial loans increased $1.3 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in historical loss factors, coupled with the increased level of non-accrual commercial and industrial loans. We could experience an increase in our allowance for loan losses in future periods if charge-offs and non-performing loans continue to increase.

Management of Market Risk

General . A majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of mortgage-related assets and loans, generally have longer maturities than our liabilities, which consist primarily of deposits and wholesale funding. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy involves managing interest rate risk and limiting the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established a management risk committee, comprised of our Treasurer, who chairs this Committee, our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Chief Lending Officer, and our Executive Vice President of Operations. This committee is responsible for, among other things, evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for recommending to the risk committee of our board of directors the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors.

 

75


Table of Contents

We seek to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. As part of our ongoing asset-liability management, we currently use the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:

 

   

originate multifamily real estate and commercial real estate loans that generally have interest rates that reset every five years;

 

   

sell longer-term, one- to four-family residential real estate loans;

 

   

invest in shorter maturity investment grade corporate securities and mortgage-related securities; and

 

   

obtain general financing through lower cost deposits and wholesale funding and repurchase agreements.

Net Portfolio Value Analysis . We compute the net present value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (net portfolio value or “NPV”) over a range of assumed market interest rates. Our simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis to measure the net portfolio value. We estimate the economic value of these assets and liabilities under the assumption that interest rates experience an instantaneous, parallel, and sustained increase of 100, 200, 300, or 400 basis points, or a decrease of 100 and 200 basis points which is based on the current interest rate environment. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below.

Net Interest Income Analysis. We also analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income model. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a twelve-month period. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under the assumption that interest rates experience an instantaneous and sustained increase of 100, 200, 300, or 400 basis points or a decrease of 100 and 200 basis points which is based on the current interest rate environment.

 

76


Table of Contents

The tables below set forth, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our calculation of the estimated changes in our net portfolio value, net present value ratio, and percent change in net interest income that would result from the designated instantaneous and sustained changes in interest rates. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied on as indicative of actual results.

 

At March 31, 2012  
Change in
Interest Rates
(basis points) (1)
    NPV  
  Estimated
Present Value of
Assets
    Estimated
Present Value of
Liabilities
    Estimated
NPV (2)
    Estimated
Change In NPV
    Estimated
NPV/Present
Value of Assets
Ratio
    Net Interest
Income Percent
Change
 
      (dollars in thousands)  
  +400      $ 2,197,175      $ 1,867,954      $ 329,221      $ (119,279     14.98     (6.97 )% 
  +300        2,253,882        1,900,923        352,959        (95,541     15.66     (4.91 )% 
  +200        2,321,733        1,934,994        386,739        (61,761     16.66     (2.67 )% 
  +100        2,392,953        1,970,218        422,735        (25,765     17.67     (0.79 )% 
  0        2,455,149        2,006,649        448,500        —          18.27     —     
  -100        2,492,288        2,038,329        453,959        5,459        18.21     (0.75 )% 
  -200        2,525,055        2,050,291        474,764        26,264        18.80     (3.80 )% 

 

At December 31, 2011  
Change in
Interest Rates
(basis points) (1)
    NPV  
  Estimated
Present Value of
Assets
    Estimated
Present Value of
Liabilities
    Estimated
NPV (2)
    Estimated
Change In NPV
    Estimated
NPV/Present
Value of Assets
Ratio
    Net Interest
Income Percent
Change
 
      (dollars in thousands)  
  +400      $ 2,162,339      $ 1,850,354      $ 311,985      $ (118,243     14.43     (7.72 )% 
  +300        2,216,517        1,882,182        334,335        (95,893     15.08     (5.56 )% 
  +200        2,282,543        1,915,059        367,484        (62,744     16.10     (3.10 )% 
  +100        2,352,573        1,949,034        403,539        (26,689     17.15     (1.02 )% 
  0        2,414,383        1,984,155        430,228        —          17.82     —     
  -100        2,447,264        2,015,567        431,697        1,469        17.64     (0.66 )% 
  -200        2,480,170        2,026,021        454,149        23,921        18.31     (2.21 )% 

 

(1) Assumes an instantaneous and sustained uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) NPV includes non-interest earning assets and liabilities.

The tables above indicate that at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, in the event of a 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 5.86% and 5.56% increase in estimated net portfolio value, respectively, and a 3.80% and 2.21% decrease in net interest income, respectively. In the event of a 400 basis point increase in interest rates at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we would experience a 26.6% and 27.48% decrease in net portfolio value, respectively, and a 6.97% and 7.72% decrease in net interest income, respectively. Our policies provide that, in the event of a 400 basis point increase/decrease or less in interest rates, our net present value ratio should decrease by no more than 300 basis points and in the event of a 200 basis point increase/decrease, our projected net interest income should decrease by no more than 20%. Additionally, our policy states that our net portfolio value should be at least 8.5% of total assets before and after such shock. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all board approved policies with respect to interest rate risk management.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk through changes in net portfolio value and net interest income. Our model requires us to make certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net portfolio value and net interest income information presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assume that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although interest rate risk calculations provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

77


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability to fund assets and meet obligations as they come due. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, borrowings through repurchase agreements and advances from money center banks and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and repayments, maturities and sales of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are reasonably predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. The risk committee of the board of directors is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and withdrawals of deposits by our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. We seek to maintain a ratio of liquid assets (not subject to pledge) as a percentage of deposits and borrowings of 35% or greater. At March 31, 2012, this ratio was 52.3%. We believe that we had sufficient sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs at March 31, 2012.

We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based on our assessment of:

 

   

expected loan demand;

 

   

expected deposit flows;

 

   

yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and

 

   

the objectives of our asset/liability management program.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, and unpledged mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac that we can either borrow against or sell. We also have the ability to surrender bank owned life insurance contracts. The surrender of these contracts would subject us to income taxes and penalties for increases in the cash surrender values over the original premium payments.

We had the following primary sources of liquidity at March 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,837   

Unpledged mortgage-backed securities

     483,986   

(Issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac)

  

At March 31, 2012, we had $34.6 million in outstanding loan commitments. In addition, we had $45.3 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers. Certificates of deposit due within one year of March 31, 2012 totaled $344.0 million, or 73.8% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including loan sales, other deposit products, including replacement certificates of deposit, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and other borrowing sources. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before March 31, 2012. We believe, based on experience, that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us, and we have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

We have a detailed contingency funding plan that is reviewed and reported to the risk committee of the board of directors on at least a quarterly basis. This plan includes monitoring cash on a daily basis to determine our liquidity needs. Additionally, management performs a stress test on our retail deposits and wholesale funding sources in several scenarios on a quarterly basis. The stress scenarios include deposit attrition of up to 50%, and selling our securities available-for-sale portfolio at a discount of 20% to its current estimated fair value. We continue to maintain what we believe to be significant liquidity under all stress scenarios.

 

78


Table of Contents

Northfield Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds from the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit, and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process applicable to loans we originate. In addition, we routinely enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans; such amounts are not significant to our operations. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities, and agreements with respect to investments.

The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2011. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.

 

Contractual Obligations

   Payments Due by Period  
   Less Than
One Year
     One to Three
Years
     Three to Five
Years
     More Than
Five Years
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 108,681       $ 138,800       $ 223,410       $ 8,000       $ 478,891   

Floating rate advances

     3,004         —           —           —           3,004   

Operating leases

     3,378         6,609         6,474         31,607         48,068   

Capitalized leases

     387         810         516         560         2,273   

Certificates of deposit

     356,391         72,017         51,712         3         480,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 471,841       $ 218,236       $ 282,112       $ 40,170       $ 1,012,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit (2)

   $ 64,735       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 64,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes repurchase agreements, Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances, and accrued interest payable at December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes unused lines of credit which are assumed to be funded within the year.

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we serviced $37.8 and $41.3 million of loans for Freddie Mac. These one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans were underwritten to Freddie Mac guidelines and to comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws. At the time of the closing of these loans we owned the loans and subsequently sold them to Freddie Mac providing normal and customary representations and warranties, including representations and warranties related to compliance with Freddie Mac underwriting standards. At the time of sale, the loans were free from encumbrances except for the mortgages we filed which, with other

 

79


Table of Contents

underwriting documents, were subsequently assigned and delivered to Freddie Mac. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, substantially all of the loans serviced for Freddie Mac were performing in accordance with their contractual terms and management believes that it has no material repurchase obligations associated with these loans.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, please see Note 10 of the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The effect of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater effect on our performance than inflation.

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

Northfield-Delaware is a Delaware corporation that was organized in June 2010. Upon completion of the conversion, Northfield-Delaware will become the holding company of Northfield Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Northfield-Federal and each of Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.

Initially following the completion of the conversion, Northfield-Delaware will have approximately $33.3 million in cash and other assets held by Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bancorp, MHC as of March 31, 2012, and the net proceeds it retains from the offering, part of which will be used to make a loan to the Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and will have no significant liabilities. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” Northfield-Delaware intends to use the support staff and offices of Northfield Bank and will pay Northfield Bank for these services. If Northfield-Delaware expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

Northfield-Delaware intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD-FEDERAL

AND NORTHFIELD BANK

Northfield-Federal

Northfield-Federal is a federally chartered corporation that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bank. At March 31, 2012, Northfield-Federal had consolidated assets of $2.41 billion, deposits of $1.50 billion and stockholders’ equity of $385.2 million.

Northfield Bank became the wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield-Federal’s New York predecessor in 1995, when Northfield Bank reorganized into the two-tier mutual holding company structure. In November 2007, Northfield-Federal converted from a New York corporation to a federally chartered corporation and concurrently sold 19,265,316 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 43% of its then-outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share. An additional 24,641,684 shares, or 55% of the outstanding shares, were issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and 896,061 shares, or 2% of the outstanding shares, plus $3.0 million of cash were issued to the Northfield Bank Foundation. As part of this stock offering, we established an employee stock ownership plan, which acquired 1,756,279 shares of common stock in the stock offering, financed by a loan from Northfield-Federal.

 

80


Table of Contents

Northfield-Federal’s home office is located at 1410 St. Georges Avenue, Avenel, New Jersey 07001 and the telephone number is (732) 499-7200. Its website address is www.eNorthfield.com . Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Northfield Bank

Northfield Bank was organized in 1887 and is a federally chartered savings bank. Northfield Bank conducts business primarily from its home office located in Staten Island, New York, its operations center located in Woodbridge, New Jersey, its 24 additional branch offices located in New York and New Jersey and its lending office located in Brooklyn, New York. The branch offices are located in Staten Island and Brooklyn and the New Jersey counties of Union and Middlesex.

Northfield Bank’s principal business consists of originating multifamily and commercial real estate loans, purchasing investment securities, including mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds, and investing funds in other financial institutions. Northfield Bank also offers construction and land loans, commercial and industrial loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and home equity loans and lines of credit. Northfield Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including certificates of deposit, passbook, statement, and money market savings accounts, transaction deposit accounts (negotiable orders of withdrawal (NOW) accounts and non-interest bearing demand accounts), individual retirement accounts, and to a lesser extent when it is deemed cost effective, brokered deposits. Deposits are Northfield Bank’s primary source of funds for its lending and investing activities. Northfield Bank also uses borrowed funds as a source of funds, principally repurchase agreements with brokers and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances. In addition to traditional banking services, Northfield Bank offers insurance products through NSB Insurance Agency, Inc. Northfield Bank owns 100% of NSB Services Corp., which, in turn, owns 100% of the voting common stock of a real estate investment trust, NSB Realty Trust, which holds primarily mortgage loans and other real estate related investments.

Northfield Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Northfield Bank’s main office is located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314, and its telephone number at this address is (718) 448-1000. Its website address is www.eNorthfield.com . Information on this website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

Recent Acquisitions

In October 2011, Northfield Bank assumed all of the deposits and acquired substantially all of the assets of First State Bank, a New Jersey chartered bank, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for First State Bank, pursuant to the terms of a Purchase and Assumption Agreement. The agreement contained no loss-share provisions with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the deposits were acquired at no premium while the asset discount was $46.9 million resulting in a cash payment from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of approximately $50.5 million. Northfield Bank acquired approximately $194.6 million in assets at fair value, including $91.9 million in loans, net of fair value adjustment of $40.5 million. Northfield Bank also assumed deposit liabilities with a fair value of $188.2 million. The assets purchased and liabilities assumed have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. As the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired exceeded the liabilities assumed, we recognized an after-tax bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million.

In March 2012, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC, Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association. Under the terms of the merger agreement, Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association, Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. and Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC, will merge with and into Northfield Bank, Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, respectively. Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc.

 

81


Table of Contents

stockholders will receive 0.4748 of a share of Northfield-Federal stock for each share of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. common stock they own, which at announcement was valued at $6.50 per share, subject to the terms and conditions of the merger agreement. At March 31, 2012, Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. had 2,736,907 shares of common stock outstanding, and consolidated assets of $145.9 million, deposits of $118.7 million, stockholders’ equity of $19.2 million and a book value per share of $7.03. As a result of the acquisition, we expect to record $813,000 of core deposit intangibles, and we expect to issue a total of 1,299,483 shares of Northfield-Federal common stock, including 594,781 shares to stockholders other than Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC and 704,702 shares to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as the successor to Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC.

Market Area and Competition

We have been in business for over 125 years, offering a variety of financial products and services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. Our retail banking network consists of multiple delivery channels including full-service banking offices, automated teller machines, and telephone and internet banking capabilities. We consider our competitive products and pricing, branch network, reputation for superior customer service, and financial strength, as our major strengths in attracting and retaining customers in our market areas.

We face intense competition in our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market areas have a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks, and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds, and insurance companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, such as trust services and private banking.

In addition, turmoil in the United States and world economies, and more specifically in the financial services industry, has resulted in financial services companies such as investment banks, and automobile and real estate finance companies, electing to become bank holding companies. These financial services companies have traditionally received their funding from sources other than insured bank deposits. Many of the alternative funding sources traditionally used by these companies are no longer available, which has resulted in their relying more on insured bank deposits to fund their operations, thereby increasing competition for deposits and related costs of such deposits.

Our deposit sources are primarily concentrated in the communities surrounding our banking offices in the New York Counties of Richmond (Staten Island) and Kings (Brooklyn), and Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey. As of June 30, 2011 (the latest date for which information is publicly available), we ranked fifth in deposit market share in Staten Island with a 10.58% market share. As of that date, we had a 0.27% market share in Brooklyn, New York. In Middlesex and Union Counties in New Jersey, as of June 30, 2011, we had a combined market share of 0.84%.

The following table sets forth the unemployment rates for the communities we serve and the national average for the last five years, as provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

 

     Unemployment Rate At December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Union County, NJ

     8.8     9.2     9.4     7.0     4.5

Middlesex County, NJ

     7.6        7.9        8.4        6.0        3.8   

Richmond County, NY

     7.9        8.0        8.7        6.1        4.3   

Kings County, NY

     9.5        9.5        10.6        7.3        5.2   

National Average

     8.5        9.4        9.9        7.3        5.0   

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth median household income at December 31, 2011 for the communities we serve, as provided by the U.S. Census Bureau.

 

     Median
Household
Income

At
December 31,
2011
 

Union County, NJ

   $ 65,937   

Middlesex County, NJ

   $ 75,890   

Richmond County, NY

   $ 69,163   

Kings County, NY

   $ 42,047   

Lending Activities

Our principal lending activity is the origination of multifamily real estate loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial real estate loans. We also originate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, construction and land loans, commercial and industrial loans, and home equity loans and lines of credit. In October 2009, we began to offer loans to finance premiums on insurance policies, including commercial property and casualty insurance, and professional liability insurance. At the end of December 2011, we stopped originating loans to finance premiums on insurance policies and in February 2012 we sold the majority of our insurance premium loans at par value.

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations, and Servicing. All loans we originate for our portfolio are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures or are properly approved as exceptions to our policies and procedures. In addition, we originate residential real estate loans under an origination assistance agreement with a third party underwriter that conforms to secondary market underwriting standards, whereby the third party underwriter processes and underwrites one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we fund at origination, and we elect either to portfolio the loans or sell them to the third party underwriter. Prior to entering into the origination assistance agreement with this third party underwriter in 2010, Northfield Bank was a participating seller/servicer with Freddie Mac, and generally underwrote its one- to four-family residential real estate loans to conform with Freddie Mac standards. We originate both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. Our ability to originate fixed- or adjustable-rate loans is dependent on the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by various factors including current market interest rates as well as anticipated future market interest rates. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by changes in economic conditions that results in decreased loan demand. Our home equity loans and lines of credit typically are generated through direct mail advertisements, newspaper advertisements, and referrals from branch personnel. A significant portion of our commercial real estate loans and multifamily real estate loans are generated by referrals from loan brokers, accountants, and other professional contacts.

We generally retain in our portfolio all adjustable-rate loans we originate, as well as shorter-term, fixed-rate residential loans (terms of 10 years or less). Loans we sell consist primarily of conforming, longer-term, fixed-rate residential loans. We sold $3.9 million and $11.2 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans (generally fixed-rate loans, with terms of 15 years or longer) during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011, and had $604,000 of loans held-for-sale at March 31, 2012 consisting of $80,000 in non-performing commercial real estate loans and $524,000 of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

We sell our loans without recourse, except for standard representations and warranties provided in secondary market transactions. Currently, we do not retain any servicing rights on one- to four-family residential real estate loans originated under the agreement with the third-party underwriter, including loans we may elect to add to our portfolio. At March 31, 2012, we were servicing loans owned by others which consisted of $37.8 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Historically, the origination of loans held-for-sale and related servicing activity has not been material to our operations. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremediated defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We retain a portion of the interest paid by the borrower on the loans we service for others as consideration for our servicing activities.

 

83


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we purchased a loan portfolio, with deteriorated credit quality, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, herein referred to as purchased credit-impaired loans (“PCI loans”). Additionally, we transferred certain loans, which we had previously originated and designated as held-for-investment, to held-for-sale. The accounting and reporting for both of these groups of loans differs substantially from those loans originated and classified as held-for-investment. For purposes of reporting, discussion and analysis, management has classified its loan portfolio into three categories: (1) PCI loans, which are held-for-investment, and initially valued at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition, with no initial related allowance for loan losses, (2) loans originated and held-for-sale, which are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell, and therefore have no associated allowance for loan losses, and (3) originated loans held-for-investment, which are carried at amortized cost, less net charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards established by our board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral that will secure the loan, if any. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment and credit history, and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower.

In underwriting a loan secured by real property, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser approved by our board of directors. The appraisals of multifamily, mixed use, and commercial real estate properties are also reviewed by an independent third party we hire but where the fee is passed onto the borrower. We review and inspect properties before disbursement of funds during the term of a construction loan. Generally, management obtains updated appraisals when a loan is deemed impaired. These appraisals may be more limited than those prepared for the underwriting of a new loan. In addition, when we acquire other real estate owned, we generally obtain a current appraisal to substantiate the net carrying value of the asset.

The board of directors maintains a loan committee consisting of five bank directors to: periodically review and recommend for approval our policies related to lending (collectively, the “loan policies”) as prepared by management; approve or reject loan applicants meeting certain criteria; and monitor loan quality including concentrations, and certain other aspects of our lending functions, as applicable. Northfield Bank’s officers at levels beginning with vice president have individual lending authority that is approved by the board of directors.

 

84


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated, excluding loans held for sale of $604,000, $3.9 million, $1.2 million, $0, $0, and $270,000 at March 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

 

     At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,  
       2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                        

Multifamily

   $ 496,683        47.68   $ 458,370        42.72   $ 283,588        34.30   $ 178,401        24.48   $ 108,534        18.41   $ 14,164        3.34

Commercial

     318,941        30.62        327,074        30.48        339,321        41.04        327,802        44.99        289,123        49.05        243,902        57.50   

One- to four-family residential

     71,529        6.87        72,592        6.77        78,032        9.44        90,898        12.48        103,128        17.49        95,246        22.45   

Home equity and lines of credit

     28,664        2.75        29,666        2.76        28,125        3.40        26,118        3.58        24,182        4.10        12,797        3.02   

Construction and land

     21,916        2.10        23,460        2.19        35,054        4.24        44,548        6.11        52,158        8.85        44,850        10.57   

Commercial and industrial loans

     13,026        1.25        12,710        1.18        17,020        2.06        19,252        2.64        11,025        1.87        11,397        2.69   

Insurance premium finance

     3,669        0.35        59,096        5.51        44,517        5.39        40,382        5.54        —          —          —          —     

Other loans

     1,241        0.12        1,496        0.14        1,062        0.13        1,299        0.18        1,339        0.23        1,842        0.43   

Purchase credit-impaired (PCI) loans

     86,068        8.26        88,522        8.25        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     1,041,737        100.00     1,072,986        100.00     826,719        100.00     728,700        100.00     589,489        100.00     424,198        100.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other items:

                        

Deferred loan costs (fees), net

     1,608          1,481          872          569          495          131     

Allowance for loan losses

     (27,100       (26,836       (21,819       (15,414       (8,778       (5,636  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net loans held-for-investment

   $ 1,016,245        $ 1,047,631        $ 805,772        $ 713,855        $ 581,206        $ 418,693     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

At March 31, 2012, PCI loans consisted of approximately 34% commercial real estate, 56% commercial and industrial loans with the remaining balance in residential and home equity loans. At December 31, 2011, these loans consisted of approximately 37% commercial real estate, 53% commercial and industrial loans with the remaining balance in residential and home equity loans.

 

85


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. Demand loans (loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity) and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending December 31, 2012. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the effect of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
    Multifamily     Commercial
Real Estate
    One- to Four-
Family Residential
    Home Equity and
Lines of Credit
    Construction and
Land
 
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Due during the years ending December 31,

                   

2012

  $   1,191        6.14   $ 12,061        5.62   $ 6,958        6.74   $ 963        7.10   $ 10,973        7.81

2013

    1,798        5.51        4,803        6.21        239        5.11        226        5.54        683        6.96   

2014

    1,498        6.00        216        6.38        364        5.93        662        4.47        1,686        5.88   

2015 to 2016

    910        5.73        3,516        5.40        1,356        6.10        802        4.47        3,241        6.17   

2017 to 2021

    11,100        6.06        19,302        4.97        11,491        5.23        4,337        5.16        —          —     

2022 to 2026

    34,609        5.50        33,384        6.02        6,209        5.22        7,316        4.96        752        6.48   

2027 and beyond

    407,264        5.42        253,792        6.15        45,975        5.53        15,360        4.16        6,125        5.65   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 458,370        5.45   $ 327,074        6.04   $ 72,592        5.58   $ 29,666        4.62   $ 23,460        6.81
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
    Commercial and
Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Purchase
Credit-Impaired (1)
    Total  
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Due during the years ending December 31,

                   

2012

  $ 2,658        8.20   $ 59,082        6.67   $ 1,068        7.55   $ 9,566        8.46   $ 104,520        6.70

2013

    1,867        4.06        5        8.07        —          —          3,504        7.48        13,125        6.19   

2014

    1,133        6.76        7        4.99        5        6.00        2,714        7.29        8,285        6.42   

2015 to 2016

    698        6.00        —          —          5        12.00        5,179        8.23        15,707        6.58   

2017 to 2021

    2,084        4.38        2        12.00        91        5.97        22,196        7.83        70,603        6.04   

2022 to 2026

    3,605        6.89        —          —          —          —          6,301        7.26        92,176        5.81   

2027 and beyond

    665        5.90        —          —          327        4.27        39,062        7.44        768,570        5.78   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 12,710        6.22   $ 59,096        6.67   $ 1,496        6.75   $ 88,522        7.68   $ 1,072,986        5.91
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Represents estimated accretable yield.

At December 31, 2011, we had a total of $768.6 million in loans due to mature in 2027 and beyond, of which $25.8 million, or 3.36%, were fixed rate loans.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2011, that are contractually due after December 31, 2012.

 

     Due After December 31, 2012  
     Fixed Rate      Adjustable Rate      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

Multifamily

   $ 32,380       $ 424,799       $ 457,179   

Commercial

     31,423         283,590         315,013   

One- to four-family residential

     29,465         36,169         65,634   

Home equity and lines of credit

     14,062         14,641         28,703   

Construction and land

     1,984         10,503         12,487   

Commercial and industrial loans

     2,046         8,006         10,052   

Insurance premium loans

     14         —           14   

Other loans

     428         —           428   

Purchase credit-impaired (PCI) loans

     60,902         18,054         78,956   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 172,704       $ 795,762       $ 968,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multifamily Real Estate Loans. We currently focus on originating multifamily real estate loans. Loans secured by multifamily properties totaled approximately $496.7 million, or 47.6% of our total loan portfolio, at March 31, 2012. We include in this category mixed use properties having more than four residential family units and a business or businesses where the majority of space is utilized for residential purposes. At March 31, 2012, we had 477 multifamily real estate loans with an average loan balance of approximately $1.0 million. At March 31, 2012, our largest multifamily real estate loan had a principal balance of $13.7 million and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms. Substantially all of our multifamily real estate loans are secured by properties located in our market areas.

Our multifamily real estate loans typically amortize over 20 to 30 years with interest rates that adjust after an initial five- or 10-year period, and every five years thereafter. Margins generally range from 275 basis points to 350 basis points above the average yield on U.S. Treasury securities, adjusted to a constant maturity of similar term, as published by the Federal Reserve Board. Variable rate loans originated subsequent to 2008 generally have been indexed to the five-year LIBOR swaps rate as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release adjusted for a negotiated margin. We also originate, to a lesser extent, 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans. In general, our multifamily real estate loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated, and have prepayment penalties should the loan be prepaid in the initial five years.

In underwriting multifamily real estate loans, we consider a number of factors, including the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120%), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower, and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Multifamily real estate loans generally are originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Due to competitor considerations, as is customary in our marketplace, we typically do not obtain personal guarantees from multifamily real estate borrowers.

Loans secured by multifamily real estate properties generally have less credit risk than other commercial real estate loans. The repayment of loans secured by multifamily real estate properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

In a ruling that was contrary to a 1996 advisory opinion from the New York State Division of Housing and Community Renewal that owners of housing units who benefited from the receipt of “J-51” tax incentives under the Rent Stabilization Law are eligible to decontrol apartments, the New York State Court of Appeals ruled, on October 22, 2009, that residential housing units located in two major housing complexes in New York City had been illegally decontrolled by the current and previous property owners. This ruling may subject other property owners that have previously or are currently benefiting from a J-51 tax incentive to litigation, possibly resulting in a significant reduction to property cash flows. Based on management’s assessment of its multifamily loan portfolio, it believes that only one loan may be affected by the recent ruling regarding J-51. The loan has a principal balance of $7.6 million at March 31, 2012, and is performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.

 

87


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans totaled $318.9 million, or 31.4% of our loan portfolio as of March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2012, our commercial real estate loan portfolio consisted of 339 loans with an average loan balance of approximately $941,000, although there are a large number of loans with balances substantially greater than this average. At March 31, 2012, our largest commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $9.2 million, was secured by a hotel, and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms. Substantially all of our commercial real estate loans are secured by properties located in our primary market areas.

The table below sets forth the property types collateralizing our commercial real estate loans as of March 31, 2012.

 

     At March 31, 2012  
     Amount      Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Manufacturing

   $ 43,533         13.6

Office Building

     62,160         19.6   

Warehousing

     33,522         10.5   

Mixed Use

     33,419         10.5   

Accommodations

     29,334         9.2   

Retail

     42,120         13.2   

Services

     16,588         5.2   

Restaurant

     8,976         2.8   

Schools/Day Care

     11,253         3.5   

Recreational

     10,596         3.3   

Other

     27,440         8.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 318,941         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our commercial real estate loans typically amortize over 20 to 25 years with interest rates that adjust after an initial five- or 10-year period, and every five years thereafter. Margins generally range from 275 basis points to 350 basis points above the average yield on U.S. Treasury securities, adjusted to a constant maturity of similar term, as published by the Federal Reserve Board. Variable rate loans originated subsequent to 2008 have generally been indexed to the five year London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) swaps rate as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release adjusted for a negotiated margin. We also originate, to a lesser extent, 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans. In general, our commercial real estate loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated, and generally have prepayment penalties if the loan is repaid in the initial five years.

In the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, we generally lend up to the lesser of 75% of the property’s appraised value or purchase price. Certain single use property types have lower loan to appraised value ratios. We base our decision to lend primarily on the economic viability of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 125%), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor, when applicable, and property expenses we deem appropriate. Personal guarantees are usually obtained from commercial real estate borrowers. We require title insurance, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property. Although a significant portion of our commercial real estate loans are referred by brokers, we underwrite all commercial real estate loans in accordance with our underwriting standards.

Commercial real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Commercial real estate loans generally have greater credit risk compared to one-

 

88


Table of Contents

to four-family residential real estate loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property or business, as repayment of the loan generally depends on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender may affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than for residential properties.

Construction and Land Loans. At March 31, 2012, construction and land loans totaled $21.9 million, or 2.2% of total loans receivable. At March 31, 2012, the additional un-advanced portion of these construction loans totaled $7.2 million. At March 31, 2012, we had 22 construction and land loans with an average loan balance of approximately $1.0 million. At March 31, 2012, our largest construction and land loan had a principal balance of $4.6 million and was for the purpose of refinancing a land loan. This loan is performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.

Our construction and land loans typically are interest only loans with interest rates that are tied to a prime rate index as published by the Wall Street Journal. Margins generally range from zero basis points to 200 basis points above the prime rate index. We also originate, to a lesser extent, 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing land loans. In general, our construction and land loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated, and we do not typically charge prepayment penalties.

We grant construction and land loans to experienced developers for the construction of single-family residences including condominiums, and commercial properties. Construction and land loans also are made to individuals for the construction of their personal residences. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of construction, but are generally limited to a loan-to-completed-appraised-value ratio of 70%. Repayment of construction loans on residential properties normally is expected from the sale of units to individual purchasers, or in the case of individuals building their own, with a permanent mortgage. In the case of income-producing property, repayment usually is expected from permanent financing upon completion of construction. We typically offer the permanent mortgage financing on our construction loans on income-producing properties.

Land loans also help finance the purchase of land intended for future development, including single-family housing, multifamily housing, and commercial property. In some cases, we may make an acquisition loan before the borrower has received approval to develop the land. In general, the maximum loan-to-value ratio for a land acquisition loan is 50% of the appraised value of the property, and the maximum term of these loans is two years. Generally, if the maturity of the loan exceeds two years, the loan must be an amortizing loan.

Construction and land loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Construction and land loans have greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the real estate value at completion of construction as compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction costs is inaccurate, we may decide to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the real estate. However, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold the real estate with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon its sale. In the event we make a land acquisition loan on real estate that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is a risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also expose us to a risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the real estate may not occur as anticipated and the market value of collateral, when completed, may be less that the outstanding loans against the real estate and there may be no permanent financing available upon completion. Substantially all of our construction and land loans are secured by real estate located in our primary market areas.

Commercial and Industrial Loans. At March 31, 2012, commercial and industrial loans totaled $13.0 million, or 1.3% of the total loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2012, we had 86 commercial and industrial loans with

 

89


Table of Contents

an average loan balance of approximately $151,000, although we originate these types of loans in amounts substantially greater and smaller than this average. At March 31, 2012, our largest commercial and industrial loan had a principal balance of $2.7 million and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.

Our commercial and industrial loans typically amortize over 10 years with interest rates that are tied to a prime rate index as published in the Wall Street Journal. Margins generally range from zero basis points to 300 basis points above the prime rate index. We also originate, to a lesser extent, 10 year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans. In general, our commercial and industrial loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated and have prepayment penalties.

We make various types of secured and unsecured commercial and industrial loans to customers in our market area for the purpose of working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to a maximum of 15 years. The loans either are negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to a market rate index.

Commercial credit decisions are based on our credit assessment of the applicant. We evaluate the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms of the loan and assess the risks involved. Personal guarantees of the principals are typically obtained. In addition to evaluating the loan applicant’s financial statements, we consider the adequacy of the secondary sources of repayment for the loan, such as pledged collateral and the financial stability of the guarantors. Credit agency reports of the guarantors’ personal credit history supplement our analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness. We also attempt to confirm with other banks and conduct trade investigations as part of our credit assessment of the borrower. Collateral supporting a secured transaction also is analyzed to determine its marketability.

Commercial and industrial loans generally carry higher interest rates than one- to four-family residential real estate loans of like maturity because they have a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrowers’ business.

Insurance premium loans. At March 31, 2012, insurance premium loans totaled $3.7 million, or 0.4% of the total loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2012, we had 1,152 insurance premium loans with an average loan balance of approximately $3,000. At March 31, 2012, our largest insurance premium loan had a principal balance of $1.0 million and was not performing in accordance with its original contractual terms. We expect repayment of the loan from the return of unearned premiums from the insurance carrier.

On February 15, 2012, we sold the majority of our portfolio of insurance premium finance loans, except for $1.7 million of cancelled loans and $4.3 million of loans originated to obligors residing in states where the purchaser was awaiting approval to own premium finance loans (“Excluded Loans”). At February 15, 2012, the sold loans had a carrying value of approximately $42.0 million. The Excluded Loans will be sold when the purchaser obtains approval to own them with the exception of cancelled loans. We will hold cancelled loans until their ultimate resolution, which is generally a payment from the insurance carrier in the amount of the unearned premiums which generally exceeds the loan balance.

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Loans. At March 31, 2012, we had 389 one- to four-family residential real estate loans outstanding with an aggregate balance of $71.5 million, or 7.0% of our total loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2012, the average balance of one- to four-family residential real estate loans was approximately $184,000, although we have originated this type of loan in amounts substantially greater and smaller than this average. At March 31, 2012, our largest loan of this type had a principal balance of $2.3 million and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.

For all one- to four-family residential real estate loans originated through the origination assistance agreement with the third party underwriter, upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower: (1) a credit report is reviewed; (2) income, assets, indebtedness and certain other information are reviewed; (3) if necessary, additional financial information is required of the borrower; and (4) an appraisal of the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is ordered from an independent appraiser. One- to four-family

 

90


Table of Contents

residential real estate loans sold to the third party underwriter under a Loan and Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement totaled $3.9 million and $11.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. As of March 31, 2012, our portfolio of one- to four-family residential real estate loans serviced for others totaled $37.8 million.

We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential real estate properties, where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan. We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios).

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. At March 31, 2012, we had 499 home equity loans and lines of credit with an aggregate outstanding balance of $28.7 million, or 2.8% of our total loan portfolio. Of this total, there were outstanding home equity lines of credit of $15.3 million, or 1.5% of our total loan portfolio. At March 31, 2012, the average home equity loan and line of credit balance was approximately $57,000, although we originate these types of loans in amounts substantially greater and lower than this average. At March 31, 2012, our largest home equity line of credit outstanding was $1.5 million and on non-accrual status. At March 31, 2012, our largest home equity loan was $305,000 and was performing in accordance with its modified terms.

We offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary residence or second home. Home equity lines of credit are variable rate loans tied to a prime rate index as published in the Wall Street Journal adjusted for a margin, and have a maximum term of 20 years during which time the borrower is required to make principal payments based on a 20-year amortization. Home equity lines generally have interest rate floors and ceilings. The borrower is permitted to draw against the line during the entire term on originations occurring prior to June 15, 2011. For home equity loans originated from June 15, 2011 forward, the borrower is only permitted to draw against the line for the initial 10 years. Our home equity loans typically are fully amortizing with fixed terms to 20 years. Home equity loans and lines of credit generally are underwritten with the same criteria we use to underwrite fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan. We appraise the property securing the loan at the time of the loan application to determine the value of the property. At the time we close a home equity loan or line of credit, we record a mortgage to perfect our security interest in the underlying collateral.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”), since all of these loans were acquired at a discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., allowance for loan losses). Under ASC Topic 310-30, the PCI loans were aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. The PCI loans had a carrying balance of approximately $86.1 million at March 31, 2012 or 8.3% of our total loan portfolio. At March 31, 2012, PCI loans consisted of approximately 34% commercial real estate and 56% commercial and industrial loans, with the remaining balance in residential and home equity loans. At March 31, 2012, based on recorded contractual principal, 6.0% of PCI loans were past due 30 to 89 days, and 14.4% were past due 90 days or more.

The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans in each pool. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yield on the pool over its remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

 

91


Table of Contents

Non-Performing and Problem Assets

When a loan is over 15 days delinquent, we generally send the borrower a late charge notice. When the loan is 30 days past due, we generally mail the borrower a letter reminding the borrower of the delinquency and, except for loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, we attempt personal, direct contact with the borrower to determine the reason for the delinquency, to ensure that the borrower correctly understands the terms of the loan, and to emphasize the importance of making payments on or before the due date. If necessary, additional late charges and delinquency notices are issued and the account will be monitored periodically. After the 90 th day of delinquency, we will send the borrower a final demand for payment and generally refer the loan to legal counsel to commence foreclosure and related legal proceedings. Our loan officers can shorten these time frames in consultation with the Chief Lending Officer.

Generally, loans (excluding PCI loans) are placed on non-accrual status when payment of principal or interest is 90 days or more delinquent unless the loan is considered well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans also are placed on non-accrual status at any time if the ultimate collection of principal or interest in full is in doubt. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received, and only if the principal balance is deemed fully collectible. The loan may be returned to accrual status if both principal and interest payments are brought current and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, including performance by the borrower under the loan terms for a six-month period. Our Chief Lending Officer reports monitored loans, including all loans rated watch, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss, to the loan committee of the board of directors at least quarterly.

For economic reasons and to maximize the recovery of loans, we work with borrowers experiencing financial difficulties, and will consider modifications to a borrower’s existing loan terms and conditions that it would not otherwise consider, commonly referred to as troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). We record an impairment loss associated with TDRs, if any, based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the original loan’s effective interest rate or the underlying collateral value, less cost to sell, if the loan is collateral dependent. Once an obligation has been restructured because of such credit problems, it continues to be considered restructured until paid in full or, if the obligation yields a market rate (a rate equal to or greater than the rate we were willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk), until the year subsequent to the year in which the restructuring takes place, provided the borrower has performed under the modified terms for a six-month period.

PCI loans are subject to the same internal credit review process as non-PCI loans. If and when unexpected credit deterioration occurs at the loan pool level subsequent to the acquisition date, a provision for credit losses for PCI loans will be charged to earnings for the full amount of the decline in expected cash flows for the pool. Under the accounting guidance of ASC Subtopic 310-30, for acquired credit impaired loans, the allowance for loan losses on PCI loans is measured at each financial reporting date based on future expected cash flows. This assessment and measurement is performed at the pool level and not at the individual loan level. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows resulting from further credit deterioration on a pool of acquired PCI loan pools as of such measurement date compared to those originally estimated are recognized by recording a provision and allowance for credit losses on PCI loans. Subsequent increases in the expected cash flows of the loans in that pool would first reduce any allowance for loan losses on PCI loans; and any excess will be accreted prospectively as a yield adjustment.

We consider our PCI loans to be performing due to the application of the yield accretion method under ASC Topic 310-30. ASC Topic 310-30 allows us to aggregate credit-impaired loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Accordingly, loans that may have been classified as non-performing loans by the acquired company are no longer classified as non-performing because, at the respective dates of acquisition, we believed that we would fully collect the new carrying value of these loans. The new carrying value represents the contractual balance, reduced by the portion expected to be uncollectible (referred to as the “non-accretable difference”) and by an accretable yield (discount) that is recognized as interest income. It is important to note that management’s judgment is required in reclassifying loans subject to ASC Topic 310-30 as performing loans, and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of the cash flows to be collected, even if a loan is contractually past due.

 

92


Table of Contents

Non-Performing and Restructured Loans excluding PCI Loans. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007, we had troubled debt restructurings of $22.5 million, $23.3 million, $20.0 million, $10.7 million, $1.0 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, which are included in the appropriate categories which appear within non-accrual loans. Additionally, we had $25.0 million, $18.3 million, $11.2 million and $7.3 million of troubled debt restructurings on accrual status at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which do not appear in the table below. We had no troubled debt restructurings on accrual status at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Generally, the types of concessions that we make to troubled borrowers include reduction in interest rates and payment extensions. At March 31, 2012, 82% of TDRs were commercial real estate loans, 4% were construction loans, 4% were multifamily loans, 3% were commercial and industrial loans, 1% were home equity loans and 6% were one- to four-family residential loans. At March 31, 2012, $21.1 million of the $25.0 million of accruing troubled debt restructurings, and $18.7 million of the $22.5 million of non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, were performing in accordance with their restructured terms. At December 31, 2011, 81% of TDRs were commercial real estate loans, 4% were construction loans, 5% were multifamily loans, 4% were commercial and industrial loans, and 6% were one- to four-family residential loans. At December 31, 2011, $12.7 million of the $18.3 million of accruing troubled debt restructurings, and $19.2 million of the $23.3 million of non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, were performing in accordance with their restructured terms.

 

    At
March 31,
2012
    At December 31,  
      2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

  $ 30,389      $ 34,659      $ 46,388      $ 28,802      $ 4,416      $ 4,792   

One- to four-family residential

    1,237        1,338        1,275        2,066        1,093        231   

Construction and land

    1,803        2,131        5,122        6,843        2,675        3,436   

Multifamily

    1,700        2,175        4,863        2,118        1,131        —     

Home equity and lines of credit

    1,764        1,766        181        62        100        104   

Commercial and industrial loans

    1,352        1,575        1,323        1,740        86        43   

Insurance premium loans

    123        137        129        —          —          —     

Other loans

    —          —          —          —          1        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

    38,368        43,781        59,281        41,631        9,502        8,606   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

    994        13        —          —          —          —     

One- to four-family residential

    —          —          1,108        —          —          —     

Construction and land

    —          —          404        —          —          753   

Multifamily

    792        72        —          —          137        —     

Home equity and lines of credit

    —          —          59        —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

    —          —          38        191        —          475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing

    1,786        85        1,609        191        137        1,228   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

    40,154        43,866        60,890        41,822        9,639        9,834   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

    2,444        3,359        171        1,938        1,071        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

  $ 42,598      $ 47,225      $ 61,061      $ 43,760      $ 10,710      $ 9,834   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

           

Non-performing loans to total loans held-for-investment, net

    3.85     4.07     7.36     5.73     1.63     2.32

Non-performing loans to originated loans held-for-investment

    4.19        4.43        7.36        5.73        1.63        2.32   

Non-performing assets to total assets

    1.77        1.99        2.72        2.19        0.61        0.71   

Total assets

  $ 2,405,850      $ 2,376,918      $ 2,247,167      $ 2,002,274      $ 1,757,761      $ 1,386,918   

Loans held-for-investment, net

  $ 1,043,345      $ 1,074,467      $ 827,591      $ 729,269      $ 589,984      $ 424,329   

 

93


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2012, based on recorded contractual principal, 6.0% of PCI loans were past due 30 to 89 days, and 14.4% were past due 90 days or more. At December 31, 2011, based on recorded contractual principal, 9.0% of PCI loans were past due 30 to 89 days, and 16.1% were past due 90 days or more, as compared to 8.0% and 13.9% at October 14, 2011. The amount and timing of expected cash flows as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2012 did not change significantly from the October 2011 acquisition date.

The table below sets forth the property types collateralizing non-accrual commercial real estate loans at March 31, 2012.

 

     At March 31, 2012  
     Amount      Percent  
     (in thousands)  

Manufacturing

   $ 13,096         43.1

Office building

     4,975         16.4   

Restaurant

     3,152         10.4   

Services

     1,712         5.6   

Warehouse

     1,764         5.8   

Recreational

     3,015         9.9   

Other

     2,675         8.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,389         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Real Estate Owned . Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned. On the date property is acquired it is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value generally represents the sale price a buyer would be willing to pay on the basis of current market conditions, including normal terms from other financial institutions, less the estimated costs to sell the property. Holding costs and declines in estimated fair value result in charges to expense after acquisition. Other real estate owned amounted to 8 properties totaling $2.4 million at March 31, 2012, as compared to 13 properties totaling $3.4 million at December 31, 2011, and 7 properties totaling $171,000 at December 31, 2010. The March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 amounts include properties totaling approximately $1.2 million acquired as part of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted acquisition.

Potential Problem Loans and Classification of Assets. The current economic environment continues to negatively affect certain borrowers. Our loan officers and credit administration department continue to monitor their loan portfolios, including evaluation of borrowers’ business operations, current financial condition, underlying values of any collateral, and assessment of their financial prospects in the current and deteriorating economic environment. Based on these evaluations, we determine an appropriate strategy to assist borrowers, with the objective of maximizing the recovery of the related loan balances.

Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor, or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are designated as special mention. On the basis of our review of our assets at March 31, 2012, classified assets consisted of substandard assets of $34.6 million and no doubtful or loss assets. We also had $42.6 million of assets designated as special mention. On the basis of our review of our assets at December 31, 2011, classified assets consisted of substandard assets of $36.0 million and no doubtful or loss assets. We also had $36.8 million of assets designated as special mention.

 

94


Table of Contents

Our determination as to the classification of our assets (and the amount of our loss allowances) is subject to review by our principal federal regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which can require that we adjust our classification and related loss allowances. We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. We also engage the services of a third party to review our classification on a semi-annual basis.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We provide for loan losses based on the consistent application of our documented allowance for loan loss methodology. Loan losses are charged to the allowance for loans losses and recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges against income based on various factors which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. We regularly review the loan portfolio and make adjustments for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with GAAP. The allowance for loan losses consists primarily of the following two components:

 

  (1) Allowances are established for impaired loans (which we generally define as non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater). The amount of impairment provided is represented by the deficiency, if any, between the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the original loan’s effective interest rate or the underlying collateral value (less estimated costs to sell), if the loan is collateral dependent, and the carrying value of the loan. Impaired loans that have no impairment losses are not considered for general valuation allowances described below. Generally, we charge down a loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell, and maintains an allowance for loan losses for expected losses related to discounts to facilitate a sale of the property.

 

  (2) General allowances are established for loan losses on a portfolio basis for loans that do not meet the definition of impaired. The portfolio is grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value, if collateral dependent, and internal credit risk rating. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based on our cumulative prior two year loss experience adjusted, as appropriate, for the environmental factors discussed below. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results. Within general allowances is an unallocated reserve established to recognize losses related to the inherent subjective nature of the appraisal process and the internal credit risk rating process.

The adjustments to our loss experience are based on our evaluation of several environmental factors, including:

 

   

changes in local, regional, national, and international economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of our portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;

 

   

changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio and in the terms of our loans;

 

   

changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

 

   

changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non-accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

 

   

changes in the quality of our loan review system;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

 

   

the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

 

   

the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.

In evaluating the estimated loss factors to be utilized for each loan group, management also reviews actual loss history over an extended period of time as reported by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for institutions both nationally and in our market area for periods that are believed to have been under similar economic conditions.

We evaluate the allowance for loan losses based on the combined total of the impaired and general components for originated loans. Generally when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, our allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable losses. Conversely, when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, our allowance for loan loss methodology results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses.

We also maintain an unallocated component related to the general loss allocation. Management does not target a specific unallocated percentage of the total general allocation, or total allowance for loan losses. The primary purpose of the unallocated component is to account for the inherent imprecision of the loss estimation process related primarily to periodic updating of appraisals on impaired loans, as well as periodic updating of commercial loan credit risk ratings by loan officers and our internal credit audit process. Generally, management will establish higher levels of unallocated reserves between independent credit audits, and between appraisal reviews for larger impaired loans. Adjustments to the provision for loans due to the receipt of updated appraisals is mitigated by management’s quarterly review of real estate market index changes, and reviews of property valuation trends noted in current appraisals being received on other impaired and unimpaired loans. These changes in indicators of value are applied to impaired loans that are awaiting updated appraisals.

Each quarter we evaluate the allowance for loan losses and adjust the allowance as appropriate through a provision or recovery for loan losses. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations. In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will periodically review the allowance for loan losses. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may require us to adjust the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination. Our last regulatory examination was as of September 30, 2011.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     At or For the Three
Months Ended

March 31,
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 26,836      $ 21,819      $ 21,819      $ 15,414      $ 8,778      $ 5,636      $ 5,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

              

Commercial real estate

     (259     (1,150     (5,398     (987     (1,348     (1,002     —     

One- to four-family residential

     —          —          (101     —          (63     —          —     

Construction and land

     —          —          (693     (443     (686     (761     —     

Multifamily

     —          (25     (718     (2,132     (164     —          —     

Insurance premium finance loans

     (21     (2     (70     (101     —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial

     (90     —          (638     (36     (141     (165     (814

Home equity and lines of credit

     —          —          (62     —          —          —          —     

Other

     —          —          —          —          —          (12     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (370     (1,177     (7,680     (3,699     (2,402     (1,940     (836

Recoveries:

              

Commercial real estate

     7        6        55        —          —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial

     12        —          23        —          —          —          —     

Insurance premium finance loans

     —          —          30        20        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     19        6        108        20        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (351     (1,171     (7,572     (3,679     (2,402     (1,940     (836

Provision for loan losses

     615        1,367        12,589        10,084        9,038        5,082        1,442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 27,100      $ 22,015      $ 26,836      $ 21,819      $ 15,414      $ 8,778      $ 5,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

              

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.13     0.56     0.78     0.47     0.37     0.38     0.20

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans held-for-investment at end of year

     67.62        38.84        66.40        35.83        36.86        91.07        57.31   

Allowance for loan losses to originated loans held-for-investment, net at end of year

     2.83        2.58        2.72        2.64        2.11        1.49        1.33   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans held-for-investment at end of year

     2.60        2.58        2.50        2.64        2.11        1.49        1.33   

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we did not provide any allowance for loan losses for PCI loans acquired in October 2011 as the estimated cash flows by loan pool remained consistent with those estimated at date of acquisition. Loans held-for-sale are excluded from the allowance for loan losses coverage ratios in the table above.

 

97


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

     At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,  
       2011     2010  
     Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

               

Commercial

   $ 13,851         53.44   $ 14,120         54.88   $ 12,654         59.36

One- to four-family residential

     616         2.38        967         3.76        570         2.67   

Construction and land

     1,055         4.07        1,189         4.62        1,855         8.70   

Multifamily

     7,671         29.60        6,772         26.32        5,137         24.10   

Home equity and lines of credit

     541         2.09        418         1.62        242         1.14   

Commercial and industrial

     2,086         8.05        2,035         7.91        719         3.37   

Insurance premium finance

     67         0.26        186         0.72        111         0.52   

Other

     32         0.11        40         0.17        28         0.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

     25,919         100.00     25,727         100.00     21,316         100.00
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unallocated

     1,181           1,109           503      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 27,100         $ 26,836         $ 21,819      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     At December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  
     Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

               

Commercial

   $ 8,403         55.79   $ 5,176         58.97   $ 3,456         61.32

One- to four-family residential

     163         1.08        131         1.49        60         1.06   

Construction and land

     2,409         15.99        1,982         22.58        1,461         25.92   

Multifamily

     1,866         12.39        788         8.98        99         1.76   

Home equity and lines of credit

     210         1.39        146         1.66        38         0.67   

Commercial and industrial

     1,877         12.46        523         5.96        484         8.59   

Insurance premium finance

     101         0.67        —           —          —           —     

Other

     34         0.23        32         0.36        38         0.68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

     15,063         100.00     8,778         100.00     5,636         100.00
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unallocated

     351           —             —        
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 15,414         $ 8,778         $ 5,636      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Investments

We conduct investment transactions in accordance with our board approved investment policy which is reviewed at least annually by the risk committee of the board of directors, and any changes to the policy are subject to ratification by the full board of directors. This policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, the ability to provide collateral for pledging requirements, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy. Our Treasurer executes our securities portfolio transactions, within policy requirements, with the approval of either the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer. NSB Services Corp.’s and NSB Realty Trust’s investment officers execute security portfolio transactions in accordance with investment policies that substantially mirror Northfield Bank’s investment policy. All purchase and sale transactions are reviewed by the risk committee at least quarterly.

Our current investment policy permits investments in mortgage-backed securities, including pass-through securities and real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs). The investment policy also permits, with certain

 

98


Table of Contents

limitations, investments in debt securities issued by the U.S. Government, agencies of the U.S. Government or U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), asset-backed securities, money market mutual funds, federal funds, investment grade corporate bonds, reverse repurchase agreements, and certificates of deposit.

Our investment policy does not permit investment in municipal bonds, preferred and common stock of other entities including U.S. Government sponsored enterprises or equity securities other than our required investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, or as permitted for community reinvestment purposes or for the purposes of funding the Bank’s deferred compensation plan. Northfield-Federal may invest in equity securities of other financial institutions up to certain limitations. As of March 31, 2012, we held no asset-backed securities other than mortgage-backed securities. Our board of directors may change these limitations in the future.

Our current investment policy does not permit hedging through the use of such instruments as financial futures or interest rate options and swaps.

At the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, based upon our ability and intent to hold such securities. Trading securities and securities available-for-sale are reported at estimated fair value, and securities held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost. A periodic review and evaluation of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios is conducted to determine if the estimated fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. If such impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is charged against earnings. The estimated fair values of our securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized pricing service (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” for further discussion). At March 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted primarily of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GSEs and to a lesser extent private label mortgage-backed securities, mutual funds and corporate securities. The market for these securities primarily consists of other financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, and mutual funds.

We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed primarily by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae, and to a lesser extent, securities issued by private companies (private label). We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae as well as to provide us liquidity to fund loan originations and deposit outflows. In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency placed Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae into conservatorship. The U.S. Treasury Department has established financing agreements to ensure that Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae meet their obligations to holders of mortgage-backed securities that they have issued or guaranteed.

Mortgage-backed securities are securities sold in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass-through” certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is “passed through” pro rata to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees, in proportion to an investor’s ownership in the entire pool. The issuers of such securities pool mortgages and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors. The interest rate of the security is lower than the interest rates of the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. Ginnie Mae, a U.S. Government agency, and GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, may guarantee the payments, or guarantee the timely payment of, principal and interest to investors.

Mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans since there is a more active market for such securities. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our specific liabilities and obligations. Investments in mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by GSEs involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. We periodically review current prepayment speeds to determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause adjustment of amortization or accretion.

 

99


Table of Contents

REMICs are a type of mortgage-backed security issued by special-purpose entities that aggregate pools of mortgages and mortgage-backed securities and create different classes of securities with varying maturities and amortization schedules, as well as a residual interest, with each class possessing different risk characteristics. The cash flows from the underlying collateral are generally divided into “tranches” or classes that have descending priorities with respect to the distribution of principal and interest cash flows.

The timely payment of principal and interest on these REMICs is generally supported (credit enhanced) in varying degrees by either insurance issued by a financial guarantee insurer, letters of credit, over collateralization, or subordination techniques. Substantially all of these securities are rated “AAA” by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s at the time of purchase. Privately issued REMICs and pass-throughs can be subject to certain credit-related risks normally not associated with U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities. The loss protection generally provided by the various forms of credit enhancements is limited, and losses in excess of certain levels are not protected. Furthermore, the credit enhancement itself may be subject to the creditworthiness of the credit enhancer. Thus, in the event a credit enhancer does not fulfill its obligations, the holder could be subject to risk of loss similar to a purchaser of a whole loan pool. Management believes that the credit enhancements are adequate to protect us from material losses on our privately issued mortgage-backed securities.

At March 31, 2012, our corporate bond portfolio consisted of investment grade securities with maturities generally shorter than three years. Our investment policy provides that we may invest up to 15% of our tier-one risk-based capital in corporate bonds from individual issuers which, at the time of purchase, are within the three highest investment-grade ratings from Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. The maturity of these bonds may not exceed 10 years, and there is no aggregate limit for this security type. Corporate bonds from individual issuers with investment-grade ratings, at the time of purchase, below the top three ratings are limited to the lesser of 1% of our total assets or 15% of our tier-one risk-based capital and must have a maturity of less than one year. Aggregate holdings of this security type cannot exceed 5% of our total assets. Bonds that subsequently experience a decline in credit rating below investment grade are monitored at least quarterly.

 

100


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock) at the dates indicated. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, we also had a trading portfolio with a market value of $4.6 million, $4.1 million, $4.1 million, and $3.4 million, respectively, consisting of mutual funds quoted in actively traded markets. These securities are utilized to fund non-qualified deferred compensation obligations.

 

Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess
    At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,  
      2011     2010     2009  
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
    (In thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

               

Mortgage-backed securities:

               

Pass-through certificates:

               

GSEs

  $ 464,752      $ 487,451      $ 490,184      $ 514,893      $ 342,316      $ 355,795      $ 404,128      $ 418,060   

Non-GSEs

    8,362        7,688        8,770        7,515        27,801        27,878        65,363        62,466   

REMICs:

               

GSEs

    536,412        541,662        426,362        430,889        622,582        622,077        344,150        349,088   

Non-GSEs

    27,509        29,032        31,114        32,936        65,766        69,389        111,756        114,194   

Equity investments (1)

    13,467        13,504        11,787        11,835        12,437        12,353        21,820        21,872   

GSE bonds

    —          —          —          —          34,988        35,033        28,994        28,983   

Corporate bonds

    104,328        105,130        100,922        100,657        119,765        121,788        134,595        137,140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

  $ 1,154,830      $ 1,184,467      $ 1,069,139      $ 1,098,725      $ 1,225,655      $ 1,244,313      $ 1,110,806      $ 1,131,803   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess Fair Valuess
    At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,  
      2011     2010     2009  
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
    (In thousands)  

Securities held-to-maturity:

               

Mortgage-backed securities:

               

Pass-through certificates:

               

GSEs

  $ 624      $ 670      $ 629      $ 672      $ 854      $ 899      $ 874      $ 901   

REMICs:

               

GSEs

    2,700        2,822        2,988        3,099        4,206        4,374        5,866        6,029   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

  $ 3,324      $ 3,492      $ 3,617      $ 3,771      $ 5,060      $ 5,273      $ 6,740      $ 6,930   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of mutual funds.

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities as of March 31, 2012, that exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of that date.

 

     At March 31, 2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Mortgage-backed securities:

     

Freddie Mac

   $ 554,531       $ 566,413   

Fannie Mae

   $ 445,125       $ 461,159   

 

102


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2012, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. All of our securities at March 31, 2012, were taxable securities.

 

    One Year or Less     More than One
Year through Five
Years
    More than Five
Years through Ten
Years
    More than Ten
Years
    Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

                     

Mortgage-backed securities:

                     

Pass-through certificates:

                     

GSEs

  $ —          —        $ 2,820        5.25   $ 274,043        3.50   $ 187,889        3.10   $ 464,752      $ 487,451        3.35

Non-GSEs

    —          —          —          —          —          —          8,362        4.09     8,362        7,688        4.09

REMICs:

                     

GSEs

    5,720        0.86     40,670        1.60     183,533        2.04     306,489        1.77     536,412        541,662        1.84

Non-GSEs

    —          —          —          —          26,686        4.90     823        1.57     27,509        29,032        4.80

Equity investments

    13,467        3.53     —          —          —          —          —          —          13,467        13,504        3.53

Corporate bonds

    51,355        1.90     52,973        1.86     —          —          —          —          104,328        105,130        1.88
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total securities available-for-sale

  $ 70,542        2.13   $ 96,463        1.85   $ 484,262        3.02   $ 503,563        2.30   $ 1,154,830      $ 1,184,467        2.56
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Securities held-to-maturity:

                     

Mortgage-backed securities:

                     

Pass-through certificates:

                     

GSEs

  $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ 624        5.36   $ 624      $ 670        5.36

REMICs:

                     

GSE

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,700        3.82     2,700        2,822        3.82
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total securities held-to-maturity

  $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ 3,324        4.11   $ 3,324      $ 3,492        4.11
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

103


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our securities and lending activities. We also borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and other financial institutions to supplement cash flow needs, to manage the maturities of liabilities for interest rate and investment risk management purposes, and to manage our cost of funds. Our additional sources of funds are the proceeds of loan sales, scheduled loan and investment payments, maturing investments, loan prepayments, and retained income on other earning assets.

Deposits. We accept deposits primarily from the areas in which our offices are located. We rely on our convenient locations, customer service, and competitive products and pricing to attract and retain deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of transaction accounts (NOW and non-interest bearing checking accounts), savings accounts (money market, passbook, and statement savings), and certificates of deposit, including individual retirement accounts. We accept brokered deposits on a limited basis, when it is deemed cost effective. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had brokered certificates of deposits totaling $658,000, $3.4 million and $68.4 million, respectively.

Interest rates offered generally are established weekly, while maturity terms, service fees, and withdrawal penalties are reviewed on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements, and our deposit growth goals.

At March 31, 2012, we had a total of $466.3 million in certificates of deposit, of which $344.0 million had remaining maturities of one year or less. Based on our experience and current pricing strategy, we believe we will retain a significant portion of these accounts at maturity.

 

104


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the distribution of our average total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 160,233         10.69     —     $ 110,285         8.19     —  

NOW

     96,108         6.41        0.66        79,662         5.91        1.07   

Money market accounts

     433,506         28.91        0.66        277,788         20.62        0.99   

Savings

     333,198         22.22        0.27        338,122         25.10        0.32   

Certificates of deposit

     476,282         31.77        1.20        541,373         40.18        1.39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 1,499,327         100.00     0.68   $ 1,347,230         100.00     0.91
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 131,224         9.12     —     $ 114,450         8.28     —     $ 99,950         8.50     —  

NOW

     80,487         5.59        1.00        71,130         5.15        1.39        51,336         4.36        1.48   

Money market accounts

     352,111         24.47        0.80        243,612         17.64        1.05        157,620         13.40        1.56   

Savings

     308,532         21.44        0.33        361,592         26.18        0.44        357,938         30.43        0.79   

Certificates of deposit

     566,619         39.38        1.34        590,445         42.75        1.43        509,610         43.31        2.39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 1,438,973         100.00     0.85   $ 1,381,229         100.00     0.98   $ 1,176,454         100.00     1.55
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

105


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2012, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $213.6 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates at March 31, 2012.

 

     At March  31,
2012
 
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 25,075   

Over three months through six months

     26,492   

Over six months through one year

     92,876   

Over one year to three years

     41,080   

Over three years

     28,035   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 213,558   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings. Our borrowings consist primarily of securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) with third party financial institutions, as well as advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. As of March 31, 2012, our repurchase agreements totaled $276.0 million, or 13.7% of total liabilities, capitalized lease obligations totaled $1.7 million, or 0.8% of total liabilities, floating rate advances totaled $3.2 million, or 1.6% of total liabilities and our Federal Home Loan Bank advances totaled $196.2 million, or 9.7% of total liabilities. At March 31, 2012, we had the ability to obtain additional funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and Federal Reserve Bank of New York discount window of approximately $535.0 million, utilizing unencumbered securities of $484.0 million at March 31, 2012. Repurchase agreements are primarily secured by mortgage-backed securities. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York are secured by our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York as well as by pledged mortgage-backed securities.

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at and for the periods indicated:

 

     At or For the Three
Months Ended
March 31,
    At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of period

   $ 477,119      $ 489,365      $ 481,934      $ 391,237      $ 279,424   

Average balance during period

   $ 482,238      $ 491,957      $ 476,413      $ 330,693      $ 297,365   

Maximum outstanding at any month period

   $ 521,816      $ 524,203      $ 535,447      $ 391,237      $ 345,506   

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     2.71     2.67     2.64     2.97     3.63

Average interest rate during period

     2.74     2.65     2.76     3.28     3.62

Employees

As of March 31, 2012, we had 250 full-time employees and 46 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

Subsidiary Activities

Northfield-Federal owns 100% of Northfield Investments, Inc., an inactive New Jersey investment company, and 100% of Northfield Bank. Northfield Bank owns 100% of NSB Services Corp., a Delaware corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the voting common stock of NSB Realty Trust. NSB Realty Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust that holds mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investments. These entities enable us to segregate certain assets for management purposes, and promote our ability to raise regulatory capital in the future through the sale of preferred stock or other capital-enhancing securities or borrow against assets or stock of these entities for liquidity purposes. At March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank’s investment in

 

106


Table of Contents

NSB Services Corp. was $604.8 million, and NSB Services Corp. had assets of $604.9 million and liabilities of $119,000 at that date. At March 31, 2012, NSB Services Corp.’s investment in NSB Realty Trust was $608.1 million, and NSB Realty Trust had $608.2 million in assets, and liabilities of $19,000 at that date. NSB Insurance Agency, Inc. is a New York corporation that receives nominal commissions from the sale of life insurance by employees of Northfield Bank. At March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank’s investment in NSB Insurance Agency was $1,000.

Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, we may be party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims as of March 31, 2012.

Expense and Tax Allocation Agreements

Northfield Bank will enter into an agreement with Northfield-Delaware to provide it with certain administrative support services, whereby Northfield Bank will be compensated at not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

Properties

We operate from our home office located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York, our operations center located at 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey, our additional 24 branch offices located in New York and New Jersey and our commercial loan center. Our branch offices are located in the New York Counties of Richmond, and Kings and the New Jersey Counties of Middlesex and Union. The net book value of our premises, land, and equipment was $22.2 million at March 31, 2012.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information with respect to our full-service banking offices and our loan centers, including the expiration date of leases with respect to leased facilities.

 

Avenel

1410 St. Georges Ave.

Avenel, New Jersey 07001

3/31/2035

  

Bay Ridge

8512 Third Ave.

Brooklyn, New York 11209

10/31/2025

  

Bay Street

385 Bay St.

Staten Island, New York 10301

1/31/2027

Boro Park

4602 13th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

8/24/2026

  

Bulls Head

1497 Richmond Ave.

Staten Island, New York 10314

3/31/2037

  

Castleton Corners

(Northfield Bank main office)

1731 Victory Blvd.

Staten Island, New York 10314

Dyker Heights

1501 86th Street

Brooklyn, New York 11228

2/28/2021

  

East Brunswick

755 State Highway 18

East Brunswick, New Jersey 08816

6/30/2013

  

Eltingville

4355 Amboy Rd.

Staten Island, New York 10312

7/5/2018

Forest Avenue Shoppers Town

1481 Forest Ave.

Staten Island, New York 10302

11/1/2016

  

Grasmere

1158 Hylan Boulevard

Staten Island, New York 10305

1/31/2028

  

Gravesend

247 Avenue U

Brooklyn, New York 11223

1/31/2026

Greenridge

3227 Richmond Ave.

Staten Island, New York 10312

12/31/2015

  

Highlawn

283 Kings Highway

Brooklyn, New York 11223

5/7/2025

  

Linden

501 N. Wood Ave.

Linden, New Jersey 07036

3/1/2029

Milltown

336 Ryders Lane

Milltown, New Jersey 08850

9/30/2040

  

Monroe Township

1600 Perrineville Rd.

Monroe, New Jersey 08831

3/1/2024

  

New Dorp Shopping Center

2706 Hylan Blvd.

Staten Island, New York 10306

9/30/2021

Pathmark Shopping Mall

1351 Forest Ave.

Staten Island, New York 10302

10/21/2016

  

Pleasant Plains

6420 Amboy Rd.

Staten Island, New York 10309

5/31/2032

  

Prince’s Bay

5775 Amboy Rd.

Staten Island, New York 10309

Rahway

1515 Irving St.

Rahway, New Jersey 07065

  

West Brighton

519 Forest Ave.

Staten Island, New York 10310

6/30/2055

  

Westfield

828 South Avenue W

Westfield, New Jersey 07090

11/30/2021

Woodbridge

624 Main St.

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

9/1/2031

  

Woodbridge

(corporate headquarters)

581 Main St.

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

6/30/2018

  

Commercial Loan Center

8517 Fourth Ave., 2nd Floor

Brooklyn, New York 11209

9/30/2013

 

108


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

Northfield Bank is a federally chartered savings bank that is regulated, examined and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s deposit insurance fund and depositors, and not for the protection of security holders. Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. Northfield Bank also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Federal Reserve Board, governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency examines Northfield Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of its board of directors on any operating deficiencies. Northfield Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Northfield Bank’s loan documents. Northfield Bank is also a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which is one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, Northfield-Delaware will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. Northfield-Delaware will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank and their operations.

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware.

Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and has affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated our primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, as of July 21, 2011, and required Northfield Bank to be supervised and examined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the primary federal regulator for national banks. On the same date, the Federal Reserve Board assumed regulatory jurisdiction over savings and loan holding companies, in addition to its role of supervising bank holding companies.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with expansive powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as Northfield Bank, will continue to be examined by their applicable federal bank regulators. The legislation gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments for deposit insurance, permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor and

 

109


Table of Contents

provided non-interest bearing transaction accounts with unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The legislation also, among other things, requires originators of certain securitized loans to retain a portion of the credit risk, stipulates regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. The Dodd-Frank Act increased shareholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of implementing regulations. Their impact on operations cannot yet fully be assessed. However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, in the long run, increase regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware.

Business Activities

A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Under these laws and regulations, Northfield Bank may originate mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business loans and consumer loans, and it may invest in certain types of debt securities and certain other assets. Certain types of lending, such as commercial and consumer loans, are subject to aggregate limits calculated as a specified percentage of Northfield Bank’s capital or assets. Northfield Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in a variety of activities, including some that are not otherwise permissible for Northfield Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

The Dodd-Frank Act removed federal statutory restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposit accounts, effective July 21, 2011.

Loans-to-One-Borrower

We generally may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of our unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which is defined to include certain financial instruments and bullion, but generally does not include real estate. As of March 31, 2012, we were in compliance with our loans-to-one-borrower limitations.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

We are required to satisfy a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test, under which we either must qualify as a “domestic building and loan” association as defined by the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of our “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments.” “Qualified thrift investments” consist primarily of residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed and related securities. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets less specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets and the value of property used to conduct business. A savings institution that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test also subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. As of March 31, 2012, we maintained 83.67% of our portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, we met the qualified thrift lender test.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe for insured depository institutions under its jurisdiction standards relating to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, employee compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies

 

110


Table of Contents

adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to submit or implement an acceptable plan, the appropriate federal banking agency may issue an enforceable order requiring correction of the deficiencies.

Capital Requirements

Federal regulations require savings institutions to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS financial institution rating system) and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard. Federal regulations also require that in meeting the tangible, leverage and risk-based capital standards, institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank.

The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by capital regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings institution that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the recourse back to the savings bank. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual associations where necessary.

At March 31, 2012, Northfield Bank met each of its capital requirements.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

Under federal Prompt Corrective Action statute, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings institutions under its jurisdiction, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s level of capital. A savings institution that has total risk-based capital of less than 8% or a leverage ratio or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that generally is less than 4% is considered to be undercapitalized. A savings institution that has total risk-based capital less than 6%, a Tier 1 core risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.”

Generally, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings institution that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Any holding company for the savings institution required to submit a capital restoration plan

 

111


Table of Contents

must guarantee the lesser of an amount equal to 5% of the savings institution’s assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the amount necessary to restore the savings institution to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency notifies the savings institution that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Various restrictions, such as on capital distributions and growth, also apply to “undercapitalized” institutions. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

Capital Distributions

Federal regulations restrict capital distributions by savings institutions, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account of a savings institution. A federal savings institution must file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of the capital distribution if:

 

   

the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds the sum of the institution’s net income for that year to date plus the institution’s retained net income for the preceding two years that is still available for dividend;

 

   

the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;

 

   

the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or written regulatory condition; or

 

   

the institution is not eligible for expedited review of its filings (i.e., generally, institutions that do not have safety and soundness, compliance and Community Reinvestment Act ratings in the top two categories or fail a capital requirement).

A savings institutions that is a subsidiary of a holding company, which is the case with Northfield Bank, must file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution and receive Federal Reserve Board non-objection to the payment of the dividend.

Applications or notices may be denied if the institution will be undercapitalized after the dividend, the proposed dividend raises safety and soundness concerns or the proposed dividend would violate a law, regulation enforcement order or regulatory condition.

In the event that a savings institution’s capital falls below its regulatory requirements or it is notified by the regulatory agency that it is in need of more than normal supervision, its ability to make capital distributions would be restricted. In addition, any proposed capital distribution could be prohibited if the regulatory agency determines that the distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Transactions with Related Parties

A savings institution’s authority to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulation, Federal Reserve Board Regulation W. The term “affiliate” generally means any company that controls or is under common control with an institution, including Northfield-Delaware and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Applicable law limits the aggregate amount of “covered” transactions with any individual affiliate, including loans to the affiliate, to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain covered transactions with affiliates, such as loans to or guarantees issued on behalf of affiliates, are required to be secured by specified amounts of collateral. Purchasing low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. Regulation W also provides that transactions

 

112


Table of Contents

with affiliates, including covered transactions, must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited by law from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

Our authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% or greater shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities controlled by these persons, is governed by Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulation, Federal Reserve Board Regulation O. Among other things, loans to insiders must be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for bank-wide lending programs that do not discriminate in favor of insiders. Regulation O also places individual and aggregate limits on the amount of loans that may be made to insiders based, in part, on the institution’s capital position, and requires that certain prior board approval procedures be followed. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be made. At March 31, 2012, we were in compliance with these regulations.

Enforcement

The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings institutions, including the authority to bring enforcement action against “institution-related parties,” including officers, directors, certain shareholders, and attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution, receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day.

Deposit Insurance

Northfield Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Deposit accounts in Northfield Bank are insured up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor. In addition, certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the dollar amount, until December 31, 2012.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes an assessment for deposit insurance on all depository institutions. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments specified by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2  1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s volume of deposits.

In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation is authorized to impose and collect, through the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the Financing Corporation are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 0.66 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation must

 

113


Table of Contents

seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has exercised that discretion by establishing a long-term fund ratio of 2%.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Northfield Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Management of Northfield Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

Northfield Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, we are required to acquire and hold a specified amount of shares of capital stock in Federal Home Loan Bank.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

Savings institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on certain activities such as branching and acquisitions. Northfield Bank received a “Satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent examination.

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Northfield Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Northfield Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

   

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

   

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

   

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

   

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

   

Truth in Savings Act; and

 

   

Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The operations of Northfield Bank also are subject to the:

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

   

Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

   

The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires banks and savings institutions to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement pre-existing compliance requirements that apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

 

   

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties and requires all financial institutions offering products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and allow such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

Holding Company Regulation

Northfield-Delaware will be a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, which replaced the Office of Thrift Supervision in that capacity due to the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory restructuring. The Federal Reserve Board will have enforcement authority over Northfield-Delaware and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, that authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to Northfield Bank.

As a savings and loan holding company, Northfield-Delaware’s activities will be limited to those activities permissible by law for financial holding companies or multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. Such activities include lending and other activities permitted for bank holding companies, insurance and underwriting equity securities. The Dodd-Frank Act added that any savings and loan holding company that engages in activities that are solely permissible for a financial holding company must meet the qualitative requirements for a bank holding company to be a financial holding company and conduct the activities in accordance with the requirements that would apply to a financial holding company’s conduct of the activity.

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company

 

115


Table of Contents

without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board and from acquiring or retaining control of any depository not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider such things as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on and the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors. An acquisition by a savings and loan holding company of a savings institution in another state to be held as a separate subsidiary may not be approved unless it is a supervisory acquisition under Section 13(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the law of the state in which the target is located authorizes such acquisitions by out-of-state companies.

Savings and loan holding companies have not historically been subjected to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. However, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to set for all depository institution holding companies minimum consolidated capital levels that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. The components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions, which would exclude instruments such as trust preferred securities and cumulative preferred stock. Instruments issued before May 19, 2010 are grandfathered for companies of consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. Holding companies that were not regulated by the Federal Reserve Board as of May 19, 2010 receive a five year phase-in from the July 21, 2010 date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act.

The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The regulatory agencies must promulgate regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy that requires holding companies act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies that it has made applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory review of capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also provides for regulatory review prior to a holding company redeeming or repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of a quarter in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of Northfield-Delaware to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Federal Securities Laws

Northfield-Delaware common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion and stock offering. Northfield-Delaware will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in Northfield-Delaware’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of Northfield-Delaware may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of Northfield-Delaware will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If Northfield-Delaware meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of Northfield-Delaware that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market,

 

116


Table of Contents

without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of Northfield-Delaware, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, Northfield-Delaware may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. We have existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we are further enhancing and documenting such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company such as Northfield-Delaware unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Northfield-Delaware, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General . Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank are, and Northfield-Delaware will be, subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Northfield-Federal, Northfield-Delaware or Northfield Bank.

Northfield-Federal’s consolidated federal tax returns are currently under audit for the tax years of 2009 and 2010.

Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Northfield-Federal currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.

Bad Debt Reserves . Historically, Northfield Bank was subject to special provisions in the tax law applicable to qualifying savings banks regarding allowable tax bad debt deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996 that eliminated the ability of savings banks to use the percentage of taxable income method for computing tax bad debt reserves for tax years after 1995, and required recapture into taxable income over a six-year period of all bad debt reserves accumulated after a savings bank’s last tax year beginning before January 1, 1988. Northfield Bank recaptured its post December 31, 1987, bad-debt reserve balance over the six-year period ended December 31, 2004.

 

117


Table of Contents

Northfield-Federal is required to use the specific charge off method to account for tax bad debt deductions.

Taxable Distributions and Recapture . Prior to 1996, bad debt reserves created prior to 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Northfield Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests or made certain distributions. Tax law changes in 1996 eliminated thrift-related recapture rules. However, under current law, pre-1988 tax bad debt reserves remain subject to recapture if Northfield Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its common stock, pays dividends in excess of earnings and profits, or fails to qualify as a “bank” for tax purposes.

At December 31, 2011, the total federal pre-base year bad debt reserve of Northfield Bank was approximately $5.9 million.

Alternative Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less any available exemption. The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Northfield-Federal’s consolidated group has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax and has no such amounts available as credits for carryover.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers . A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2011, Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s consolidated group had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction . Northfield-Federal may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Northfield Bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary by filing consolidated tax returns. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns at least 20% of the stock of the distributing corporation. The dividends-received deduction is 70% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns less than 20% of the distributing corporation.

State Taxation

Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bank report income on a calendar year basis to New York State. New York State franchise tax on corporations is imposed in an amount equal to the greater of (a) 7.1% of “entire net income” allocable to New York State, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York State, or (c) 0.01% of the average value of assets allocable to New York State plus nominal minimum tax of $250 per company. Entire net income is based on federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications. Alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain modifications.

Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bank report income on a calendar year basis to New York City. New York City franchise tax on corporations is imposed in an amount equal to the greater of (a) 9.0% of “entire net income” allocable to New York State, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York City, or (c) 0.01% of the average value of assets allocable to New York City plus nominal minimum tax of $250 per company. Entire net income is based on federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications. Alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain modifications.

The State of New York passed legislation in August of 2010 to conform the bad debt deduction allowed under Article 32 of the New York State tax law to the bad debt deduction allowed for federal income tax purposes. As a result, Northfield Bank no longer establishes, or maintains, a New York reserve for losses on loans, and is required to claim a deduction for bad debts in an amount equal to its actual loan loss experience. In addition, this legislation eliminated the potential recapture of the New York tax bad debt reserve that could have otherwise occurred in certain circumstances under New York State tax law prior to August of 2010. As a result of this new legislation, Northfield-Federal reversed approximately $738,000 in deferred tax liabilities during the third quarter of 2010.

 

118


Table of Contents

Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank file New Jersey Corporation Business Tax returns on a calendar year basis. Generally, the income derived from New Jersey sources is subject to New Jersey tax. Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank pay the greater of the corporate business tax at 9% of taxable income or the minimum tax of $1,200 per entity.

At December 31, 2005, Northfield Bank did not meet the definition of a domestic building and loan association for New York State and City tax purposes. As a result, we were required to recognize a $2.2 million deferred tax liability for state and city thrift-related base-year bad debt reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987.

Our New York State tax returns are currently under audit for tax years 2007, 2008 and 2009.

As a Delaware business corporation, Northfield-Delaware is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Delaware.

MANAGEMENT

Shared Management Structure

The directors of Northfield-Delaware are the same persons who are the directors of Northfield Bank. In addition, each executive officer of Northfield-Delaware is also an executive officer of Northfield Bank. We expect that Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

Executive Officers of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank

The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank. Age information is as of December 31, 2011. The executive officers of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank are elected annually.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

John W. Alexander

     62      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Kenneth J. Doherty

     54      

Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer

Madeline G. Frank

     67      

Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary

Steven M. Klein

     46      

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Michael J. Widmer

     52      

Executive Vice President, Operations

The business experience for the past five years of each of our executive officers other than Mr. Alexander is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, executive officers have held their positions for at least the past five years.

Kenneth J. Doherty joined Northfield Bank in 1988, and currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.

Madeline G. Frank joined Northfield Bank in 1983 and has served as Director of Human Resources of Northfield Bank since that time. Ms. Frank also serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary for Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank. On March 15, 2012, Ms. Frank announced her retirement as Senior Vice President, Human Resources Director, and Assistant Corporate Secretary of Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank, effective June 30, 2012.

 

119


Table of Contents

Steven M. Klein joined Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank in March 2005 and has served as Chief Financial Officer since that time. Effective March 1, 2011, Mr. Klein also was named Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Klein is a licensed certified public accountant in the State of New Jersey, and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Michael J. Widmer joined Northfield Bank in 2002 and currently serves as Executive Vice President, Operations.

Directors of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank

Northfield-Delaware has nine directors. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of Northfield Bank will be elected by Northfield-Delaware as its sole stockholder.

The following details include for each of our directors: their age as of December 31, 2011; the year in which they first became a director of Northfield Bank; the year that their term expires; and their business experience for at least the past five years. With the exception of Ms. Catino, none of the directors listed below currently serves as a director, or served as a director during the past five years, of a publicly-held entity (other than Northfield-Federal). Ms. Catino previously served on the board of directors of Middlesex Water Company, which is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC under the symbol “MSEX.” Ms. Catino resigned from the board of directors of Middlesex Water Company effective October 26, 2010. The following also includes the particular experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, considered by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that led the board of directors to conclude that such person should serve as a director of Northfield-Federal. The mailing address for each person listed is 581 Main Street, Suite 810, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095. Each of the persons listed as a director is also a trustee of Northfield Bancorp, MHC and a director of Northfield Bank.

 

120


Table of Contents

Name, Age,

Director Since,

Term Expiration

  

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills

John W. Alexander, 62, director since 1997, term expires 2014   

Business Experience: Mr. Alexander joined Northfield Bank in 1997, and has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 1998 and Chairman of the Board of Northfield-Federal since 2002. Mr. Alexander was also named President of Northfield Bank and Northfield-Federal in October 2006.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Mr. Alexander is a former tax partner with a national accounting and auditing firm, specializing in bank taxation and asset securitization. Mr. Alexander is a registered certified public accountant, with strong analytical and leadership skills. Mr. Alexander resides in Staten Island, New York, and is involved in state and national professional organizations including the New York Bankers Association, where he serves as a director, the New Jersey Bankers Association, the American Bankers Association and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He is also a member of many community organizations including Staten Island University Hospital, the Staten Island Economic Development Corporation and the Northfield Bank Foundation.

John R. Bowen, 71, director since 2003, term expires 2013   

Business and Other Experience: Mr. Bowen has over 35 years of experience in all aspects of community banking, and retired as the Chief Executive Officer of Liberty Bank in 2002.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director: Mr. Bowen has extensive knowledge of banking regulation and internal control, and has strong risk assessment and leadership skills. Mr. Bowen also has extensive experience in loan origination and monitoring. Mr. Bowen is a resident of New Jersey and is involved in local professional and community organizations including the Gateway Regional Chamber of Commerce and as a director of the Northfield Bank Foundation.

Annette Catino, 55, director since 2003, term expires 2014   

Business Experience: Ms. Catino has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of QualCare, Inc., Piscataway, New Jersey, a privately held managed care organization, since 1991.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Ms. Catino has over 30 years of business experience in the healthcare industry. Ms. Catino has strong analytical and leadership skills with extensive experience with healthcare, municipal, and state governmental entities. Ms. Catino is a resident of New Jersey and is involved in local professional and community organizations including the Boards of Caucus Educational Corporation, the Val Skinner Foundation and the Meridian Healthcare Perspective. She served on New Jersey Governor Christie’s transition committee on healthcare and was named by NJBIZ as the 2011 Executive of the Year, as well as one of the 100 most important people in New Jersey Business.

 

121


Table of Contents

Name, Age,

Director Since,

Term Expiration

  

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills

Gil Chapman, 58, director since 2005, term expires 2013   

Business Experience: Mr. Chapman has over 25 years of business experience, most recently owning and operating an automobile dealership in Staten Island, New York.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director: Mr. Chapman has strong marketing, sales, and customer service assessment skills. Mr. Chapman has significant experience in employee development, training, and business management. Mr. Chapman also has extensive experience in actively supervising financial personnel while operating his automobile business and has the requisite qualifications to be designated as an audit committee financial expert under the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and regulations. Mr. Chapman is a resident of New Jersey, and is involved in local professional and community organizations including the National Association of Corporate Directors and, as a former Staten Island businessman, the Staten Island Economic Development Corporation and the Staten Island Urban League.

John P. Connors, Jr., 55, director since 2002, term expires 2014   

Business Experience: Mr. Connors is the managing partner of the law firm of Connors & Connors, P.C., located in Staten Island, New York.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Mr. Connors has over 26 years of business experience as a practicing lawyer. Mr. Connors is admitted to practice in the state and federal courts of New York and New Jersey and the District of Columbia. Mr. Connors has strong risk management skills and in-depth knowledge of contract and professional liability law related to key areas of the Company’s operations. Mr. Connors also has knowledge of and relationships with many of the residents and businesses located in Staten Island, New York. Mr. Connors is a resident of Staten Island, and is involved in local professional and community organizations including the Richmond County Bar Association, Notre Dame Academy and the Northfield Bank Foundation.

John J. DePierro, 71, director since 1984, term expires 2013   

Business Experience: Mr. DePierro has over 45 years of business experience in the healthcare industry. Mr. DePierro is currently a consultant to the healthcare industry and is a retired Chief Executive Officer of a major Staten Island health care system.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Mr. DePierro has strong leadership skills, and extensive knowledge of corporate governance, as well as knowledge of and relationships with many of the residents and businesses located in Staten Island, New York. Mr. DePierro is a resident of Staten Island, New York, and is involved in local professional and community organizations including directorships at the Seton Foundation for Learning, Mount Manresa Jesuit Retreat House and the Northfield Bank Foundation.

 

122


Table of Contents

Name, Age,

Director Since,

Term Expiration

  

Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, Skills

Susan Lamberti, 69, director since 2001, term expires 2015   

Business Experience: Ms. Lamberti was an educator with the New York City public schools until her retirement in 2002.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Ms. Lamberti has over 30 years of experience in the New York City Public School system. Ms. Lamberti has strong training and development skills, and has extensive knowledge of and relationships with many residents and businesses located in Staten Island, New York. Ms. Lamberti is a resident of Staten Island, and is involved in local professional and community organizations including the National Association of Corporate Directors, Sisters of Charity Housing Development Fund Corporation, and Service Auxiliary of Staten Island University Hospital. Ms. Lamberti also serves as Chairman of the Northfield Bank Foundation.

Albert J. Regen, 74, director since 1990, term expires 2015   

Business Experience: Mr. Regen served as the President of Northfield Bank from 1990 until his retirement in September 2006.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Mr. Regen has over 30 years of experience in community banking. Mr. Regen has extensive knowledge in the treasury area as well as interest rate risk management. Mr. Regen is currently a resident of New Jersey and is a director of the Northfield Bank Foundation. Mr. Regen was formerly a resident of Staten Island, New York and has extensive knowledge of and relationships with many of the residents and businesses located in Staten Island, New York.

Patrick E. Scura, Jr., 67, director since 2006, term expires 2015   

Business Experience: Mr. Scura was an audit partner with a national accounting and auditing firm for 27 years, until his retirement in 2005.

 

Reasons why this person should serve as a director : Mr. Scura is a former audit partner with a national accounting and auditing firm, specializing in community banking. Mr. Scura has over 35 years of experience auditing public company financial institutions in New Jersey. Mr. Scura is a licensed certified public accountant, and has strong risk assessment, financial reporting, and internal control expertise. Mr. Scura also has extensive knowledge of and relationships with community banks in our market area. Mr. Scura has the requisite qualifications to be designated as an audit committee financial expert under the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and regulations. Mr. Scura resides in New Jersey, and is involved in local professional and community organizations including St. Peter’s College and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Board Independence

The board of directors affirmatively determines the independence of each director in accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market rules, which include all elements of independence as set forth in the listing requirements for Nasdaq securities. The board of directors has determined that each of the following non-employee Directors is independent of Northfield-Federal:

 

John R. Bowen    John J. DePierro
Annette Catino    Susan Lamberti
Gil Chapman    Albert J. Regen
John P. Connors, Jr.    Patrick E. Scura, Jr.

 

123


Table of Contents

Codes of Conduct and Ethics

Northfield-Federal has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that is applicable to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and controller. The Code of Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is available on our website at www.eNorthfield.com . Amendments to and waivers of the Code of Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial Officers will be disclosed on our website, or otherwise in the manner required by applicable law, rule, or listing standard.

Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank have also adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that is applicable to all employees, officers and directors, which is available on our website at www.eNorthfield.com . Employees, officers, and directors acknowledge annually that they will comply with all aspects of the Code of Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Officers, and Directors.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

Loans and Extensions of Credit . The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits us from making loans to our executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by Northfield Bank to our executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations.

The aggregate amount of our outstanding loans to our executive officers and directors and their related entities was approximately $430,474 at December 31, 2011. All of such loans were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Northfield Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at December 31, 2011, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

Other Transactions. John P. Connors, Jr. is a practicing attorney who performs legal work directly for or on behalf of Northfield Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2011, Mr. Connors received fees, either from Northfield Bank, or directly from our customers, in connection with transactions with Northfield Bank, in the amount of approximately $5,191. The board of directors authorizes the appointment of Mr. Connors each year, and the Compensation Committee of the board of directors reviews a summary of the services performed and the total fees paid for services on an annual basis. All transactions with Mr. Connors are in the ordinary course of business, and the terms and fees are considered to be consistent with those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.

Director Compensation

Every three years, director compensation is reviewed in detail by the Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Compensation Committee considers, among other things, the size and complexity of Northfield-Federal, as well as the responsibilities, marketplace availability of necessary skill sets, and the time commitment necessary for the board of directors, its committees, and its committee chairs, to adequately discharge their oversight role and responsibilities. The Compensation Committee utilizes the assistance of a third-party compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners (PM&P), and available peer and survey data, regarding director compensation at other comparable financial institutions, as part of this process. For interim years between detailed reviews, the Compensation Committee reviews current market conditions and trends in director compensation in consultation with its third-party compensation consultant. In 2010, the Compensation Committee performed its triennial detailed review of director (and executive) compensation for 2011.

In December 2008, stockholders approved the Northfield-Federal 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. The objective of equity awards is to further align the interests of our employees and directors with those of other stockholders and reward sustained performance. In January 2009 the Compensation Committee granted equity awards to each director, consisting of 27,750 shares of restricted common stock, and 69,300 options to purchase shares of common stock at a price of $9.94 per share, representing the closing price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock on the grant date. The equity awards vest in equal installments over a five-year period, commencing one year from the date of the grant.

 

124


Table of Contents

Prior to November 2007, Northfield Bank was a mutual organization and did not have equity compensation available to employees or directors. The Compensation Committee’s objectives in granting equity awards in January 2009 included further aligning the interests of directors with those of other stockholders of Northfield-Federal, consistent with comparable peers that recently completed initial public offerings, and with organizations that were established stock companies. The Compensation Committee consulted with PM&P during this process.

The following table sets forth the director and committee fee structure for the board of directors and its standing committees (all of which were due and payable in cash) for the year ended December 31, 2011. Directors who are also employees of Northfield-Federal receive no additional compensation for service as a director. Attendance fees, and one-fourth of any annual retainer, are paid on a quarterly basis, in arrears, unless a director elects to have such fees or a portion thereof, deferred under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, described below.

 

     Board
of
Directors
     Nominating
and
Corporate
Governance
     Compensation
Committee
     Audit
Committee
 

Annual Retainer

   $ 30,000         —           —           —     

Annual Retainer-Chair

     —         $ 3,000       $ 4,000       $ 6,000   

Per Meeting Fee

   $ 1,250       $ 850       $ 850       $ 1,250   

Members of other committees of the Board receive, in cash, an $850 per meeting attendance fee and an annual committee chair retainer of $3,000. In addition, the Lead Independent Director receives an annual retainer of $3,000.

Northfield-Federal also pays directly or reimburses directors for normal, customary, and necessary business expenses, which includes computer equipment, services, and supplies, relevant professional memberships, and participation in professional training seminars.

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2011, certain information as to the total remuneration we paid or was earned by our directors. Mr. Alexander does not receive separate compensation for his service as a director. The “Stock awards,” “Options awards,” “Non-equity incentive plan compensation,” and “Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings” columns have been omitted from the table because no director earned any compensation during the year ended December 31, 2011, of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.

 

Name

   Fees
earned
or paid
in cash
(2) ($)
     All other
compensation
(4) ($)
     Total
($)
 

John R. Bowen

     80,500         1,943         82,443   

Annette Catino

     68,400         1,943         70,343   

Gil Chapman

     88,500         1,943         90,443   

John P. Connors, Jr. (1)

     62,400         1,943         64,343   

John J. DePierro

     66,650         1,943         68,593   

Susan Lamberti

     68,500         1,943         70,443   

Albert J. Regen (3)

     78,800         1,943         80,743   

Patrick E. Scura, Jr.

     91,500         1,943         93,443   

 

(1) During 2011, Mr. Connors provided legal services to or for the benefit of Northfield Bank that are not included in the table above. See “—Transactions With Certain Related Persons” for a discussion of fees received for legal services provided in 2011.
(2) Includes retainer payments, meeting fees, and committee and/or chairmanship fees earned during the calendar year, whether the director received payment of such amounts or elected to defer them.
(3) Includes amounts received by Mr. Regen for service as a director of NSB Services Corp and NSB Realty Trust. Northfield-Federal’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Northfield Bank, is the sole owner of the outstanding common stock of these two entities.
(4) Other compensation consists solely of dividends paid upon the vesting of restricted stock awards that were withheld while the restricted stock awards were unvested.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” included in this prospectus with management. Based on this review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the board of directors that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in this prospectus. The members of the Compensation Committee are: Annette Catino, who serves as Chairman, Gil Chapman, John J. DePierro and Patrick E. Scura, Jr.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Persons Covered. This discussion and analysis addresses compensation for 2011 for the following executive officers: John W. Alexander, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; Steven M. Klein, Chief Operating and Financial Officer; Kenneth J. Doherty, Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer; Michael J. Widmer, Executive Vice President of Operations; and Madeline G. Frank, Senior Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary. These five executives are referred to in this discussion as the “Named Executive Officers”.

Executive Summary. Prior to completing our initial public offering in November 2007, we were wholly-owned by our mutual holding company. As a mutually owned company, our compensation programs were, by nature, limited, and consisted primarily of base salary and annual cash incentive compensation.

As part of our transition to a public company, our compensation program continues to evolve and is being augmented and modified, as appropriate, to ensure that we attract and retain superior financial services executive talent, and reward sustainable performance within the context of appropriate risk management parameters and safe and sound operation of Northfield-Federal, and its subsidiary, Northfield Bank.

 

126


Table of Contents

We strive to create a compensation program that rewards performance and the long-term success of Northfield-Federal. Our compensation program is designed to achieve an appropriate balance between shorter-term and longer-term performance, fixed and performance-based compensation, and cash and equity compensation. A primary objective of our current compensation program is to align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders. Our 2011 compensation program included competitively benchmarked base salaries, a formal annual cash incentive compensation program directly linked to, among other things, Northfield-Federal’s strategic objectives, and beginning in January 2009, an equity incentive plan. Northfield-Federal has remained committed to its disciplined and balanced approach to providing community banking services and utilizes the same philosophy in designing a compensation program that is consistent with effective risk management.

Role of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors is responsible for overseeing and approving, subject to ratification by the board of directors, the compensation of the Named Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer. As part of these duties, the Committee administers Northfield-Federal’s cash and equity incentive compensation plans and conducts an annual performance review of the Chief Executive Officer and, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, reviews the performance of the other Named Executive Officers. The board of directors has ultimate authority to ratify the compensation of all Named Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer.

The Compensation Committee also reviews, oversees, and approves the management and implementation of Northfield Bank’s employee benefit plans. The Committee has a formal charter that describes the Committee’s scope of authority and its duties.

The Compensation Committee consists of four Directors, all of whom are “independent” as set forth in the listing requirements for NASDAQ securities. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the board of directors evaluates the independence of Committee members at least annually, using the standards contained in NASDAQ listing requirements. This evaluation, and the determination that each member of the Committee is independent, was made most recently in March 2012.

Role of Executives in Committee Activities. The executive officers who serve as a resource to the Compensation Committee are the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Risk Officer the Chief Operating and Financial Officer, and the Director of Human Resources. Executives provide the Compensation Committee with input regarding employee compensation philosophy, processes, risk considerations, and decisions for employees other than Named Executive Officers. This communication assists in the design and alignment of compensation programs throughout Northfield-Federal. In addition to providing factual information such as Northfield-Federal-wide performance on relevant measures, these executives articulate management’s views on current compensation programs and processes, recommend relevant performance measures to be used for future evaluations, and otherwise supply information to assist the Compensation Committee. The Chief Executive Officer also provides information about individual performance assessments for the other Named Executive Officers, and expresses to the Compensation Committee his views on the appropriate levels of compensation for the other Named Executive Officers for the ensuing year. At the request of the Compensation Committee, the Chief Financial Officer communicates directly with third-party consultants, providing third-party consultants with Northfield-Federal-specific data and information, and assisting in the evaluation of the estimated financial effect regarding any proposed changes to the various components of compensation.

Executives participate in Committee activities purely in an informational and advisory capacity and have no vote in the Committee’s decision-making process. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer do not attend those portions of Compensation Committee meetings during which their performance is evaluated or their compensation is being determined. No executive officer other than the Chief Executive Officer attends those portions of Compensation Committee meetings during which the performance of the other Named Executive Officers is evaluated or their compensation is being determined. In addition, the Compensation Committee meets, as appropriate, without management being present.

Use of Consultants. The Compensation Committee periodically engages an independent compensation consultant to assist it in the compensation process for Named Executive Officers. The consultant is retained by and

 

127


Table of Contents

reports directly to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee places no restrictions on the consultant within the scope of contracted services and such consultant is not engaged by management for any purpose. The consultant provides expertise and information about competitive trends in the employment marketplace, including established and emerging compensation practices at other companies. The consultant also provides proxy statement and survey data, and assists in assembling relevant comparison groups for various purposes and establishing benchmarks for base salary, equity awards, and cash incentives from the comparison group proxy statement and survey data.

For 2011, the Compensation Committee engaged PM&P, an independent compensation consulting firm, as its advisor on executive and Board compensation matters. PM&P assisted the Compensation Committee in the development of the 2011 cash incentive plan and assisted in a detailed review of executive compensation. The Committee undertakes a comprehensive assessment every three years, it utilizes PM&P to provide ongoing market trends and guidance for pay structures in the intervening years.

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy. The overall objectives of Northfield-Federal’s compensation program are to retain, motivate, and reward employees and officers (including the Named Executive Officers) for sustained performance, and to provide competitive compensation, including incentive compensation, to attract talent to Northfield-Federal, consistent with effective risk management. The methods used to achieve these goals for Named Executive Officers are influenced by the compensation and employment practices of our competitors within the financial services industry, and elsewhere in the marketplace, for executive talent. Other considerations include each Named Executive Officer’s individual performance in achieving both financial and non-financial corporate goals.

Our compensation program is designed to reward the Named Executive Officers based on their level of assigned management responsibilities, individual experience and performance levels, and knowledge of banking and our business. The creation of long-term value is highly dependent on the development and effective execution of our business strategy by our executive officers.

Factors that influence the design of our executive compensation program include, among other things, the items listed below.

 

   

We operate in a highly regulated industry, and we value industry-specific experience that promotes the safe and sound operation of Northfield Bank.

 

   

We value executives with sufficient experience in our markets relating to the behavior of our customers, products, and investments in various phases of the economic cycle.

 

   

We operate in interest rate and credit markets that are often volatile. We value disciplined decision-making that respects our business plan but adapts appropriately to change.

 

   

We value the retention and development of performing incumbent executives. Recruitment of executives can have substantial monetary costs, unpredictable outcomes, and a disruptive effect on our operations.

Our 2011 compensation program for our Named Executive Officers included three key components. The first component is base salary, which is designed to provide a reasonable level of predictable income commensurate with market standards of the position held. The second component is an annual cash incentive plan, designed to reward our executives for attaining specific performance goals that support the strategic objectives of Northfield-Federal, and the third component, which was added in January 2009, is the granting of equity incentive awards in the form of Northfield-Federal common stock, and options to purchase Northfield-Federal common stock at a specified price. We also provide benefits and perquisites to the Named Executive Officers at levels that are competitive and appropriate for their roles.

 

128


Table of Contents

Benchmarking. Our compensation program is periodically evaluated in relation to benchmark data derived from information reported in publicly-available proxy statements and from market survey data. The Compensation Committee will generally review and consider updated peer proxy and market survey compensation data every three years. In 2010, the Compensation Committee engaged PM&P to assist it in completing a comprehensive competitive review. PM&P selected the peer group using objective criteria to reflect banks similar in asset size, business model and region to Northfield-Federal. The asset size ranged from one-half to two times Northfield-Federal’s asset size with a median of $2 billion. The Compensation Committee approved the following peer group:

 

Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.    State Bancorp, Inc.    Smithtown Bancorp, Inc.
Provident New York Bancorp    Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.    First of Long Island Corporation
Flushing Financial Corporation    Suffolk Bancorp    Financial Institutions, Inc.
OceanFirst Financial Corp.    Sun Bancorp, Inc.    Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
Kearny Financial Corp.    Oritani Financial Corp.    Roma Financial Corporation
Sterling Bancorp    Hudson Valley Holding Corp.    First United Corporation
Center Bancorp, Inc.    Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.    First Mariner Bancorp

Assembling the Components of Compensation. The Compensation Committee analyzes the level and relative mix of executive compensation by component (e.g., base salary, incentives, and benefits) and in the aggregate. The Chief Executive Officer provides recommendations to the Committee relating to compensation to be paid to the Named Executive Officers other than himself. Based on their analysis, the Compensation Committee approves each Named Executive Officer’s compensation, subject to ratification by the board of directors.

When evaluating the mix of total compensation, the Compensation Committee considers among other things, general market practices, benchmarking studies conducted by the consultant, the alignment of cash and equity incentive awards with our strategic objectives and Northfield-Federal performance, and the desire to reward performance through incentive compensation within Board-approved risk parameters. The Compensation Committee seeks to create appropriate incentives without encouraging behaviors that result in undue risk. These components are periodically evaluated in relation to benchmark data derived from information reported in publicly-available proxy statements and from market survey data.

Base Salary. Base salary is designed to provide a reasonable level of predictable income commensurate with market standards of the position held adjusted for specific job responsibilities assigned, individual experience, and demonstrated performance. Named Executive Officers are eligible for periodic adjustments to their base salary as a result of changes in the cost of living, individual performance, updated market analysis, or significant changes in their duties and responsibilities. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and approves base salaries, and changes thereto, for Named Executive Officers, including our Chief Executive Officer.

Base salary amounts for 2011 were determined based on a review of peer proxy and survey data provided by PM&P after an analysis of current financial services industry compensation trends. The Compensation Committee reviewed the 50 th percentile of peer proxy and survey data, and a pay range around the median to allow for recognition of each Named Executive Officer’s specific experience, responsibilities and performance, estimated value in the marketplace, and the Committee’s view of each Named Executive Officer’s role in the future success of Northfield-Federal. For 2011, the Compensation Committee generally targeted base salary compensation at the 65 th percentile for each of the Named Executive Officers.

The Committee considered the responsibility, significant experience, contributions, and performance of each Named Executive Officer, their value in the marketplace, and their critical roles in the future successes of Northfield-Federal, and determined in November 2010, that existing base salaries properly reflected these factors and made a determination not to change base salaries for any Named Executive Officers in 2011, with the exception of Michael Widmer, whose base salary was increased 8.7% to $250,000. In March 2011, Mr. Klein’s role and responsibilities were expanded to include the position of Chief Operating Officer and his base salary was increased to $350,000, or 16.6%, as compared to his 2010 base salary of $300,000.

 

129


Table of Contents

Cash Incentives. The Compensation Committee developed and implemented a management incentive plan (the “Cash Incentive Plan” ) for 2011. The Cash Incentive Plan provides performance-based annual cash incentives to reward Northfield-Federal’s Named Executive Officers for the execution of specific financial and non-financial elements of our strategic business plan, as well as individual goals related to each executive’s functional area. A defined level (80% or greater) of Corporate performance is required for the Plan to activate or “turn on.” Once the Plan is active, incentives are based on Corporate and Individual performance. The Corporate goal is designed to reflect a significant portion of the Named Executive’s incentive (70% to 75%) while the individual performance reflects between 25% to 30% of the incentive.

The Compensation Committee evaluates the reasonableness and likelihood of attaining designated incentive goals, including stretch goals, in an effort to ensure that such targets appropriately reward performance, but do not encourage undue risk taking. Actual performance over the applicable measurement period may exceed or fall short of the targets resulting in the Named Executive Officer receiving an annual incentive cash award that is above or below the initial targeted level. Annual incentive cash awards granted in prior years are not taken into account by the Compensation Committee in the process of setting performance targets for the current year. The Committee believes that doing so would be inconsistent with the underlying reasons for the use of incentive compensation.

For 2011, the Compensation Committee set a “target” total cash incentive award of 20% of base salary for each Named Executive Officer. The actual cash incentive award range was defined as 10% of base salary for “threshold” performance and 30% for “stretch” performance. These targets were intentionally set lower than current market practice as part of Northfield-Federal’s shift from its former compensation philosophy as a mutually owned bank (greater focus on cash compensation weighted towards base salary) to that of a public company (which includes equity compensation and a greater weighting of compensation towards long-term incentive compensation rather than short-term incentives).

The Compensation Committee established one shared corporate goal (the “Corporate Goal”) and individual performance goals for each Named Executive Officer. The target Corporate Goal measured the attainment of the Board-approved, budgeted basic earnings per share of $0.34. The stretch goal was 120% or greater of budgeted basic earnings per share and the threshold was 90% of budgeted basic earnings per share. If 90% of budgeted basic earnings per share was not achieved, Named Executive Officers were not eligible to receive incentive payments for achievement of their individual performance goals.

Individual performance goals were aligned with our strategic business plan and focused on the following areas: for Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty and Widmer and Ms. Frank, maintaining the efficiency ratio at 58% or less; for Mr. Doherty, originating loans to specified targets while minimizing credit risk, and reducing non-accruing loans to specified targets; and for Mr. Widmer, increasing deposits to specified targets.

In March of 2012, the Compensation Committee evaluated achievement of the Corporate Goal and Individual Goals. Regarding the Corporate Goal, Northfield-Federal reported 2011 basic earnings per share of $0.42 exceeding the target goal of $0.34 basic earnings per share. Based on the achievement of $0.42 basic earnings per share, the Corporate Goal stretch award of 22.50% of base salary (30% stretch award times 75% weighting) was earned by Mr. Alexander, and a stretch award of 21.00% of base salary (30% stretch award times 70% weighting) was earned by all other Named Executive Officers

The remaining 25% of Mr. Alexander’s eligible award, and 30% of each other Named Executive Officer’s eligible award, was determined based on each Named Executive’s attainment of individual goals, which were assessed by the Compensation Committee in its annual evaluation of each Named Executive Officer’s performance.

 

130


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee concluded the following related to each Named Executive Officer’s performance related to their Corporate and individual goals in accordance with the 2011 Management (Cash) Incentive Plan:

Mr. Alexander’s award for the Corporate Goal was $152,100 (22.50% of salary). Based on the achievement of an efficiency ratio of 53.63%, Mr. Alexander’s individual goal target award of 5% of base salary (20% target award times 25% weighting) increased to approximately 6.09% or $41,185.

Mr. Klein’s award for the Corporate Goal was $73,500 (21.00% of salary). Based on the achievement of an efficiency ratio of 53.63%, Mr. Klein’s individual goal target award of 6% of base salary (20% target award times 30% weighting) increased to approximately 7.31% or $25,589.

Mr. Doherty’s award for the Corporate Goal was $58,800 (21.00% of salary). Mr. Doherty’s individual goal cash incentive payment of $23,621 reflects the Compensation Committee’s determination that Mr. Doherty exceeded the target level for the efficiency ratio goal, while loan originations and the reduction in non-accrual loans exceeded the stretch goals.

Mr. Widmer’s award for the Corporate goal was $52,500 (21.00% of salary). Mr. Widmer’s individual cash incentive payment of $20,389 for 2011 reflects the Compensation Committee’s determination that Mr. Widmer exceeded the target level for the efficiency ratio goal, while deposit growth exceeded the stretch goal.

Ms. Frank’s award for the Corporate goal was $35,700 (21.00% of salary). Based on the achievement of an efficiency ratio of 53.63%, Ms. Frank’s individual goal target award of 6% of base salary (20% target award times 30% weighting) increased to approximately 7.31% or $12,429.

In recognition of Northfield-Federal’s overall performance and the Executives’ contributions to executing on Northfield-Federal’s strategic plan, including capital deployment, franchise enhancement, and asset quality improvement, the Compensation Committee granted discretionary awards to Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer, of $34,400, $23,000, $11,600, and $11,000, respectively.

For 2011, the Named Executive Officers’ total target award opportunities, and actual incentives awarded as a percentage of target are detailed below. The amounts shown for Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Widmer and Doherty also include the discretionary awards referred to above.

 

Name

   Target  Award
Opportunity

($)
     Actual Award
($)
     Actual Award as a
percentage of
Target Award
Opportunity

(%)
 

John W. Alexander

     135,200         227,685         168.4   

Steven M. Klein

     70,000         122,089         174.4   

Kenneth J. Doherty

     56,000         94,021         167.9   

Michael J. Widmer

     50,000         83,889         167.8   

Madeline G. Frank

     34,000         48,129         141.6   

Equity Awards. In December 2008, the stockholders of Northfield-Federal approved the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. The objective of equity awards is to further align the interests of our executives with those of stockholders and reward sustained performance. In January 2009 the Compensation Committee, granted equity awards in the form of common stock, and options to purchase common stock at $9.94 per share, representing the closing price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock on the grant date, to each of the Named Executive Officers. The equity awards vest in equal installments over a five-year period, commencing one year from the date of the grant. The Compensation Committee consulted with PM&P during this process.

Prior to November 2007, Northfield-Federal was a mutual organization and did not have equity compensation available to employees. The Compensation Committee’s objective in granting equity awards in January 2009 was to provide employees with a substantial equity interest in Northfield-Federal, consistent with comparable peers that recently completed initial public offerings.

 

131


Table of Contents

Broad-based benefits . We also provide to our Named Executive Officers certain broad-based benefits available to all qualifying employees of Northfield-Federal, as well as fringe benefits and perquisites, and restoration and other termination benefits, not generally available to all qualifying employees of Northfield-Federal.

The following summarizes the significant broad-based benefits in which the Named Executive Officers were eligible to participate in 2011:

 

   

a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan and discretionary profit-sharing plan;

 

   

an employee stock ownership plan;

 

   

medical coverage (all employees share between 20% to 30% of the cost, depending on their elections);

 

   

pre-tax health and dependent care spending accounts; and

 

   

group life insurance coverage (death benefit capped at $750,000, with the value of the death benefit over $50,000 being reported as taxable income to all employees).

The Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) was established effective January 1, 2007. The ESOP allocates a certain number of shares of Northfield-Federal’s common stock on an annual basis among plan participants primarily on the basis of eligible compensation in the year of allocation, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. All eligible employees, including Named Executive Officers, participate in the plan and received an allocation of common stock for 2011.

Executive Benefits and Perquisites. In addition to the broad-based benefits described above, the specifically Named Executive Officers received the following fringe benefits and perquisites in 2011:

 

   

all Named Executive Officers may participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The plan provides restoration of benefits capped under Northfield Bank’s broad-based benefits due to Internal Revenue Code salary limitations or limitations due to participation requirements under tax-qualified plans. The plan also permits elective salary and cash incentive award deferrals;

 

   

Messrs. Klein, Doherty, and Widmer received a monthly automobile allowance of $800;

 

   

all Named Executive Officers pay for and are provided with reimbursement for long-term disability insurance coverage;

 

   

Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer are reimbursed for appropriate spousal expenses for attendance at business events; and

 

   

Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer are provided a cellular phone allowance of $100 per month for business usage. Northfield-Federal also reimburses individuals for the cost of cellular phone equipment.

Northfield-Federal incurs the expense of one country club membership and related expenses for Mr. Alexander. Mr. Alexander reimburses Northfield Bank for personal expenses pertaining to club usage. In lieu of a monthly automobile allowance, Mr. Alexander received use of an automobile (including all operating expenses) leased by Northfield Bank for business and personal use. Personal use of the automobile is reported as taxable income to Mr. Alexander. In addition, Northfield Bank pays an annual premium on a whole-life insurance policy for the benefit of Mr. Alexander.

 

132


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee reviews the other components of executive compensation (broad-based benefits, and executive benefits and perquisites) on an annual basis. Changes to the level or types of broad-based benefits within these categories, including considerations relating to the addition or elimination of benefits and plan design changes, are made by the Compensation Committee on an aggregate basis with respect to the group of employees entitled to those benefits, and not necessarily with reference to a particular Named Executive Officer’s compensation. Decisions about these components of compensation are made without reference to the Named Executive Officers’ salary and annual cash incentives, as they involve issues of more general application and often include consideration of trends in the industry or in the employment marketplace.

Employment Agreements. In addition to the components of executive compensation described above, Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer are each parties to employment agreements with Northfield Bank. See “—Employment Agreements” for a description of these agreements and “—Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers” for information about potential payments to these individuals upon termination of their employment with Northfield Bank. Our employment agreements contain no payment provisions for tax gross-ups to executives under any circumstance.

The executive employment agreements are designed to allow Northfield-Federal to retain the services of the designated executives while reducing, to the extent possible, unnecessary disruptions to Northfield Bank’s operations. In addition, the Compensation Committee believes that the employment agreements better align the interests of the executive with those of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee believes that these agreements allow executives to more objectively evaluate opportunities for stockholders without causing undue personal financial conflicts.

The Compensation Committee reviewed prevailing market practices, consulted with PM&P on the competitiveness and reasonableness of the terms of the agreements, and negotiated the agreements with the individuals. The Compensation Committee believes such agreements are common and necessary to retain executive talent.

The agreements are for a three-year period, are reviewed for renewal annually by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors, and provide for salary and incentive cash compensation payments, as well as additional post-employment benefits, primarily health benefits (or equivalent cash payments), under certain conditions, as defined in the employment agreements. See “—Employment Agreements” for further discussion.

Exceptions to Usual Procedures. The Compensation Committee may recommend to the board of directors that they approve the payment of special cash compensation to one or more Named Executive Officers in addition to payments approved during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle. The Committee may make such a recommendation if it believes it would be appropriate to reward one or more Named Executive Officers in recognition of contributions to a particular project, or in response to competitive and other factors that were not addressed during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle. The Compensation Committee made discretionary awards to the Named Executive Officers for 2011 totaling $80,000. See “—Cash Incentives,” above, for further discussion.

The Committee will consider off-cycle compensation adjustments whenever a Named Executive Officer’s status, role or responsibilities change, or an executive officer is hired. The Committee may depart from the compensation guidelines it would normally follow for executives in the case of outside hires.

The Compensation Committee considers, but is not bound by, the tax treatment of each component of compensation. Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, annual compensation paid to a Named Executive Officer is not deductible if it exceeds $1 million unless it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and related tax regulations. Base salary is not a form of performance-based compensation. Fringe benefits and perquisites also do not qualify as performance-based compensation. Annual incentive cash awards may qualify as a form of performance-based compensation under the income tax regulations. For 2011, we estimate that approximately $140,000 of the total amount of executive compensation earned for our Named Executive Officers will not be deductible for tax purposes due to limitations under Section 162(m).

 

133


Table of Contents

Committee Actions During 2011 Affecting 2012 Compensation, and Other Actions by the Committee.

The Compensation Committee completed a review, in consultation with PM&P, of executive compensation in 2011. Based on this review, which included an assessment of current compensation trends and practices, a determination was made that Named Executive Officers’ base salaries were competitive and would remain unchanged for 2012. In December of 2011, the Compensation Committee approved the 2012 cash incentive compensation plan. The plan contains similar terms and conditions as our prior year plan.

Effective January 1, 2012, Mr. Klein’s automobile allowance ceased and he is provided full-time use of a Northfield-Federal-maintained vehicle. The automobile allowance for Messrs. Doherty and Widmer was increased to $875 per month. Reimbursement for cellular and data plans was increased to $120 per month for Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty and Widmer.

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth for the three years ended December 31, 2011, certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to Mr. Alexander, who serves as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Klein, who serves as Chief Operating and Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers of Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank other than Messrs. Alexander and Klein. The “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column has been omitted from the Summary Compensation Table because no listed individual earned any compensation during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Stock
Awards
(2)($)
     Option
Awards
(3)($)
     Bonus
($)
     Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($)
     All other
compensation

(1)($)
     Total
($)
 

John W. Alexander,

     2011         676,000         —           —           34,400         193,285         147,523         1,051,208   

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

     2010         676,000         —           —           —           122,544         138,504         937,048   
     2009         676,000         1,669,920         1,356,425         —           107,388         141,951         3,951,684   

Steven M. Klein,

     2011         342,308         —           —           23,000         99,089         59,811         524,208   

Chief Operating and Financial Officer

     2010         300,000         —           —           —           55,758         54,551         410,309   
     2009         300,000         778,302         661,710         —           50,157         53,422         1,843,591   

Kenneth J. Doherty,

     2011         280,000         —           —           11,600         82,421         56,573         430,594   

Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

     2010         280,000         —           —           —           51,111         53,401         384,512   
     2009         280,000         725,620         618,240         —           42,438         53,540         1,719,838   

Michael J. Widmer,

     2011         250,000         —           —           11,000         72,889         51,030         384,919   

Executive Vice President, Operations

     2010         230,000         —           —           —           43,898         48,379         322,277   
     2009         220,000         596,400         507,955         —           37,376         46,325         1,418,056   

Madeline G. Frank,

     2011         170,000         —           —           —           48,129         31,100         249,229   

Senior Vice President and Asst. Corporate Secretary

     2010         170,000         —           —           —           34,996         27,708         232,704   
     2009         170,000         132,202         85,330         —           26,829         28,896         443,257   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

134


Table of Contents

(footnotes from previous page)

 

(1) The individuals listed in this table participate in certain medical and dental coverage plans, not disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table, that are generally available to salaried employees and do not discriminate in scope, terms and operation. The amount shown below for each individual for the year ended December 31, 2011, includes our direct out-of-pocket costs (reduced for Mr. Alexander, in the case of the figures shown for automobiles, by the amount that we would otherwise have paid in cash reimbursements during the year for business use) for the following items:

 

     Mr. Alexander      Mr. Klein      Mr. Doherty      Mr. Widmer      Ms. Frank  

Employer contributions to qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (including 401(k), ESOP and non-qualified deferred compensation plans)

   $ 67,591       $ 39,877       $ 36,720       $ 33,728       $ 25,901   

Life insurance premiums

     37,536         599         1,137         577         1,487   

Long-term disability

     5,200         2,362         1,932         1,725         1,181   

Automobile

     10,449         9,600         9,600         9,600         —     

Club dues

     12,398         —           —           —           —     

Dividends paid on restricted stock awards (4)

     11,760         5,481         5,110         4,200         931   

Travel expense for spouse to accompany on business travel

     1,389         692         874         —           —     

Other (5)

     —           —           —           —           1,600   

Reimbursement for business cell phone and data usage

     1,200         1,200         1,200         1,200         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 147,523       $ 59,811       $ 56,573       $ 51,030       $ 31,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock of Northfield-Federal awarded to the employee on January 30, 2009, based upon a grant date stock price of $9.94 per share, which was the final reported sales price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock on the date of the grant. The restricted stock awards vest in equal installments over a five-year period, commencing one year from the date of the grant. No forfeitures were assumed in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value. For further information see footnote 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in Northfield-Federal’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
(3) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of options to purchase Northfield-Federal common stock awarded to each employee on January 30, 2009. The options vest in equal installments over a five-year period, commencing one year from the date of the grant and have an exercise price of $9.94 per share, which was the final reported sales price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock on the date of the grant. The grant date fair value was $3.22 per option and was determined using the Black-Scholes method assuming an option’s average life of 6.5 years; 2.17% risk free rate of return; 35.33% volatility, and 1.61% dividend yield. No forfeitures were assumed in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value. For further information see footnote 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in Northfield-Federal’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
(4) Amounts represent dividends paid upon the vesting of restricted stock awards that were withheld while the restricted stock awards were unvested.
(5) Amount represents an annual discretionary stipend provided to employees whose work location was moved from New York to New Jersey.

Plan-Based Awards . As further discussed in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Assembling the Components of Compensation,” Northfield-Federal maintained a cash incentive award program and equity incentive award program (both based upon Board and shareholder approved plans) for its Named Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2011, certain information as to grants of plan-based cash and equity awards.

 

Grants of Plan-based Awards Table — 2011

 

Name

   Grant
date
     Estimated future payouts under
non-equity incentive plan awards
     All other
stock
awards:
number of
shares
     All other
option
awards
number of
securities
     Exercise
or base
price of
option
     Grant
date
fair
value of
stock
and
option
 
      Threshold
($)
     Target
($)
     Maximum
($)
     of stock
or units
     underlying
options
     awards
($)
     awards
($)
 

John W. Alexander

     12/22/10         67,600         135,200         202,800         —           —           —           —     

Steven M. Klein

     12/22/10         35,000         70,000         105,000         —           —           —           —     

Kenneth J. Doherty

     12/22/10         28,000         56,000         84,000         —           —           —           —     

Michael J. Widmer

     12/22/10         25,000         50,000         75,000         —           —           —           —     

Madeline G. Frank

     12/22/10         17,000         34,000         51,000         —           —           —           —     

The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock awards and stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011:

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Grant
date
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(exercisable)

(#)
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(unexercisable)

(#)
     Option
exercise
price

($)
     Option
expiration
date (1)
     Number
of shares
or units
of stock
that
have not
vested
(#)
     Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested(2)

($)
 

John W. Alexander

     01/30/09         168,500         252,750         9.94         01/30/19         100,800         1,427,328   

Steven M. Klein

     01/30/09         82,200         123,300         9.94         01/30/19         46,980         665,237   

Kenneth J. Doherty

     01/30/09         76,800         115,200         9.94         01/30/19         43,800         620,208   

Michael J. Widmer

     01/30/09         63,100         94,650         9.94         01/30/19         36,000         509,760   

Madeline G. Frank

     01/30/09         10,600         15,900         9.94         01/30/19         7,980         112,997   

 

(1) Stock options expire if unexercised 10 years from the grant date.
(2) Amount is based on a $14.16 per share which is the last reported closing price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock on December 31, 2011.

The following table provides information concerning stock option exercises and the vesting of stock awards for each Named Executive Officer during 2011.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise

(#)
     Value
Realized  on
Exercise

($)
     Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting

(#)
     Value
Realized on
Vesting

($) (1)
 

John W. Alexander

     —           —           33,600         428,736   

Steven M. Klein

     —           —           15,660         199,822   

Kenneth J. Doherty

     —           —           14,600         186,296   

Michael J. Widmer

     —           —           12,000         153,120   

Madeline G. Frank

     —           —           2,660         33,942   

 

(1) Represents the market value of the vested stock on the day the stock vested (January 30, 2011) as determined by the last reported closing price of the stock of $12.76.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Northfield Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to provide for the elective deferral of non-employee director fees by participating members of the Boards of Directors, and the elective deferral of compensation and/or performance-based compensation payable to eligible employees of Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank. A designated amount of director fees, compensation

 

136


Table of Contents

and/or performance based compensation may be deferred until one of the specified events in the plan occurs, which permits all or part of the monies so deferred, together with earnings, to be distributed to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, the plan provides eligible employees of Northfield Bank with supplemental retirement income from Northfield Bank when such amounts are not payable under the contribution formula of the Northfield Bank 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Savings Plan”), due to reductions and other limitations imposed under the Internal Revenue Code.

Members of the Boards of Directors of Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank, and certain employees are eligible to participate in the plan. Eligible directors or employees become participants upon agreeing in a written enrollment agreement to defer any portion of their trustee fees, director fees, compensation, and/or performance-based compensation. In Northfield-Federal’s sole discretion, each participant may request that his or her deferred compensation account be deemed to be invested in any one or more of the investment options available to Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank. A participant may periodically request a change to his or her investment allocation deemed available under the plan. In the event any participant fails to direct the investment of his or her deferred compensation account, or to the extent the employer chooses not to honor the participant’s request, the deferred compensation account will be deemed to bear interest at the rate prevailing for 30-year United States Treasury Bonds.

With respect to amounts of deferred trustee or director fees, deferred compensation or performance-based compensation, distributions will be made under the plan in the event of the participant’s retirement, death, termination due to disability, separation from service prior to the participant’s retirement date, upon the establishment of an unforeseeable emergency, upon a change in control, or upon the attainment of a specific date of distribution, in a single lump sum or in up to 15 annual installment payments, as designated by the participant in his or her enrollment agreement. In the case of an unforeseeable emergency, the amounts distributed will not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy the emergency plus an amount necessary to pay any taxes owed on the distribution. In the event the participant fails to designate a payment schedule on his enrollment agreement or if the entire balance credited to the participant’s account is less than $10,000, payment will be made in a single lump sum. In the event a participant dies before receiving the full amount of his benefit, the remaining amounts will be paid to the participant’s designated beneficiary according to the participant’s form of election or, if there is no designated beneficiary at the time of the participant’s death, to the participant’s estate in a single lump sum. Distributions to certain “specified employees” on account of their separation from service may be delayed for six months, if necessary, to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

In addition, the non-qualified deferred compensation plan provides for benefits which supplement those paid under the 401(k) Savings Plan in the event of normal, early or postponed retirement, death or termination of service. Such benefits will be equal to the sum of: (i) the maximum amount of employer matching contributions provided to a participant each calendar year, assuming a participant’s maximum contributions, reduced by the amount of employer matching contributions made for the participant under the 401(k) Savings Plan for such year, adjusted by gains and losses; (ii) commencing January 1, 2000, the amount of employer matching contributions not credited to a participant’s 401(k) Savings Plan account as a result of an employer error, adjusted by gains and losses, if any; and (iii) the maximum amount of discretionary employer contributions that would be provided to a participant under the 401(k) Savings Plan, assuming an allocation without taking into account the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, reduced by the amount of discretionary employer contributions actually made to a participant under the 401(k) Savings Plan for each such year, adjusted by gains and losses, if any. Benefits payable under this plan that supplement matching contributions under the 401(k) Savings Plan will be aggregated with benefits payable under the Supplemental ESOP (described below). Upon the occurrence of a distribution event, such benefits will be payable in either a lump sum or installments over a period of up to 15 years, at the election of the participant made in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

The non-qualified deferred compensation plan is considered an unfunded plan for tax and Employee Retirement Income Security Act purposes. All obligations owing under the plan are payable from the general assets of Northfield Bank and Northfield-Federal and are subject to the claims of Northfield Bank’s or Northfield-Federal’s creditors.

 

137


Table of Contents

Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan . The Northfield Bank Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Supplemental ESOP”) is a benefit restoration plan that provides additional cash benefits, equal to the participant’s account balance, at retirement or other termination of employment (or upon a change in control) to participants who are key employees, who are approved by the Compensation Committee and whose benefits under the tax-qualified ESOP, described below, are limited by tax law limitations applicable to tax-qualified plans. In 2011, Messrs. Alexander, Klein, and Doherty were the only participants receiving a benefit from this plan. The Supplemental ESOP credits each participant who also participates in the tax-qualified ESOP with an annual amount equal to the sum of the difference (expressed in dollars) between (a) the number of shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal that would have been allocated to the participant’s account in the employee stock ownership plan, but for the tax law limitations, plus earnings thereon, and (b) the actual number of shares allocated to the participant’s account in the employee stock ownership plan plus earnings thereon. In each case, the number of shares will be multiplied by the fair market value of the shares on the allocation date to determine the annual allocation amount. Each participant is permitted to make investment recommendations for the annual amount credited to his or her account among a broadly diversified group of mutual funds selected for investment by a committee appointed by Northfield Bank’s board of directors to administer the Supplemental ESOP. Northfield Bank has established a rabbi trust to hold assets attributable to the Supplemental ESOP to informally fund its benefit obligation. Northfield Bank, at its discretion, may account for the Supplemental ESOP solely as bookkeeping entries. Whether or not a rabbi trust is established, the participant’s account value is based on the value of the investments in which the participant invests, or is deemed to invest, his account. Benefits distributed to participants from the Supplemental ESOP will be aggregated with benefits payable under the matching contributions portion of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (described above). Upon the occurrence of a distribution event, such benefits will be payable in either a lump sum or installments over a period of up to 15 years, at the election of the participant made in accordance with Section 409A of Internal Revenue Code.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our nonqualified deferred compensation plans at and for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation At And For The Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Name

   Executive
contributions
in last fiscal
year

($)(1)
     Registrant
contributions
in last fiscal
year

($)(1)
     Aggregate
earnings
in last
fiscal year

($)(2)
    Aggregate
withdrawals/

distributions
($)
     Aggregate
balance at
last fiscal
year end

($)(3)
 

John W. Alexander

     26,000         32,979         11,780        —           1,820,949   

Steven M. Klein

     1,589         5,283         (4,214     —           138,204   

Kenneth J. Doherty

     2,552         2,108         (1,233     —           172,569   

Michael J. Widmer

     312         150         (127     —           56,156   

Madeline G. Frank

     7,220         —           1,567        —           87,382   

 

(1) Contributions included in the “Executive contributions in last fiscal year” and the “Registrant contributions in last fiscal year” columns are included as compensation for the listed individuals in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Amounts included in the “Aggregate earnings in last fiscal year” are not included as compensation for the listed individuals in the Summary Compensation Table as such earnings are not preferential or “above market.”
(3) Amounts included in the “Aggregate balance at last fiscal year end” previously were reported as compensation for the listed individuals except to the extent that such balances reflect earnings, all of which were not preferential or “above market.”

Short- and Long-Term Disability

Named Executive Officers and certain other members of senior management at Northfield Bank will be paid their full salary for the duration of any period of short-term disability, up to 26 weeks. Senior management receives this benefit in lieu of the ability to “bank” paid time off for future use, which is only available to employees of Northfield Bank who are not senior management. With respect to long-term disability, senior management employees are required to purchase long-term disability coverage and Northfield Bank provides such persons a bonus payment, including related income taxes, in recognition of their payment of such coverage. The amount of the bonus is in the sole discretion of Northfield Bank.

 

138


Table of Contents

Life Insurance Coverage

Employees of Northfield Bank receive life insurance coverage of up to three times salary if hired before January 1, 2003, and up to two times salary if hired on or after January 1, 2003. Such life insurance coverage is generally capped at $500,000. However, in the case of senior management, such life insurance coverage is capped at $750,000.

401(k) Savings Plan

Northfield Bank maintains the 401(k) Savings Plan, which is a tax-qualified defined contribution plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Salaried employees, who have completed at least three months of eligible service, as defined in the plan, are eligible to participate in the plan. Employees who are paid on an hourly basis, employees who are paid exclusively on a commission basis, leased employees or employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement are not eligible to participate in the 401(k) Savings Plan. Eligible employees may contribute from 2% to 15% of their base salary to the 401(k) Savings Plan on a pre-tax basis each year, subject to the limitations of the Internal Revenue Code (for 2011, the limit was $16,500, exclusive of any catch-up contributions). After 12 months of eligible service, employees who have been making before-tax contributions for less than 36 months will receive an employer matching contribution equal to 25% of the first 6% of before-tax base salary contributions. Employees who have participated for 36 or more months will receive an employer matching contribution equal to 50% of their first 6% of before-tax base salary contributions. In addition, we may make discretionary employer contributions on behalf of eligible employees.

The 401(k) Savings Plan permits employees to invest in common stock of Northfield-Federal.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust

We maintain the ESOP to promote employee ownership of Northfield-Federal’s common stock. At the ESOP’s inception, the ESOP trust borrowed funds from Northfield-Federal. and used those funds to purchase 1,756,279 shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal. The collateral for the loan is the common stock purchased by the ESOP. The loan will be repaid principally from discretionary contributions made by Northfield Bank to the ESOP over a period of up to 30 years. The loan documents provide that the loan may be repaid over a shorter period, without penalty for prepayments. The interest rate on the loan equals the prime interest rate as of closing of the stock offering, and adjusts annually at the beginning of each calendar year. Shares purchased by the ESOP are held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid primarily on the basis of compensation in the year of allocation, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. Benefits under the plan vest at the rate of 20% per year of credited service beginning in the second year of credited service so that a participant with six years of credited service will become fully vested. Credit is given for vesting purposes to participants for years of service with Northfield Bank prior to the adoption of the plan. Credit is also given to those employees who were employed at Liberty Bank at the time of its acquisition by Northfield Bank for their years of service at Liberty Bank. A participant’s interest in his account under the plan fully vests in the event of termination of service due to a participant’s normal retirement, death, disability, or upon a change in control (as defined in the plan). In the event of a change in control, the ESOP will terminate, loan amounts outstanding will be repaid, and remaining shares will fully vest.

Pension Benefits

None of the individuals listed in the Summary Compensation Table had accumulated pension benefits either at or during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Employment Agreements

Northfield Bank has entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer. Northfield-Federal is a signatory to each of the agreements for the sole purpose of guaranteeing payments thereunder. Each of these agreements has an initial term of three years. Each year, on the July 1

 

139


Table of Contents

anniversary date of the agreements for Messrs. Klein and Doherty, the employment agreements renew for an additional year so that the remaining term will be three years unless notice of nonrenewal is provided to the executive prior to such anniversary date. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors conducts an annual performance evaluation of each executive for purposes of determining whether to renew the employment agreement. The Compensation Committee also evaluates the terms and conditions of the agreements prior to renewal, in consultation with an independent third party compensation consultant, to determine that such terms and conditions are competitive with the market for the designated positions.

The employment agreements for Messrs. Alexander and Widmer, were revised on their most recent anniversary date of January 1, 2012, so that the board of directors of Northfield Bank is required to evaluate the services of the executive for purposes of determining whether to renew the agreement for an additional three-year period. Initially, the Compensation Committee will conduct a performance evaluation and review of the executive for purposes of determining whether to extend the agreements. The Compensation Committee will present its findings to the board of directors and the independent members of the Board, or the full Board will approve the renewal or nonrenewal. If the Board determines not to renew an employment agreement, it must give notice to the executive not less than thirty and not more than sixty days prior to the anniversary date. It is expected that Messrs. Klein’s and Doherty’s agreements will be modified on or prior to the their next July 1 effective date to contain terms similar to those in Messrs. Alexander’s and Widmer’s employment agreements.

Under the employment agreements, base salaries for Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer on December 31, 2011, were $676,000, $350,000, $280,000, and $250,000, respectively. In addition to base salary, each agreement provides for, among other things, participation in cash incentive programs and other employee retirement benefit and fringe benefit plans applicable to executive employees. Northfield Bank also will pay or reimburse each executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the executive in the performance of his obligations. In addition, Northfield Bank will provide Mr. Alexander with a life insurance policy, pay or reimburse Mr. Alexander for the annual dues associated with his membership in a country club, and pay directly or reimburse Mr. Alexander for the expense of leasing an automobile and reasonable expenses associated with the use of such automobile. Each employment agreement may be terminated for cause at any time, in which event the executive would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under the employment agreement for any period after termination.

Certain events resulting in the executive’s termination or resignation entitle the executive to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment. In the event the executive’s employment is terminated for reasons other than “just cause” (as defined in the employment agreements), “disability” (as defined in the employment agreements), or death, or in the event the executive resigns during the term of the agreement following:

 

  (i) the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint the executive to his executive position, and in the case of Mr. Alexander, the failure to nominate or re-nominate him as a director of Northfield Bank or Northfield-Federal;

 

  (ii) a material change in the nature or scope of the executive’s authority that would cause the executive’s position to become one of lesser importance;

 

  (iii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles from designated areas;

 

  (iv) a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites of executive, other than a reduction in pay or benefits of all Northfield Bank employees;

 

  (v) the liquidation or dissolution of Northfield Bank or Northfield-Federal that would affect the status of the executive; or

 

  (vi) a material breach of the employment agreement by Northfield Bank,

 

140


Table of Contents

the executive would be entitled to a lump sum cash severance payment and the continuation of certain welfare benefits for a period of time after termination of employment, as more fully described under the table “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers.”

In the event an executive resigns in connection with or following a “change in control” (as defined in the employment agreement), (due in the case of Messrs. Alexander and Widmer to the occurrence of one of the events described in the immediately preceding paragraph) the executive would also be entitled to a lump sum cash severance payment and the continuation of certain welfare benefits, including health and life insurance benefits for a period of time after termination of employment, as more fully described under the table “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers.” Payments will be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the date of termination, or, if necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, no later than the first day of the seventh month following the date of termination. In addition, the executive and his family would be entitled, at no expense to the executive, to the continuation of life, medical, dental and disability coverage for 36 months following the date of termination. If such benefits cannot be provided, a lump sum cash payment for the value of such benefits will be made to the executive.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event payments to the executive would result in an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, payments under the employment agreements would be reduced in order to avoid such a result.

In the event Mr. Alexander becomes disabled, his obligation to perform services under the employment agreement will terminate and he will receive the benefits provided under any disability program sponsored by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank. To the extent disability benefits for Mr. Alexander are less than his base salary on the effective date of his termination of employment, and less than 66 2/3% of his base salary after the first year following termination, he will receive a supplemental disability benefit equal to the difference between the benefits provided under any disability program sponsored by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank and his base salary for one year following the date of termination, and 66 2/3% of his base salary after the first year following termination, until the earliest to occur of his death, recovery of disability or the date he attains age 65. If disability payments to Mr. Alexander are not taxable to him for federal income tax purposes, such amounts shall be tax adjusted assuming a combined federal, state and city tax rate of 38%, for purposes of determining the reduction in payments under the agreement, to reflect the tax-free nature of the disability payments. In addition, Mr. Alexander and his dependents will continue to be covered, at no cost to them, under all benefit plans, including retirement plans, life insurance plans and non-taxable medical and dental plans in which they participated prior to the occurrence of his disability, until the earliest of his recovery from disability or attaining age 65.

The employment agreements for Messrs. Klein, Doherty, and Widmer provide that in the event of the executive’s disability, the executive’s obligation to perform services under the employment agreement will terminate, and the executive will continue to receive his then current base salary for one year. Such payment will be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable under any disability program sponsored by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank. If disability payments to Messrs. Klein, Doherty, or Widmer are not subject to federal income tax, then amounts payable to the executives under the employment agreements shall be tax adjusted in a manner similar to payments to Mr. Alexander. In addition, the executive and his dependents will continue to be provided with certain medical, dental and other health benefits on the same terms as those provided prior to the executive’s termination for a period of one year.

In the event of the executive’s death, the executive’s estate or beneficiaries will be paid the executive’s base salary for one year and will receive continued medical, dental, and other health benefits for one year on the same terms as those provided prior to the executive’s death. Upon retirement at age 65 or such later date determined by the board of directors, the executive will receive only those benefits to which he is entitled under any retirement plan of Northfield Bank to which he is a party.

 

141


Table of Contents

Upon termination of the executive’s employment other than in connection with a change in control or for cause, the executive agrees not to compete with Northfield Bank for a period of two years in any city, town or county in which the executive’s normal business office is located and Northfield Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office.

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers

The following table sets forth estimates of the amounts that would be payable to the listed individuals, under their employment agreements and stock option and restricted stock agreements in the event of their termination of employment on December 31, 2011, under designated circumstances. Ms. Frank is not subject to an employment contract, but is party to stock option and restricted stock agreements. Amounts related to the acceleration of equity awards for Ms. Frank would be $180,095 in the event of a discharge without cause or resignation with good reason in connection with a change in control at December 31, 2011. See note 9 to the table below for further information. The table does not include vested or accrued benefits under qualified and non-qualified benefit plans or qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plans that are disclosed elsewhere in this proxy statement. The estimates shown are highly dependent on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the date of termination, interest rates, federal, state, and local tax rates, and compensation history. Actual payments due could vary substantially from the estimates shown. For example, the amounts presented in the table below for discharge without cause or resignation with good reason in connection with a change in control have not been reduced to reflect any cut-back required to avoid an excess parachute payment under section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. We consider each termination scenario listed below to be exclusive of all other scenarios and do not expect that any of our executive officers would be eligible to collect the benefits shown under more than one termination scenario. If an executive officer is terminated for “just cause” as defined in the employment agreement, Northfield-Federal has no contractual payment or other obligations under the employment agreement.

 

     Mr.
Alexander
     Mr.
Klein
     Mr.
Doherty
     Mr.
Widmer
 

Disability

           

Salary continuation (1)

   $ 978,380       $ 165,773       $ 129,644       $ 114,160   

Medical, dental and other health benefits (2)

     72,483         15,867         15,867         15,867   

Life insurance (3)

     111,463         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,162,326       $ 181,640       $ 145,511       $ 130,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Death

           

Salary (lump-sum payment) (4)

   $ 676,000       $ 350,000       $ 280,000       $ 250,000   

Medical, dental and other health benefits (4)

     15,867         15,867         15,867         15,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 691,867       $ 365,867       $ 295,867       $ 265,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discharge Without Cause or Resignation With Good Reason — no Change in Control (5)

           

Salary (lump sum)

   $ 2,028,000       $ 1,050,000       $ 840,000       $ 750,000   

Bonus (lump sum)

     297,532         137,165         123,299         104,649   

Retirement contributions (lump sum)

     202,773         125,424         110,160         102,489   

Medical, dental and other health benefits (6)

     72,542         72,542         72,542         72,542   

Life insurance contributions (7)

     111,463         1,928         4,054         1,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,712,310       $ 1,387,059       $ 1,150,055       $ 1,031,599   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discharge Without Cause or Resignation With Good Reason — Change in Control Related (8)

           

Salary (lump sum)

   $ 2,028,000       $ 1,050,000       $ 840,000       $ 750,000   

Bonus (lump sum)

     367,632         167,274         153,333         131,694   

Acceleration of vesting of equity awards (9)

     2,493,933         1,185,563         1,106,352         909,183   

Retirement contributions (lump sum)

     202,773         125,424         110,160         102,489   

Medical, dental and other health benefits

     72,542         72,542         72,542         72,542   

Life insurance contributions

     111,463         1,928         4,054         1,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,276,343       $ 2,602,731       $ 2,286,441       $ 1,967,827   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

In the case of disability, Mr. Alexander’s employment agreement provides for supplemental salary continuation until the earlier of: recovery from such disability, attaining age 65, or death. The reported figure assumes salary continuation until Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65. Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer receive salary continuation benefits for one-year following such disability. The employment agreement provides the executive with his base salary in the first year

 

142


Table of Contents
  following disability, reduced by any assumed short-term or long-term disability insurance benefits provided under separate insurance plans we maintain. Mr. Alexander’s employment agreement provides for second-year benefits and benefits for every year thereafter, equal to 66 2/3% of his base salary. Such amounts due under the employment agreements are reduced by any assumed short-term or long-term disability insurance benefits provided under separate insurance plans on a tax-equivalent basis (assuming a 38% tax rate), if such short-term or long-term disability benefits are excludable for federal income tax purposes. Supplemental salary continuation benefits have been discounted at an annual compounding rate of 2.00% for Mr. Alexander. The figures presented for Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer are presented without discount.
(2) Mr. Alexander’s employment agreement provides for medical, dental, and other health benefits to him and his family, at no cost to him, until Mr. Alexander recovers from such disability, or Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65. Mr. Klein’s, Mr. Doherty’s, and Mr. Widmer’s employment agreements provide for one year of medical, dental, and other health benefits on the same terms, including cost sharing by the executive, as provided to the executive prior to his disability. The reported figure for Mr. Alexander reflects the estimated present value of the future premium cost of such benefits, calculated utilizing substantially the same health care cost increase assumptions we use in measuring our liability for such benefits for financial statement purposes. For purposes of this presentation, the estimated future costs were discounted at a 2.00% annual compounding rate for Mr. Alexander. The figures presented for Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer are presented without discount.
(3) Mr. Alexander’s employment agreement provides for life insurance continuation benefits. Mr. Alexander receives an annual reimbursement for a whole-life policy premium through 2014 in the amount of $35,660. In addition, the employment agreement provides for the continuation of group life insurance for Mr. Alexander until the earlier of: the date he recovers from such disability or attains the age of 65. The reported figure in the table assumes that group term life insurance benefits will continue until Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65, with an assumed annual cost increase of 4.00% and a 2.00% annual discount rate.
(4) Each of the employment agreements provides for a lump-sum death benefit equal to one-year of base salary for each executive. The employment agreements also provide for the continuation of medical, dental, and other health benefits to the executive’s family for a period of one-year at the same terms and cost to the executive immediately prior to his death.
(5) Each of the employment agreements provides for the lump-sum payment of: three times base salary; three times the average annual bonus/and or incentive award for three years prior to the year of termination; and the retirement contributions or payments that we would have made on the executive’s behalf, as if the executive had continued his employment for a 36-month period, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) at the date of termination.
(6) Each of the employment agreements provides for medical, dental, and other health benefits to the executive and his family, at no cost to the executive for a period of 36 months from the date of termination. The reported figures reflect the estimated present value of the future premium cost of such benefits, calculated utilizing substantially the same health care cost increase assumptions we used in measuring our liability for such benefits for financial statement purposes. For purposes of this presentation, the estimated future costs were discounted at a 2.00% annual compounding rate.
(7) Each of the employment agreements provides for life insurance benefits to the executive and his family, at no cost to the executive for a period of 36 months from the date of termination. Mr. Alexander receives an annual reimbursement of $35,660 for a whole-life insurance policy. Mr. Alexander, Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer also participate in our group life insurance plan. The reported figures in the table assume that the reimbursement to Mr. Alexander for his whole-life insurance policy will continue for a period of three years. The reported figures also include the estimated costs of group term life insurance benefits for Mr. Alexander, Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer for a three year period with an assumed annual cost increase of 4% and a discount rate of 2.00% compounded annually.
(8) Messrs. Alexander and Widmer are entitled to severance benefits on termination following a Change in Control only if their employment is terminated involuntarily or with Good Reason. Messrs. Klein and Doherty would be entitled to severance benefits even if their termination following a change in control was voluntary without Good Reason. Under each of the employment agreements, amounts payable under a change in control are identical to those payable for “Discharge Without Cause or Resignation With Good Reason - no Change in Control” except that: (i) payments pertaining to bonus and/or incentive awards are based upon the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned in any of the three years preceding the year in which the termination occurs and (ii) each of the employment agreements limits the total payments to an executive to an amount that is one dollar less than three times the executive’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.
(9) Amounts represent the value of unvested equity awards at December 31, 2011 calculated as the sum of: (a) unvested restricted stock of 100,800 shares, 46,980 shares, 43,800 shares, 36,000 shares, and 7,980 shares for Mr. Alexander, Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, Mr. Widmer, and Ms. Frank, respectively, multiplied by the last reported closing price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock as reported on December 31, 2011, of $14.16 per share; and (b) unvested stock options of 252,750 options, 123,300 options, 115,200 options, 94,650 options, and 15,900 options for Mr. Alexander, Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, Mr. Widmer, and Ms. Frank, respectively, multiplied by $4.22 per option. The $4.22 value of each option represents the last reported closing price of Northfield-Federal’s stock on December 31, 2011 of $14.16 per share less the option exercise price of $9.94 per share.

 

143


Table of Contents

Say-on-Pay

At the 2011 Annual Meeting, stockholders voted, on an advisory basis, whether to approve the compensation paid to the Named Executive Officers. A majority of the votes were cast in favor of the resolution to approve the executive compensation described in the Proxy Statement. Stockholders also voted on a non-binding proposal to establish whether stockholders should vote on executive compensation every one, two or three years. A majority of the votes were cast in favor of holding the non-binding vote on executive compensation every three years. The board of directors took this vote into account in passing a resolution in which it approved holding a non-binding stockholder vote on executive compensation every three years. The next non-binding stockholder vote on executive compensation will occur in May, 2014.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the number of shares reserved for the exercise of stock options or available for stock awards under the stock-based benefit plan would be limited to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering, subject to adjustment as may be required by federal regulations or policy to reflect shares of common stock or stock options previously granted by Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank, so that the total shares reserved for stock options and restricted stock awards does not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding shares immediately after the conversion and offering.

The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and if adopted within one year after the stock offering would require the approval of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders. If the stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

   

non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

   

any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

   

any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

   

any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless Northfield Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, may hold up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

   

the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan;

 

   

accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Northfield Bank or Northfield-Delaware; and

 

   

our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that Northfield Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.

 

144


Table of Contents

We have not determined whether we will present the stock-based benefit plan for stockholder approval prior to or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

The actual value of the shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plan will be based in part on the price of Northfield-Delaware’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The stock-based benefit plan is subject to stockholder approval, and cannot be implemented until at least six months after the offering. The following table presents the total value of all shares that would be available for award and issuance under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share
Price
     1,156,000 Shares
Awarded at
Minimum of
Offering Range
     1,360,000 Shares
Awarded at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
     1,564,000 Shares
Awarded at
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
$ 8.00       $ 9,248       $ 10,880       $ 12,512   
  10.00         11,560         13,600         15,640   
  12.00         13,872         16,320         18,768   
  14.00         16,184         19,040         21,896   

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise
Price
     Grant-Date
Fair Value
Per Option
     2,890,000 Options
at Minimum of
Offering Range
     3,400,000 Options
at Midpoint of
Offering Range
     3,910,000 Options
at Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  
$ 8.00       $ 1.52       $ 4,393       $ 5,168       $ 5,943   
  10.00         1.90         5,491         6,460         7,429   
  12.00         2.28         6,589         7,753         8,915   
  14.00         2.66         7,687         9,044         10,401   

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

 

145


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock as of [voting record date]. Unless otherwise indicated, each of the named individuals has sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to the number of shares shown.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Total Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percent of  All
Common

Stock
Outstanding
 

Directors:

     

John W. Alexander

            

John R. Bowen

            

Annette Catino

            

Gil Chapman

            

John P. Connors, Jr.

            

John J. DePierro

            

Susan Lamberti

            

Albert J. Regen

            

Patrick E. Scura, Jr.

            

Executive Officers Other Than Directors:

     

Kenneth J. Doherty

            

Madeline G. Frank

            

Steven M. Klein

            

Michael J. Widmer

            

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

            

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

1731 Victory Boulevard

Staten Island, New York 10314

     24,641,684             

Northfield Bancorp, MHC and all directors and executive officers as a group

     26,622,464             

Wellington Management Company, LLP

75 State Street

Boston, MA 02109 (14)

            

 

146


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The table below sets forth, for each of Northfield-Delaware’s directors and executive officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:

 

  (i) the number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Northfield-Federal common stock as of [voting record date];

 

  (ii) the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and

 

  (iii) the total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.

In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the offering range. See “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Federal regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase. Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) plan are included in the proposed purchases set forth below and will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the stock offering and as part of the maximum number of shares directors and officers may purchase in the stock offering.

 

     Number of
Exchange Shares to
Be Held (2)
   Proposed Purchases of Stock in the
Offering (1)
     Total Common Stock to be Held at
Minimum of Offering Range (3)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Number of
Shares
   Amount      Number of
Shares
   Percentage of
Shares
Outstanding
 

John W. Alexander, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

         $                                      *% 

John R. Bowen, Director

                             

Annette Catino, Director

                             

Gil Chapman, Director

                             

John P. Connors, Jr., Director

                             

John J. DePierro, Director

                             

Susan Lamberti, Director

                             

Albert J. Regen, Director

                             

Patrick E. Scura, Jr. , Director

                             

Kenneth J. Doherty, Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer

                             

Madeline G. Frank, Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary

                             

Steven M. Klein, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

                             

Michael J. Widmer, Executive Vice President, Operations

                             
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

Total for Directors and Executive Officers

         $                             
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
(2) Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 1.1402 at the minimum of the offering range.
(3) At the maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would own                      shares, or                     % of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

147


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The board of directors of Northfield-Federal and the Board of Trustees of Northfield Bancorp, MHC have approved the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization must also be approved by the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (depositors of Northfield Bank) and the stockholders of Northfield-Federal. A special meeting of members and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has conditionally approved the application that includes the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency.

General

The respective Boards of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield-Federal adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization on June 6, 2012. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the mutual holding company parent of Northfield-Federal, will be merged into Northfield-Federal, and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will no longer exist. Northfield-Federal, which owns 100% of Northfield Bank, will be merged into a new Delaware corporation named Northfield Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, the 60.8% ownership interest of Northfield Bancorp, MHC in Northfield-Federal will be offered for sale in the stock offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of Northfield Bank will be owned by Northfield-Delaware, and all of the outstanding common stock of Northfield-Delaware will be owned by public stockholders. Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield-Federal will cease to exist. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, at the completion of the conversion and offering, each share of Northfield-Federal common stock owned by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC will be converted automatically into the right to receive new shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Northfield-Federal for new shares, the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware that they owned in Northfield-Federal immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering and their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares.

We intend to retain between $125.7 million and $170.4 million of the net proceeds of the offering and to invest between $137.2 million and $186.1 million of the net proceeds in Northfield Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.

The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders (including eligible depositors of the former First State Bank and the former Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association), our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, supplemental eligible account holders and other members. In addition, we will offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:

 

  (i) Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania; and

 

  (ii) Northfield-Federal’s public stockholders as of [voting record date].

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering will begin at the same time as the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Federal Reserve Board. See “—Community Offering.”

 

148


Table of Contents

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings through a syndicated offering to be joint book managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. See “—Syndicated Offering” herein.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of Northfield-Delaware. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at each branch office of Northfield Bank. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

   

eliminate the uncertainties associated with the mutual holding company structure under recently enacted financial reform legislation . The recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act has changed our primary bank and holding company regulator, which has resulted in changes in regulations applicable to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield-Federal. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board became the federal regulator of all savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies, and the Federal Reserve Board historically has not allowed mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends from their mid-tier holding company subsidiaries. Absent approval for Northfield Bancorp, MHC to waive dividends, any dividend declared on Northfield-Federal’s common stock would have to be paid to Northfield Bancorp, MHC as well as our public stockholders, resulting in a tax liability for Northfield Bancorp, MHC and a decrease in the exchange ratio for our public shareholders upon conversion to stock form. The Federal Reserve Board currently requires a “grandfathered” mutual holding company, like Northfield Bancorp, MHC, to obtain member (depositor) approval and comply with other procedural requirements prior to waiving dividends, which would make dividend waivers impracticable. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enable us to continue paying dividends to our stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all financial institutions. See “Our Dividend Policy.” It will also eliminate the risk that the Federal Reserve Board will amend existing regulations applicable to the conversion process in a manner disadvantageous to our public stockholders or depositors.

 

   

transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure . The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, which we believe will make our common stock more appealing to investors, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

149


Table of Contents
   

improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market than currently exists for Northfield-Federal common stock. A more liquid and active market would make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and would give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

   

facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions, as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering will also enable us to consider larger transactions. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions, although applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of Northfield-Delaware for three years following completion of the conversion.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC is required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. By their approval of the plan of conversion and reorganization, the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC will also be approving the merger of Northfield Bancorp, MHC into Northfield-Federal. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield-Federal held by the public stockholders of Northfield-Federal (stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC) are also required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization also must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board, which has approved the application that includes the plan of conversion and reorganization.

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders

Federal regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will be entitled to exchange their shares for common stock of the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve Board that the basis for the exchange is fair and reasonable. At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Northfield-Federal common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive a number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in Northfield-Delaware after the conversion as they held in Northfield-Federal immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Northfield-Delaware common stock. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Northfield-Federal common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of Northfield-Delaware prepared by RP Financial, LC., and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 1.1402 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northfield-Federal at the minimum of the offering range to 1.5426 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Northfield-Federal at the maximum of the offering range.

 

150


Table of Contents

The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of Northfield-Delaware as of May 11, 2012, assuming public stockholders of Northfield-Federal, including former stockholders of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc., own 39.2% of Northfield-Federal common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The table also shows how many shares of Northfield-Delaware a hypothetical owner of Northfield-Federal common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.

 

     Shares to be Sold in
This Offering
    Shares of Northfield-
Delaware to be Issued
for Shares of
Northfield-Federal
    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange
and Offering
     Exchange
Ratio
     Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering
Price (1)
     Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book
Value Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
     Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing
Shares (3)
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent                

Minimum

     28,900,000         60.8     18,642,263         39.2     47,542,263         1.1402       $ 11.40       $ 15.32         114   

Midpoint

     34,000,000         60.8        21,932,074         39.2        55,932,074         1.3414         13.41         16.41         134   

Maximum

     39,100,000         60.8        25,221,885         39.2        64,321,885         1.5426         15.43         17.48         154   

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Northfield-Federal, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share offering price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

Options to purchase shares of Northfield-Federal common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the conversion will be converted into options to purchase shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the options will remain unchanged.

Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members

Continuity . The conversion will not affect the normal business of Northfield Bank of accepting deposits and making loans. Northfield Bank will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. After the conversion, Northfield Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Northfield-Federal at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Northfield-Delaware after the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, each depositor of Northfield Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Northfield Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all depositors of Northfield Bank are members of, and have voting rights in, Northfield Bancorp, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC and will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Northfield Bank will be vested in Northfield-Delaware as the sole stockholder of Northfield Bank. The stockholders of Northfield-Delaware will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Northfield-Delaware common stock.

 

151


Table of Contents

Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal, the public stockholders of Northfield-Federal (except for cash paid for fractional shares), members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, or Northfield Bank. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Northfield Bank has both a deposit account in Northfield Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Northfield Bancorp, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Northfield Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Northfield Bancorp, MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

Under the plan of conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank in an aggregate amount equal to (i) Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s ownership interest in Northfield-Federal’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Northfield Bancorp, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Northfield Bancorp, MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Northfield-Federal). Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Northfield Bank after the conversion. The liquidation accounts would be distributed to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts in Northfield Bank only in the event of a liquidation of (a) Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank or (b) Northfield Bank. The liquidation account in Northfield Bank would be used only in the event that Northfield-Delaware does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under its liquidation account. The total obligation of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of Northfield-Delaware’s liquidation account as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $160,000, as well as payment for reimbursable expenses and an additional $17,500 for each valuation update, as necessary. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from RP Financial, LC.’s bad faith or negligence.

 

152


Table of Contents

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Northfield-Federal. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

   

the present results and financial condition of Northfield-Federal and the projected results and financial condition of Northfield-Delaware;

 

   

the economic and demographic conditions in Northfield-Federal’s existing market area;

 

   

certain historical, financial and other information relating to Northfield-Federal;

 

   

a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Northfield-Federal with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions located in the Eastern United States;

 

   

the effect of the conversion and offering on Northfield-Delaware’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

   

the proposed dividend policy of Northfield-Delaware; and

 

   

the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. RP Financial, LC. did not consider a pro forma price to assets approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings. The price to assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Northfield-Delaware with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. made a slight upward adjustment for asset growth, a slight-to-moderate downward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings and a moderate downward adjustment for marketing of the issue. RP Financial, LC. made no adjustments for financial condition, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, management or effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. RP Financial, LC. made a slight upward adjustment for asset growth due to Northfield-Federal’s stronger loan growth and pro forma leverage capacity compared to the peer group. The slight-to-moderate downward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings reflected Northfield-Delaware’s lower pro forma return on average assets and return on equity on a core earnings basis and higher implied credit risk exposure. The moderate downward adjustment for marketing of the issue reflected the general downward trend in the trading prices of publicly traded thrift stocks during the second quarter of 2012, that Northfield Bancorp, MHC was not able to complete its conversion in 2010 and that there has been no conversion offering as large as this offering completed since 2010.

Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Northfield-Delaware after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 0.62% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

 

153


Table of Contents

The independent valuation states that as of May 11, 2012, the estimated pro forma market value of Northfield-Delaware was $559.3 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $475.4 million and a maximum of $643.2 million. The board of directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Northfield-Federal common stock owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the percentage of Northfield-Federal common stock owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 28,900,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 34,000,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 39,100,000 shares.

The board of directors of Northfield-Delaware reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

   

Northfield-Federal’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

a comparison of financial performance ratios of Northfield-Federal to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

   

market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and

 

   

the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Northfield-Federal common stock.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Northfield-Delaware to less than $475.4 million or more than $643.2 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Northfield-Delaware’s registration statement.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Northfield-Delaware (on a pro forma basis) and the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, and stock price information for the peer group companies as of May 11, 2012, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 18.9% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 22.4% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 118.5% on a price-to-earnings basis. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial effect of the conversion and offering as well as the trading price of Northfield-Federal’s common stock. The closing price of the common stock was $14.07 per share on May 11, 2012, the effective date of the appraisal, and $13.90 per share on June 5, 2012, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion, and on.

 

154


Table of Contents
     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
    Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Northfield-Delaware (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

      

Maximum

     62.96     86.13     88.26

Midpoint

     53.79     79.68     81.77

Minimum

     44.93     72.36     74.40

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

      

Averages

     24.62     98.21     105.39

Medians

     22.86     99.31     104.56

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core,” or recurring, earnings on a trailing twelve-month basis through March 31, 2012. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Northfield Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Northfield Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 price per share.

We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 39,100,000 shares.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $643.2 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 39,100,000 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $475.4 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 28,900,000 shares, then we will promptly return with interest at [interest rate]% per annum all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the offering. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond                     , which is two years after the special meeting of members to vote on the conversion.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Northfield-Delaware’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Northfield-Delaware’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

155


Table of Contents

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each depositor of Northfield Bank or the former First State Bank or Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on March 31, 2011 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $3.0 million (300,000 shares) of our common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on March 31, 2011. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Northfield-Federal or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding March 31, 2011.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans. Our tax-qualified employee plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We reserve the right to have our employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 4% of the stock sold in the offering to the extent necessary to complete the offering at the minimum of the offering range. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. The amount of the subscription requests by the 401(k) plan will be determined by its participants, who will have the right to invest all or a portion of their 401(k) plan accounts in our common stock, subject to the maximum purchase limitations. However, to comply with the limitations applicable to our tax-qualified employee plans, our 401(k) plan may purchase no more than 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each depositor of Northfield Bank or the former Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [supplemental date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $3.0 million (300,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be

 

156


Table of Contents

allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [supplemental date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of Northfield Bank as of the close of business on [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $3.0 million (300,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, available shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [voting record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Expiration Date. The subscription offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock have been sold in the offering. If at least 28,900,000 shares have not been sold in the offering by [extension deadline] and the Federal Reserve Board has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [extension deadline] is granted by the Federal Reserve Board, we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Procedures for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date.”

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we will offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares will be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

  (i) Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania;

 

157


Table of Contents
  (ii) Northfield-Federal’s public stockholders as of [voting record date] (including stockholders of the former Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc, who remain stockholders of Northfield-Federal as of [voting record date]); and

 

  (iii) Other members of the general public.

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to $3.0 million (300,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Northfield-Federal or members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, or Pike County, Pennsylvania, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering will begin concurrently with the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended. Northfield-Delaware may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension deadline], in which event we will resolicit purchasers.

Syndicated Offering

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

If a syndicated offering is held, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as joint book-running managers of the syndicated offering. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, we will pay fees of 5% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to the joint book-running managers and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering.

 

158


Table of Contents

If for any reason we cannot affect a syndicated offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

  (i) No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

 

  (iii) Except for the employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $3.0 million (300,000 shares) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

  (iv) Current stockholders of Northfield-Federal are subject to an ownership limitation. As previously described, current stockholders of Northfield-Federal will receive shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock in exchange for their existing shares of Northfield-Federal common stock. The number of shares of common stock that a stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Northfield-Federal common stock, may not exceed 5% of the shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion; and

 

  (v) The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of Northfield Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 25% of the total shares issued in the conversion.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board and without further approval of members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (i) any corporation or organization, other than Northfield-Federal, Northfield Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bank, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

159


Table of Contents
  (ii) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (iii) any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Northfield-Federal or Northfield Bank.

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” Persons having the same address, and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposits registered at the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of Northfield-Delaware or Northfield Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Northfield-Delaware or Northfield Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Northfield-Delaware.”

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation

Subscription and Community Offerings. To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

  (i) consulting as to the financial and marketing implications of the plan of conversion;

 

  (ii) reviewing with our board of directors the financial effect of the offering on us, based on the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the shares of common stock;

 

  (iii) reviewing all offering documents, including this prospectus and any prospectus related to a syndicated, stock order forms and related offering materials;

 

160


Table of Contents
  (iv) assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

  (v) assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and other broker-dealers in connection with the offering; and

 

  (vi) providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offerings.

For these services, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee of: (i) 1.0% of the dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings up to up to the first 10% of shares sold in the offerings; and (ii) 3.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings in excess of 10% of the shares sold in the offerings. No fee will be payable to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors, employees or their immediate families and shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans, and no sales fee will be payable with respect to the exchange shares.

If the offering is completed, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will not be reimbursed separately for expenses. However, we have separately agreed to pay Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. up to $100,000 in fees and expenses for records management, as described below.

Records Management

We have also engaged Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as records management agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings. In its role as records management agent, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., will assist us in the offering in the:

 

   

consolidation of deposit accounts and vote calculations;

 

   

design and preparation of proxy and stock order forms;

 

   

organization and supervision of the Stock Information Center;

 

   

proxy solicitation and other services for our special meeting of members; and

 

   

preparation and processing of other documents related to the stock offering.

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive fees and expenses of up to $100,000 for these services.

Indemnity

We will indemnify Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Northfield Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or

 

161


Table of Contents

provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

Lock-up Agreements

We, and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after the closing of the offering, without the prior written consent of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., directly or indirectly, we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Northfield-Federal or Northfield-Delaware stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Northfield-Federal or Northfield-Delaware stock, whether owned on the date of this prospectus or acquired after the date of this prospectus or with respect to which we or any of our directors or executive officers has or after the date of this prospectus acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Northfield-Federal or Northfield-Delaware stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. In the event that either (1) during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days before the last day of the restricted period and ends on the last day of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, the restrictions set forth above will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the date on which the earnings release is issued or the material news or event related to us occurs.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings

Expiration Date . The subscription and community offerings will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if required. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension deadline] would require the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. If the offering is so extended, or if the offering range is decreased or is increased above the maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings. We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a period of time.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date of receipt as described above.

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the stock order return envelope provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted below. You may hand-deliver stock order forms to the

 

162


Table of Contents

Stock Information Center, which will be located at Northfield Bank’s                      office,                             . Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other branch offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Northfield Bank’s offices.

Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Northfield Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorization of withdrawal of available funds from the types of Northfield Bank deposit accounts described on the stock order form.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Northfield Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Northfield Bank and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, wire transfers, Northfield Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Northfield-Delaware). You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from a Northfield Bank retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from Northfield Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. If permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, in the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds.

 

163


Table of Contents

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension deadline]. In such event, funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, for funds received in the subscription and community offerings. Additionally, all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

Regulations prohibit Northfield Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Northfield-Delaware to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase. In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, Northfield Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in a Northfield Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at Northfield Bank or elsewhere , to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [offering deadline] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Stock Certificates. Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be mailed to the certificate registration address noted by purchasers on the stock order form. Stock certificates will be sent to purchasers by first-class mail as soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion and stock offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day following the completion of the conversion and stock offering. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your stock certificate will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

  (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state;

 

164


Table of Contents
  (ii) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

  (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower purchase priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free phone number is [stock center phone #]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation prior to the conversion. In the unlikely event that Northfield Bancorp, MHC is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Northfield Bancorp, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Northfield Bancorp, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of Northfield Bank under such depositors’ liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Northfield Bancorp, MHC after claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.

Liquidation following the conversion. The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Northfield-Delaware for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s ownership interest in Northfield-Federal’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Northfield Bancorp, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Northfield Bancorp, MHC prior to the

 

165


Table of Contents

consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Northfield-Federal). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in Northfield Bank to support the Northfield-Delaware liquidation account in the event Northfield-Delaware does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the Northfield-Delaware liquidation account.

In the unlikely event that Northfield Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in Northfield-Federal, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Northfield Bank or Northfield-Delaware above that amount.

The liquidation account established by Northfield-Delaware is designed to provide qualifying depositors a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in Northfield Bancorp, MHC) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank or a liquidation solely of Northfield Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Northfield Bank or (ii) Northfield-Delaware and Northfield Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of March 31, 2011 and [supplemental date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Northfield-Delaware. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Northfield Bank only, when Northfield-Delaware has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Northfield Bank) to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Northfield Bank has positive net worth, Northfield Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund Northfield-Delaware’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by Northfield-Delaware as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. If Northfield-Delaware is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Northfield Bank, then the Northfield-Delaware liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Northfield Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the Northfield-Delaware liquidation account.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Northfield-Delaware will eliminate or transfer the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to Northfield Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of Northfield Bank.

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which Northfield-Delaware or Northfield Bank is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Northfield Bank, First State Bank and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association on March 31, 2011 or [supplemental date] equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s deposit account on March 31, 2011 and [supplemental date], respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in Northfield Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on March 31, 2011 or [supplemental date], or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest

 

166


Table of Contents

will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

Material Income Tax Consequences

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income tax consequences of conversion to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal, Northfield Bank, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Northfield-Delaware or Northfield Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal, Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:

 

  1. The merger of Northfield Bancorp, MHC with and into Northfield-Federal will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in Northfield Bancorp, MHC for liquidation interests in Northfield-Federal will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  3. None of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Northfield Bancorp, MHC to Northfield-Federal in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in Northfield-Federal.

 

  4. The basis of the assets of Northfield Bancorp, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Northfield-Federal will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Northfield Bancorp, MHC immediately before the exchange.

 

  5. The merger of Northfield-Federal with and into Northfield-Delaware will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Northfield-Federal nor Northfield-Delaware will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

  6. The basis of the assets of Northfield-Federal and the holding period of such assets to be received by Northfield-Delaware will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Northfield-Federal immediately before the exchange.

 

  7. Current stockholders of Northfield-Federal will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Northfield-Federal common stock for Northfield-Delaware common stock.

 

167


Table of Contents
  8. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Northfield-Federal for interests in the liquidation account in Northfield-Delaware.

 

  9. The exchange by the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests that they constructively received in Northfield-Federal for interests in the liquidation account established in Northfield-Delaware will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  10. Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Northfield-Federal common stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

  11. Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Northfield-Delaware common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Northfield-Federal common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Northfield-Federal common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.

 

  12. Cash received by any current stockholder of Northfield-Federal in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of Northfield-Delaware common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

 

  13. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Northfield-Delaware common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

  14. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Northfield Bank supporting the payment of the Northfield-Delaware liquidation account in the event Northfield-Delaware lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Northfield Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Northfield-Federal with and into Northfield-Delaware.

 

  15. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Northfield-Delaware common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  16. No gain or loss will be recognized by Northfield-Delaware on the receipt of money in exchange for Northfield-Delaware common stock sold in the offering.

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal, Northfield Bank, Northfield-Delaware and

 

168


Table of Contents

persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Northfield-Federal. With respect to items 13 and 15 above, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that RP Financial, LC. has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Northfield Bank are reduced; and (iv) the Northfield Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if Northfield-Delaware lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Northfield Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Northfield-Delaware lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Northfield Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

The opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

We have also received an opinion from Crowe Horwath LLP that the New Jersey and New York state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Northfield-Delaware’s registration statement.

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or certain officers of Northfield Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Northfield-Delaware also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

169


Table of Contents

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.

Federal regulations prohibit Northfield-Delaware from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with Federal Reserve Board approval) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, the repurchase of shares of common stock is subject to Federal Reserve Board policy related to repurchases of shares by financial institution holding companies.

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHFIELD

BANCORP, INC.

General. As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northfield-Federal will become stockholders of Northfield-Delaware There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Northfield-Federal and stockholders of Northfield-Delaware caused by differences between federal and Delaware law and regulations and differences in Northfield-Federal’s federal stock charter and bylaws and Northfield-Delaware’s Delaware certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Northfield-Federal consists of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

The authorized capital stock of Northfield-Delaware consists of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

Northfield-Federal’s charter and Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rights and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.

Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, Northfield Bancorp, MHC is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Northfield-Federal common stock. Northfield Bancorp, MHC will no longer exist following consummation of the conversion.

Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation does not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Northfield-Federal’s stock charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would generally be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal stockholders’ meeting. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by Northfield-Delaware stockholders due to requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and in order to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.

 

170


Table of Contents

Voting Rights. Neither Northfield-Federal’s stock charter or bylaws nor Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.

Payment of Dividends. Northfield-Federal has no regulatory restriction on its ability to pay dividends. Delaware law generally provides that Northfield-Delaware is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.

Board of Directors . Northfield-Federal’s bylaws and Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws require the board of directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.

Under Northfield-Federal’s bylaws, any vacancies on the board of directors of Northfield-Federal may be filled by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of Northfield-Federal to fill vacancies may only serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Under Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Limitations on Liability. The charter and bylaws of Northfield-Federal do not limit the personal liability of directors.

Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation provides that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to Northfield-Delaware for certain actions as directors, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit from their positions as directors, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent allowed by Delaware law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit Northfield-Delaware.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. As generally allowed under current Federal Reserve Board regulations, Northfield-Federal will indemnify its directors, officers and employees for any reasonable costs incurred in connection with any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Northfield-Federal or its shareholders. Northfield-Federal also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may ultimately be entitled to indemnification. Before making any indemnification payment, Northfield-Federal is required to notify the Federal Reserve Board of its intention, and such payment cannot be made if the Federal Reserve Board objects to such payment.

The certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware provides that it shall indemnify its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Delaware law, including the advancement of expenses. Delaware law allows Northfield-Delaware to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of Northfield-Delaware. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

 

171


Table of Contents

Special Meetings of Stockholders . Northfield-Federal’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, two-thirds of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of Northfield-Federal entitled to vote at the meeting. Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of the total authorized directors.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Northfield-Federal’s bylaws generally provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Northfield-Federal at least 30 days before the date of any such meeting.

Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws generally provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Northfield-Delaware at least 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement for the prior year’s annual meeting. However, if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

Management believes that it is in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.

Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders . Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation provides that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Northfield-Federal’s charter does not provide such a limit on voting common stock.

In addition, federal regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Northfield-Delaware’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Northfield-Delaware’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets . Under Delaware law, “business combinations” between Northfield-Delaware and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for three years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, stock issuances and other transactions involving interested stockholders and their affiliates. Delaware law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the voting power of Northfield-Delaware’s voting stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Northfield-Delaware who, within the three-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Northfield-Delaware.

 

172


Table of Contents

Before the end of the three-year period, any business combination between Northfield-Delaware and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Northfield-Delaware and approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Northfield-Delaware other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for business combinations involving federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

Evaluation of Offers . The certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware provides that its board of directors, when evaluating an offer to: (i) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of Northfield-Delaware; (ii) merge or consolidate Northfield-Delaware with another corporation or entity or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Northfield-Delaware, may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the social and economic effect of acceptance of such offer on Northfield-Delaware’s present and future customers and employees and those of its subsidiaries; on the communities in which Northfield-Delaware and its subsidiaries operate or are located; on the ability of Northfield-Delaware to fulfill its corporate objectives as Northfield Bank’s holding company and on the ability of Northfield Bank to fulfill the objectives of a stock savings bank under applicable statutes and regulations.

Northfield-Federal’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . Under Delaware law, stockholders of Northfield-Delaware will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which Northfield-Delaware is a party as long as the common stock of Northfield-Delaware trades on the Nasdaq Global Market. Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for mergers, consolidations or sales of assets by federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

Amendment of Governing Instruments . No amendment of Northfield-Federal’s stock charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors of Northfield-Federal, then preliminarily approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.

Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the board of directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (iii) The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

  (iv) The requirement that at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

173


Table of Contents
  (v) The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi) The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent; and

 

  (vii) The provision of the certificate of incorporation requiring approval of at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the certificate of incorporation provided in (i) through (vi) of this list.

The certificate of incorporation also provides that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

Although the board of directors of Northfield-Delaware is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Northfield-Delaware after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation to protect the interests of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders from takeovers which the board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Northfield Bank, Northfield-Delaware or Northfield-Delaware’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Delaware law, Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, Northfield Bank’s charter and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board and Northfield-Delaware’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Delaware Law and Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Northfield-Delaware

Delaware law, as well as Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Northfield-Delaware more difficult.

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the board of directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of Northfield Bank and restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called only by a majority of the board of directors.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

174


Table of Contents

Limitation of Voting Rights . The certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights.”).

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Northfield-Delaware will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Northfield-Delaware Following the Conversion.” The certificate of incorporation authorizes 25,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Northfield-Delaware is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Northfield-Delaware that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Northfield-Delaware. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . Amendments to the certificate of incorporation must be approved by the board of directors and also by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.—Amendment of Governing Instruments” above.

The certificate of incorporation also provides that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of Northfield-Delaware’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting shares.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Delaware law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between Northfield-Delaware and an “interested stockholder”. See “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.—Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets” above.

Evaluation of Offers . The certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware provides that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Northfield-Delaware (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors. For a list of these enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.—Evaluation of Offers” above.

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of Northfield-Delaware’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. Our board of directors believes these provisions are in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of Northfield-Delaware and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the

 

175


Table of Contents

best interests of all our stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of Northfield-Delaware and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value of Northfield-Delaware for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of Northfield-Delaware’s assets.

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions may also have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

Charter of Northfield Bank

Northfield Bank’s charter will provide that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion and offering, no person other than Northfield-Delaware may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Northfield Bank. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Northfield Bank or Northfield-Delaware or to an underwriter or member of an underwriting or selling group involving the public sale or resale of securities of Northfield-Delaware or any of its subsidiaries, so long as after the sale or resale, no underwriter or member of the selling group is a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of Northfield Bank. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Conversion Regulations

Federal Reserve Board regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding

 

176


Table of Contents

company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured savings association or its parent holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board takes into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings association without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Northfield-Delaware, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE FOLLOWING THE

CONVERSION

General

Northfield-Delaware is authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Northfield-Delaware currently expects to issue in the offering and exchange up to 64,321,885 shares of common stock. Northfield-Delaware will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends . Delaware law generally limits dividends to our capital surplus or, if there is no capital surplus, our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. The payment of dividends by Northfield-Delaware is also subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce Northfield-Delaware’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of Northfield-Delaware will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Northfield-Delaware issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

177


Table of Contents

Voting Rights . Upon completion of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Northfield-Delaware will have exclusive voting rights in Northfield-Delaware. They will elect Northfield-Delaware’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Delaware law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Northfield-Delaware’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Northfield-Delaware issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 85% of our outstanding common stock.

As a federal stock savings association, corporate powers and control of Northfield Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Northfield Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Northfield Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Northfield Bank, which will be Northfield-Delaware, and voted at the direction of Northfield-Delaware’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Northfield-Delaware will not have direct control of Northfield Bank.

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northfield Bank, Northfield-Delaware, as the holder of 100% of Northfield Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Northfield Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Northfield Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northfield-Delaware, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of Northfield-Delaware available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Northfield-Delaware will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of Northfield-Delaware’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for Northfield-Delaware’s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Northfield-Federal and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which are included herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

178


Table of Contents

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

LEGAL MATTERS

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Northfield-Delaware, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield-Federal and Northfield Bank, will issue to Northfield-Delaware its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Crowe Horwath LLP has provided opinions to us regarding the New Jersey and New York income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and, in the event of a syndicated offering, for the other joint book running managers, by Kilpatrick, Townsend & Stockton LLP, Washington, D.C.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Northfield-Delaware has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Northfield-Delaware. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

Northfield Bancorp, MHC has filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion, and Northfield-Delaware has filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System an Application H-(e)1-s with respect to its acquisition of Northfield Bank. This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications. To obtain a copy of the applications filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, you may contact                     ,                              of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, at (            )         -                    . The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization is available, upon request, at each of Northfield Bank’s offices.

In connection with the offering, Northfield-Delaware will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Northfield-Delaware and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, Northfield-Delaware has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

179


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2012 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2011

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-5   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-6   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-29   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-30   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-31   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-32   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-33   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-34   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35   

***

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Item 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)        

ASSETS:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 13,775      $ 15,539   

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

     32,062        49,730   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     45,837        65,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading securities

     4,577        4,146   

Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (encumbered $313,004 in 2012 and $309,816 in 2011)

     1,184,467        1,098,725   

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $3,492 in 2012 and $3,771 in 2011) (encumbered $0 in 2012 and 2011)

     3,324        3,617   

Loans held-for-sale

     604        3,900   

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans held-for-investment

     86,068        88,522   

Originated loans held-for-investment, net

     957,277        985,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment, net

     1,043,345        1,074,467   

Allowance for loan losses

     (27,100     (26,836
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans held-for-investment

     1,016,245        1,047,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

     7,809        8,610   

Bank owned life insurance

     78,497        77,778   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost

     12,452        12,677   

Premises and equipment, net

     22,178        19,988   

Goodwill

     16,159        16,159   

Other real estate owned

     2,444        3,359   

Other assets

     11,257        15,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     2,405,850        2,376,918   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

LIABILITIES:

    

Deposits

     1,500,492        1,493,526   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     276,000        276,000   

Other borrowings

     201,119        205,934   

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     3,921        2,201   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     39,159        16,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,020,691        1,994,268   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 90,000,000 shares authorized, 45,632,611 shares issued at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, 40,396,868 and 40,518,591 outstanding at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

     456        456   

Additional paid-in-capital

     210,121        209,302   

Unallocated common stock held by employee stock ownership plan

     (14,424     (14,570

Retained earnings

     239,006        235,776   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     17,500        17,470   

Treasury stock at cost; 5,235,743 and 5,114,020 shares at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

     (67,500     (65,784
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     385,159        382,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,405,850      $ 2,376,918   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Three months ended March 31, 2012, and 2011

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2011  

Interest income:

     

Loans

   $ 15,150       $ 12,474   

Mortgage-backed securities

     6,776         8,417   

Other securities

     653         970   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York dividends

     142         109   

Deposits in other financial institutions

     18         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     22,739         21,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

     

Deposits

     2,524         3,017   

Borrowings

     3,290         3,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     5,814         6,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     16,925         15,771   

Provision for loan losses

     615         1,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     16,310         14,404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

     

Fees and service charges for customer services

     802         694   

Income on bank owned life insurance

     719         741   

Gain on securities transactions, net

     2,137         1,805   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities

     —           (161

Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

     —           (161
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other

     317         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     3,975         3,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

     

Compensation and employee benefits

     6,287         5,162   

Director compensation

     391         399   

Occupancy

     1,965         1,492   

Furniture and equipment

     333         287   

Data processing

     1,083         672   

FDIC insurance

     426         460   

Professional fees

     858         440   

Other

     1,299         1,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     12,642         9,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     7,643         7,560   

Income tax expense

     2,695         2,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 4,948       $ 4,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per common share - basic and diluted

   $ 0.13       $ 0.12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax:

     

Unrealized gains on securities:

     

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities

     51         (1,493
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

     51         (1,493

Income tax expense (benefit) related to items of other comprehensive income

     21         (598
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     30         (895
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 4,978       $ 4,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Three months ended March 31, 2012, and 2011

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    Common Stock     Additional    

Unallocated
Common Stock

Held by the

          Accumulated
Other
          Total  
    Shares     Par
Value
    Paid-in
Capital
    Employee Stock
Ownership  Plan
    Retained
Earnings
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    45,632,611      $ 456      $ 205,863      $ (15,188   $ 222,655      $ 10,910      $ (27,979   $ 396,717   

Net income

            4,970            4,970   

Other comprehensive income

              (895       (895

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

        49        146              195   

Stock compensation expense

        759                759   

Additional tax benefit on equity awards

        186                186   

Exercise of stock options

            (1       6        5   

Cash dividends declared ($0.05 per common share)

            (848         (848

Treasury stock (average cost of $13.35 per share)

                (5,327     (5,327
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2011

    45,632,611      $ 456      $ 206,857      $ (15,042   $ 226,776      $ 10,015      $ (33,300   $ 395,762   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    45,632,611      $ 456      $ 209,302      $ (14,570   $ 235,776      $ 17,470      $ (65,784   $ 382,650   

Net income

            4,948            4,948   

Other comprehensive income

              30          30   

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

        63        146              209   

Stock compensation expense

        756                756   

Cash dividends declared ($0.12 per common share)

            (1,718         (1,718

Treasury stock (average cost of $13.80 per share)

                (1,716     (1,716
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

    45,632,611      $ 456      $ 210,121      $ (14,424   $ 239,006      $ 17,500      $ (67,500   $ 385,159   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Three months ended March 31, 2012, and 2011

(Unaudited) (In thousands)

 

     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 4,948      $ 4,970   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     615        1,367   

ESOP and stock compensation expense

     965        954   

Depreciation

     632        498   

Amortization of premiums, and deferred loan costs, net of (accretion) of discounts, and deferred loan fees

     286        82   

Amortization of intangible assets

     82        44   

Income on bank owned life insurance

     (719     (741

Net gain on sale of loans held-for-sale

     (117     (14

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

     7,324        3,730   

Origination of loans held-for-sale

     (3,911     (2,868

Gain on securities transactions, net

     (2,137     (1,805

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

     —          161   

Net purchases of trading securities

     (35     (100

Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable

     801        (6

Decrease in other assets

     3,623        1,681   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,790        (678
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     15,147        7,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Net decrease (increase) in loans receivable

     30,667        (27,003

Redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, net

     225        450   

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (278,784     (245,578

Principal payments and maturities on securities available-for-sale

     115,669        101,420   

Principal payments and maturities on securities held-to-maturity

     294        351   

Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale

     98,744        88,505   

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

     991        —     

Purchases and improvements of premises and equipment

     (2,822     (798
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (35,016     (82,653
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in deposits

     6,966        30,421   

Dividends paid

     (1,718     (848

Exercise of stock options

     —          5   

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1,716     (5,327

Additional tax benefit on equity awards

     —          186   

Increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     1,720        1,632   

Repayments under capital lease obligations

     (59     (51

Proceeds from securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings

     64,244        317,773   

Repayments related to securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings

     (69,000     (219,594
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     437        124,197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (19,432     48,819   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     65,269        43,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 45,837      $ 92,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 5,989      $ 6,010   

Income taxes

     104        1,024   

Non-cash transactions:

    

Loans charged-off, net

     351        1,171   

Transfers of loans to other real estate owned

     —          350   

Increase (decrease) in due to broker for purchases of securities available-for-sale

     19,762        (19,984

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the accounts of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), and the Bank’s wholly-owned significant subsidiaries, NSB Services Corp. and NSB Realty Trust (collectively, the “Company”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting solely of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated financial condition and the consolidated results of operations for the unaudited periods presented have been included. The results of operations and other data presented for the three month period ended March 31, 2012, are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2012. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

In preparing the unaudited consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management has made estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change are: the allowance for loan losses; the evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets, and investment securities for impairment; fair value measurements of assets and liabilities; and income taxes. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are deemed necessary. While management uses its best judgment, actual amounts or results could differ significantly from those estimates. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these material estimates.

Certain information and note disclosures usually included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the preparation of interim financial statements. The consolidated financial statements presented should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as filed with the SEC.

Note 2 – Securities Available-for-Sale

The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities and other securities available-for-sale at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair

value
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Pass-through certificates:

           

Government sponsored enterprises (GSE)

   $ 464,752       $ 22,699       $ —         $ 487,451   

Non-GSE

     8,362         —           674         7,688   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

           

GSE

     536,412         5,290         40         541,662   

Non-GSE

     27,509         1,557         34         29,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,037,035         29,546         748         1,065,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities:

           

Equity investments-mutual funds

     13,467         37         —           13,504   

Corporate bonds

     104,328         808         6         105,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     117,795         845         6         118,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 1,154,830       $ 30,391       $ 754       $ 1,184,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair

value
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Pass-through certificates:

           

GSE

   $ 490,184       $ 24,709       $ —         $ 514,893   

Non-GSE

     8,770         —           1,255         7,515   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

           

GSE

     426,362         4,662         135         430,889   

Non-GSE

     31,114         1,859         37         32,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     956,430         31,230         1,427         986,233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities:

           

Equity investments-mutual funds

     11,787         48         —           11,835   

Corporate bonds

     100,922         358         623         100,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     112,709         406         623         112,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 1,069,139       $ 31,636       $ 2,050       $ 1,098,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the expected maturity distribution of debt securities available-for-sale, other than mortgage-backed securities, at March 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

Available-for-sale

   Amortized
cost
     Estimated
fair
value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 51,355       $ 51,806   

Due after one year through five years

     52,973         53,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 104,328       $ 105,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expected maturities on mortgage-backed securities may differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company had gross proceeds of $98.7 million on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains of approximately $1.7 million and gross realized losses of $0. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company had gross proceeds of $88.5 million on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains of approximately $1.6 million and gross realized losses of $0. The Company recognized $396,000 in gains on its trading securities portfolio during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The Company recognized $186,000 in gains on its trading securities portfolio during the three months ended March 31, 2011. The Company did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairment charges during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $161,000 against earnings during the three months ended March 31, 2011, related to one equity investment in a mutual fund.

Activity related to the credit component recognized in earnings on debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2011  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 578       $ 330   

Additions to the credit component on debt securities in which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative pre-tax credit losses, end of period

   $ 578       $ 330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities, equity investments, and corporate bonds available-for-sale, and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by security category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or more      Total  
     Unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
     Unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
     Unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Pass-through certificates:

                 

Non-GSE

   $ —         $ —         $ 674       $ 7,688       $ 674       $ 7,688   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

                 

GSE

     40         104,772         —           —           40         104,772   

Non-GSE

     —           —           34         789         34         789   

Corporate bonds

     —           —           6         11,668         6         11,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   40       $ 104,772       $   714       $   20,145       $    754       $ 124,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or more      Total  
     Unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
     Unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
     Unrealized
losses
     Estimated
fair value
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Pass-through certificates:

                 

Non-GSE

   $ 307       $ 2,513       $ 948       $ 5,002       $ 1,255       $ 7,515   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

                 

GSE

     135         54,475         —           —           135         54,475   

Non-GSE

     —           —           37         842         37         842   

Corporate bonds

     113         27,523         510         13,132         623         40,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 555       $   84,511       $ 1,495       $ 18,976       $ 2,050       $ 103,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the above available-for-sale security amounts at March 31, 2012, were two pass-through non-GSE mortgage-backed securities issued by private companies, (private label), in continuous unrealized loss positions of greater than twelve months that were rated less than investment grade at March 31, 2012. The first security had an estimated fair value of $5.3 million (amortized cost of $5.8 million), was rated Caa2, and had the following underlying collateral characteristics: 83% originated in 2004, and 17% originated in 2005. The second security had an estimated fair value of $2.4 million (amortized cost of $2.6 million), was rated C, and was supported by collateral which was originated in 2006. The ratings of these securities detailed above represents the lowest rating these securities received from the rating agencies of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, and Fitch. The Company continues to receive principal and interest payments in accordance with the contractual terms of these securities. Management has evaluated, among other things, delinquency status, location of collateral, estimated prepayment speeds, and the estimated default rates and loss severity in liquidating the underlying collateral for these securities. As a result of management’s evaluation of these securities, the Company did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairment during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Management does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities, before their anticipated recovery (which may be maturity).

The Company also held one REMIC non-GSE mortgage-backed security and two corporate bonds that were in a continuous unrealized loss position of greater than twelve months at March 31, 2012. There were twelve REMIC mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by GSEs that were in an unrealized loss position of less than twelve months, and rated investment grade at March 31, 2012. The declines in value relate to the general interest rate environment and are considered temporary. The securities cannot be prepaid in a manner that would result in the Company not receiving substantially all of its amortized cost. The Company neither has an intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or, if necessary, maturity.

The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the collateralized mortgage obligations or other securities deteriorates and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protections to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant other-than-temporary impairments may occur in the future given the current economic environment.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Note 3 – Net Loans Held-for-Investment

Net loans held-for-investment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Real estate loans:

    

Multifamily

   $ 496,683      $ 458,370   

Commercial mortgage

     318,941        327,074   

One-to-four family residential mortgage

     71,529        72,592   

Home equity and lines of credit

     28,664        29,666   

Construction and land

     21,916        23,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     937,733        911,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     13,026        12,710   

Insurance premium loans

     3,669        59,096   

Other loans

     1,241        1,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial, insurance premium, and other loans

     17,936        73,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred loan cost, net

     1,608        1,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated loans held-for-investment, net

     957,277        985,945   

PCI Loans

     86,068        88,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net

     1,043,345        1,074,467   

Allowance for loan losses

     (27,100     (26,836
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans held-for-investment

   $ 1,016,245      $ 1,047,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale amounted to $604,000 and $3.9 million at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Loans held for sale are comprised of $524,000 of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and $80,000 of commercial real estate loans.

PCI loans, acquired as part of a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction, totaled $86.1 million at March 31, 2012 as compared to $88.5 million at December 31, 2011. The Company accounts for PCI loans utilizing generally accepting accounting principles applicable to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. PCI loans consist of approximately 34% commercial real estate, 56% commercial and industrial loans with the remaining balance in residential and home equity loans. The Company recorded accretion interest income of $1.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 as follows:

 

     For the Three  Months
Ended March 31, 2012
 

Balance at the beginning of period

   $ 42,493   

Accretion into interest income

     (1,620
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 40,873   
  

 

 

 

The Company does not have any lending programs commonly referred to as subprime lending. Subprime lending generally targets borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios.

The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, serviced $37.8 million and $41.3 million of loans at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, for Freddie Mac. These one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans were underwritten to Freddie Mac guidelines and to comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws. At the time of the closing of these loans the Company owned the loans and subsequently sold them to Freddie Mac providing normal and customary representations and warranties, including representations and warranties related to compliance with Freddie Mac underwriting standards. At the time of sale, the loans were free from encumbrances except for the mortgages filed by the Company which, with other underwriting documents, were subsequently assigned and delivered to Freddie Mac. At March 31, 2012, substantially all of the loans serviced for Freddie Mac were performing in accordance with their contractual terms and management believes that it has no material repurchase obligations associated with these loans. Servicing of loans for others does not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows (in thousands):

 

     At or for the
three months ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011  

Beginning balance

   $ 26,836      $ 21,819   

Provision for loan losses

     615        1,367   

Charge-offs, net

     (351     (1,171
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 27,100      $ 22,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables set forth activity in our allowance for loan losses, by loan type, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The following tables also detail the amount of originated loans held-for-investment, net of deferred loan fees and costs, that are evaluated individually, and collectively, for impairment, and the related portion of the allowance for loan losses that is allocated to each loan portfolio segment, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (in thousands).

 

    At 3/31/2012  
    Real Estate                                
    Multifamily     Commercial     One-to-
Four
Family
    Construction
and Land
    Home
Equity

and
Lines of

Credit
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Beginning Balance

  $ 6,772      $ 14,120      $ 967      $ 1,189      $ 418      $ 2,035      $ 186      $ 40      $ 1,109      $ 26,836   

Charge-offs

    —          (259     —          —          —          (90     (21     —          —          (370

Recoveries

    —          7        —          —          —          12        —          —          —          19   

Provisions

    899        (17     (351     (134     123        129        (98     (8     72        615   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 7,671      $ 13,851      $ 616      $ 1,055      $ 541      $ 2,086      $ 67      $ 32      $ 1,181      $ 27,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 365      $ 2,233      $ 20      $ —        $ 173      $ 1,351      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 7,306      $ 11,618      $ 596      $ 1,055      $ 368      $ 735      $ 67      $ 32      $ 1,181      $ 22,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated loans, net:

                   

Ending Balance

  $ 497,859      $ 319,002      $ 71,627      $ 21,939      $ 28,903      $ 13,037      $ 3,669      $ 1,241      $ —        $ 957,277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,938      $ 47,950      $ 1,035      $ 164      $ 1,959      $ 5,709      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 59,755   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 494,921      $ 271,052      $ 70,592      $ 21,775      $ 26,944      $ 7,328      $ 3,669      $ 1,241      $ —        $ 897,522   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    At 12/31/2011  
    Real Estate                                
    Multifamily     Commercial     One-to-
Four
Family
    Construction
and Land
    Home
Equity

and
Lines of

Credit
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Beginning Balance

  $ 5,137      $ 12,654      $ 570      $ 1,855      $ 242      $ 719      $ 111      $ 28      $ 503      $ 21,819   

Charge-offs

    (718     (5,398     (101     (693     (62     (638     (70     —          —          (7,680

Recoveries

    —          55        —          —          —          23        30        —          —          108   

Provisions

    2,353        6,809        498        27        238        1,931        115        12        606        12,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 6,772      $ 14,120      $ 967      $ 1,189      $ 418      $ 2,035      $ 186      $ 40      $ 1,109      $ 26,836   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 338      $ 1,895      $ 408      $ —        $ 30      $ 1,393      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,064   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 6,434      $ 12,225      $ 559      $ 1,189      $ 388      $ 642      $ 186      $ 40      $ 1,109      $ 22,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated loans, net:

                   

Ending balance

  $ 459,434      $ 327,141      $ 72,679      $ 23,478      $ 29,906      $ 12,715      $ 59,096      $ 1,496      $ —        $ 985,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,945      $ 43,448      $ 2,532      $ 1,709      $ 1,593      $ 2,043      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 54,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 456,489      $ 283,693      $ 70,147      $ 21,769      $ 28,313      $ 10,672      $ 59,096      $ 1,496      $ —        $ 931,675   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company monitors the credit quality of its loans, by reviewing certain key credit quality indicators. Management has determined that loan-to-value ratios (at period end) and internally assigned credit risk ratings by loan type are the key credit quality indicators that best help management monitor the credit quality of the Company’s loans. Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios used by management in monitoring credit quality are based on current period loan balances and original values at time of origination (unless a more current appraisal has been obtained). In calculating the provision for loan losses, management has determined that commercial real estate loans and multifamily loans having loan-to-value ratios of less than 35%, and one- to four-family loans having loan-to-value ratios of less than 60%, require less of a loss factor than those with higher loan to value ratios.

The Company maintains a credit risk rating system as part of the risk assessment of its loan portfolio. The Company’s lending officers are required to assign a credit risk rating to each loan in their portfolio at origination. When the lending officer learns of important financial developments, the risk rating is reviewed accordingly, and adjusted if necessary. Monthly, management presents monitored assets to the Board Loan Committee. In addition, the Company engages a third party independent loan reviewer that performs semi-annual reviews of a sample of loans, validating the credit risk ratings assigned to such loans. The credit risk ratings play an important role in the establishment of the loan loss provision and in confirming the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. After determining the general reserve loss factor for each portfolio segment, the portfolio segment balance collectively evaluated for impairment is multiplied by the general reserve loss factor for the respective portfolio segment in order to determine the general reserve. Loans that have an internal credit rating of special mention or substandard are multiplied by a multiple of the general reserve loss factors for each portfolio segment, in order to determine the general reserve.

When assigning a risk rating to a loan, management utilizes the Bank’s internal nine-point credit risk rating system.

 

  1. Strong
  2. Good
  3. Acceptable
  4. Adequate
  5. Watch
  6. Special Mention
  7. Substandard
  8. Doubtful
  9. Loss

Loans rated 1 through 5 are considered pass ratings. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets have well defined weaknesses based on objective evidence, and are characterized by the distinct possibility the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable based on current circumstances. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses, are designated special mention.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The following tables detail the recorded investment of originated loans held-for-investment, net of deferred fees and costs, by loan type and credit quality indicator at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (in thousands).

 

    At March 31, 2012  
    Real Estate                          
    Multifamily     Commercial     One- to
Four-Family
    Construction
and Land
    Home
Equity

and
Lines of

Credit
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Total  
    < 35%
LTV
    => 35%
LTV
    < 35%
LTV
    => 35%
LTV
    < 60%
LTV
    => 60%
LTV
                                     

Internal Risk Rating

                       

Pass

  $ 23,338      $ 453,864      $ 32,020      $ 208,994      $ 38,753      $ 27,134      $ 16,022      $ 26,451      $ 9,253      $ 3,386      $ 1,241      $ 840,456   

Special Mention

    159        15,876        593        23,447        1,713        391        627        688        381        160        —          44,035   

Substandard

    490        4,132        1,713        52,235        864        2,772        5,290        1,764        3,271        123        —          72,654   

Loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          132        —          —          132   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans Receivable, net

  $ 23,987      $ 473,872      $ 34,326      $ 284,676      $ 41,330      $ 30,297      $ 21,939      $ 28,903      $ 13,037      $ 3,669      $ 1,241      $ 957,277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    At December 31, 2011  
    Real Estate                          
    Multifamily     Commercial     One- to
Four-Family
    Construction
and Land
    Home
Equity
and
Lines of
Credit
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Total  
    < 35%
LTV
    => 35%
LTV
    < 35%
LTV
    => 35%
LTV
    < 60%
LTV
    => 60%
LTV
                                     

Internal Risk Rating

                       

Pass

  $ 23,595      $ 419,433      $ 30,478      $ 214,120      $ 39,808      $ 27,806      $ 17,229      $ 27,751      $ 8,761      $ 58,817      $ 1,496      $ 869,294   

Special Mention

    —          11,989        624        23,271        1,730        —          631        389        1,118        142        —          39,894   

Substandard

    555        3,862        2,027        56,621        821        2,514        5,618        1,766        2,836        137        —          76,757   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans Receivable, net

  $ 24,150      $ 435,284      $ 33,129      $ 294,012      $ 42,359      $ 30,320      $ 23,478      $ 29,906      $ 12,715      $ 59,096      $ 1,496      $ 985,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in originated loans receivable (including held-for-sale) are loans for which the accrual of interest income has been discontinued due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrowers. The recorded investment of these nonaccrual loans was $38.4 million and $43.8 million, at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Generally, loans are placed on non-accruing status when they become 90 days or more delinquent, and remain on non-accrual status until they are brought current, have six months of performance under the loan terms, and factors indicating reasonable doubt about the timely collection of payments no longer exist. Therefore, loans may be current in accordance with their loan terms, or may be less than 90 days delinquent and still be on a non-accruing status.

These non-accrual amounts included loans deemed to be impaired of $34.6 million and $36.1 million at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Loans on non-accrual status with principal balances less than $500,000, and therefore not meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan, amounted to $3.8 million and $4.3 million at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Non-accrual amounts included in loans held-for-sale were $80,000 and $3.4 million at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest were $1.8 million and $85,000 at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 and consisted of loans that are considered well secured and in the process of collection.

The following tables set forth the detail, and delinquency status, of non-performing loans (non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 or more and still accruing), net of deferred fees and costs, at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (in thousands). The following table excludes PCI loans at March 31, 2012, which have been segregated into pools in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30. Each loan pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. At March 31, 2012, expected future cash flows of each PCI loan pool was consistent with those estimated at its purchase date.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
    At March 31, 2012  
    Non-Accruing Loans              
    0-29 Days
Past Due
    30-89 Days
Past Due
    90 Days or
More Past
Due
    Total     90 Days or
More Past
Due and
Accruing
    Total Non-
Performing
Loans
 

Loans held-for-investment:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

           

LTV < 35%

           

Special Mention

    —          —          —          —          9        9   

Substandard

  $ 353      $ —        $ 1,360      $ 1,713      $ —        $ 1,713   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    353        —          1,360        1,713        9        1,722   

LTV => 35%

           

Special Mention

    873        —          —          873        —          873   

Substandard

    15,091        20        12,692        27,803        985        28,788   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    15,964        20        12,692        28,676        985        29,661   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    16,317        20        14,052        30,389        994        31,383   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

           

LTV < 60%

           

Special Mention

    —          21        327        348        —          348   

Substandard

    51        —          197        248        —          248   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    51        21        524        596        —          596   

LTV => 60%

           

Substandard

    131        510        —          641        —          641   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    131        510        —          641        —          641   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

    182        531        524        1,237        —          1,237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction and land Substandard

    1,803        —          —          1,803        —          1,803   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total construction and land

    1,803        —          —          1,803        —          1,803   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Multifamily

           

LTV < 35%

           

Substandard

    31        —          —          31        —          31   

Loss

    490        —          —          490        —          490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    521        —          —          521        —          521   

LTV => 35%

           

Substandard

    —          —          1,179        1,179        792        1,971   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —          —          1,179        1,179        792        1,971   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total multifamily

    521        —          1,179        1,700        792        2,492   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit Substandard

    —          101        1,663        1,764        —          1,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

    —          101        1,663        1,764        —          1,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans Substandard

    548        —          724        1,272        —          1,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

    548        —          724        1,272        —          1,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans - substandard

    —          —          123        123        —          123   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

    —          —          123        123        —          123   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans-held-for-investment

    19,371        652        18,265        38,288        1,786        40,074   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale:

           

Commercial and industrial loans Substandard

    —          —          80        80        —          80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

    —          —          80        80        —          80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held-for-sale

    —          —          80        80        —          80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

  $ 19,371      $ 652      $ 18,345      $ 38,368      $ 1,786      $ 40,154   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents
    At December 31, 2011  
    Non-Accruing Loans              
    0-29 Days
Past Due
    30-89 Days
Past Due
    90 Days or
More Past
Due
    Total     90 Days or
More Past
Due and
Accruing
    Total Non-
Performing
Loans
 

Loans held-for-investment:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial

           

LTV < 35%

           

Special Mention

    —          —          —          —          13        13   

Substandard

  $ 404      $ —        $ 1,360      $ 1,764      $ —        $ 1,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    404        —          1,360        1,764        13        1,777   

LTV => 35%

           

Special Mention

    876        —          1,020        1,896        —          1,896   

Substandard

    14,657        3,438        10,559        28,654        —          28,654   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    15,533        3,438        11,579        30,550        —          30,550   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    15,937        3,438        12,939        32,314        13        32,327   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

           

LTV < 60%

           

Special Mention

    —          23        335        358        —          358   

Substandard

    210        —          198        408        —          408   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    210        23        533        766        —          766   

LTV => 60%

           

Substandard

    —          572          572        —          572   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —          572        —          572        —          572   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

    210        595        533        1,338        —          1,338   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction and land

           

Special Mention

    —          —          —          —            —     

Substandard

    1,709        —          —          1,709        —          1,709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total construction and land

    1,709        —          —          1,709        —          1,709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Multifamily

           

LTV < 35%

           

Substandard

    523        —          —          523        —          523   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    523        —          —          523        —          523   

LTV => 35%

           

Substandard

    —          —          1,179        1,179        72        1,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —          —          1,179        1,179        72        1,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total multifamily

    523        —          1,179        1,702        72        1,774   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit Substandard

    102        —          1,664        1,766          1,766   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

    102        —          1,664        1,766        —          1,766   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

           

Special Mention

    —          —          724        724        —          724   

Substandard

    553        —          90        643        —          643   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

    553        —          814        1,367        —          1,367   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans - substandard

    —          —          137        137        —          137   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

    —          —          137        137        —          137   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans-held-for-investment

    19,034        4,033        17,266        40,333        85        40,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale:

           

Commercial

           

LTV < 35%

           

Substandard

    —          —          263        263        —          263   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —          —          263        263        —          263   

LTV => 35%

           

Substandard

    458        175        1,449        2,082        —          2,082   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    458        175        1,449        2,082        —          2,082   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    458        175        1,712        2,345        —          2,345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction and land Substandard

    —          —          422        422        —          422   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total construction and land

    —          —          422        422        —          422   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Multifamily

           

LTV < 35%

           

Substandard

    —          —          32        32        —          32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —          —          32        32        —          32   

LTV => 35%

           

Substandard

    —          —          441        441        —          441   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —          —          441        441        —          441   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total multifamily

    —          —          473        473        —          473   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans Substandard

    —          —          208        208        —          208   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

    —          —          208        208        —          208   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held-for-sale

    458        175        2,815        3,448        —          3,448   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

  $ 19,492      $ 4,208      $ 20,081      $ 43,781      $ 85      $ 43,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the detail and delinquency status of originated loans held-for-investment, net of deferred fees and costs, by performing and non-performing loans at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (in thousands).

 

    At March 31, 2012  
    Performing (Accruing) Loans              
    0-29 Days
Past Due
    30-89 Days
Past Due
    Total     Non-
Performing
Loans
    Total Loans
Receivable,  net
 

Loans held-for-investment:

         

Real estate loans:

         

Commercial

         

LTV < 35%

         

Pass

  $ 32,020      $ —        $ 32,020      $ —        $ 32,020   

Special Mention

    584        —          584        9        593   

Substandard

    —          —          —          1,713        1,713   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    32,604        —          32,604        1,722        34,326   

LTV > 35%

         

Pass

    208,166        828        208,994        —          208,994   

Special Mention

    21,268        1,306        22,574        873        23,447   

Substandard

    18,693        4,754        23,447        28,788        52,235   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    248,127        6,888        255,015        29,661        284,676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    280,731        6,888        287,619        31,383        319,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

         

LTV < 60%

         

Pass

    38,172        581        38,753        —          38,753   

Special Mention

    968        397        1,365        348        1,713   

Substandard

    335        281        616        248        864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    39,475        1,259        40,734        596        41,330   

LTV > 60%

         

Pass

    26,254        880        27,134        —          27,134   

Special Mention

    391        —          391        —          391   

Substandard

    1,939        192        2,131        641        2,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    28,584        1,072        29,656        641        30,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

    68,059        2,331        70,390        1,237        71,627   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction and land

         

Pass

    16,022        —          16,022        —          16,022   

Special Mention

    627        —          627        —          627   

Substandard

    3,487        —          3,487        1,803        5,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total construction and land

    20,136        —          20,136        1,803        21,939   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Multifamily

         

LTV < 35%

         

Pass

    23,338        —          23,338        —          23,338   

Special Mention

    128        —          128        31        159   

Substandard

    —          —          —          490        490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    23,466        —          23,466        521        23,987   

LTV > 35%

         

Pass

    451,701        2,163        453,864        —          453,864   

Special Mention

    10,197        5,679        15,876        —          15,876   

Substandard

    614        1,547        2,161        1,971        4,132   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    462,512        9,389        471,901        1,971        473,872   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total multifamily

    485,978        9,389        495,367        2,492        497,859   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

         

Pass

    26,451        —          26,451        —          26,451   

Special Mention

    688        —          688        —          688   

Substandard

    —          —          —          1,764        1,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

    27,139        —          27,139        1,764        28,903   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

         

Pass

    8,753        500        9,253        —          9,253   

Special Mention

    341        40        381        —          381   

Substandard

    1,136        863        1,999        1,272        3,271   

Loss

    132        —          132        —          132   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

    10,362        1,403        11,765        1,272        13,037   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans

         

Pass

    1,572        1,814        3,386        —          3,386   

Special Mention

    —          160        160        —          160   

Substandard

    —          —          —          123        123   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

    1,572        1,974        3,546        123        3,669   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans

         

Pass

    1,151        90        1,241        —          1,241   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans

    1,151        90        1,241        —          1,241   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 895,128      $ 22,075      $ 917,203      $ 40,074      $ 957,277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents
    At December 31, 2011  
    Performing (Accruing) Loans              
    0-29 Days
Past Due
    30-89 Days
Past Due
    Total     Non-
Performing
Loans
    Total Loans
Receivable  net
 

Real estate loans:

         

Commercial

         

LTV < 35%

         

Pass

  $ 30,478      $ —        $ 30,478      $ —        $ 30,478   

Special Mention

    611        —          611        13        624   

Substandard

    —          —          —          1,764        1,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    31,089        —          31,089        1,777        32,866   

LTV > 35%

         

Pass

    215,123        1,342        216,465        —          216,465   

Special Mention

    20,796        579        21,375        1,896        23,271   

Substandard

    19,402        6,483        25,885        28,654        54,539   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    255,321        8,404        263,725        30,550        294,275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    286,410        8,404        294,814        32,327        327,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

         

LTV < 60%

         

Pass

    39,420        388        39,808        —          39,808   

Special Mention

    974        398        1,372        358        1,730   

Substandard

    129        284        413        408        821   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    40,523        1,070        41,593        766        42,359   

LTV > 60%

         

Pass

    26,618        1,188        27,806        —          27,806   

Special Mention

    —          —          —          —          —     

Substandard

    1,942        —          1,942        572        2,514   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    28,560        1,188        29,748        572        30,320   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

    69,083        2,258        71,341        1,338        72,679   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction and land

         

Pass

    14,610        3,041        17,651        —          17,651   

Special Mention

    631        —          631        —          631   

Substandard

    3,487        —          3,487        1,709        5,196   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total construction and land

    18,728        3,041        21,769        1,709        23,478   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Multifamily

         

LTV < 35%

         

Pass

    23,595        —          23,595        —          23,595   

Substandard

    —          —          —          523        523   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    23,595        —          23,595        523        24,118   

LTV > 35%

         

Pass

    416,453        3,453        419,906        —          419,906   

Special Mention

    10,526        1,463        11,989        —          11,989   

Substandard

    618        1,552        2,170        1,251        3,421   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    427,597        6,468        434,065        1,251        435,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total multifamily

    451,192        6,468        457,660        1,774        459,434   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

         

Pass

    27,721        30        27,751        —          27,751   

Special Mention

    389        —          389        —          389   

Substandard

    —          —          —          1,766        1,766   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

    28,110        30        28,140        1,766        29,906   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

         

Pass

    8,887        82        8,969        —          8,969   

Special Mention

    269        125        394        724        1,118   

Substandard

    1,985        —          1,985        643        2,628   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

    11,141        207        11,348        1,367        12,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans

         

Pass

    58,391        426        58,817        —          58,817   

Special Mention

    —          142        142        —          142   

Substandard

    —          —          —          137        137   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

    58,391        568        58,959        137        59,096   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans

         

Pass

    1,405        91        1,496        —          1,496   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans

    1,405        91        1,496        —          1,496   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 924,460      $ 21,067      $ 945,527      $ 40,418      $ 985,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize impaired loans as of March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     At March 31, 2012  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

With No Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

   $ 1,713       $ 1,713       $ —     

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     2,990         2,998         —     

Substandard

     35,369         37,347         —     

One-to-four family residential

        

LTV < 60%

        

Substandard

     51         51         —     

LTV => 60%

        

Substandard

     258         258         —     

Construction and land Substandard

     2,106         3,004         —     

Multifamily

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

     31         31         —     

Loss

     490         490         —     

LTV => 35%

        

Loss

     148         619         —     

Commercial and industrial loans

        

Special Mention

     40         40         —     

Substandard

     1,530         1,620         —     

Loss

     132         132         —     

With a Related Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     653         680         (78

Substandard

     8,385         8,391         (1,767

One-to-four family residential

        

LTV < 60%

        

Special Mention

     777         777         (20

LTV => 60%

        

Substandard

     1,752         1,752         (388

Multifamily

        

LTV => 35%

        

Substandard

     2,417         2,417         (365

Home equity and lines of credit

        

Special Mention

     367         367         (25

Substandard

     1,592         1,592         (148

Commercial and industrial loans Substandard

     498         498         (1,351

Total:

        

Real estate loans

        

Commercial

     49,110         51,129         (1,845

One-to-four family residential

     2,838         2,838         (408

Construction and land

     2,106         3,004         —     

Multifamily

     3,086         3,557         (365

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,959         1,959         (173

Commercial and industrial loans

     2,200         2,290         (1,351
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 61,299       $ 64,777       $ (4,142
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2011  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

With No Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

   $ 1,764       $ 1,764       $ —     

Loss

     —           471         —     

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     3,670         3,679         —     

Substandard

     26,284         27,906         —     

Construction and land

        

Substandard

     1,709         2,607         —     

Multifamily

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

     523         523         —     

LTV => 35%

        

Substandard

     870         870         —     

Commercial and industrial loans

        

Special Mention

     660         660         —     

Substandard

     921         921         —     

With a Related Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

     1,766         2,132         (175

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     659         685         (65

Substandard

     9,305         9,305         (1,655

One-to-four family residential

        

LTV < 60%

        

Special Mention

     782         782         (22

LTV => 60%

        

Substandard

     1,750         1,750         (386

Multifamily

        

LTV => 35%

     1,552         1,552         (338

Substandard

        

Home equity and lines of credit

        

Substandard

     1,593         1,593         (30

Commercial and industrial loans

        

Substandard

     462         462         (1,393

Total:

        

Real estate loans

        

Commercial

     43,448         45,942         (1,895

One-to-four family residential

     2,532         2,532         (408

Construction and land

     1,709         2,607         —     

Multifamily

     2,945         2,945         (338

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,593         1,593         (30

Commercial and industrial loans

     2,043         2,043         (1,393
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 54,270       $ 57,662       $ (4,064
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Included in the table above at March 31, 2012, are loans with carrying balances of $44.9 million that were not written down by either charge-offs or specific reserves in our allowance for loan losses. Included in the table above at December 31, 2011, are loans with carrying balances of $27.9 million that were not written down by either charge-offs or specific reserves in our allowance for loan losses. Loans not written down by charge-offs or specific reserves at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, are considered to have sufficient collateral values, less costs to sell, to support the carrying balances of the loans.

The average recorded balance of originated impaired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was $63.0 million and $61.6 million, respectively. The Company recorded $677,000 and $854,000 of interest income on impaired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table summarizes loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2012  
     Number of
Relationships
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
            (in thousands)         

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        

Commercial real estate loans

        

Substandard

     1       $ 6,414       $ 6,414   

One-to-four Family

        

Substandard

     1         258         258   

Home equity and lines of credit

        

Special Mention

     2         367         367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Troubled Debt Restructurings

     4       $ 7,039       $ 7,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 we had troubled debt restructurings of $47.5 million and $41.6 million, respectively.

All four of the relationships in the table above were restructured to receive reduced interest rates.

Management classifies all troubled debt restructurings as impaired loans. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell), if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of the expected future cash flows, if the loan is not collateral dependent. Management performs a detailed evaluation of each impaired loan and generally obtains updated appraisals as part of the evaluation. In addition, management adjusts estimated fair values down to appropriately consider recent market conditions, our willingness to accept a lower sales price to effect a quick sale, and costs to dispose of any supporting collateral. Determining the estimated fair value of underlying collateral (and related costs to sell) can be difficult in illiquid real estate markets and is subject to significant assumptions and estimates. Management employs an independent third party expert in appraisal preparation and review to ascertain the reasonableness of updated appraisals. Projecting the expected cash flows under troubled debt restructurings is inherently subjective and requires, among other things, an evaluation of the borrower’s current and projected financial condition. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections and our established allowance for loan losses on these loans, which could have a material effect on our financial results.

There have not been any loans that were restructured during the last twelve months that have subsequently defaulted.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 4 – Deposits

Deposits are as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Non-interest-bearing demand

   $ 163,869       $ 156,493   

Interest-bearing negotiable orders of withdrawal (NOW)

     102,171         91,829   

Savings-passbook, statement, tiered, and money market

     767,445         765,081   

Certificates of deposit

     467,007         480,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,500,492       $ 1,493,526   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense on deposit accounts is summarized for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2011  

Negotiable order of withdrawal, savings-passbook, statement, tiered, and money market

   $ 1,096       $ 1,134   

Certificates of deposit

     1,428         1,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,524       $ 3,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5 – Equity Incentive Plan

The following table is a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and changes therein during the three months then ended:

 

    Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
 

Outstanding - December 31, 2011

    2,056,660      $ 3.22      $ 9.95        7.02   

Granted

    —          —          —          —     

Forfeited

    (3,560     3.22        9.94        —     

Exercised

    —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

       

Outstanding - March 31, 2012

    2,053,100      $ 3.22      $ 9.95        6.82   
 

 

 

       

Exercisable - March 31, 2012

    1,239,280      $ 3.22      $ 9.95        6.82   
 

 

 

       

Expected future stock option expense related to the non-vested options outstanding as of March 31, 2012 is $2.5 million over an average period of 1.8 years.

The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s restricted share awards as of March 31, 2012 and changes therein during the three months then ended.

 

     Number of
Shares
Awarded
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2011

     488,830      $ 9.97   

Granted

     —          —     

Vested

     (161,810     9.96   

Forfeited

     (1,240     9.94   
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at March 31, 2012

     325,780      $ 9.97   
  

 

 

   

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Expected future stock award expense related to the non-vested restricted share awards as of March 31, 2012 is $3.0 million over an average period of 1.8 years.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $756,000 and $759,000 of stock-based compensation related to the above plans, respectively.

Note 6 – Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair value as of March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, by level within the fair value hierarchy as required by the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlations or other means.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

    Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    March 31, 2012     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
          (in thousands)        

Measured on a recurring basis:

       

Assets:

       

Investment securities:

       

Available-for-sale:

       

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

GSE

  $ 1,029,113      $ —        $ 1,029,113      $ —     

Non-GSE

    36,720        —          36,720        —     

Corporate bonds

    105,130        —          105,130        —     

Equities

    13,504        13,504        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

    1,184,467        13,504        1,170,963        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading securities

    4,577        4,577        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,189,044      $ 18,081      $ 1,170,963      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Measured on a non-recurring basis:

       

Assets:

       

Impaired loans:

       

Real estate loans:

       

Commercial real estate

  $ 26,861      $ —        $ —        $ 26,861   

One-to-four family residential mortgage

    2,788        —          —          2,788   

Construction and land

    1,803        —          —          1,803   

Multifamily

    2,417        —          —          2,417   

Home equity and lines of credit

    1,959        —          —          1,959   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

    35,828        —          —          35,828   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

    460        —          —          460   

Other real estate owned

    2,444        —          —          2,444   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 38,732      $ —        $ —        $ 38,732   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
    Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    December 31, 2011     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
          (in thousands)        

Measured on a recurring basis:

       

Assets:

       

Investment securities:

       

Available-for-sale:

       

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

GSE

  $ 945,782      $ —        $ 945,782      $ —     

Non-GSE

    40,451        —          40,451        —     

Corporate bonds

    100,657        —          100,657        —     

Equities

    11,835        11,835        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

    1,098,725        11,835        1,086,890        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading securities

    4,146        4,146        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,102,871      $ 15,981      $ 1,086,890      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Measured on a non-recurring basis:

       

Assets:

       

Impaired loans:

       

Real estate loans:

       

Commercial real estate

  $ 27,826      $ —        $ —        $ 27,826   

One-to-four family residential mortgage

    2,532        —          —          2,532   

Construction and land

    1,709        —          —          1,709   

Multifamily

    1,552        —          —          1,552   

Home equity and lines of credit

    1,593        —          —          1,593   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

    35,212        —          —          35,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

    462        —          —          462   

Other real estate owned

    3,359        —          —          3,359   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 39,033      $ —        $ —        $ 39,033   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents qualitative information for Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at March 31, 2012:

 

    Fair Value     Valuation
Methodology
 

Unobservable Inputs

  Range of Inputs
    (in thousands)              

Impaired loans

  $ 36,288      Appraisals   Discount for costs to sell   7.0%
      Discount for quick sale   10.0% - 20.0%
      Discount for dated appraisal utilizing changes in real estate indexes   Varies

Other real estate owned

  $ 2,444      Appraisals   Discount for costs to sell   7.0%
      Discount for dated appraisal utilizing changes in real estate indexes   Varies

Available for Sale Securities: The estimated fair values for mortgage-backed, GSE and corporate securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized third-party pricing service. The estimated fair values are derived primarily from cash flow models, which include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayment speeds. Broker/dealer quotes are utilized as well when such quotes are available and deemed

 

F-22


Table of Contents

representative of the market. The significant inputs utilized in the cash flow models are based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company (Observable Inputs), and are therefore classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair values of equity securities, classified as Level 1, are derived from quoted market prices in active markets. Equity securities consist of mutual funds. There were no transfers of securities between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Trading Securities: Fair values are derived from quoted market prices in active markets. The assets consist of publicly traded mutual funds.

In addition, the Company may be required, from time to time, to measure the fair value of certain other financial assets on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write downs of individual assets.

Impaired Loans: At March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Company had originated impaired loans held-for-investment and held-for-sale with outstanding principal balances of $36.3 million and $39.1 million that were recorded at their estimated fair value of $41.2 million and $35.7 million, respectively. The Company recorded net impairment charges of $78,000 and $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and charge-offs of $351,000 and $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, utilizing Level 3 inputs. For purposes of estimating fair value of impaired loans, management utilizes independent appraisals, if the loan is collateral dependent, adjusted downward by management, as necessary, for changes in relevant valuation factors subsequent to the appraisal date, or the present value of expected future cash flows for non-collateral dependent loans and troubled debt restructurings.

Other Real Estate Owned: At March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Company had assets acquired through foreclosure, or deed in lieu of foreclosure, of $2.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively, recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value is generally based on independent appraisals. These appraisals include adjustments to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, and are considered Level 3 inputs. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated selling costs, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If the estimated fair value of the asset declines, a write-down is recorded through non-interest expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions.

Subsequent valuation adjustments to other real estate owned (REO) was $0 for each of the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The FASB ASC Topic for Financial Instruments requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities not already discussed above:

(a) Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Certificates of Deposit

Cash and cash equivalents are short-term in nature with original maturities of three months or less; the carrying amount approximates fair value. Certificates of deposit having original terms of six-months or less; carrying value generally approximates fair value. Certificates of deposit with an original maturity of six months or greater, the fair value is derived from discounted cash flows.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

(b) Securities (Held to Maturity)

The estimated fair values for substantially all of our securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized pricing service. The independent pricing service utilizes market prices of same or similar securities whenever such prices are available. Prices involving distressed sellers are not utilized in determining fair value. Where necessary, the independent third-party pricing service estimates fair value using models employing techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. The assumptions used in these models typically include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayments, utilizing market observable data where available.

(c) Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock

The fair value for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed and there is no active market for this stock.

(d) Loans (Held-for-Investment)

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as originated and purchased, and further segregated by residential mortgage, construction, land, multifamily, commercial and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into amortizing and non-amortizing and fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current prepayment assumptions and current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit price concept of fair value prescribed by the FASB ASC Topic for Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.

(e) Loans (Held-for-Sale)

Held-for-sale loans are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell, and therefore fair value is equal to carrying value.

(f) Deposits

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

(g) Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit

The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments is insignificant and therefore not included in the following table.

(h) Borrowings

The fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturity.

(i) Advance Payments by Borrowers

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance have no stated maturity; the fair value is equal to the amount currently payable.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of the Company’s significant financial instruments at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, are presented in the following tables (in thousands):

 

    March 31, 2012  
    Carrying
Value
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Financial assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 45,837      $ 45,837      $ —        $ —        $ 45,837   

Trading securities

    4,577        4,577            4,577   

Securities available-for-sale

    1,184,677        13,504        1,170,963        —          1,184,467   

Securities held-to-maturity

    3,324        —          3,492        —          3,492   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost

    12,452        —          12,452        —          12,452   

Loans held-for-sale

    604        —          —          604        604   

Net loans held-for-investment

    1,016,245        —          —          1,064,941        1,064,941   

Financial liabilities:

         

Deposits

  $ 1,500,492      $ —        $ 1,507,237      $ —        $ 1,507,237   

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings

    477,119        —          492,507          492,507   

Advance payments by borrowers

    3,921        —          3,921        —          3,921   

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
value
     Estimated
Fair

value
 

Financial assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 65,269       $ 65,269   

Trading securities

     4,146         4,146   

Securities available-for-sale

     1,098,725         1,098,725   

Securities held-to-maturity

     3,617         3,771   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost

     12,677         12,677   

Loans held-for-sale

     3,900         3,900   

Net loans held-for-investment

     1,047,631         1,081,484   

Financial liabilities:

     

Deposits

   $ 1,493,526       $ 1,499,906   

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings

     481,934         498,774   

Advance payments by borrowers

     2,201         2,201   

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Note 7 – Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. For purposes of calculating basic earnings per share, weighted average common shares outstanding excludes unallocated employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares that have not been committed for release and unvested restricted stock.

Diluted earnings per share is computed using the same method as basic earnings per share, but reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and unvested shares of restricted stock were exercised and converted into common stock. These potentially dilutive shares are included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury stock method, we add: (1) the assumed proceeds from option exercises; (2) the tax benefit, if any, that would have been credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of non-qualified stock options and vesting of shares of restricted stock; and (3) the average unamortized compensation costs related to unvested shares of restricted stock and stock options. We then divide this sum by our average stock price for the period to calculate assumed shares repurchased. The excess of the number of shares issuable over the number of shares assumed to be repurchased is added to basic weighted average common shares to calculate diluted earnings per share.

The following is a summary of the Company’s earnings per share calculations and reconciliation of basic to diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

 

    For the three months ended
March 31,
 
    2012     2011  

Net income available to common stockholders

  $ 4,948      $ 4,970   

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic

    38,647,588        41,101,028   

Effect of non-vested restricted stock and stock options outstanding

    495,333        441,840   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

    39,142,921        41,542,868   

Earnings per share - basic

  $ 0.13      $ 0.12   

Earnings per share - diluted

  $ 0.13      $ 0.12   

Note 8 – Stock Repurchase Program

On September 9, 2011 the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the continuance of the stock repurchase program. Under its current program, the Company intends to repurchase up to 2,066,379 additional shares, representing approximately 5% of its outstanding shares. The timing of the repurchases will depend on certain factors, including but not limited to, market conditions and prices, the Company’s liquidity and capital requirements, and alternative uses of capital. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. The Company is conducting such repurchases in accordance with a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. As of March 31, 2012, the Company has repurchased a total of 5,194,320 shares of its common stock (under its current and prior repurchase plans) at an average price of $12.87 per share.

Note 9 – Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in the State of New Jersey. The Company’s subsidiary files income tax returns in the State and City of New York, and the State of New Jersey. The State and City of New York are currently examining our subsidiary’s tax returns filed for 2007, 2008, and 2009. The Company, and its subsidiary, are no longer subject to federal and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2007.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Note 10 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-03, Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements, amends Topic 860 (Transfers and Servicing) where an entity may or may not recognize a sale upon the transfer of financial assets subject to repurchase agreements, based on whether or not the transferor has maintained effective control. In the assessment of effective control, Accounting Standard Update 2011-03 has removed the criteria that requires transferors to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control have not been changed. This guidance is effective for prospective periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was prohibited. The adoption of this Accounting Standard Update did not result in a material change to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU No. 2011-04 results in a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The changes to U.S. GAAP as a result of ASU No. 2011-04 are as follows: (1) The concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets (that is, it does not apply to financial assets or any liabilities); (2) U.S. GAAP currently prohibits application of a blockage factor in valuing financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets. ASU No. 2011-04 extends that prohibition to all fair value measurements; (3) An exception is provided to the basic fair value measurement principles for an entity that holds a group of financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting positions in market risk or counterparty credit risk that are managed on the basis of the entity’s net exposure to either of those risks. This exception allows the entity, if certain criteria are met, to measure the fair value of the net asset or liability position in a manner consistent with how market participants would price the net risk position; (4) Aligns the fair value measurement of instruments classified within an entity’s shareholders’ equity with the guidance for liabilities; and (5) Disclosure requirements have been enhanced for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements to disclose quantitative information about unobservable inputs and assumptions used, to describe the valuation processes used by the entity, and to describe the sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs. In addition, entities must report the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of condition but whose fair value must be disclosed. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 are effective for the Company’s interim reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-04 did not result in a material change to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The statement(s) are required to be presented with equal prominence as the other primary financial statements. ASU No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity but does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” which defers the effective date of the requirement to present separate line items on the income statement for reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by this Update. For a public entity, the ASUs are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of these pronouncements resulted in a change to the presentation of the Company’s financial statements but did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-08 simplify how entities, both public and nonpublic, test goodwill for impairment. The amendments

 

F-27


Table of Contents

in the Update permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-08 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company will perform annual testing for goodwill impairment at December 31, 2012.

(11) Subsequent Events

On June 6, 2012, the Board of Trustees of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (“MHC”) and the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. The MHC will be merged into the Company, and the MHC will no longer exist. The Company will merge into a new Delaware corporation named Northfield Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, the MHC’s ownership interest of the Company will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of the Company, which represents the remaining ownership interest in the Company, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the new Delaware corporation. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the conversion and public offering, the public shareholders of the Company will own the same aggregate percentage of Northfield Bancorp., Inc. common stock that they owned immediately prior to that time (excluding shares purchased in the stock offering and cash received in lieu of fractional shares). When the conversion and public offering are completed, all of the capital stock of Northfield Bank will be owned by Northfield Bancorp., Inc., the Delaware corporation.

The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of Northfield Bank in an amount equal to the greater of the MHC’s ownership interest in the retained earnings of the Company as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus or the retained earnings of Northfield Bank at the time it reorganized into the MHC. Following the completion of the conversion, under the rules of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Northfield Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Northfield Bancorp., Inc., its sole shareholder, if Northfield Bank’s shareholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation accounts. The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases will not restore an eligible account holder’s interest in the liquidation accounts.

Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering. No costs have been incurred related to the conversion as of March 31, 2012.

On February 22, 2012, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and Northfield Bank were served with a summons and complaint related to a personal injury matter. The plaintiff was seeking damages of $40 million. The matter relates to an injury sustained by an individual on a property owned by a borrower of the Bank, which secures a loan to the Bank. The borrower is named as a co-defendant. The Bank does not operate the subject property or have any interest in the property, other than as collateral for its loan. On May 23, 2012, the action was dismissed for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, without prejudice, to a filing in a court of competent jurisdiction. No accrual for loss was established at March 31, 2012.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc, and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 15, 2012

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries:

We have audited Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 15, 2012

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     At December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS:     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 15,539      $ 9,862   

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

     49,730        33,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     65,269        43,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading securities

     4,146        4,095   

Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (encumbered $309,816 in 2011 and $275,694 in 2010)

     1,098,725        1,244,313   

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $3,771 in 2011 and $5,273 in 2010) (encumbered $0 in 2011 and 2010)

     3,617        5,060   

Loans held-for-sale

     3,900        1,170   

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans held-for-investment

     88,522        —     

Originated loans held-for-investment, net

     985,945        827,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment, net

     1,074,467        827,591   

Allowance for loan losses

     (26,836     (21,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans held-for-investment

     1,047,631        805,772   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

     8,610        7,873   

Bank owned life insurance

     77,778        74,805   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost

     12,677        9,784   

Premises and equipment, net

     19,988        16,057   

Goodwill

     16,159        16,159   

Other real estate owned

     3,359        171   

Other assets

     15,059        18,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     2,376,918        2,247,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:     

LIABILITIES:

    

Deposits

     1,493,526        1,372,842   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     276,000        243,000   

Other borrowings

     205,934        148,237   

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     2,201        693   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     16,607        85,678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,994,268        1,850,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 90,000,000 shares authorized, 45,632,611 shares issued at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, 40,518,591 and 43,316,021 outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     456        456   

Additional paid-in-capital

     209,302        205,863   

Unallocated common stock held by employee stock ownership plan

     (14,570     (15,188

Retained earnings

     235,776        222,655   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     17,470        10,910   

Treasury stock at cost; 5,114,020 and 2,316,590 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     (65,784     (27,979
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     382,650        396,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,376,918      $ 2,247,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

    Years ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except share data)  

Interest income:

     

Loans

  $ 55,066      $ 46,681      $ 38,889   

Mortgage-backed securities

    32,033        33,306        42,256   

Other securities

    3,314        6,011        3,223   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York dividends

    439        354        399   

Deposits in other financial institutions

    165        143        801   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    91,017        86,495        85,568   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

     

Deposits

    12,251        13,573        18,214   

Borrowings

    13,162        10,833        10,763   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

    25,413        24,406        28,977   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    65,604        62,089        56,591   

Provision for loan losses

    12,589        10,084        9,038   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    53,015        52,005        47,553   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

     

Bargain purchase gain, net of tax

    3,560        —          —     

Fees and service charges for customer services

    2,946        2,582        2,695   

Income on bank owned life insurance

    2,973        2,273        1,750   

Gain on securities transactions, net

    2,603        1,853        891   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities

    (1,152     (962     (1,365

Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)

    743        808        1,189   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    (409     (154     (176
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other

    162        288        233   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

    11,835        6,842        5,393   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

     

Compensation and employee benefits

    21,626        19,056        16,896   

Director compensation

    1,497        1,516        1,338   

Occupancy

    6,297        5,149        4,602   

Furniture and equipment

    1,204        1,070        1,093   

Data processing

    2,775        2,521        2,637   

Professional fees

    2,334        3,613        1,950   

FDIC insurance

    1,629        1,805        2,320   

Other

    4,168        3,954        3,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

    41,530        38,684        34,254   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

    23,320        20,163        18,692   

Income tax expense

    6,497        6,370        6,618   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 16,823      $ 13,793      $ 12,074   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share - basic and diluted

  $ 0.42      $ 0.33      $ 0.28   

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

    40,068,991        41,387,106        42,405,774   

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

    40,515,245        41,669,006        42,532,568   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009  
    Common Stock                                      
    Shares     Par
Value
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Unallocated
Common Stock
Held by the
Employee Stock
Ownership Plan
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss),
Net of tax
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    (In thousands, except share data)  

Balance at December 31, 2008

    44,803,061      $ 448      $ 199,453      $ (16,391   $ 203,085      $ (17   $ —        $ 386,578   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

            12,074            12,074   

Net unrealized holding gains on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $8,438)

              12,075          12,075   

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $35)

              (54       (54

Post retirement benefits adjustment (net of tax of $26)

              35          35   

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI impairment included in net income (net of tax of $70)

              106          106   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                  24,236   
               

 

 

 

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

        92        584              676   

Stock compensation expense

        2,942                2,942   

Cash dividends declared ($0.16 per common share)

            (2,963         (2,963

Issuance of restricted stock

    825,150        8        (8             —     

Treasury stock (average cost of $11.61 per share)

                (19,929     (19,929
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    45,628,211      $ 456      $ 202,479      $ (15,807   $ 212,196      $ 12,145      $ (19,929   $ 391,540   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

            13,793            13,793   

Net unrealized holding losses on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $577)

              (682       (682

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $585)

              (670       (670

Post retirement benefits adjustment (net of tax of $11)

              35          35   

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI impairment included in net income (net of tax of $72)

              82          82   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                  12,558   
               

 

 

 

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

        180        619              799   

Stock compensation expense

        3,020                3,020   

Additional tax benefit on equity awards

        184                184   

Exercise of stock options

            (26       163        137   

Cash dividends declared ($0.19 per common share)

            (3,308         (3,308

Issuance of restricted stock

    4,400                    —     

Treasury stock (average cost of $13.37 per share)

                (8,213     (8,213
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    45,632,611      $ 456      $ 205,863      $ (15,188   $ 222,655      $ 10,910      $ (27,979   $ 396,717   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

            16,823            16,823   

Net unrealized holding losses on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $5,306)

              7,961          7,961   

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $1,102)

              (1,652       (1,652

Post retirement benefits adjustment (net of tax of $4)

              6          6   

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI impairment included in net income (net of tax of $164)

              245          245   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                  23,383   
               

 

 

 

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

        206        618              824   

Stock compensation expense

        3,047                3,047   

Additional tax benefit on equity awards

        186                186   

Exercise of stock options

            (1       16        15   

Cash dividends declared ($0.23 per common share)

            (3,701         (3,701

Treasury stock (average cost of $13.52 per share)

                (37,821     (37,821
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    45,632,611      $ 456      $ 209,302      $ (14,570   $ 235,776      $ 17,470      $ (65,784   $ 382,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 16,823      $ 13,793      $ 12,074   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     12,589        10,084        9,038   

ESOP and stock compensation expense

     3,871        3,819        3,618   

Depreciation

     2,151        1,791        1,679   

Amortization of premiums, and deferred loan costs, net of (accretion) of discounts, and deferred loan fees

     1,653        1,101        (1,486

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

     60        117        113   

Income on bank owned life insurance

     (2,973     (2,273     (1,750

Gain on sale of premises and equipment and other real estate owned

     (84     (197     —     

Net gain on sale of loans held-for-sale

     (20     (34     (138

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

     11,206        5,713        7,509   

Origination of loans held-for-sale

     (10,467     (6,849     (7,371

Gain on securities transactions, net

     (2,603     (1,853     (891

Bargain purchase gain, net of tax

     (3,560     —          —     

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

     409        154        176   

Net purchases of trading securities

     (202     (95     (313

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

     125        181        265   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (1,659     (18     148   

Decrease (increase) in prepaid FDIC assessment

     1,609        1,610        (5,736

Deferred taxes

     (2,883     (2,905     (4,938

Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,196        1,263        2,831   

Amortization of core deposit intangible

     219        173        336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     27,460        25,575        15,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Net increase in loans receivable

     (169,258     (103,037     (108,385

Purchase of loans

     —          —          (35,369

(Purchase) redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, net

     (2,628     (3,363     2,989   

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (476,918     (845,781     (655,765

Principal payments and maturities on securities available-for-sale

     403,389        581,525        500,518   

Principal payments and maturities on securities held-to-maturity

     1,442        1,684        4,575   

Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale

     182,658        221,187        3,293   

Proceeds from sale of securities held-to-maturity

     —          —          3,371   

Purchases of certificates of deposit in other financial institutions

     —          —          (63

Proceeds from maturities of certificates of deposit in other financial institutions

     —          —          53,716   

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

     —          (28,781     —     

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

     571        721        —     

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

     —          394        —     

Purchases and improvements of premises and equipment

     (6,082     (5,369     (5,456

Net cash acquired in business combinations

     77,449        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     10,623        (180,820     (236,576
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (67,550     55,957        292,446   

Dividends paid

     (3,701     (3,308     (2,963

Exercise of stock options

     15        137        —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     (37,821     (8,213     (19,929

Additional tax benefit on equity awards

     186        231        —     

Increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     1,508        (64     (3,066

Repayments under capital lease obligations

     (217     (187     (160

Proceeds from securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings

     584,508        378,501        138,600   

Repayments related to securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings

     (493,594     (266,501     (191,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     (16,666     156,553        213,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     21,417        1,308        (7,584

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     43,852        42,544        50,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 65,269      $ 43,852      $ 42,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Interest

   $ 25,008      $ 24,463      $ 29,334   

Income taxes

     9,483        9,776        10,351   

Non-cash transactions:

      

Loans charged-off, net

     7,572        3,679        2,402   

Transfers of loans to other real estate owned

     2,509        —          1,348   

Other real estate owned charged-off

     26        146        —     

Loan to finance sale of other real estate owned

     —          900        —     

(Decrease) increase in due to broker for purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (70,747     70,747        —     

Transfers of loans to held-for-sale

     7,497        —          —     

Acquisition:

      

Non-cash assets acquired:

      

Securities available-for-sale

     21,195        —          —     

Loans

     91,917        —          —     

Core deposit intangible

     1,160        —          —     

Other real estate owned

     1,166        —          —     

Accrued interest receivable

     862       

FHLB NY stock

     265       

Other assets

     633        —          —     

Non-cash liabilities assumed:

      

Deposits

     188,234        —          —     

Other liabilities

     480        —          —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The following significant accounting and reporting policies of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (“GAAP”), and are used in preparing and presenting these consolidated financial statements.

 

  (a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the accounts of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Northfield Investment, Inc. and Northfield Bank (the Bank) and the Bank’s wholly-owned significant subsidiaries, NSB Services Corp. and NSB Realty Trust. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Effective July 21, 2011, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), the Bank began to be regulated and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. began to be regulated and supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheets and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term is the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of this allowance, management generally obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. In addition, judgments related to the amount and timing of expected cash flows from purchased credit-impaired loans, goodwill, securities valuation and impairment, and deferred income taxes, involve a higher degree of complexity and subjectivity and require estimates and assumptions about highly uncertain matters. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions.

Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

  (b) Business

The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, provides a full range of banking services primarily to individuals and corporate customers in Richmond and Kings Counties in New York, and Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey. The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions and to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies, and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

 

  (c) Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions with an original term of three months or less.

 

  (d) Securities

Securities are classified at the time of purchase, based on management’s intention, as securities held-to-maturity, securities available-for-sale, or trading account securities. Securities held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the level-yield method over the contractual term of the securities, adjusted for actual prepayments. Securities available-for-sale represents all securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading. Securities available-for-sale are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses (net of related tax effects) on such securities excluded from earnings, but included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, titled “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” The cost of securities sold is determined using the specific-identification method.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. Trading securities are securities that are bought and may be held for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading securities are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of gain (loss) on securities transactions, net in non-interest income.

Our evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment considers the duration and severity of the impairment, our intent and ability to hold the securities, and our assessments of the reason for the decline in value and the likelihood of a near-term recovery. If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The estimated fair value of debt securities, including mortgage-backed securities and corporate debt obligations is furnished by an independent third party pricing service. The third party pricing service primarily utilizes pricing models and methodologies that incorporate observable market inputs, including among other things, benchmark yields, reported trades, and projected prepayment and default rates. Management reviews the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities by its third party provider for reasonableness.

 

  (e) Loans

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company acquired a loan portfolio, with deteriorated credit quality, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, herein referred to as purchased credit-impaired loans, and transferred certain loans, previously originated and designated by the Company as held-for-investment, to held-for-sale. The accounting and reporting for these loans differs substantially from those loans originated and classified by the Company as held-for-investment. For purposes of reporting, discussion and analysis, management has classified its loan portfolio into three categories: (1) loans originated by the Company and held-for-sale, which are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell, and therefore have no associated allowance for loan losses, (2) purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which are held-for-investment, and initially valued at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition, with no initial related allowance for loan losses, and (3) originated loans held-for-investment, which are carried at amortized cost, less net charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses.

Originated net loans held-for-investment are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted by unamortized premiums and unearned discounts, deferred origination fees and certain direct origination costs, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income as earned. Net loan origination fees/costs are deferred and accreted/amortized to interest income over the loan’s contractual life using the level-yield method, adjusted for actual prepayments. Generally, loans held-for-sale are designated at time of origination and routinely consist of newly originated fixed rate residential loans and are recorded at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. In 2011, the Company transferred from held-for-investment to held-for-sale certain impaired loans. Transfers from held-for-investment are infrequent and occur at fair value less costs to sell, with any charge-off to allowance for loan losses. Gains are recognized on a settlement-date basis and are determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans, including any net deferred fees or costs.

Originated net loans held-for-investment are deemed impaired when it is probable, based on current information, that the Company will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company has defined the population of originated impaired loans to be all originated non-accrual loans held-for-investment with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater. Originated impaired loans held-for-investment are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the expected future cash flows, discounted at the loans original effective interest rate, or the underlying collateral (less estimated costs to sell) if the loan is collateral dependent. Impairments are recognized through a charge to the provision for loan losses for the amount that the loan’s carrying value exceeds the discounted cash flow analysis or estimated fair value of collateral (less estimated costs to sell) if the loan is collateral dependent. Homogeneous loans with balances less than $500,000 are collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged against income and is decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loan losses are charged-off in the period the loans, or portion thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Generally, the Company will record a loan charge-off (including a partial charge-off) to reduce a loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less cost to sell, if it is determined that it is probable that recovery will come primarily from the sale of such collateral. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance which considers, among other things, originated impaired loans held-for-investment, deterioration in PCI loans subsequent to acquisition, past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, and estimated value of any underlying collateral securing loans. Additionally, management evaluates changes, if any, in underwriting standards, collection, charge-off and recovery practices, the nature or volume of the portfolio, lending staff, concentration of loans, as well as current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for probable and reasonably estimable losses at the date of the consolidated balance sheets. The Company also maintains an allowance for estimated losses on off-balance sheet credit risks related to loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Management utilizes a methodology similar to its allowance for loan loss adequacy methodology to estimate losses on these commitments. The allowance for estimated credit losses on off-balance sheet commitments is included in other liabilities and any changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.

While management uses available information to recognize probable and reasonably estimable losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in conditions, including changes in economic conditions, particularly in Richmond and Kings Counties in New York, and Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey. Accordingly, as with most financial institutions in the market area, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in conditions in the Company’s marketplace. In addition, future changes in laws and regulations could make it more difficult for the Company to collect all contractual amounts due on its loans and mortgage-backed securities.

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Troubled debt restructured loans are those loans whose terms have been modified because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. Modifications could include extension of the terms of the loan, reduced interest rates, and forgiveness of accrued interest and/or principal. Once an obligation has been restructured because of such credit problems, it continues to be considered restructured until paid in full or, if the obligation yields a market rate (a rate equal to the rate the Company was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk), until the year subsequent to the year in which the restructuring takes place, provided the borrower has performed under the modified terms for a six-month period. The Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference between the present value of estimated future cash flows under the restructured terms discounted at the original loans effective interest rate, or the underlying collateral value less costs to sell, if the loan is collateral dependent. Changes in present values attributable to the passage of time are recorded as a component of the provision for loan losses.

A loan is considered past due when it is not paid in accordance with its contractual terms. The accrual of income on loans, including originated impaired loans held-for-investment, and other loans in the process of foreclosure, is generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent, or when certain factors indicate that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is in doubt. Loans on which the accrual of income has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. All previously accrued interest is reversed against interest income, and income is recognized subsequently only in the

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

period that cash is received, provided no principal payments are due and the remaining principal balance outstanding is deemed collectible. A non-accrual loan is not returned to accrual status until both principal and interest payments are brought current and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, including performance by the borrower under the loan terms for a six-month period.

The Company accounts for the PCI loans acquired as a result of the FDIC-assisted transaction in October 2011 based on expected cash flows (Please see Note 2, “Business Combinations,” for further information regarding the acquisition). This election is in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (ASC 310-30). In accordance with ASC 310-30, the Company will maintain the integrity of a pool of multiple loans accounted for as a single asset and evaluate the pools for impairment, and accrual status, based on variances from the expected cash flows.

 

  (f) Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLB”), is required to hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB as a condition to both becoming a member and engaging in certain transactions with the FHLB. The minimum investment requirement is determined by a “membership” investment component and an “activity-based” investment component. The membership investment component is the greater of 0.20% of the Bank’s mortgage-related assets, as defined by the FHLB, or $1,000. The activity-based investment component is equal to 4.5% of the Bank’s outstanding advances with the FHLB. The activity-based investment component also considers other transactions, including assets originated for or sold to the FHLB, and delivery commitments issued by the FHLB. The Company currently does not enter into these other types of transactions with the FHLB.

On a quarterly basis, we perform our other-than-temporary impairment analysis of FHLB stock, we evaluate, among other things, (i) its earnings performance, including the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the regulatory capital amount of the FHLB, (ii) the commitment by the FHLB to continue dividend payments, and (iii) the liquidity position of the FHLB. We did not consider our investment in FHLB stock to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

 

  (g) Premises and Equipment, Net

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment, including capital leases, are computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of significant classes of assets are generally as follows: buildings – forty years; furniture and equipment – five to seven years; and purchased computer software – three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, any gain or loss is credited or charged to operations.

 

  (h) Bank Owned Life Insurance

The Company has purchased bank owned life insurance contracts to help fund its obligations for certain employee benefit costs. The Company’s investment in such insurance contracts has been reported in the consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender values. Changes in cash surrender values and death benefit proceeds received in excess of the related cash surrender values are recorded as non-interest income.

 

  (i) Goodwill

Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is not amortized, but rather is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. For purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing, management has identified a single reporting unit. The Company uses the quoted market price of its common stock on the impairment testing date as the basis for estimating the fair

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

value of the Company’s reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, further evaluation is not necessary. However, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further evaluation is required to compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount to determine if a write-down of goodwill is required. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying value of goodwill totaled $16.2 million. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test, as of December 31, 2011, and determined the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit to be in excess of its carrying value. Accordingly, as of the annual impairment test date, there was no indication of goodwill impairment. The Company will test goodwill for impairment between annual test dates if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount. No events have occurred and no circumstances have changed since the annual impairment test date that would indicate the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount.

 

  (j) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. When applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Income tax benefits are recognized and measured based upon a two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to be recognized, and 2) the benefit is measured as the largest dollar amount of that position that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon settlement. The difference between the benefit recognized and the tax benefit claimed on a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit (UTB). The Corporation records income tax-related interest and penalties, if applicable, within income tax expense.

 

  (k) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted (and without interest) net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

 

  (l) Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Borrowings

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (Repurchase Agreements) and collateral pledge agreements (Pledge Agreements) with selected dealers and banks. Such agreements are accounted for as secured financing transactions since the Company maintains effective control over the transferred or pledged securities and the transfer meets the other accounting and recognition criteria as required by the transfer and servicing topic of the FASB Accounting Standards. Obligations under these agreements are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. Securities underlying the agreements are maintained at selected dealers and banks as collateral for each transaction executed and may be sold or pledged by the counterparty. Collateral underlying Repurchase Agreements which permit the counterparty to sell or pledge the underlying collateral is disclosed on the consolidated balance sheets as “encumbered.” The Company retains the right under all Repurchase Agreements and Pledge Agreements to substitute acceptable collateral throughout the terms of the agreement.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

  (m) Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes net income and the change in unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, change in actuarial gains and losses on other post retirement benefits, and change in service cost on other postretirement benefits, net of taxes. Comprehensive income is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

 

  (n) Employee Benefits

The Company sponsors a defined postretirement benefit plan that provides for medical and life insurance coverage to a limited number of retirees, as well as life insurance to all qualifying employees of the Company. The estimated cost of postretirement benefits earned is accrued during an individual’s estimated service period to the Company. The Company recognizes in its balance sheet the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at the end of our calendar year. The actuarial gains and losses and the prior service costs and credits that arise during the period are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Funds borrowed by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) from the Company to purchase the Company’s common stock are being repaid from the Bank’s contributions over a period of up to 30 years. The Company’s common stock not yet allocated to participants is recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity at cost. The Company records compensation expense related to the ESOP at an amount equal to the shares committed to be released by the ESOP multiplied by the average fair value of our common stock during the reporting period.

The Company recognizes the grant-date fair value of stock based awards issued to employees as compensation cost in the consolidated statements of income. The fair value of common stock awards is based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market on the grant date. The expense related to stock options is based on the estimated fair value of the options at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The awards are fixed in nature and compensation cost related to stock based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods.

The Bank has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. Contributions to the plan are expensed as incurred.

 

  (o) Segment Reporting

As a community-focused financial institution, substantially all of the Company’s operations involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these community banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.

 

  (p) Net Income per Common Share

Net income per common share-basic is computed by dividing the net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, excluding unallocated ESOP shares and unearned common stock award shares. The weighted average common shares outstanding includes the average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC and allocated or committed to be released ESOP shares.

Net income per common share-diluted is computed using the same method as basic earnings per share, but reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and unvested shares of restricted stock were exercised and converted into common stock. These potentially dilutive shares are included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury stock method, we add: (1) the assumed proceeds from option exercises; (2) the tax benefit, if any, that would have been credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of non-qualified stock options and vesting of shares of restricted stock; and (3) the average unamortized

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

compensation costs related to unvested shares of restricted stock and stock options. We then divide this sum by our average stock price for the period to calculate assumed shares repurchased. The excess of the number of shares issuable over the number of shares assumed to be repurchased is added to basic weighted average common shares to calculate diluted earnings per share. At December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, there were 446,254, 281,900 and 126,974 dilutive shares outstanding, respectively.

 

  (q) Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through loan foreclosure, or deed-in-lieu of, are held for sale and are initially recorded at estimated fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost basis. Costs after acquisition are generally expensed. If the estimated fair value of the asset declines, a write-down is recorded through other non-interest expense.

 

(2) Business Combination

On October 14, 2011, the Bank assumed all of the deposits and acquired essentially all of the assets of a failed New Jersey State-chartered bank, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) as receiver for the failed bank, pursuant to the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated October 14, 2011, between the Bank and the FDIC.

The application of the acquisition method of accounting resulted in a bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million, net of tax, which is included in “non-interest income” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

A summary of the net assets acquired and the estimated fair value adjustments resulting in the net gain follows:

 

     October 14, 2011  
     (in thousands)  

Transaction cost basis liabilities in excess of assets

   $ (3,692

Receivable from the FDIC

     50,502   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired before fair value adjustments

     46,810   

Fair value adjustments:

  

Loans

     (40,506

Other real estate owned

     (1,531

Core deposit intangible

     1,160   
  

 

 

 

Pre-tax bargain purchase gain

     5,933   

Deferred income tax liability

     (2,373
  

 

 

 

Net after-tax bargain purchase gain

   $ 3,560   
  

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, at fair value.

STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AT

ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE

 

     October 14, 2011  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,947   

Receivable from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

     50,502   

Securities available for sale:

  

Mortgage-backed securities

     15,454   

Government sponsored enterprise bonds

     5,741   
  

 

 

 

Total securities

     21,195   

Total loans

     91,917   

Core deposit intangible

     1,160   

Other real estate owned

     1,166   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

     265   

Other assets

     1,495   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 194,647   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Deposits

   $ 188,234   

Other liabilities

     480   

Deferred tax liabilities

     2,373   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 191,087   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 3,560   
  

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected cash flows and loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with a high degree of precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. The determination of where an instrument falls in the fair value hierarchy requires significant judgment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Receivable from FDIC

Included in the acquired cash and cash equivalents were cash and due from banks of $23.9 million and federal funds sold of $3.0 million. The estimated fair values of cash and cash equivalents and the receivable from the FDIC of $50.5 million approximate their stated face amounts, as these financial instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.

Investment Securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) Stock

Estimated fair values for the securities was derived from observable inputs (Level 2). The estimated fair values were derived primarily from cash flow models, which include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayment speeds. Broker/dealer quotes are utilized as well when such quotes are available and deemed representative of the market. The significant inputs utilized in the cash flow models are based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company (observable inputs).

The redemption value of the FHLB stock approximates fair value.

Loans

The loans are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” since all of these loans were acquired at a discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality and are referred to as PCI loans . At the October 14, 2011 acquisition date, we estimated the fair value of the loan portfolio, at $91.9 million, which represents the expected cash flows from the portfolio discounted at market-based rates with no valuation allowance. In estimating such fair value, we (a) calculated the contractual recorded amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”); and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield”, is recognized as interest income utilizing the level yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. The nonaccretable difference represents an estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio at the acquisition date. We estimated the cash flows expected to be collected by using credit risk, interest rate risk, and prepayment risk models, which incorporate our best estimate of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity rates, collateral values and prepayment speeds. We adopted guidelines under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, whereby the Bank aggregated acquired loans into pools, with common risk characteristics. Each pool of loans is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

The loans acquired in the transaction are, and will continue to be, reviewed for collectability, based on the expectations of cash flows on these loans. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yield on the pool over its remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

The following details the accretable yield for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended  
     December 31, 2011  

Balance at the beginning of year

   $ —     

Accretable yield at purchase date

     43,937   

Accretion into interest income

     (1,444

Net reclassification from / (to) non-accretable difference

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 42,493   
  

 

 

 

Core Deposit Intangible (“CDI”)

CDI is a measure of the value of the customer relationships in non-maturity deposits. The fair value of the CDI is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to this funding, relative to an alternative source of funding (Level 2). The CDI related to the acquisition will be amortized over an estimated useful life of seven years to approximate the existing deposit relationships acquired. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists.

Other real estate owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) estimated fair values are based on unobservable inputs (Level 3) such as recent comparable sales, current listings of similar properties, and appraisal reports prepared by qualified independent third party appraisers, less estimated disposition costs, discounted over the estimated holding period.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., NOW and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair values of certificates of deposit are equal to the carrying amount payable. All rates on certificate of deposits were adjusted in accordance with FDIC rules, regulations, and powers to current market rates based on the remaining maturity of the account, therefore the carrying value approximates fair value.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes relate to the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction. The Company’s deferred income taxes were measured using a combined federal and state tax rate of approximately 40%.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

(3) Securities Available-for-Sale

The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities and other securities available-for-sale at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011  
            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Estimated  
     Cost      Gains      Losses      Fair Value  

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Pass-through certificates:

           

Government sponsored enterprises (GSE)

   $ 490,184       $ 24,709       $ —         $ 514,893   

Non-GSE

     8,770         —           1,255         7,515   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

           

GSE

     426,362         4,662         135         430,889   

Non-GSE

     31,114         1,859         37         32,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     956,430         31,230         1,427         986,233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities:

           

Equity investments-mutual funds

     11,787         48         —           11,835   

Corporate bonds

     100,922         358         623         100,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     112,709         406         623         112,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 1,069,139       $ 31,636       $ 2,050       $ 1,098,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2010  
            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Estimated  
     Cost      Gains      Losses      Fair Value  

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Pass-through certificates:

           

Government sponsored enterprises (GSE)

   $ 342,316       $ 13,479       $ —         $ 355,795   

Non-GSE

     27,801         814         737         27,878   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

           

GSE

     622,582         3,020         3,525         622,077   

Non-GSE

     65,766         3,674         51         69,389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,058,465         20,987         4,313         1,075,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities:

           

Equity investments-mutual funds

     12,437         31         115         12,353   

GSE bonds

     34,988         45         —           35,033   

Corporate bonds

     119,765         2,146         123         121,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     167,190         2,222         238         169,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 1,225,655       $ 23,209       $ 4,551       $ 1,244,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the expected maturity distribution of debt securities available-for-sale other than mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized      Estimated  

Available-for-sale

   Cost      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 30,354       $ 30,552   

Due after one year through five years

     70,568         70,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 100,922       $ 100,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expected maturities on mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

Certain securities available-for-sale are pledged to secure borrowings under Pledge Agreements and Repurchase Agreements and for other purposes required by law. At December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, securities available-for-sale with a carrying value of $3,992,000 and $5,725,000, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits. See Note 8 for further discussion regarding securities pledged for borrowings.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had gross proceeds of $182.7 million on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $2.9 million and $177,000, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had gross proceeds of $221.2 million on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $1.3 million and $4,000, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had gross proceeds of $3.3 million on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $89,000 and $0, respectively. The Company routinely sells securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such security, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry.

The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, related to one equity investment in a mutual fund and two private label mortgage-backed securities. The Company recognized the credit component of $409,000 in earnings and the non-credit component of $743,000 as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $962,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010, related to one private label mortgage-backed security. The Company recognized the credit component of $154,000 in earnings and the non-credit component of $808,000 as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, related to one private label mortgage-backed security. The Company recognized the credit component of $176,000 in earnings and the non-credit component of $1.2 million as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

The following is a rollforward of 2011, 2010, and 2009 activity related to the credit component of other-than-temporary impairment recognized on debt securities in pre-tax earnings, for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (in thousands):

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 330       $ 176       $ —     

Additions to the credit component on debt securities in which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized

     248         154         176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative pre-tax credit losses, end of year

   $ 578       $ 330       $ 176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, the Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $161,000 in 2011 on equity securities.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

Gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities, equity securities, agency bonds, and corporate bonds available-for-sale, and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by security category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or more      Total  
     Unrealized      Estimated      Unrealized      Estimated      Unrealized      Estimated  
     losses      fair value      losses      fair value      losses      fair value  

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Pass-through certificates:

                 

Non-GSE

     307         2,513         948         5,002         1,255         7,515   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

                 

GSE

     135         54,475         —           —           135         54,475   

Non-GSE

     —           —           37         842         37         842   

Corporate bonds

     113         27,523         510         13,132         623         40,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   555       $   84,511       $ 1,495       $ 18,976       $ 2,050       $ 103,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or more      Total  
     Unrealized      Estimated      Unrealized      Estimated      Unrealized      Estimated  
     losses      fair value      losses      fair value      losses      fair value  

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Pass-through certificates:

                 

Non-GSE

   $ —         $ —         $ 737       $ 10,126       $ 737       $ 10,126   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

                 

GSE

     3,525         344,971         —           —           3,525         344,971   

Non-GSE

     —           —           51         1,238         51         1,238   

Corporate bonds

     123         13,880         —           —           123         13,880   

Equity Investments - mutual funds

     115         4,884         —           —           115         4,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,763       $ 363,735       $   788       $ 11,364       $ 4,551       $ 375,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the above available-for-sale security amounts at December 31, 2011, was one pass-through non-GSE mortgage-backed security in a continuous unrealized loss position of greater than twelve months that was rated less than investment grade at December 31, 2011. The security had an estimated fair value of $5.0 million (amortized cost of $5.9 million), was rated Caa2, and had the following underlying collateral characteristics: 83% originated in 2004, and 17% originated in 2005. The rating of the security detailed above represents the lowest rating received from the rating agencies of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, and Fitch. The Company continues to receive principal and interest payments in accordance with the contractual terms of this security. Management has evaluated, among other things, delinquency status, location of collateral, estimated prepayment speeds, and the estimated default rates and loss severity in liquidating the underlying collateral of this security. As a result of management’s evaluation of this security, the Company recognized, during the year ended December 31, 2011, other-than-temporary impairment of $593,000. Since management does not have the intent to sell the security, and believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security, before its anticipated recovery (which may be at maturity), the credit component of $139,000 was recognized in earnings, and the non-credit component of $454,000 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

In addition to the one pass-through non-GSE mortgage-backed security discussed above, the Company had one additional private label security that was rated less than investment grade at December 31, 2011. The security had an estimated fair value of $2.5 million (amortized cost of $2.8 million), was rated C, and was supported by collateral which was originated in 2006. The rating of the security detailed above represents the lowest rating for the security received from the rating agencies of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, and Fitch. The Company continues to receive principal and interest payments in accordance with the contractual terms of this security. Management has evaluated, among other things, delinquency status, location of collateral, estimated prepayment speeds, and the estimated default rates and loss severity in liquidating the underlying collateral for this security. As a result of management’s evaluation of this security, the Company recognized

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

during the year ended December 31, 2011, other than temporary impairment of $398,000. Since management does not have the intent to sell the security and believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security, before its anticipated recovery (which may be maturity), the credit component of $109,000 was recognized in earnings, and the non credit component of $289,000 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

The Company held one REMIC non-GSE mortgage-backed security that was in a continuous unrealized loss position of greater than twelve months, three corporate bonds, two pass-through GSE mortgage-backed securities, and five REMIC mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by GSEs, that were in an unrealized loss position of less than twelve months, and rated investment grade at December 31, 2011. The declines in value relate to the general interest rate environment and are considered temporary. The securities cannot be prepaid in a manner that would result in the Company not receiving substantially all of its amortized cost. The Company neither has an intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or, if necessary, maturity.

The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the collateralized mortgage obligations or other securities deteriorates and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protections to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant other-than-temporary impairments may occur in the future given the current economic environment.

 

(4) Securities Held-to-Maturity

The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Pass-through certificates:

           

GSE

   $ 629       $ 43       $ —         $ 672   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

           

GSE

     2,988         111         —           3,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

   $ 3,617       $ 154       $ —         $ 3,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2010  
     Amortized      Gross      Gross      Estimated  

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Pass-through certificates:

           

GSE

   $ 854       $ 45       $ —         $ 899   

Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):

           

GSE

     4,206         168         —           4,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

   $ 5,060       $ 213       $ —         $ 5,273   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not sell any held-to-maturity securities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the collateralized mortgage obligation or other securities deteriorates and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protections to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant other-than-temporary impairments may occur in the future given the current economic environment.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

(5) Loans

Loans held-for-investment, net, consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Originated Loans:

    

Real estate loans:

    

Multifamily

   $ 458,370      $ 283,588   

Commercial mortgage

     327,074        339,321   

One-to-four family residential mortgage

     72,592        78,032   

Home equity and lines of credit

     29,666        28,125   

Construction and land

     23,460        35,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     911,162        764,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     12,710        17,020   

Insurance premium loans

     59,096        44,517   

Other loans

     1,496        1,062   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial, insurance premium, and other loans

     73,302        62,599   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred loan cost, net

     1,481        872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated loans, net

     985,945        827,591   

PCI loans

     88,522        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment, net

     1,074,467        827,591   

Allowance for loan losses

     (26,836     (21,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans held-for-investment

   $ 1,047,631      $ 805,772   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had $3.9 million and $1.2 million in loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Loans held-for-sale included $3.4 million and $0 of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Company does not have any lending programs commonly referred to as subprime lending. Subprime lending generally targets borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios.

The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, serviced $41.3 million and $52.1 million of loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for Freddie Mac. These one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans were underwritten to Freddie Mac guidelines and to comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws. At the time of the closing of these loans the Company owned the loans and subsequently sold them to Freddie Mac providing normal and customary representations and warranties, including representations and warranties related to compliance with Freddie Mac underwriting standards. At the time of sale, the loans were free from encumbrances except for the mortgages filed for by the Company which, with other underwriting documents, were subsequently assigned and delivered to Freddie Mac. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the loans serviced for Freddie Mac were performing in accordance with their contractual terms and management believes that it has no material repurchase obligations associated with these loans. Servicing of loans for others does not have a significant effect on our financial position or results of operations.

We provide for loan losses based on the consistent application of our documented allowance for loan loss methodology. Loan losses are charged to the allowance for loans losses and recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges against income based on various factors

 

F-49


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. Loan losses are charged-off in the period the loans, or portion thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Generally, the Company will record a loan charge-off (including a partial charge-off) to reduce a loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less cost to sell, for collateral dependent loans. We regularly review the loan portfolio and make adjustments for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). At December 31, 2011 management’s evaluation of estimated cash flows related to PCI loan pools was consistent with estimates utilized to determine estimated fair values on date of acquisition and therefore no provision for loan losses was deemed necessary in 2011. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the allowance for loan losses related solely to originated loans held-for-investment and consisted primarily of the following two components:

 

  (1) Specific allowances are established for originated impaired loans (generally defined by the company as non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater). The amount of impairment provided for as an allowance is represented by the deficiency, if any, between the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the original loan’s effective interest rate or the underlying collateral value (less estimated costs to sell,) if the loan is collateral dependent, and the carrying value of the loan. Impaired loans that have no impairment losses are not considered for general valuation allowances described below. Generally, the Company charges down a loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell, and maintains an allowance for loan losses for expected losses related to discounts to facilitate a sale of the property.

 

  (2) General allowances are established for loan losses on a portfolio basis for originated loans that do not meet the definition of impaired. The portfolio is grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value, if collateral dependent, and internal credit risk ratings. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based on our cumulative prior two year loss experience adjusted, as appropriate, for the environmental factors discussed below. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results. Within general allowances is an unallocated reserve established to recognize losses related to the inherent subjective nature of the appraisal process and the internal credit risk rating process.

In underwriting a loan secured by real property, we require an appraisal (or an automated valuation model) of the property by an independent licensed appraiser approved by the Company’s board of directors. The appraisal is subject to review by an independent third party hired by the Company. We review and inspect properties before disbursement of funds during the term of a construction loan. Generally, management obtains updated appraisals when a loan is deemed impaired. These appraisals may be more limited than those prepared for the underwriting of a new loan. In addition, when the Company acquires other real estate owned, it generally obtains a current appraisal to substantiate the net carrying value of the asset.

The adjustments to our loss experience are based on our evaluation of several environmental factors, including:

 

   

changes in local, regional, national, and international economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of our portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;

 

   

changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio and in the terms of our loans;

 

   

changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

 

   

changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

 

F-50


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

   

changes in the quality of our loan review system;

 

   

changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

 

   

the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

 

   

the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.

In evaluating the estimated loss factors to be utilized for each loan group, management also reviews actual loss history over an extended period of time as reported by the FDIC for institutions both in our market area and nationally for periods that are believed to have experienced similar economic conditions.

We evaluate the allowance for loan losses based on the combined total of the impaired and general components for originated loans. Generally when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, our allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable losses. Conversely, when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, our allowance for loan loss methodology results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses.

Each quarter we evaluate the allowance for loan losses and adjust the allowance as appropriate through a provision for loan losses. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations. In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the OCC will periodically review the allowance for loan losses. The OCC may require us to adjust the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination. Our last examination was as of September 30, 2011.

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 21,819      $ 15,414      $ 8,778   

Provision for loan losses

     12,589        10,084        9,038   

Recoveries

     108        20        —     

Charge-offs

     (7,680     (3,699     (2,402
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 26,836      $ 21,819      $ 15,414   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses, by loan type, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The following table also details the amount of originated loans receivable held-for-investment, net of deferred loan fees and costs, that are evaluated individually, and collectively, for impairment, and the related portion of allowance for loan losses that is allocated to each loan portfolio segment (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Real Estate                                
    Commercial     One-to-Four
Family
    Construction
and Land
    Multifamily     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Beginning Balance

  $ 12,654      $ 570      $ 1,855      $ 5,137      $ 242      $ 719      $ 111      $ 28      $ 503      $ 21,819   

Charge-offs

    (5,398     (101     (693     (718     (62     (638     (70     —          —          (7,680

Recoveries

    55        —          —          —          —          23        30        —          —          108   

Provisions

    6,809        498        27        2,353        238        1,931        115        12        606        12,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 14,120      $ 967      $ 1,189      $ 6,772      $ 418      $ 2,035      $ 186      $ 40      $ 1,109      $ 26,836   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,895      $ 408      $ —        $ 338      $ 30      $ 1,393      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,064   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 12,225      $ 559      $ 1,189      $ 6,434      $ 388      $ 642      $ 186      $ 40      $ 1,109      $ 22,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated loans, net:

                   

Ending Balance

  $ 327,141      $ 72,679      $ 23,478      $ 459,434      $ 29,906      $ 12,715      $ 59,096      $ 1,496      $ —        $ 985,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 43,448      $ 2,532      $ 1,709      $ 2,945      $ 1,593      $ 2,043      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 54,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 283,693      $ 70,147      $ 21,769      $ 456,489      $ 28,313      $ 10,672      $ 59,096      $ 1,496      $ —        $ 931,675   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Real Estate                                
    Commercial     One-to-Four
Family
    Construction
and Land
    Multifamily     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Beginning Balance

  $ 8,403      $ 163      $ 2,409      $ 1,866      $ 210      $ 1,877      $ 101      $ 34      $ 351      $ 15,414   

Charge-offs

    (987     —          (443     (2,132     —          (36     (101     —          —          (3,699

Recoveries

    —          —          —          —          —          —          20        —          —          20   

Provisions

    5,238        407        (111     5,403        32        (1,122     91        (6     152        10,084   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 12,654      $ 570      $ 1,855      $ 5,137      $ 242      $ 719      $ 111      $ 28      $ 503      $ 21,819   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,129      $ 369      $ 36      $ 121      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 2,655   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 10,525      $ 201      $ 1,819      $ 5,016      $ 242      $ 719      $ 111      $ 28      $ 503      $ 19,164   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated loans, net:

                   

Ending balance

  $ 339,259      $ 78,109      $ 35,077      $ 284,199      $ 28,337      $ 17,032      $ 44,517      $ 1,061      $ —        $ 827,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 51,324      $ 1,750      $ 4,562      $ 5,083      $ —        $ 500      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 63,219   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 287,935      $ 76,359      $ 30,515      $ 279,116      $ 28,337      $ 16,532      $ 44,517      $ 1,061      $ —        $ 764,372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

The Company monitors the credit quality of its loan receivables on a periodic basis. Credit quality is monitored by reviewing certain credit quality indicators. Management has determined that loan-to-value ratios (at period end) and internally assigned credit risk ratings by loan type are the key credit quality indicators that best management measure the credit quality of the Company’s loan receivables. Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios used by management in monitoring credit quality are based on current period loan balances and original values at time of origination (unless a current appraisal has been obtained as a result of the loan being deemed impaired). In calculating the provision for loan losses, management has determined that commercial real estate loans and multifamily loans having loan-to-value ratios of less than 35%, and one-to-four family loans having loan-to-value ratios of less than 60%, require less of a loss factor than those with higher loan to value ratios.

The Company maintains a credit risk rating system as part of the risk assessment of its loan portfolio. The Company’s lending officers are required to assign a credit risk rating to each loan in their portfolio at origination. When the lender learns of important financial developments, the risk rating is reviewed accordingly, and adjusted if necessary. Monthly, management presents monitored assets to the loan committee. In addition, the Company engages a third party independent loan reviewer that performs semi-annual reviews of a sample of loans, validating the credit risk ratings assigned to such loans. The credit risk ratings play an important role in the establishment of the loan loss provision and to confirm the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses for originated loans held-for-investment. After determining the general reserve loss factor for each originated portfolio segment held-for-investment, the originated portfolio segment held-for-investment balance collectively evaluated for impairment is multiplied by the general reserve loss factor for the respective portfolio segment in order to determine the general reserve. Loans that have an internal credit rating of special mention or substandard receive a multiple of the general reserve loss factors for each portfolio segment, in order to determine the general reserve.

When assigning a risk rating to a loan, management utilizes the Bank’s internal nine-point credit risk rating system.

 

  1. Strong
  2. Good
  3. Acceptable
  4. Adequate
  5. Watch
  6. Special Mention
  7. Substandard
  8. Doubtful
  9. Loss

Loans rated 1 to 5 are considered pass ratings. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets have well defined weaknesses based on objective evidence, and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable based on current circumstances. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses, are required to be designated special mention.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – (Continued)

 

The following table details the recorded investment of originated loans receivable held-for-investment, net of deferred fees and costs, by loan type and credit quality indicator at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands).

 

    At December 31, 2011  
    Real Estate                          
    Commercial     One- to Four-Family     Construction
and Land
    Multifamily     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Total  
    < 35% LTV     => 35% LTV     < 60% LTV     => 60% LTV           < 35% LTV     => 35% LTV                                

Internal Risk Rating

                       

Pass

  $ 30,478      $ 214,120      $ 39,808      $ 27,806      $ 17,229      $ 23,595      $ 419,433      $ 27,751      $ 8,761      $ 58,817      $ 1,496      $ 869,294   

Special Mention

    624        23,271        1,730        —          631        —          11,989        389        1,118        142        —          39,894   

Substandard

    2,027        56,621        821        2,514        5,618        555        3,862        1,766        2,836        137        —          76,757   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans Receivable, net

  $ 33,129      $ 294,012      $ 42,359      $ 30,320      $ 23,478      $ 24,150      $ 435,284      $ 29,906      $ 12,715      $ 59,096      $ 1,496      $ 985,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    At December 31, 2010  
    Real Estate                          
    Commercial     One- to Four-Family     Construction
and Land
    Multifamily     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Insurance
Premium
    Other     Total  
    < 35% LTV     => 35% LTV     < 60% LTV     => 60% LTV           < 35% LTV     => 35% LTV                                

Internal Risk Rating

                       

Pass

  $ 24,826      $ 248,759      $ 49,928      $ 22,247      $ 24,767      $ 18,880      $ 256,948      $ 28,042      $ 14,110      $ 44,149      $ 1,061      $ 733,717   

Special Mention

    1,613        12,108        1,206        1,750        1,128        —          5,233        55        776        239        —          24,108   

Substandard

    1,385        50,568        623        2,355        9,182        504        2,634        240        2,146        129        —          69,766   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans Receivable, net

  $ 27,824      $ 311,435      $ 51,757      $ 26,352      $ 35,077      $ 19,384      $ 264,815      $ 28,337      $ 17,032      $ 44,517      $ 1,061      $ 827,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in originated loans receivable (including held-for-sale) are loans for which the accrual of interest income has been discontinued due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrowers. The recorded investment of these nonaccrual loans was $43.8 million and $59.3 million at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. Generally, originated loans (both held-for-investment and held-for-sale) are placed on non-accruing status when they become 90 days or more delinquent, and remain on non-accrual status until they are brought current, have six months of performance under the loan terms, and factors indicating reasonable doubt about the timely collection of payments no longer exist. Therefore, loans may be current in accordance with their loan terms, or may be less than 90 days delinquent and still be on a non-accruing status.

Non-accrual amounts included loans deemed to be impaired of $36.1 million and $52.0 million at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. Loans on non-accrual status with principal balances less than $500,000, and therefore not meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan, amounted to $4.3 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. Non-accrual amounts included in loans held-for-sale were $3.4 million and $0 at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. Loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest were $85,000 and $1.6 million at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, and consisted of loans that are well secured and in the process of renewal.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the detail, and delinquency status, of non-performing loans (non-accrual loans and loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing), net of deferred fees and costs, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands) excluding PCI loans which have been segregated into pools in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30. Each loan pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

 

     At December 31, 2011  
     Non-Accruing Loans                
     0-29 Days
Past Due
     30-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
More Past
Due
     Total      90 Days or
More Past
Due and
Accruing
     Total Non-
Performing
Loans
 

Loans held-for-investment:

                 

Real estate loans:

                 

Commercial

                 

LTV < 35%

                 

Special Mention

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 13       $ 13   

Substandard

     404         —           1,360         1,764         —           1,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     404         —           1,360         1,764         13         1,777   

LTV => 35%

                 

Special Mention

     876         —           1,020         1,896         —           1,896   

Substandard

     14,657         3,438         10,559         28,654         —           28,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15,533         3,438         11,579         30,550         —           30,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     15,937         3,438         12,939         32,314         13         32,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

                 

LTV < 60%

                 

Special Mention

     —           23         335         358         —           358   

Substandard

     210         —           198         408         —           408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     210         23         533         766         —           766   

LTV => 60%

                 

Substandard

     —           572            572         —           572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           572         —           572         —           572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

     210         595         533         1,338         —           1,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Construction and land

                 

Special Mention

     —           —           —           —              —     

Substandard

     1,709         —           —           1,709         —           1,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total construction and land

     1,709         —           —           1,709         —           1,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multifamily

                 

LTV < 35%

                 

Substandard

     523         —           —           523         —           523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     523         —           —           523         —           523   

LTV => 35%

                 

Substandard

     —           —           1,179         1,179         72         1,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           1,179         1,179         72         1,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total multifamily

     523         —           1,179         1,702         72         1,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

                 

Substandard

     102         —           1,664         1,766            1,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

     102         —           1,664         1,766         —           1,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

                 

Special Mention

     —           —           724         724         —           724   

Substandard

     553         —           90         643         —           643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

     553         —           814         1,367         —           1,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans - substandard

     —           —           137         137         —           137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

     —           —           137         137         —           137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans-held-for-investmet

     19,034         4,033         17,266         40,333         85         40,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale:

                 

Commercial

                 

LTV < 35%

                 

Substandard

     —           —           263         263         —           263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           263         263         —           263   

LTV => 35%

                 

Substandard

     458         175         1,449         2,082         —           2,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     458         175         1,449         2,082         —           2,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     458         175         1,712         2,345         —           2,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Construction and land

                 

Substandard

     —           —           422         422         —           422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total construction and land

     —           —           422         422         —           422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multifamily

                 

LTV < 35%

                 

Substandard

     —           —           32         32         —           32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           32         32         —           32   

LTV => 35%

                 

Substandard

     —           —           441         441         —           441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           —           441         441         —           441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total multifamily

     —           —           473         473         —           473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

                 

Substandard

     —           —           208         208         —           208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           208         208         —           208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held-for-sale

     458         175         2,815         3,448         —           3,448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 19,492       $ 4,208       $ 20,081       $ 43,781       $ 85       $ 43,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2010  
     Non-Accruing Loans                
     0-29 Days
Past Due
     30-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
More Past
Due
     Total      90 Days or
More Past
Due and
Accruing
     Total Non-
Performing
Loans
 

Real estate loans:

                 

Commercial

                 

LTV < 35%

                 

Special Mention

   $ 29       $ —         $ —         $ 29       $ —         $ 29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     29         —           —           29         —           29   

LTV => 35%

                 

Substandard

     13,650         15,050         17,659         46,359         —           46,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13,650         15,050         17,659         46,359         —           46,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     13,679         15,050         17,659         46,388         —           46,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

                 

LTV < 60%

                 

Special Mention

     —           179         99         278         86         364   

Substandard

     135         —           197         332         291         623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     135         179         296         610         377         987   

LTV => 60%

                 

Substandard

     —           591         74         665         731         1,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           591         74         665         731         1,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

     135         770         370         1,275         1,108         2,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Construction and land

                 

Special Mention

     —           —           —           —           404         404   

Substandard

     2,152         1,860         1,110         5,122         —           5,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total construction and land

     2,152         1,860         1,110         5,122         404         5,526   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multifamily

                 

LTV < 35%

                 

Substandard

     —           504         —           504         —           504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           504         —           504         —           504   

LTV => 35%

                 

Special Mention

     1,824         —           —           1,824         —           1,824   

Substandard

     —           423         2,112         2,535         —           2,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,824         423         2,112         4,359         —           4,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total multifamily

     1,824         927         2,112         4,863         —           4,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

                 

Substandard

     —           —           181         181         59         240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

     —           —           181         181         59         240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

                 

Pass

     —           —           —           —           38         38   

Special Mention

     —           —           100         100         —           100   

Substandard

     —           267         956         1,223         —           1,223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

     —           267         1,056         1,323         38         1,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans - substandard

     —           —           129         129         —           129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

     —           —           129         129         —           129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 17,790       $ 18,874       $ 22,617       $ 59,281       $ 1,609       $ 60,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the detail and delinquency status of originated loans receivable held-for-investment, net of deferred fees and costs, by performing and non-performing loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Performing (Accruing) Loans                
     0-29 Days
Past Due
     30-89 Days
Past Due
     Total      Non-
Performing
Loans
     Total Loans
Receivable, net
 

Loans held-for-investment:

              

Real estate loans:

              

Commercial

              

LTV < 35%

              

Pass

   $ 30,478       $ —         $ 30,478       $ —         $ 30,478   

Special Mention

     611         —           611         13         624   

Substandard

     —           —           —           1,764         1,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     31,089         —           31,089         1,777         32,866   

LTV > 35%

              

Pass

     215,123         1,342         216,465         —           216,465   

Special Mention

     20,796         579         21,375         1,896         23,271   

Substandard

     19,402         6,483         25,885         28,654         54,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     255,321         8,404         263,725         30,550         294,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     286,410         8,404         294,814         32,327         327,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

              

LTV < 60%

              

Pass

     39,420         388         39,808         —           39,808   

Special Mention

     974         398         1,372         358         1,730   

Substandard

     129         284         413         408         821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     40,523         1,070         41,593         766         42,359   

LTV > 60%

              

Pass

     26,618         1,188         27,806         —           27,806   

Special Mention

     —           —           —           —           —     

Substandard

     1,942         —           1,942         572         2,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     28,560         1,188         29,748         572         30,320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

     69,083         2,258         71,341         1,338         72,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Construction and land

              

Pass

     14,610         3,041         17,651         —           17,651   

Special Mention

     631         —           631         —           631   

Substandard

     3,487         —           3,487         1,709         5,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total construction and land

     18,728         3,041         21,769         1,709         23,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multifamily

              

LTV < 35%

              

Pass

     23,595         —           23,595         —           23,595   

Substandard

     —           —           —           523         523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23,595         —           23,595         523         24,118   

LTV > 35%

              

Pass

     416,453         3,453         419,906         —           419,906   

Special Mention

     10,526         1,463         11,989         —           11,989   

Substandard

     618         1,552         2,170         1,251         3,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     427,597         6,468         434,065         1,251         435,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total multifamily

     451,192         6,468         457,660         1,774         459,434   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

              

Pass

     27,721         30         27,751         —           27,751   

Special Mention

     389         —           389         —           389   

Substandard

     —           —           —           1,766         1,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

     28,110         30         28,140         1,766         29,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

              

Pass

     8,887         82         8,969         —           8,969   

Special Mention

     269         125         394         724         1,118   

Substandard

     1,985         —           1,985         643         2,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

     11,141         207         11,348         1,367         12,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans

              

Pass

     58,391         426         58,817         —           58,817   

Special Mention

     —           142         142         —           142   

Substandard

     —           —           —           137         137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

     58,391         568         58,959         137         59,096   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other loans

              

Pass

     1,405         91         1,496         —           1,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other loans

     1,405         91         1,496         —           1,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 924,460       $ 21,067       $ 945,527       $ 40,418       $ 985,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2010  
     Performing (Accruing) Loans                
     0-29 Days
Past Due
     30-89 Days
Past Due
     Total      Non-
Performing
Loans
     Total Loans
Receivable, net
 

Real estate loans:

              

Commercial

              

LTV < 35%

              

Pass

   $ 24,823       $ 3       $ 24,826       $ —         $ 24,826   

Special Mention

     1,068         516         1,584         29         1,613   

Substandard

     —           1,385         1,385         —           1,385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     25,891         1,904         27,795         29         27,824   

LTV > 35%

              

Pass

     242,131         6,628         248,759         —           248,759   

Special Mention

     11,670         438         12,108         —           12,108   

Substandard

     4,209         —           4,209         46,359         50,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     258,010         7,066         265,076         46,359         311,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     283,901         8,970         292,871         46,388         339,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential

              

LTV < 60%

              

Pass

     48,930         998         49,928         —           49,928   

Special Mention

     83         759         842         364         1,206   

Substandard

     —           —           —           623         623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     49,013         1,757         50,770         987         51,757   

LTV > 60%

              

Pass

     21,429         818         22,247         —           22,247   

Special Mention

     1,750         —           1,750         —           1,750   

Substandard

     959         —           959         1,396         2,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     24,138         818         24,956         1,396         26,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total one-to-four family residential

     73,151         2,575         75,726         2,383         78,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Construction and land

              

Pass

     24,767         —           24,767         —           24,767   

Special Mention

     225         499         724         404         1,128   

Substandard

     4,060         —           4,060         5,122         9,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total construction and land

     29,052         499         29,551         5,526         35,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multifamily

              

LTV < 35%

              

Pass

     18,656         224         18,880         —           18,880   

Substandard

     —           —           —           504         504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18,656         224         18,880         504         19,384   

LTV > 35%

              

Pass

     251,129         5,819         256,948         —           256,948   

Special Mention

     3,258         151         3,409         1,824         5,233   

Substandard

     99         —           99         2,535         2,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     254,486         5,970         260,456         4,359         264,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total multifamily

     273,142         6,194         279,336         4,863         284,199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

              

Pass

     27,780         262         28,042         —           28,042   

Special Mention

     55         —           55         —           55   

Substandard

     —           —           —           240         240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home equity and lines of credit

     27,835         262         28,097         240         28,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

              

Pass

     13,626         446         14,072         38         14,110   

Special Mention

     586         90         676         100         776   

Substandard

     923         —           923         1,223         2,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

     15,135         536         15,671         1,361         17,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Insurance premium loans

              

Pass

     43,728         421         44,149         —           44,149   

Special Mention

     —           239         239         —           239   

Substandard

     —           —           —           129         129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total insurance premium loans

     43,728         660         44,388         129         44,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other loans

              

Pass

     959         102         1,061         —           1,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other loans

     959         102         1,061         —           1,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 746,903       $ 19,798       $ 766,701       $ 60,890       $ 827,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2011  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

With No Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

   $ 1,764       $ 1,764       $ —     

Loss

     —           471         —     

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     3,670         3,679         —     

Substandard

     26,284         27,906         —     

Construction and land

        

Substandard

     1,709         2,607         —     

Multifamily

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

     523         523         —     

LTV => 35%

        

Substandard

     870         870         —     

Commercial and industrial loans

        

Special Mention

     660         660         —     

Substandard

     921         921         —     

With a Related Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

     1,766         2,132         (175

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     659         685         (65

Substandard

     9,305         9,305         (1,655

One-to-four family residential

        

LTV < 60%

        

Special Mention

     782         782         (22

LTV => 60%

        

Substandard

     1,750         1,750         (386

Multifamily

        

LTV => 35%

     1,552         1,552         (338

Substandard

        

Home equity and lines of credit

        

Substandard

     1,593         1,593         (30

Commercial and industrial loans

        

Substandard

     462         462         (1,393

Total:

        

Real estate loans

        

Commercial

     43,448         45,942         (1,895

One-to-four family residential

     2,532         2,532         (408

Construction and land

     1,709         2,607         —     

Multifamily

     2,945         2,945         (338

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,593         1,593         (30

Commercial and industrial loans

     2,043         2,043         (1,393
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 54,270       $ 57,662       $ (4,064
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2010  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

With No Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV < 35%

        

Special Mention

   $ 661       $ 661       $ —     

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     4,807         4,807         —     

Substandard

     25,590         26,870         —     

Construction and land

        

Substandard

     2,152         2,416         —     

Multifamily

        

LTV < 35%

        

Substandard

     504         504         —     

LTV => 35%

        

Special Mention

     3,392         5,242         —     

With a Related Allowance Recorded:

        

Real estate loans:

        

Commercial

        

LTV => 35%

        

Substandard

     20,766         21,782         (2,129

One-to-four family residential

        

LTV => 60%

        

Special Mention

     1,750         1,750         (369

Construction and land

        

Substandard

     2,410         3,079         (36

Multifamily

        

LTV => 35%

        

Substandard

     1,187         1,632         (121

Total:

        

Real estate loans

        

Commercial

     51,824         54,120         (2,129

One-to-four family residential

     1,750         1,750         (369

Construction and land

     4,562         5,495         (36

Multifamily

     5,083         7,378         (121
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 63,219       $ 68,743       $ (2,655
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the table above at December 31, 2011, are loans with carrying balances of $27.9 million that were not written down by either charge-offs or specific reserves in our allowance for loan losses. Included in the impaired loans at December 31, 2010, are loans with carrying balances of $24.8 million that were not written down either by charge-offs or specific reserves in our allowance for loan losses. Loans not written down by charge-offs or specific reserves at December 31, 2011, and 2010, have sufficient collateral values, less costs to sell (including any discounts to facilitate a sale), to support the carrying balances of the loans.

The average recorded balance of originated impaired loans (including held-for-investment and held-for-sale) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was approximately $58.7 million, $54.3 million, and $27.2 million, respectively. The Company recorded $2.5 million, $2.8 million and $624,000 of interest income on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize loans that were modified in a troubled debt restructuring during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2011  
    Number of
Relationships
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
    (in thousands)  

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

       

Commercial real estate loans

       

Special Mention

    2       $ 4,007       $ 2,819   

Substandard

    3         13,966         13,966   

Construction and land

       

Substandard

    1         164         164   

One-to-four Family

       

Special Mention

    3         782         782   

Home equity and lines of credit

       

Substandard

    1         102         102   

Commercial and industrial loans

       

Special Mention

    1         40         40   

Substandard

    2         1,701         1,701   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Troubled Debt Restructurings

    13       $ 20,762       $ 19,574   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 we had troubled debt restructurings of $41.6 million and $31.2 million, respectively.

Nine of the relationships in the table above were restructured to receive reduced interest rates, two relationships were provided forbearance agreements to allow the owners to liquidate the properties and two relationships were granted extended maturities.

Management classifies all troubled debt restructurings as impaired loans. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell), if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of the expected future cash flows, if the loan is not collateral dependent. Management performs a detailed evaluation of each impaired loan and generally obtains updated appraisals as part of the evaluation. In addition, management adjusts estimated fair values down to appropriately consider recent market conditions, our willingness to accept a lower sales price to effect a quick sale, and costs to dispose of any supporting collateral. Determining the estimated fair value of underlying collateral (and related costs to sell) can be difficult in illiquid real estate markets and is subject to significant assumptions and estimates. Management employs an independent third party expert in appraisal preparation and review to ascertain the reasonableness of updated appraisals. Projecting the expected cash flows under troubled debt restructurings is inherently subjective and requires, among other things, an evaluation of the borrower’s current and projected financial condition. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections and our established allowance for loan losses on these loans, which could have a material effect on our financial results.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

There have been three loans that were restructured during the last twelve months that have subsequently defaulted. The following table details these loans at December 31, 2011:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2011  
     Number of
Relationships
     30-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
More Past Due
 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial real estate loans

        

Substandard - Accrual *

     1       $ 2,425       $ —     

Substandard - Non-accrual

     1         3,412         —     

Commercial and industrial loans

        

Substandard - Non-accrual

     1         —           90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3       $ 5,837       $ 90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Thirty-one days delinquent

 

(6) Premises and Equipment, Net

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, premises and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

At cost:

    

Land

   $ 436      $ 436   

Buildings and improvements

     3,224        3,270   

Capital leases

     2,600        2,600   

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     15,155        13,724   

Leasehold improvements

     19,454        14,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     40,869        34,837   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (20,881     (18,780
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 19,988      $ 16,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $2.1 million, $1.8 million, and $1.7 million, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized gains of approximately $197,000 as a result of the sale of premises and equipment. The Company had no sales of premises and equipment in 2011 or 2009.

 

F-62


Table of Contents
(7) Deposits

Deposit account balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Transaction:

          

Negotiable orders of withdrawal

   $ 91,829         0.60   $ 76,251         1.03

Non-interest bearing checking

     156,493         —          111,413         —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total transaction

     248,322         0.22        187,664         0.42   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Savings:

          

Money market

     430,087         0.77        294,003         0.97   

Savings-passbook and statement

     334,994         0.28        338,140         0.33   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total savings

     765,081         0.56        632,143         0.63   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Certificates of deposit:

          

Under $100,000

     262,435         1.08        272,266         1.34   

$100,000 or more

     217,688         1.36        280,769         1.25   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total certificates of deposit

     480,123         1.21        553,035         1.29   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total deposits

   $ 1,493,526         0.71   $ 1,372,842         0.87
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

The Company had brokered deposits (classified as certificates of deposit in the above table) of $3.4 million and $68.4 million, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2011
 

2012

   $ 356,391   

2013

     40,998   

2014

     31,019   

2015

     34,581   

2016 and after

     17,134   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 480,123   
  

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Negotiable order of withdrawal and money market

   $ 3,624       $ 3,546       $ 3,213   

Savings-passbook and statement

     1,027         1,573         2,833   

Certificates of deposit

     7,600         8,454         12,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,251       $ 13,573       $ 18,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(8) Borrowings

Borrowings consisted of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and obligations under capital leases and are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Repurchase agreements

   $ 276,000       $ 243,000   

Other borrowings:

     

FHLB advances

     201,210         146,300   

Floating rate advances

     3,004         —     

Obligations under capital leases

     1,720         1,937   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 481,934       $ 391,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FHLB advances are secured by a blanket lien on unencumbered securities and the Company’s FHLB capital stock.

Repurchase agreements and FHLB advances have contractual maturities at December 31, 2011, as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2011  
     FHLB
Advances
     Repurchase
Agreements
 

2012

   $ 57,000       $ 50,000   

2013

     27,300         45,000   

2014

     10,500         56,000   

2015

     52,500         62,000   

2016 and after

     53,910         63,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 201,210       $ 276,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements have a weighted average rate of 3.20%, with all maturing in more than 90 days. The repurchase agreements are secured primarily by mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $296.6 million, and a market value of $309.8 million, at December 31, 2011.

The Company has the ability to obtain additional funding from the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank discount window of approximately $384.6 million, utilizing unencumbered securities of $427.3 million at December 31, 2011. The Company expects to have sufficient funds available to meet current commitments in the normal course of business.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Repurchase agreements

   $ 11,207       $ 9,116       $ 7,158   

FHLB advances

     1,776         1,513         3,358   

Over-night borrowings

     20         26         53   

Obligations under capital leases

     159         178         194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,162       $ 10,833       $ 10,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Federal tax expense (benefit):

      

Current

   $ 8,319      $ 8,114      $ 9,434   

Deferred

     (2,257     (1,315     (3,758
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,062        6,799        5,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

State and local tax expense (benefit):

      

Current

     1,061        1,161        2,122   

Deferred

     (626     (1,590     (1,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     435        (429     942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 6,497      $ 6,370      $ 6,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $2.4 million as a result of the FDIC-assisted transaction.

Reconciliation between the amount of reported total income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying the applicable statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Tax expense at statutory rate of 35%

   $ 8,162      $ 7,057      $ 6,542   

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

State tax, net of federal income tax

     283        (279     612   

Bank owned life insurance

     (1,041     (796     (613

Incentive stock options

     149        149        166   

Bargain purchase gain

     (1,246     —          —     

Other, net

     190        239        (89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 6,497      $ 6,370      $ 6,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 10,783       $ 8,838   

Deferred loan fees

     —           33   

Capitalized leases

     697         802   

Charitable deduction carryforward

     1,340         2,153   

Deferred compensation

     2,399         2,135   

Accrued salaries

     718         525   

Postretirement benefits

     511         498   

Equity awards

     1,759         1,351   

Unrealized actuarial losses on post retirement benefits

     201         197   

Straight-line leases adjustment

     852         704   

Asset retirement obligation

     102         99   

Reserve for accrued interest receivable

     1,671         1,304   

Reserve for loan commitments

     135         154   

New Jersey NOL

     —           22   

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

     132         —     

Other

     543         255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     21,843         19,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Depreciation

     145         213   

Unrealized gains on securities - AFS

     11,835         7,468   

Mortgage servicing rights

     24         49   

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

     —           78   

Step up to fair market value of acquired loans

     62         95   

Step up to fair market value of acquired investment

     —           1   

Bargain purchase gain

     2,297         —     

Deferred loan fees

     179         —     

Other

     —           12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     14,542         7,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     1,038         1,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 6,263       $ 10,116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has determined that a valuation allowance should be established for certain state and local tax benefits related to the Company’s contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation. The Company has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation reserve for the remaining net deferred tax asset account since it is “more likely than not” that the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. The conclusion that it is “more likely than not” that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the history of earnings and the prospects for continued profitability. Management will continue to review the tax criteria related to the recognition of deferred tax assets.

As a savings institution, the Bank is subject to a special federal tax provision regarding its frozen tax bad debt reserve. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s federal tax bad debt base-year reserve was $5.9 million, with a related net deferred tax liability of $2.8 million, which has not been recognized since the Bank does not expect that this reserve will become taxable in the foreseeable future. Events that would result in taxation of this reserve include redemptions of the Bank’s stock or certain excess distributions by the Bank to the Company.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

The Company did not have any material uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The State of New York passed legislation in August of 2010 to conform the bad debt deduction allowed under Article 32 of the New York State tax law to the bad debt deduction allowed for federal income tax purposes. As a result, Northfield Bank no longer establishes, or maintains, a New York reserve for losses on loans, and is required to claim a deduction for bad debts in an amount equal to its actual loan loss experience. In addition, this legislation eliminated the potential recapture of the New York tax bad debt reserve that could have otherwise occurred in certain circumstances under New York State tax law prior to August of 2010. As a result of this new legislation, the Company reversed approximately $738,000 in deferred tax liabilities during the third quarter of 2010.

The following are the most significant years that are open for examination or under examination:

 

   

Federal tax filings for 2008 through present. The Company has received notification from the Internal Revenue Service that they intend to examine the 2009 and 2010 filings.

 

   

New York State tax filings 2007 through the present. Currently the 2007, 2008, and 2009 filings are under examination.

 

   

New York City tax filings 2007 through the present. Currently the 2007, 2008, and 2009 filings are under examination.

 

   

State of New Jersey 2008 through present.

 

(10) Retirement Benefits

The Company has a 401(k) plan for its employees, which grants eligible employees (those salaried employees with at least three months of service) the opportunity to invest from 2% to 15% of their base compensation in certain investment alternatives. The Company contributes an amount equal to 25% of employee contributions on the first 6% of base compensation contributed by eligible employees for the first three years of participation. Subsequent years of participation in excess of three years will increase the Company matching contribution from 25% to 50% of an employee’s contributions, on the first 6% of base compensation contributed by eligible employees. A member becomes fully vested in the Company’s contributions upon (a) completion of five years of service, or (b) normal retirement, early retirement, permanent disability, or death. The Company’s contribution to this plan amounted to approximately $218,000, $166,000, and $156,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Company also maintains a profit-sharing plan in which the Company can contribute to the participant’s 401(k) account, at its discretion, up to the legal limit of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company did not contribute to the profit sharing plan during 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The Company maintains the Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the ESOP). The ESOP is a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in the Company’s common stock. The ESOP provides employees with the opportunity to receive a funded retirement benefit from the Bank, based primarily on the value of the Company’s common stock. The ESOP was authorized to, and did purchase, 1,756,279 shares of the Company’s common stock in the Company’s initial public offering at a price of $10.00 per share. This purchase was funded with a loan from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to the ESOP. The first payment on the loan from the ESOP to the Company was due and paid on December 31, 2007, and the outstanding balance at December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $15.0 million and $15.4 million, respectively. The shares of the Company’s common stock purchased in the initial public offering are pledged as collateral for the loan. Shares are released for allocation to participants as loan payments are made. A total of 61,801 and 60,570 shares were released and allocated to participants for the ESOP year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. ESOP compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $790,000, $774,000, and $676,000, respectively. Cash dividends on unallocated shares are utilized to satisfy required debt payments. Dividends on allocated shares are utilized to prepay debt which releases additional shares to participants.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The Company maintains a Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the SESOP), a non-qualified plan, that provides supplemental benefits to certain executives who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by the ESOP’s benefit formula due to tax law limits for tax-qualified plans. The supplemental payments for the SESOP consist of cash payments representing the value of Company shares that cannot be allocated to participants under the ESOP due to legal limitations imposed on tax-qualified plans. The Company made a contribution to the SESOP plan of $25,000, $33,000, and $41,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Company provides post retirement medical and life insurance to a limited number of retired individuals. The Company also provides retiree life insurance benefits to all qualified employees, up to certain limits. The following tables set forth the funded status and components of postretirement benefit costs at December 31 measurement dates (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation beginning of year

   $ 1,668      $ 1,670      $ 1,559   

Service cost

     6        5        4   

Interest cost

     80        88        93   

Actuarial loss

     47        12        111   

Benefits paid

     (104     (108     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation end of year

     1,697        1,667        1,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets at fair value

     —          —          —     

Unrecognized transition obligation

     —          —          —     

Unrecognized prior service cost

     —          —          —     

Unrecognized loss

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued liability (included in accrued expenses and other liabilities)

   $ 1,697      $ 1,667      $ 1,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Net loss

   $ 288       $ 266   

Transition obligation

     67         84   

Prior service cost

     106         121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 461       $ 471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated net loss, transition obligation, and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic cost in 2012 are $27,778, $16,711, and $15,575, respectively.

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic postretirement benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Service cost

   $ 6       $ 5       $ 4   

Interest cost

     80         88         93   

Amortization of transition obligation

     17         17         17   

Amortization of prior service costs

     15         15         15   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     25         26         17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net postretirement benefit cost included in compensation and employee benefits

   $ 143       $ 151       $ 146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

The assumed discount rate related to plan obligations reflects the weighted average of published market rates for high-quality corporate bonds with terms similar to those of the plans expected benefit payments, rounded to the nearest quarter percentage point. The Company’s discount rate and rate of compensation increase used in accounting for the plan are as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at period end:

      

Discount rate

     4.00     5.00     5.50

Rate of increase in compensation

     4.00        4.00        4.25   

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the year:

      

Discount rate

     5.00        5.50        6.25   

Rate of increase in compensation

     4.00        4.25        4.25   

At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, a medical cost trend rate of 8.75%, decreasing 0.50% per year thereafter until an ultimate rate of 4.75% is reached, was used in the plan’s valuation. The Company’s healthcare cost trend rates are based, among other things, on the Company’s own experience and third party analysis of recent and projected healthcare cost trends.

A one percentage-point change in assumed heath care cost trends would have the following effects (in thousands):

 

     One Percentage
Point Increase
     One Percentage
Point Decrease
 
     2011      2010      2011     2010  

Effect on benefits earned and interest cost

   $ 7       $ 7       $ (5   $ (6

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

     134         129         (119     (115

A one percentage-point change in assumed heath care cost trends would have the following effects (in thousands):

 

     One Percentage
Point Increase
     One Percentage
Point Decrease
 
     2011      2010      2009      2011     2010     2009  

Aggregate of service and interest components of net periodic cost (benefit)

   $ 7       $ 7       $ 8       $ (5   $ (6   $ (6

Benefit payments of approximately $104,000, $108,000, and $97,000 were made in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The benefits expected to be paid under the postretirement health benefits plan for the next five years are as follows: $109,000 in 2012; $114,000 in 2013; $119,000 in 2014; $123,000 in 2015; and $125,000 in 2016. The benefit payments expected to be paid in the aggregate for the years 2016 through 2021 are $623,000. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2011, and include estimated future employee service.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or Medicare Act, introduced both a Medicare prescription-drug benefit and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health-care plans that provide a benefit at least “actuarially equivalent” to the Medicare benefit. The Company has evaluated the estimated potential subsidy available under the Medicare Act and the related costs associated with qualifying for the subsidy. Due to the limited number of participants in the plan, the Company has concluded that it is not cost beneficial to apply for the subsidy. Therefore, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation information and related net periodic postretirement benefit costs do not reflect the effect of any potential subsidy.

The Company maintains a nonqualified plan to provide for the elective deferral of all or a portion of director fees by members of the participating board of directors, deferral of all or a portion of the compensation and/or annual incentive compensation payable to eligible employees of the Company, and to provide to certain officers of the Company benefits in excess of those permitted to be paid by the Company’s savings plan, ESOP, and profit-sharing plan under the applicable Internal Revenue Code. The plan obligation was

 

F-69


Table of Contents

approximately $4,145,000 and $4,095,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Expense under this plan was $151,000, $597,000, and $592,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company invests to fund this future obligation, in various mutual funds designated as trading securities. The securities are marked-to-market through current period earnings as a component of non-interest income. Accrued obligations under this plan are credited or charged with the return on the trading securities portfolio as a component of compensation and benefits expense.

The Company entered into a supplemental retirement agreement with its former president and current director on July 18, 2006. The agreement provides for 120 monthly payments of $17,450. The present value of the obligation, of approximately $1,625,000, was recorded in compensation and benefits expense in 2006. The present value of the obligation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, was approximately $880,000 and $1,039,000, respectively.

 

(11) Equity Incentive Plan

The Company maintains the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan to grant common stock or options to purchase common stock at specific prices to directors and employees of the Company. The Plan provides for the issuance or delivery of up to 3,073,488 shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock subject to certain Plan limitations. 157,538 shares of stock remain available for issuance under the Plan as of December 31, 2011. All stock options and restricted stock granted to date vests in equal installments over a five year period beginning one year from the date of grant. The vesting of options and restricted stock awards may accelerate in accordance with terms of the plan. Stock options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date based on quoted market prices and all have an expiration period of ten years. The fair value of stock options granted on January 30, 2009, was estimated utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: an expected life of 6.5 years utilizing the simplified method, risk-free rate of return of 2.17%, volatility of 35.33% and a dividend yield of 1.61%. The fair value of stock options granted on May 29, 2009, was estimated utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: an expected life of 6.5 years utilizing the simplified method, risk-free rate of return of 2.88%, volatility of 38.39% and a dividend yield of 1.50%. The fair value of stock options granted on January 30, 2010, was estimated utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: an expected life of 6.5 years utilizing the simplified method, risk-free rate of return of 2.90%, volatility of 38.29% and a dividend yield of 1.81%. The Company is expensing the grant date fair value of all employee and director share-based compensation over the requisite service periods on a straight-line basis.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded $3.0 million, $3.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The following table is a summary of the Company’s non-vested stock options as of December 31, 2011, and changes therein during the year then ended:

 

     Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
 

Outstanding - December 31, 2008

     —        $ —         $ —           —     

Granted

     2,106,400        3.22         9.94         10.00   

Exercised

     (23,000     3.22         9.94         —     
  

 

 

         

Outstanding - December 31, 2009

     2,083,400        3.22         9.94         9.08   

Granted

     3,000        4.66         13.24         10.00   

Exercised

     (13,860     3.22         9.94         —     
  

 

 

         

Outstanding - December 31, 2010

     2,072,540        3.22         9.94         8.09   

Granted

     —          —           —           —     

Exercised

     (15,880     3.22         9.94         —     
  

 

 

         

Outstanding - December 31, 2011

     2,056,660      $ 3.22       $ 9.95         7.02   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable - December 31, 2011

     824,080      $ 3.22       $ 9.94         6.98   
  

 

 

         

Expected future stock option expense related to the non-vested options outstanding as of December 31, 2011, is $2.8 million over an average period of 2.1 years.

The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares as of December 31, 2011, and changes therein during the year then ended.

 

     Number of
Shares
Awarded
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2008

     —        $ —     

Granted

     836,650        9.94   

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     (11,500     9.94   
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2009

     825,150        9.94   

Granted

     4,400        13.24   

Vested

     (175,670     9.94   
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2010

     653,880        9.97   

Granted

     —          —     

Vested

     (165,050     9.96   
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2011

     488,830      $ 9.97   
  

 

 

   

Expected future stock award expense related to the non-vested restricted awards as of December 31, 2011, is $3.5 million over an average period of 2.1 years.

Upon the exercise of stock options, management expects to utilize treasury stock as the source of issuance for these shares.

 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to commitments that involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. These commitments include unused lines of credit and commitments to extend credit.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, the following commitment and contingent liabilities existed that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (in thousands):

 

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 32,878   

Unused lines of credit

     31,857   

Standby letters of credit

     1,769   

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these commitments is represented by the contractual amount. The Company uses the same credit policies in granting commitments and conditional obligations as it does for amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. These commitments and obligations do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s assessment of risk. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees generally extend for a term of up to one year and are fully collateralized. For each guarantee issued, if the customer defaults on a payment to the third party, the Company would have to perform under the guarantee. The unamortized fee on standby letters of credit approximates their fair value; such fees were insignificant at December 31, 2011. The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses on commitments to extend credit in other liabilities. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the allowance was $328,000 and $366,000, respectively, changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.

At December 31, 2011, the Company was obligated under non-cancelable operating leases and capitalized leases on property used for banking purposes. Most leases contain escalation clauses and renewal options which provide for increased rentals as well as for increases in certain property costs including real estate taxes, common area maintenance, and insurance.

The projected minimum annual rental payments and receipts under the capitalized leases and operating leases, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Rental      Rental      Rental  
     Payments      Payments      Receipts  
     Capitalized      Operating      Operating  
     Leases      Leases      Leases  

Year ending December 31:

        

2012

   $ 387       $ 3,378       $ 165   

2013

     399         3,307         170   

2014

     411         3,302         190   

2015

     269         3,339         190   

2016

     247         3,135         190   

Thereafter

     560         31,607         1,442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,273       $ 48,068       $ 2,347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are four properties with contractual operating rental payments over the term of the lease totaling $13.8 million which are not included in the above table because possession of such premises has not been delivered. Lease terms range from 15 to 20 years.

Net rental expense included in occupancy expense was approximately $2,872,000, $2,353,000, and $2,128,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

In the normal course of business, the Company may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

The Bank is required by regulation to maintain a certain level of cash balances on hand and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank was required to maintain balances of $197,000 and $700,000, respectively.

The Bank has entered into employment agreements with its Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers of the Bank to ensure the continuity of executive leadership, to clarify the roles and responsibilities of executives, and to make explicit the terms and conditions of executive employment. These agreements are for a term of three-years subject to review and annual renewal, and provide for certain levels of base annual salary and in the event of a change in control, as defined, or in the event of termination, as defined, certain levels of base salary, bonus payments, and benefits for a period of up to three-years.

 

(13) Regulatory Requirements

The OCC requires savings institutions to maintain a minimum tangible capital ratio to tangible assets of 1.5%, a minimum core capital ratio to total adjusted assets of 4.0%, and a minimum ratio of total risk-adjusted total assets of 8.0%.

Under prompt corrective action regulations, the OCC is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally, an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about capital components, risk weighting, and other factors.

Management believes that as of December 31, 2011, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent OCC notification categorized the Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital classification.

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is regulated, supervised, and examined by the FRB as a savings and loan holding company and, as such, is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act will require the federal banking agencies to establish consolidated risk-based and leverage capital requirements for insured depository institutions, depository institution holding companies and systemically important nonbank financial companies. These requirements must be no less than those to which insured depository institutions are currently subject. As a result, on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Dodd-Frank Act, we will become subject to consolidated capital requirements which we have not been subject to previously.

The following is a summary of the Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios compared to the regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, for classification as a well-capitalized institution and minimum capital (dollars in thousands).

 

F-73


Table of Contents
                  Adequacy     Under Prompt Corrective  
     Actual     Purposes     Action Provisions  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2011:

               

Tangible capital to tangible assets

   $ 312,993         13.42   $ 34,987         1.50     NA         NA   

Tier I capital (core) (to adjusted total assets)

     312,993         13.42        93,298         4.00        116,622         5.00   

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     330,147         24.71        106,901         8.00        133,627         10.00   

As of December 31, 2010:

               

Tangible capital to tangible assets

   $ 292,981         13.43   $ 32,723         1.50     NA         NA   

Tier I capital (core) (to adjusted total assets)

     292,981         13.43        87,263         4.00        109,078         5.00   

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     307,375         27.39        89,751         8.00        112,188         10.00   

 

(14) Fair Value of Measurement

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, by level within the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlations or other means.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
     December 31, 2011      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Measured on a recurring basis:

           

Assets:

           

Investment securities:

           

Available-for-sale:

           

Mortgage-backed securities

           

GSE

   $ 945,782       $ —         $ 945,782       $ —     

Non-GSE

     40,451         —           40,451         —     

Corporate bonds

     100,657         —           100,657         —     

Equities

     11,835         11,835         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

     1,098,725         11,835         1,086,890         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     4,146         4,146         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,102,871       $ 15,981       $ 1,086,890       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Measured on a non-recurring basis:

           

Assets:

           

Impaired loans:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial real estate

   $ 27,826       $ —         $ —         $ 27,826   

One-to-four family residential mortgage

     2,532         —           —           2,532   

Construction and land

     1,709         —           —           1,709   

Multifamily

     1,552         —           —           1,552   

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,593         —           —           1,593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

     35,212         —           —           35,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     462         —           —           462   

Other real estate owned

     3,359         —           —           3,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,033       $ —         $ —         $ 39,033   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
     December 31, 2010      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Measured on a recurring basis:

           

Assets:

           

Investment securities:

           

Available-for-sale:

           

Mortgage-backed securities

           

GSE

   $ 977,872       $ —         $ 977,872       $ —     

Non-GSE

     97,267         —           97,267         —     

Corporate bonds

     121,788         —           121,788         —     

GSE bonds

     35,033         —           35,033         —     

Equities

     12,353         12,353         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

     1,244,313         12,353         1,231,960         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     4,095         4,095         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,248,408       $ 16,448       $ 1,231,960       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Measured on a non-recurring basis:

           

Assets:

           

Impaired loans:

           

Real estate loans:

           

Commercial real estate

   $ 26,951       $ —         $ —         $ 26,951   

One-to-four family residential mortgage

     1,381         —           —           1,381   

Construction and land

     4,526         —           —           4,526   

Multifamily

     2,890         —           —           2,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

     35,748         —           —           35,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

     171         —           —           171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,919       $ —         $ —         $ 35,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Securities: The estimated fair values for mortgage-backed securities, GSE bonds, and corporate securities are obtained from a nationally recognized third-party pricing service. The estimated fair values are derived primarily from cash flow models, which include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayment speeds. Broker/dealer quotes are utilized as well when such quotes are available and deemed representative of the market. The significant inputs utilized in the cash flow models are based on

 

F-75


Table of Contents

market data obtained from sources independent of the Company (observable inputs,) and are therefore classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The estimated fair value of equity securities classified as Level 1, are derived from quoted market prices in active markets. Equity securities consist primarily of money market mutual funds. There were no transfers of securities between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Trading Securities: Fair values are derived from quoted market prices in active markets. The assets consist of publicly traded mutual funds.

In addition, the Company may be required, from time to time, to measure the fair value of certain other financial assets on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write downs of individual assets.

Impaired Loans: At December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, the Company had originated impaired loans held-for-investment and held-for-sale with outstanding principal balances of $39.1 million and $38.4 million that were recorded at their estimated fair value of $35.7 million and $35.7 million, respectively. The Company recorded impairment charges of $4.1 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and charge-offs of $7.7 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, utilizing Level 3 inputs. For purposes of estimating fair value of impaired loans, management utilizes independent appraisals, if the loan is collateral dependent, adjusted downward by management, as necessary, for changes in relevant valuation factors subsequent to the appraisal date, or the present value of expected future cash flows for non-collateral dependent loans and troubled debt restructurings.

Other Real Estate Owned: At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had assets acquired through foreclosure of $3,359,000 and $171,000, respectively, recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value is generally based on independent appraisals. These appraisals include adjustments to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, and are considered level 3 inputs. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated selling costs, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If the estimated fair value of the asset declines, a write-down is recorded through non-interest expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in the economic conditions.

Subsequent valuation adjustments to other real estate owned (REO) totaled $72,000 and $146,000, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, reflecting continued deterioration in estimated fair values. There were no subsequent valuation adjustments to other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2009. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The FASB Accounting Standards Topic for Financial Instruments requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities not already discussed above:

 

  (a) Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Certificates of Deposit

Cash and cash equivalents are short-term in nature with original maturities of three months or less; the carrying amount approximates fair value. Certificates of deposits having original terms of six-months or less; carrying value generally approximates fair value. Certificate of deposits with an original maturity of six months or greater the fair value is derived from discounted cash flows.

 

F-76


Table of Contents
  (b) Securities (Held to Maturity)

The estimated fair values for substantially all of our securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized pricing service. The independent pricing service utilizes market prices of same or similar securities whenever such prices are available. Prices involving distressed sellers are not utilized in determining fair value. Where necessary, the independent third-party pricing service estimates fair value using models employing techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. The assumptions used in these models typically include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayments, utilizing market observable data where available.

 

  (c) Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock

The fair value for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed and there is no active market for this stock.

 

  (d) Loans (Held-for-Investment)

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as originated and purchased, and further segregated by residential mortgage, construction, land, multifamily, commercial and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into amortizing and non-amortizing and fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current prepayment assumptions and current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit price concept of fair value prescribed by the FASB ASC Topic for Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.

 

  (e) Loans (Held-for-Sale)

Held-for-sale loans are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value, less costs to sell, and therefore fair value is equal to carrying value.

 

  (f) Deposits

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

  (g) Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit

The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments is insignificant and therefore not included in the following table.

 

  (h) Borrowings

The fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturity.

 

  (i) Advance Payments by Borrowers

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance have no stated maturity; the fair value is equal to the amount currently payable.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of the Company’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2011, and 2010, are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
            Estimated             Estimated  
     Carrying      Fair      Carrying      Fair  
     value      value      value      value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 65,269       $ 65,269       $ 43,852       $ 43,852   

Trading securities

     4,146         4,146         4,095         4,095   

Securities available-for-sale

     1,098,725         1,098,725         1,244,313         1,244,313   

Securities held-to-maturity

     3,617         3,771         5,060         5,273   

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost

     12,677         12,677         9,784         9,784   

Loans held-for-sale

     3,900         3,900         1,170         1,170   

Net loans held-for-investment

     1,047,631         1,081,484         805,772         818,295   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

   $ 1,493,526       $ 1,499,906       $ 1,372,842       $ 1,377,068   

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings

     481,934         498,774         391,237         403,920   

Advance payments by borrowers

     2,201         2,201         693         693   

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with a high degree of precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

 

(15) Stock Repurchase Program

On September 9, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the continuance of the stock repurchase program. Under its current program, the Company intends to repurchase up to 2,066,379 additional shares, representing approximately 5% of its outstanding shares. The timing of the repurchases will depend on certain factors, including but not limited to, market conditions and prices, the Company’s liquidity and capital requirements, and alternative uses of capital. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. The Company is conducting such repurchases in accordance with a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. As of December 31, 2011, the company held 5,114,020 shares in treasury at a weighted average cost of $12.86 per share.

 

F-78


Table of Contents
(16) Earnings Per Share

The following is a summary of the Company’s earnings per share calculations and reconciliation of basic to diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share data):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 16,823       $ 13,793       $ 12,074   

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic

     40,068,991         41,387,106         42,405,774   

Effect of non-vested restricted stock and stock options outstanding

     446,254         281,900         126,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

     40,515,245         41,669,006         42,532,568   

Earnings per share-basic

   $ 0.42       $ 0.33       $ 0.28   

Earnings per share-diluted

   $ 0.42       $ 0.33       $ 0.28   

 

(17) Postponement of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

On September 30, 2010, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation and the stock holding company for Northfield Bank, announced due to the current market conditions that Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the recently formed Delaware corporation and proposed new holding company for Northfield Bank, had postponed its stock offering in connection with the second-step conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC. The Company expensed approximately $1.8 million in costs incurred for the Company’s postponed, second-step offering.

 

(18) Subsequent Events

On February 15, 2012, Northfield Bank, the wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., sold the majority of its portfolio of premium finance loans at carrying value, except for $1.7 million of cancelled loans, and $4.3 million of loans originated to obligors residing in states where the purchaser is awaiting approval to own premium finance loans (“Excluded Loans”). At February 15, 2012, the sold loans had a carrying value of approximately $42.0 million. The Excluded Loans will be sold when the purchaser obtains approval to own them with the exception of cancelled loans, which will be held by the Bank until their ultimate resolution, which is generally a payment from the insurance carrier in the amount of the unearned premiums.

On February 22, 2012, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and Northfield Bank were served with a summons and complaint related to a personal injury matter. The plaintiff is seeking damages of $40 million. The matter relates to an injury sustained by an individual on a property owned by a borrower of the Bank, which secures a loan to the Bank. The borrower is named as a co-defendant. The Bank does not operate the subject property or have any interest in the property, other than as collateral for its loan. The discovery phase is forthcoming; however, management believes the lawsuit is without merit. The Bank has $12 million in insurance coverage and the complaint is being defended by the Bank’s insurer. No accrual for loss has been established at December 31, 2011.

On March 13, 2012, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield Bancorp”) and Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. (“Flatbush Federal Bancorp”) announced the execution of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 13, 2012, by and among Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, the Bank and Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC, Flatbush Federal Bancorp and Flatbush Federal Savings and Loan Association (the “Merger Agreement”). Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, consideration for the transaction will be comprised of Northfield Bancorp’s common stock. Flatbush Federal Bancorp stockholders will receive 0.4748 of a share of Northfield Bancorp stock for each share of Flatbush Federal Bancorp common stock they own, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval from the stockholders of Flatbush Federal Bancorp and the members of Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC.

 

F-79


Table of Contents
(19) Parent-only Financial Information

The following condensed parent company only financial information reflects Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s investment in its wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary, Northfield Bank, using the equity method of accounting.

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

     

Cash in Northfield Bank

   $ 10,679       $ 20,929   

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

     1,558         658   

Investment in Northfield Bank

     347,427         319,603   

Securities available-for-sale (corporate bonds)

     5,327         37,472   

ESOP loan receivable

     14,955         15,392   

Accrued interest receivable

     95         505   

Other assets

     2,897         2,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 382,938       $ 396,951   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Total liabilities

   $ 288       $ 234   

Total stockholders’ equity

     382,650         396,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 382,938       $ 396,951   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Income

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Interest on ESOP loan

   $ 500       $ 513      $ 526   

Interest income on deposit in Northfield Bank

     78         100        273   

Interest income on deposits in other financial institutions

     3         31        590   

Interest income on corporate bonds

     688         1,247        603   

Gain on securities transactions, net

     227         38        —     

Undistributed earnings of Northfield Bank

     16,503         14,320        11,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     17,999         16,249        13,513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     952         2,627        1,177   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     224         (171     262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     1,176         2,456        1,439   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 16,823       $ 13,793      $ 12,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 16,823      $ 13,793      $ 12,074   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

     410        80        288   

Deferred taxes

     —          830        1,064   

(Decrease) increase in due from (to) Northfield Bank

     (478     396        312   

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     67        (1,178     (1,154

Amortization of premium on corporate bond

     521        1,063        527   

Gain on securities transactions, net

     (227     (38     —     

Increase in other liabilities

     54        100        134   

Undistributed earnings of Northfield Bank

     (16,503     (14,320     (11,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     667        726        1,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Dividend from Northfield Bank

     —          —          14,000   

Purchases of corporate bonds

     —          —          (50,323

Maturities of corporate bonds

     —          —          4,290   

Proceeds from sale of corporate bonds

     31,068        12,088        —     

Principal payments on ESOP loan receivable

     437        406        381   

Maturities of certificate of deposits

     —          —          30,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     31,505        12,494        (1,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Purchase of treasury stock

     (37,821     (8,213     (19,929

Dividends paid

     (3,701     (3,308     (2,963
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (41,522     (11,521     (22,892
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (9,350     1,699        (22,667

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     21,587        19,888        42,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 12,237      $ 21,587      $ 19,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following tables are a summary of certain quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011 Quarter Ended  
     March 31      June 30      September 30      December 31  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

           

Interest income

   $ 21,998       $ 22,438       $ 22,719       $ 23,862   

Interest expense

     6,227         6,609         6,442         6,135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     15,771         15,829         16,277         17,727   

Provision for loan losses

     1,367         1,750         2,000         7,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     14,404         14,079         14,277         10,255   

Bargain purchase gain, net of tax

     —           —           —           3,560   

Other income

     3,109         2,190         1,240         1,736   

Other expenses

     9,953         9,584         9,786         12,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     7,560         6,685         5,731         3,344   

Income tax expense

     2,590         2,338         2,035         (466
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 4,970       $ 4,347       $ 3,696       $ 3,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per common share - basis and diluted

   $ 0.12       $ 0.11       $ 0.09       $ 0.10   

 

     2010 Quarter Ended  
     March 31      June 30      September 30      December 31  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

           

Interest income

   $ 21,007       $ 22,032       $ 21,682       $ 21,774   

Interest expense

     6,458         6,115         6,004         5,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     14,549         15,917         15,678         15,945   

Provision for loan losses

     1,930         2,798         3,398         1,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     12,619         13,119         12,280         13,987   

Other income

     1,723         1,866         1,501         1,752   

Other expenses

     9,121         8,457         11,171         9,935   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     5,221         6,528         2,610         5,804   

Income tax expense

     1,840         2,342         215         1,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,381       $ 4,186       $ 2,395       $ 3,831   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per common share - basis and diluted

   $ 0.08       $ 0.10       $ 0.06       $ 0.09   

 

F-82


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 39,100,000 Shares

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for

Northfield Bank)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

[prospectus date]

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until [offering deadline], all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Dear Fellow Stockholder:

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is soliciting stockholder votes regarding the mutual-to-stock conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, our organization will convert from a partially public company to a fully public company by selling a minimum of 28,900,000 shares of common stock of a newly formed company, also named Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield-Delaware”), which will become the holding company for Northfield Bank.

The Proxy Vote

We have received conditional regulatory approval to implement the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. However, we must also receive the approval of our stockholders. Enclosed is a proxy statement/prospectus describing the proposals being presented at our special meeting of stockholders. Please promptly vote the enclosed proxy card. Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” the approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and “FOR” the other matters being presented at the special meeting.

The Exchange

At the conclusion of the conversion, your shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be exchanged for shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock. The number of new shares that you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that is described in the proxy statement/prospectus. Shortly after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each stockholder of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. who holds stock certificates. The transmittal form explains the procedure to follow to exchange your shares. Please do not deliver your certificate(s) before you receive the transmittal form. Shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. that are held in street name (e.g., in a brokerage account) will be converted automatically at the conclusion of the conversion; no action or documentation is required of you.

The Stock Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware for sale at $10.00 per share. The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Northfield Bank and eligible depositors of the former First State Bank and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, shares would be available in a community offering to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. public stockholders and others not eligible to place orders in the subscription offering. If you may be interested in purchasing shares of our common stock, contact our Stock Information Center at [stock center #] to receive a stock order form and prospectus. The stock offering period is expected to expire on [expiration date] .

If you have any questions, please refer to the Questions & Answers section herein.

We thank you for your support as a stockholder of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Sincerely,

 

John W. Alexander

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION

PROXY STATEMENT OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC., A FEDERAL CORPORATION

Northfield Bank is converting from the mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. Currently, Northfield Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federally chartered corporation, which we sometimes refer to in this document as “Northfield-Federal,” and Northfield Bancorp, MHC owns 61.0% of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The remaining 39.0% of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed Delaware corporation named Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield-Delaware”) will replace Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as the holding company of Northfield Bank. Each share of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.1402 and 1.5426 shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware, so that immediately after the conversion Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of Northfield-Delaware common stock as they owned of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Northfield-Delaware and the number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $         per share closing price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least              shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the                      and the                      of the offering range), the initial value of the Northfield-Delaware common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors—The market value of Northfield-Delaware common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock exchanged.”

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering for sale up to 39,100,000 shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware, representing the ownership interest of Northfield Bancorp, MHC in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. We are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Northfield Bank and eligible depositors of the former First State Bank and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association, to Northfield Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans and to the public, including Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, at a price of $10.00 per share. The conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC and the offering and exchange of common stock by Northfield-Delaware is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” After the conversion and offering are completed, Northfield Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield-Delaware, and 100% of the common stock of Northfield-Delaware will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the federal corporation, and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NFBK.” For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion and offering, we expect Northfield-Delaware’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBKD,” and, thereafter, the trading symbol will revert to “NFBK.”

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, which may be referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is holding a special meeting of stockholders at [Meeting location], on [Meeting date], at [Meeting time] p.m., Eastern Time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the plan of conversion.

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the prospectus for the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of


Table of Contents

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Northfield-Delaware of its shares of common stock in the offering, which is being made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are not required to participate in the stock offering.

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For answers to your questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], at [Solicitor phone #], Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [document date], and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. on or about                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

1410 St. Georges Avenue

Avenel, New Jersey 07001

(732) 499-7200

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

On [Meeting date], Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will hold a special meeting of stockholders at [Meeting location]. The meeting will begin at [Meeting time] p.m., Eastern Time. At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:

 

  1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement;

 

  2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;

 

  3. The following informational proposals:

 

  3a. Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation;

 

  3b. Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws;

 

  3c. Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

  4. Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

NOTE: The board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.

The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.

The board of directors has fixed [voting record date], as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the plan of conversion, the written request should be received by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. by [request date].


Table of Contents

Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy card, which is solicited by the board of directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope. The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
M. Eileen Bergin
Corporate Secretary

Avenel, New Jersey

[document date]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

     1   

SUMMARY

     6   

RISK FACTORS

     11   

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

     12   

PROPOSAL 1—APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

     15   

PROPOSAL 2—ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

     17   

PROPOSALS 3a THROUGH 3c—INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

     18   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     21   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     21   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     21   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     21   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     21   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     21   

CAPITALIZATION

     21   

PRO FORMA DATA

     21   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     21   

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

     21   

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND NORTHFIELD BANK

     21   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     21   

TAXATION

     21   

MANAGEMENT

     22   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     22   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     22   

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

     22   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

     22   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     22   

TRANSFER AGENT

     22   

EXPERTS

     22   

LEGAL MATTERS

     22   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     22   

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

     22   

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

     22   

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

     24   

OTHER MATTERS

     24   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

You should read this document for more information about the conversion. The plan of conversion described herein has been conditionally approved by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s primary federal regulator, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. However, such conditional approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

 

Q. WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?

 

A. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders as of [voting record date] are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion pursuant to which Northfield Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a newly formed Delaware corporation, Northfield-Delaware, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors of Northfield Bank, to Northfield Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans, to stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as of [voting record date] and to the public. The shares offered represent Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s current ownership interest in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Voting for approval of the plan of conversion will also include approval of the exchange ratio and the certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware (including the anti-takeover provisions and provisions limiting stockholder rights). Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its adoption, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and complete the stock offering.

In addition, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware:

 

  Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation;

 

  Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws; and

 

  Approval of a provision to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northfield-Delaware if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” adoption of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and the related stock offering.

 

1


Table of Contents
Q. WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?

 

A. The primary reasons for the conversion and offering are to:

 

   

eliminate some of the uncertainties associated with the mutual holding company structure under recently enacted financial reform legislation;

 

   

transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure;

 

   

improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock; and

 

   

facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since Northfield Bancorp, MHC is required to own a majority of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition.

 

Q. WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. SHARES?

 

A. As more fully described in “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 1.1402 shares at the minimum and 1.5426 shares at the maximum of the offering range of Northfield-Delaware common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, and the exchange ratio is 1.5426 (at the maximum of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 154 shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock and $2.60 in cash, the value of the fractional share based on the $10.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering.

If you own shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock or receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. If you own shares in the form of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion and stock offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. New certificates of Northfield-Delaware common stock and a check representing cash in lieu of fractional shares will be mailed to you within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms and your Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stock certificates. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.

 

2


Table of Contents
Q. WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $10.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?

 

A. The shares will be based on a price of $10.00 per share because that is the price at which Northfield-Delaware will sell shares in its stock offering. The amount of common stock Northfield-Delaware will issue at $10.00 per share in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Northfield-Delaware, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in the appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of May 11, 2012, this market value was $559.3 million. Based on Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulations, the market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $475.4 million and a maximum of $643.2 million. Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the number of shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware that existing public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will receive in exchange for their shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock is expected to range from 18,642,263 to 25,221,885 with a midpoint of 21,932,074 (a value of approximately $186.4 million to $252.2 million, with a midpoint of $219.3 million, at $10.00 per share). The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is intended to maintain their existing ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares). The independent appraisal is based in part on Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 11 publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

 

Q. DOES THE EXCHANGE RATIO DEPEND ON THE TRADING PRICE OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. COMMON STOCK?

 

A. No, the exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Instead, the exchange ratio will be based on the appraised value of Northfield-Delaware. The purpose of the exchange ratio is to maintain the ownership percentage of existing public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Therefore, changes in the price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and offering will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.

 

Q. WHY DOESN’T NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. WAIT TO CONDUCT THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING UNTIL THE STOCK MARKET IMPROVES SO THAT CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS CAN RECEIVE A HIGHER EXCHANGE RATIO?

 

A. The board of directors believes that the stock holding company form of organization and the capital raised in the conversion and stock offering offer important advantages and that it is in the best interest of our stockholders to complete the conversion and offering sooner rather than later. There is no way to know when market conditions will change or how changes in market conditions might affect stock prices for financial institutions. However, the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act has changed our primary bank and holding company regulator, which has resulted in changes in regulations applicable to us as a mutual holding company. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board, became the federal regulator of all savings and loan companies and mutual holding companies, and the Federal Reserve Board historically has not allowed mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends from their mid-tier holding company subsidiaries. Absent approval for the MHC to waive dividends, any dividend declared on Northfield-Federal’s common stock would have to be paid to Northfield Bancorp, MHC as well as our public stockholders, resulting in a tax liability for the MHC and a decrease in the exchange ratio for our public shareholders upon conversion to stock form. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted and implemented an interim final rule that would require a “grandfathered” mutual holding company, like Northfield Bancorp, MHC, to obtain member (depositor) approval and comply with other procedural requirements prior to waiving dividends, which would make dividend waivers impracticable. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enable us to continue paying dividends to our stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all financial institutions.

 

3


Table of Contents
Q. SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?

 

A. No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after completion of the conversion. If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.

 

Q. HOW DO I VOTE?

 

A. Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to instructions on the enclosed proxy card. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.

 

Q. IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?

 

A. No. Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.

 

Q. WHY SHOULD I VOTE? WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?

 

A. Your vote is very important. We believe the conversion and offering are in the best interests of our stockholders. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the plan of conversion. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the plan of conversion, we cannot complete the conversion and offering.

 

Q. WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

 

A. Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion.

 

Q. MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE COMMUNITY OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?

 

A. Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at [stock center #], Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is closed weekends and bank holidays.

Eligible depositors of Northfield Bank and eligible depositors of the former First State Bank and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described herein. In the event orders for Northfield-Delaware common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania; second to cover orders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders as of [voting record date]; and thereafter to cover orders of the general public.

 

4


Table of Contents

Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are subject to an ownership limitation. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.

Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on [expiration date].

 

Q. WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT NORTHFIELD BANK?

 

A. No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Depositors will no longer have voting rights in Northfield Bancorp, MHC as to matters currently requiring such vote. Northfield Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist after the conversion and offering. Only stockholders of Northfield-Delaware will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.

OTHER QUESTIONS?

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], at [Solicitor phone #], Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Questions about the stock offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at [stock center #], Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is closed weekends and bank holidays.

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1—Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2—Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 3a through 3c—Informational Proposals Related to the Certificate of Incorporation of Northfield-Delaware” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The Special Meeting

Date, Time and Place. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will hold its special meeting of stockholders at [Meeting location], on [Meeting date], at [Meeting time] p.m., Eastern Time.

The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

  1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization whereby: (a) Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Northfield-Delaware”), will become the new stock holding company of Northfield Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., other than those held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of Northfield-Delaware; and (d) Northfield-Delaware will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated offering;

 

  2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion; and

 

  3. The following informational proposals:

 

  3a. Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation;

 

  3b. Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws;

 

  3c. Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

  4. Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northfield-Delaware, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC.

Proposal 1 must also be approved by the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (depositors of Northfield Bank) at a special meeting of members called for that purpose. Members will receive separate informational materials from Northfield Bancorp, MHC regarding the conversion.

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Informational Proposals 3a through 3c. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northfield-Delaware, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Vote by Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Management anticipates that Northfield Bancorp, MHC, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If Northfield Bancorp, MHC votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, would be assured.

As of [voting record date] the directors and executive officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. beneficially owned              shares, or approximately     % of the outstanding shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, and Northfield Bancorp, MHC owned 24,641,684 shares, or approximately     % of the outstanding shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Vote Recommendations

Your board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the plan of conversion, “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” the Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.

Our Business

[same as prospectus]

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

The Boards of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bank and Northfield-Delaware have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which Northfield Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. Public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will receive shares in Northfield-Delaware in exchange for their shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock based on an exchange ratio. See “—The Exchange of Existing Shares of Northfield-Federal Common Stock.” This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by Northfield-Delaware of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of Northfield Bank, eligible depositors of the former First State Bank and Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association and to the public, including Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or in a separate public offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the syndicated offering. Following the conversion and offering, Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will no longer exist, and Northfield-Delaware will be the parent company of Northfield Bank.

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. approve the plan of conversion. Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of Northfield-Delaware regarding the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock to be issued to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Northfield-Delaware of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

Our Organizational Structure

[same as prospectus]

Business Strategy

[same as prospectus]

Reasons for the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Northfield-Federal Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

[same as prospectus]

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

[same as prospectus]

Our Dividend Policy

[same as prospectus]

Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors

[same as prospectus]

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

Market for Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

Tax Consequences

[same as prospectus]

Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will become stockholders of Northfield-Delaware. Some rights of stockholders of Northfield-Delaware will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Delaware charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Delaware law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Northfield-Delaware are not mandated by Delaware law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Northfield-Delaware include the following: (i) approval by at least 85% of outstanding shares required to amend certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation; (ii) a limitation on the right to vote shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of outstanding shares; (iii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to the bylaws; (iv) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; and (v) stockholders’ inability to call special meetings of stockholders. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of these differences.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Dissenters’ Rights

Stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.

Important Risks in Owning Northfield-Delaware’s Common Stock

Before you vote on the conversion, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 of this proxy statement/ prospectus.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion and before purchasing shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

[same as prospectus]

Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange

The market value of Northfield-Delaware common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock exchanged.

The number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of Northfield-Delaware common stock prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock will own the same percentage of Northfield-Delaware common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares). The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

The exchange ratio ranges from 1.1402 shares at the minimum and 1.5426 shares at the maximum of the offering range of Northfield-Delaware common stock per share of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $10.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the Northfield-Delaware common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement /prospectus, which was $        , unless at least              shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the                      and the                      of the offering range), the initial value of the Northfield-Delaware common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock you currently own.

[Remaining risks same as prospectus]

 

11


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

General

This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at [Meeting location], on [Meeting date], at [Meeting time] p.m., Eastern Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”).

In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal. Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware.

Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at Northfield Bank.

Who Can Vote at the Meeting

You are entitled to vote your Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [voting record date]. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.

As of the close of business on [voting record date], there were              shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.

Attending the Meeting

If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [voting record date], you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.

Quorum; Vote Required

The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC.

 

12


Table of Contents

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Informational Proposals 3a through 3c: Approval of certain provisions in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northfield-Delaware, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Shares Held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Our Officers and Directors

As of [voting record date], Northfield Bancorp, MHC beneficially owned 24,641,684 shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. This equals approximately     % of our outstanding shares. We expect that Northfield Bancorp, MHC will vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, Proposal 2—Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.

As of [voting record date], our officers and directors beneficially owned              shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. This equals     % of our outstanding shares and     % of shares held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC.

Voting by Proxy

Our board of directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our board of directors. Our board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” each of the Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.

If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the board of directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

If your Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet. Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

13


Table of Contents

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Solicitation of Proxies

This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the board of directors. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, [proxy solicitor], our proxy solicitor, and directors, officers or employees of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. For its services as information agent and stockholder proxy solicitor, we will pay [proxy solicitor] $         plus out-of-pocket expenses and charges for telephone calls made and received in connection with the solicitation.

We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan

If you participate in Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, you will receive a voting instruction form that reflects all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plan. Under the terms of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee votes all shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, but each Employee Stock Ownership Plan participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which it has received timely voting instructions. The deadline for returning your voting instructions to the plan’s trustee is             , 2012.

Participants in the 401(k) Plan

If you hold shares of common stock through the Northfield Bank Employee Savings Plan (“401(k) Plan”), you will receive a voting instruction form that reflects all shares that you may direct the trustee to vote on your behalf under the 401(k) Plan. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, a participant is entitled to direct the trustee as to how to vote his or her interest in any shares of common stock held by the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. The trustee will vote all shares for which no directions are given, or for which instructions were not timely received, in the same proportion as the shares for which the trustee received voting instructions. The deadline for returning your voting instructions to the 401(k) Plan’s trustee is             , 2012.

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

The board of directors recommends that you promptly sign and mark the enclosed proxy in favor of the above described proposals, including the adoption of the plan of conversion, and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.

 

14


Table of Contents

Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion.

PROPOSAL 1—APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

The board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the board of trustees of Northfield Bancorp, MHC have approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (depositors of Northfield Bank) and the stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. A special meeting of members and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has conditionally approved the plan of conversion; however, such conditional approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Currently, Northfield Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC owns approximately 60.8% of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The remaining 39.2% of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed company, Northfield-Delaware, will become the holding company of Northfield Bank. Each share of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 1.1402 shares at the minimum and 1.5426 shares at the maximum of the offering range of Northfield-Delaware common stock, so that Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of Northfield-Delaware common stock as they owned of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares). The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the public immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Northfield-Delaware and the number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

Concurrently with the exchange offer, Northfield-Delaware is offering up to 39,100,000 shares of common stock for sale, representing the 60.8% ownership interest of Northfield Bancorp, MHC in Northfield Bancorp, Inc., to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $10.00 per share. After the conversion and offering are completed, Northfield Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield-Delaware, and 100% of the common stock of Northfield-Delaware will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist.

Northfield-Delaware intends to contribute between $137.2 million and $186.1 million of the net proceeds to Northfield Bank and to retain between $125.7 million and $170.4 million of the net proceeds. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) To depositors with accounts at Northfield Bank, or the former First State Bank or Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on March 31, 2012.

 

  (ii)

To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Northfield Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in

 

15


Table of Contents
  the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering, although we reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 4% of the shares sold in the offering to the extent necessary to complete the offering at the minimum of the offering range.

 

  (iii) To depositors with accounts at Northfield Bank or Flatbush Federal Savings & Loan Association with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [supplemental date].

 

  (iv) To depositors of Northfield Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania. To the extent shares of common stock remain available, we will also offer the shares to Northfield-Federal’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]. The community offering is expected to begin concurrently with the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will act as joint book-running managers for the syndicated offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of Northfield-Delaware. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of Northfield Bank and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC.

[Remaining sections same as Prospectus under “The Conversion and Offering,” with the following to be added]

Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates

The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Northfield-Federal common stock into the right to receive shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Northfield-Federal who holds physical stock certificates. The transmittal forms will contain instructions on how to exchange stock certificates of Northfield-Federal common stock for stock certificates of Northfield-Delaware common stock. We expect that stock certificates evidencing shares of Northfield-Delaware

 

16


Table of Contents

common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Northfield-Federal stock certificates and other required documents. Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.

No fractional shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Northfield-Federal when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Northfield-Federal stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.

You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Northfield-Federal common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Northfield-Federal common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.

If a certificate for Northfield-Federal common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

All shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Northfield-Federal common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

PROPOSAL 2—ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

 

17


Table of Contents

PROPOSALS 3a THROUGH 3c—INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE.

By their approval of the plan of conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 3a through 3c, all of which relate to provisions included in the certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware. Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.

As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., will become stockholders of Northfield-Delaware, whose rights will be governed by the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Northfield-Delaware. The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Northfield-Delaware. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Northfield-Delaware, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Informational Proposal 3a.—Approval of a Provision in Northfield-Delaware’s Certificate of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote to Amend Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of Northfield-Delaware. No amendment of the charter of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then preliminarily approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. The certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware may generally be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the board of directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that any amendment of Article ELEVENTH, Section C of Article FOURTH, Sections C or D of Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, or Article SEVENTH must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 85% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that the board of directors may amend the certificate of incorporation without any action by the stockholders to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of capital stock.

These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as a 61.0% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend specified provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the certificate of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the

 

18


Table of Contents

provisions limiting certain amendments to the certificate of incorporation will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Northfield-Delaware and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation.

Informational Proposal 3b.—Approval of a Provision in Northfield-Delaware’s Certificate of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s Bylaws. An amendment to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting subject to applicable approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware provides that stockholders may only amend the bylaws if such proposal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend the bylaws of Northfield-Delaware is intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as a 61.0% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws. Also, the board of directors of both Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield-Delaware may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws.

This provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Northfield-Delaware and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of the provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws.

Informational Proposal 3c.—Approval of a Provision in Northfield-Delaware’s Certificate of incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s Outstanding Voting Stock. The certificate of incorporation of Northfield-Delaware provide that in no event shall any person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (i) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (ii) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by Northfield-Delaware to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).

The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of Northfield-Delaware or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.

 

19


Table of Contents

The amended and restated charter of Northfield Bank will provide that, for a period of five years from the effective date of the conversion, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock. The foregoing restriction does not apply to:

 

   

the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering; or

 

   

the purchase of shares by any employee benefit plans of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or any subsidiary.

The provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of Northfield-Delaware common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause Northfield-Delaware to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of Northfield-Delaware and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in Northfield-Delaware, but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the board of directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder. The board of directors of Northfield-Delaware believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the board of directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal. This provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the 10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction. Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding voting stock.

 

20


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

[Same as prospectus]

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

[Same as prospectus]

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

[Same as prospectus]

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

[Same as prospectus]

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

[Same as prospectus]

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

[Same as prospectus]

CAPITALIZATION

[Same as prospectus]

PRO FORMA DATA

[Same as prospectus]

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

[Same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

[Same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND NORTHFIELD BANK

[Same as prospectus]

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

[Same as prospectus]

TAXATION

[Same as prospectus]

 

21


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

[Same as prospectus]

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

[Same as prospectus]

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

[Same as prospectus]

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING

STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

[Same as prospectus]

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

[Same as prospectus]

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE

FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

[Same as prospectus]

TRANSFER AGENT

[Same as prospectus]

EXPERTS

[Same as prospectus]

LEGAL MATTERS

[Same as prospectus]

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[Same as prospectus]

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

In order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at our executive office, 1410 St. Georges Avenue, Avenel, New Jersey 07001, no later than December 11, 2012. Any such proposals shall be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Exchange Act.

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

Provisions of Northfield-Federal’s Bylaws. Under Northfield-Federal’s Bylaws, a stockholder must follow certain procedures to nominate persons for election as directors or to introduce an item of business at a meeting of stockholders. These procedures provide, generally, that stockholders desiring to make nominations for directors, or

 

22


Table of Contents

to bring a proper subject of business before the meeting, must do so by a written notice timely received (generally not less than 30 days in advance of such meeting, subject to certain exceptions) by the Secretary of Northfield-Federal.

Provisions of Northfield-Delaware’s Bylaws. Northfield-Delaware’s Bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. In order for a stockholder to properly bring business before an annual meeting, or to propose a nominee to the board of directors, Northfield-Delaware’s Secretary must receive written notice not less than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

The stockholder’s notice must include (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the elections of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and such person’s written consent to serve as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on Northfield-Delaware’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) (A) the class, series, and number of shares of Northfield-Delaware that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by each such party, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of Northfield-Delaware or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of Northfield-Delaware, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of Northfield-Delaware or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such party, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of Northfield-Delaware, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which either party has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of Northfield-Delaware, (D) any short interest (as described in the Bylaws) in any security of Northfield-Delaware held by each such party, (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of Northfield-Delaware owned beneficially directly or indirectly by each such party that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of Northfield-Delaware, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of Northfield-Delaware or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which either party is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such party is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of Northfield-Delaware or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of each such party’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder or such beneficial owner, as the case may be, not later than 10 days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, that if such date is after the date of the meeting, not later than the day prior to the meeting); and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of Northfield-Delaware’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of Northfield-Delaware’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees.

The 2013 annual meeting of stockholders is expected to be held May 22, 2013. If the conversion is completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us no later than January 10, 2013. If notice is received after January 10, 2013, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting. If the conversion is not completed, advance written notice for certain business, or

 

23


Table of Contents

nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us by April 22, 2013. If notice is received after April 22, 2013, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.

Nothing in this proxy statement/prospectus shall be deemed to require us to include in our proxy statement and proxy relating to an annual meeting any stockholder proposal that does not meet all of the requirements for inclusion established by the Securities and Exchange Commission in effect at the time such proposal is received.

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Proxy Card are available at                     .

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

 

24


Table of Contents

REVOCABLE PROXY

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

                     , 2012

The stockholder signing this proxy card hereby appoints the proxy committee of the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Federal corporation, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the stockholder to vote all shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders (the “Meeting”) to be held at             , at     :00     .m., Eastern Time, on                      , 2012. The proxy committee is authorized to cast all votes to which the stockholder is entitled as follows:

 

       

FOR

 

AGAINST

 

ABSTAIN

1.   The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization pursuant to which: Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the proxy statement;   ¨   ¨   ¨
2.   The approval of the adjournment of the Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;   ¨   ¨   ¨
3.   The following informational proposals:   ¨   ¨   ¨
    3a.   Approval of a provision in the certificate of incorporation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Northfield-Delaware”) requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation;      
    3b.   Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Northfield-Delaware’s bylaws;      
    3c.   Approval of a provision in Northfield-Delaware’s certificate of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Northfield-Delaware’s outstanding voting stock; and      

Such other business as may properly come before the Meeting.

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” the above-listed proposals.


Table of Contents

VOTING FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION WILL ALSO INCLUDE APPROVAL OF THE EXCHANGE RATIO, THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE (INCLUDING THE ANTI-TAKEOVER/LIMITATIONS ON STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PROVISIONS AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR THE BENEFIT OF ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORS OF NORTHFIELD BANK) AND THE AMENDMENT TO NORTHFIELD BANK’S CHARTER TO PROVIDE FOR RESTRICTIONS ON THE OWNERSHIP OF MORE THAN 10% OF NORTHFIELD BANK’S COMMON STOCK AND A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORS.

THE PROVISIONS OF NORTHFIELD-DELAWARE, INC.’S CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION THAT ARE SUMMARIZED AS INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS 3A THROUGH 3C WERE APPROVED AS PART OF THE PROCESS IN WHICH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION. THESE PROPOSALS ARE INFORMATIONAL IN NATURE ONLY, BECAUSE THE BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM’S REGULATIONS GOVERNING MUTUAL-TO-STOCK CONVERSIONS DO NOT PROVIDE FOR VOTES ON MATTERS OTHER THAN THE PLAN. WHILE WE ARE ASKING YOU TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE, THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR WHICH AN INFORMATIONAL VOTE IS REQUESTED WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE IF STOCKHOLDERS APPROVE THE PLAN, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE ANY OR ALL OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS.

 

 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE UNVOTED PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE MEETING.

 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Should the stockholder be present and elect to vote at the Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at the Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. This proxy may also be revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Meeting.

The stockholder acknowledges receipt from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated                  , 2012.

 

Dated:                  , 2012    ¨    Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Meeting

 

 

   

 

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER     PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

 

   

 

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER     SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER


Table of Contents

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign.

 

 

Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly

in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS: NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.’S PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE NOTICE OF THE MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS, IS AVAILABLE ON THE INTERNET AT WWW.                    .


Table of Contents
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

          Amount (1)  
*    Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 500,000   
*    Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses      275,000   
*    Registrant’s State Tax Advisory Fees      25,000   
*    Marketing Agent Fees (1)      16,647,200   
*    Records Management Fees and Expenses (1)      100,000   
*    Appraisal Fees and Expenses      205,000   
*    Printing, Postage, Mailing, EDGAR and XBRL Fees      770,000   
*    Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA and SEC)      97,500   
*    Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses      12,500   
*    Business Plan Fees and Expenses      65,000   
*    Proxy Solicitor Fees and Expenses      40,000   
*    Other      150,000   
     

 

 

 
*    Total    $ 18,887,200   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated
(1) Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offering, and has retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the syndicated community offering. Fees are estimated at the maximum of the offering range, assuming 25% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and 75% of the shares are sold in the syndicated community offering.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Articles NINTH and TENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) sets forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

NINTH:

A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or an Officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Director, Officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a Director, Officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section C hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section A of this Article NINTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Corporation Law requires an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a Director of Officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article NINTH shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a Director, Officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C. If a claim under Section A or B of this Article NINTH is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee also shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article NINTH or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

D. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article NINTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise.

E. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

F. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article NINTH with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Directors and Officers of the Corporation.

TENTH : A Director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

  (a) List of Exhibits

 

    1.1    Engagement Letter between Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
    1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
    2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
    3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    3.2    Bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
    8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
    8.2    State Tax Opinion*
  10.1    Amended Employment Agreement with Kenneth J. Doherty (10) †
  10.2    Amended Employment Agreement with Steven M. Klein (10) †
  10.3    Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Albert J. Regen (1) †
  10.4    Northfield Bank 2012 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (4) †
  10.5    Short Term Disability and Long Term Disability for Senior Management (1) †
  10.6    Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (3) †
  10.7    Northfield Bank Non Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (3) †
  10.8    Amended Employment Agreement with John W. Alexander (2) †
  10.9    Amended Employment Agreement with Michael J. Widmer (2) †
  10.10    Amendment to Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (6) †
  10.11    Amendment to Northfield Bank Non Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (6) †
  10.12    Northfield Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (5) †
  10.13    Form of Director Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.14    Form of Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.15    Form of Employee Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.16    Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.17    Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.18    Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Management Cash Incentive Plan (7) †
   Group Term Replacement Plan (9) †
  21    Subsidiaries of Registrant (1)
  23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
  23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.3    Consent of RP Financial, LC.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  23.4    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP*
  24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Northfield Bank and RP Financial, LC.
  99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
  99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
  99.4    Marketing Materials*
  99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
  99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account
101    The following financial statements of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.*,***

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.
*** Furnished, not filed.
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-143643), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007.
(2) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 22, 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2011 (File Number 001-33732).
(3) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated December 31, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2008 (File Number 001-33732).
(4) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 31, 2012, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 31, 2012 (File Number 001-33732).
(5) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2008 (File Number 001-33732).
(6) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated December 31, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2009 (File Number 001-33732).
(7) Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 001-33732) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2009).
(8) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 25, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2009 (File Number 001-33732).
(9) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 28, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2010 (File Number 001-33732).
(10) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 1, 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2011 (File Number 001-33732).

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Woodbridge, State of New Jersey on June 6, 2012.

 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
By:  

/s/ John W. Alexander

  John W. Alexander
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint John W. Alexander as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said John W. Alexander may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said John W. Alexander shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John W. Alexander

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   June 6, 2012
John W. Alexander    (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/ Steven M. Klein

   Chief Operating and Financial Officer   June 6, 2012
Steven M. Klein    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

/s/ John R. Bowen

   Director   June 6, 2012
John R. Bowen     

/s/ Annette Catino

   Director   June 6, 2012
Annette Catino     

/s/ Gil Chapman

   Director   June 6, 2012
Gil Chapman     

/s/ John P. Connors, Jr.

   Director   June 6, 2012
John P. Connors, Jr.     

/s/ John J. DePierro

   Director   June 6, 2012
John J. DePierro     

/s/ Susan Lamberti

   Director   June 6, 2012
Susan Lamberti     

/s/ Albert J. Regen

   Director   June 6, 2012
Albert J. Regen     

/s/ Patrick E. Scura, Jr.

   Director   June 6, 2012

Patrick E. Scura, Jr.

    


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

    1.1    Engagement Letter between Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
    1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
    2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
    3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    3.2    Bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
    8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
    8.2    State Tax Opinion*
  10.1    Amended Employment Agreement with Kenneth J. Doherty (10) †
  10.2    Amended Employment Agreement with Steven M. Klein (10) †
  10.3    Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Albert J. Regen (1) †
  10.4    Northfield Bank 2012 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (4) †
  10.5    Short Term Disability and Long Term Disability for Senior Management (1) †
  10.6    Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (3) †
  10.7    Northfield Bank Non Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (3) †
  10.8    Amended Employment Agreement with John W. Alexander (2) †
  10.9    Amended Employment Agreement with Michael J. Widmer (2) †
  10.10    Amendment to Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (6) †
  10.11    Amendment to Northfield Bank Non Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (6) †
  10.12    Northfield Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (5) †
  10.13    Form of Director Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.14    Form of Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.15    Form of Employee Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.16    Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.17    Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (6) †
  10.18    Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Management Cash Incentive Plan (7) † Group Term Replacement Plan (9) †
  21    Subsidiaries of Registrant (1)
  23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
  23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.3    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
  23.4    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP*
  24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
  99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Northfield Bank and RP Financial, LC.
  99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
  99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
  99.4    Marketing Materials*
  99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
  99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account
101    The following financial statements of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.*,***


Table of Contents

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.
*** Furnished, not filed.
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-143643), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007.
(2) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 22, 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2011 (File Number 001-33732).
(3) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated December 31, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2008 (File Number 001-33732).
(4) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 31, 2012, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 31, 2012 (File Number 001-33732).
(5) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2008 (File Number 001-33732).
(6) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated December 31, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2009 (File Number 001-33732).
(7) Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 001-33732) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2009).
(8) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 25, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2009 (File Number 001-33732).
(9) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 28, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2010 (File Number 001-33732).
(10) Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 1, 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2011 (File Number 001-33732).

Exhibit 1.1

June 6, 2012

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

581 Main Street

Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

 

Attention:    Mr. Steven M. Klein
   Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We understand that the Board of Trustees of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (“MHC”) and the Boards of Directors of the MHC’s subsidiaries, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield Bancorp”) and Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), are considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company will be converted from mutual holding company to stock holding company form, and all of the shares of Northfield Bancorp currently outstanding (other than shares held by the MHC) will be exchanged for shares of common stock of a successor stock holding company to be formed in connection with the reorganization (the “Holding Company”). Concurrently with the reorganization, the Holding Company also intends to offer and sell certain shares of common stock (the “Shares”) in a public offering. The MHC, Northfield Bancorp, the Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and their respective Boards of Trustees/Directors are collectively referred to herein as the “Board.”

Under the terms of the Plan and applicable regulations, the Shares will be offered first to eligible members of the MHC and the Company’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans in a Subscription Offering and, concurrently and subject to the prior rights of eligible members, to the public in a Direct Community Offering (collectively, the “Subscription and Direct Community Offering”), with a preference given in the Direct Community Offering to Northfield Bancorp’s existing stockholders and residents of the Bank’s community. Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering will be offered to the general public in a Syndicated Offering on a best efforts or underwritten basis (the “Syndicated Offering” and together with the Subscription and Direct Community Offering, the “Offering”). Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to assist the Company with the Offering and this letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 2

 

Services

Sandler O’Neill will work with the Company and its management, counsel, accountants and other advisors in preparing for and completing the Offering and anticipate that our services will include the following:

 

  1. Consulting as to the financial and marketing implications of the Plan;

 

  2. Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the common stock of the Holding Company;

 

  3. Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

  4. Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;

 

  5. Assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and/or other broker-dealers in connection with the Offering, including assistance in preparing presentation materials for such meetings; and

 

  6. Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

Sandler O’Neill will act as exclusive marketing agent for the Company in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering and will serve as lead joint book-running manager of the Syndicated Offering. The Company has advised Sandler O’Neill that it expects Jeffries & Company, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolas & Company, Inc. to serve as joint book-running managers of the Syndicated Offering (the “Joint Book-Runners”) and up to two additional broker-dealers to serve as co-managers of the Syndicated Offering (the “Co-managers,” and together with Sandler O’Neill and the Joint Book-Runners, the “Syndicate Member Firms”). It is understood that no Syndicate Member Firm shall be obligated to take or purchase any Shares in the Offering other than as may be expressly agreed to by such firms and the Company in an underwriting agreement for a firm commitment Syndicated Offering.


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 3

 

Fees

If the Offering is consummated, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill for its marketing agent services a fee of 1.00% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering, excluding Shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, and (ii) any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families (whether directly or through a personal trust) ((i) and (ii) collectively, “Insider Purchases”); provided, however, that in the event that greater than 10% of the total Shares offered in the Offering are sold in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering (exclusive of Insider Purchases), the Company shall pay an additional fee to Sandler O’Neill of 2.00% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering in excess of the 10% threshold. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that no fee shall be payable to Sandler O’Neill in respect of any Insider Purchases.

With respect to any Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering, the Company agrees to pay to the Syndicate Member Firms a fee of 5.00% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering, which is expected to comprise (a) a management fee of 1.00% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering, of which 45% shall be paid to Sandler O’Neill, 25% shall be paid to each Joint Book-Runner and 2.5% shall be paid to each Co-manager, and (b) a selling concession and, if applicable, an underwriting fee, totaling in the aggregate 4.00% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering, of which 30% shall be paid to Sandler O’Neill, 30% shall be paid to each Joint Book-Runner and 5% shall be paid to each Co-manager.

For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the shares of the Company’s common stock are sold in the Offering. It is understood and agreed that no fee shall be paid with respect to any shares issued to minority stockholders in exchange for their current shares as a result of the reorganization. All fees payable hereunder shall be payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer at the time of the closing of the Offering.

Expenses

If the Offering is consummated, the Syndicate Member Firms shall bear all of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Offering, including fees and disbursements of their legal counsel. If the Offering is not consummated, the Company agrees to reimburse


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 4

 

Sandler O’Neill for the reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel for Sandler O’Neill and the other Syndicate Member Firms, up to a maximum of $150,000; provided, however , that such expenses shall be documented to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. Any such expense reimbursement shall be payable in cash upon the termination of Sandler O’Neill’s engagement hereunder or termination of the Offering, as the case may be. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, (a) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees; (b) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (c) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the Shares in the various states; (d) listing fees; and (e) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors. In the event Sandler O’Neill incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse Sandler O’Neill for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.

Due Diligence Review

Sandler O’Neill’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sandler O’Neill and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sandler O’Neill all information reasonably requested, and will allow Sandler O’Neill the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company, and will afford a similar opportunity to the other Syndicate Member Firms. The Company acknowledges that Sandler O’Neill and the other Syndicate Member Firms will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

Blue Sky Matters

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Subscription and Direct


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 5

 

Community Offering and, as necessary, the Syndicated Offering, including Sandler O’Neill’s and, as applicable, the other Syndicate Member Firms’ participation therein, and shall furnish Sandler O’Neill a copy thereof addressed to Sandler O’Neill and, as applicable, the other Syndicate Member Firms, or upon which such counsel shall state Sandler O’Neill and, as applicable, the other Syndicate Member Firms, may rely.

Confidentiality

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents, consultants and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder and to any other Syndicate Member Firm, provided they have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill, upon due inquiry, to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

Indemnification

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill, its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (each such firm and person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the Offering or the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, or the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom,


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 6

 

whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however, that the Company shall only be obligated to pay for one separate counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) in any one action or proceeding or group of related actions or proceedings for all Indemnified Parties collectively, and provided further that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Sandler O’Neill expressly for use therein, or (b) is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason other than for the reasons stated in subparagraph (a) or (b) above, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offering bears to that of Sandler O’Neill. The provisions of any agency agreement or underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the Syndicated Offering shall also extend to the other Syndicate Member Firms.

The Company agrees to notify Sandler O’Neill promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement.

Miscellaneous

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b) below, the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the services to be provided by Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Sandler O’Neill commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the Offering shall be (i) the obligations set forth under the captions “Expenses,” “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification,” and (ii) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Subscription and Community Offering, and, if applicable, a duly negotiated and executed Underwriting Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of an underwritten Syndicated Offering. Such Agency Agreement and, as applicable, Underwriting Agreement, shall be in form and content satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.

Sandler O’Neill’s execution of such Agency Agreement and, as applicable, Underwriting Agreement shall also be subject to (i) Sandler O’Neill’s satisfaction with its investigation of the


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 7

 

Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (ii) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill, (iii) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sandler O’Neill, (iv) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (v) market conditions at the time of the proposed offering.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

Very truly yours,
SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,
  the sole general partner
By:  

/s/ Catherine A. Lawton

  Catherine A. Lawton
  An officer of the Corporation

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first written above:

 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

NORTHFIELD BANK

By:  

/s/ Steven M. Klein

  Steven M. Klein
  Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer


June 6, 2012

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

581 Main Street

Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

 

Attention:    Mr. Steven M. Klein
   Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Dear Mr. Klein:

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to act as records management agent (“Records Agent”) for Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (together with any successor stock holding company, the “Holding Company”) and Northfield Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the offer and sale of certain shares of the common stock of the Holding Company to the Bank's eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering and to members of the Bank’s community in a Direct Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”) pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization adopted by the Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank on June 6, 2012 (including any subsequent amendments, the “Plan”). The MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

SERVICES AND FEES

In our role as Records Agent, we anticipate that our services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  I. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts and Vote Calculation

 

  II. Design and Preparation of Proxy Forms for Member Vote and Stock Order Forms for the Subscription and Direct Community Offering

 

  III. Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services for Member Meeting

 

  IV. Depositor Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 9

 

  V. Subscription Services

Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.

For its services hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill a fee of $50,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current regulations and the Plan as currently contemplated. Any unusual or additional items or duplication of service required as a result of a material change in the regulations or the Plan or a material delay or other similar events may result in extra charges that will be covered in a separate agreement if and when they occur. All fees under this agreement shall be payable in cash, as follows: (a) $25,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offering.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, meals, telephone, postage, community meeting expenses and other similar expenses, up to a maximum of $50,000. It is understood that all expenses associated with the establishment and operation of the Conversion Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.) will be borne by the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this agreement.

RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED

The Company will furnish Sandler O’Neill with such information as Sandler O’Neill reasonably believes appropriate to its assignment (all such information so furnished being the “Records”). The Company recognizes and confirms that Sandler O’Neill (a) will use and rely primarily on the Records without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Records.

LIMITATIONS

Sandler O’Neill, as Records Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation including the Company by reason of any error of


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 10

 

judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) will not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

INDEMNIFICATION

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, and the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from Sandler O’Neill’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

MISCELLANEOUS

The following addresses shall be sufficient for written notices to each other:

 

If to you:    Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
   581 Main Street
   Suite 810
   Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095
   Attention: Mr. Steven M. Klein
If to us:    Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
   1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6 th Floor
   New York, New York 10020
   Attention: General Counsel


Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

June 6, 2012

Page 11

 

The Agreement and appendix hereto constitute the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

Very truly yours,
SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.
By:  

Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,

the sole general partner

By:  

/s/ Catherine A. Lawton

  Catherine A. Lawton
  An Officer of the Corporation

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
NORTHFIELD BANK
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Klein

  Steven M. Klein
  Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer


APPENDIX A

OUTLINE OF RECORDS MANAGEMENT AGENT SERVICES

 

I. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts/Vote Calculation

 

  1. Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.

 

  2. Our EDP format will be provided to your IT representatives.

 

  3. Vote calculation.

 

II. Design and Preparation of Proxy Forms for Member Vote and Stock Order Forms for the Subscription and Direct Community Offering

 

  1. Assist in designing proxy cards and stock order forms for voting and ordering stock.

 

  2. Prepare deposit account holder data for proxy cards and stock order forms (stockholder data to be supplied by Company’s transfer agent).

 

III. Organization and Supervision of Conversion Center

 

  1. Advising on the physical organization of the Conversion Center, including materials requirements.

 

  2. Assist in the training of all Bank personnel and temporary employees who will be staffing the Conversion Center.

 

  3. Establish reporting procedures.

 

  4. On-site supervision of the Conversion Center during the proxy solicitation/offering period.

 

IV. Special Meeting of Members Services

 

  1. Proxy and ballot tabulation.

 

  2. Act as or support inspector of election, it being understood that Sandler O’Neill will not act as inspector of election in the case of a contested election.

 

  3. If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.

 

  4. Produce final report of vote.

 

V. Subscription Services

 

  1. Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).

 

  2. Production of subscription rights and research books.

 

  3. Stock order form processing.

 

  4. Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.

 

  5. Daily reports and analysis.

 

  6. Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.

 

  7. Produce charter shareholder list.

 

  8. Interface with Transfer Agent for Stock Certificate issuance.

 

  9. Refund and interest calculations.

 

  10. Confirmation letter to confirm purchase of stock.

 

  11. Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.

 

  12. Production of 1099/Debit tape.

 

A - 1

Exhibit 2

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

OF

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

  

Introduction

     1   

2.

  

Definitions

     1   

3.

  

Procedures for conversion

     8   

4.

  

Holding company applications and approvals

     10   

5.

  

Sale of subscription shares

     10   

6.

  

Purchase price and number of subscription shares

     11   

7.

  

Retention of conversion proceeds by the holding company

     12   

8.

  

Subscription rights of eligible account holders (first priority)

     12   

9.

  

Subscription rights of employee plans (second priority)

     13   

10.

  

Subscription rights of supplemental eligible account holders (third priority)

     13   

11.

  

Subscription rights of other members (fourth priority)

     14   

12.

  

Community offering

     15   

13.

  

Syndicated community offering and/or firm commitment underwritten offering

     15   

14.

  

Limitations on purchases

     16   

15.

  

Payment for subscription shares

     18   

16.

  

Manner of exercising subscription rights through order forms

     18   

17.

  

Undelivered, defective or late order form; insufficient payment

     20   

18.

  

Residents of foreign countries and certain states

     20   

19.

  

Establishment of liquidation accounts

     20   

20.

  

Voting rights of stockholders

     23   

21.

  

Restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition

     23   

22.

  

Requirements for stock purchases by directors and officers following the conversion

     24   

23.

  

Transfer of deposit accounts

     24   

24.

  

Registration and marketing

     24   

25.

  

Tax rulings or opinions

     24   

26.

  

Stock benefit plans and employment agreements

     25   

27.

  

Restrictions on acquisition of bank and holding company

     26   

28.

  

Payment of dividends and repurchase of stock

     27   

29.

  

Certificate of incorporation and bylaws

     27   

30.

  

Consummation of conversion and effective date

     27   

31.

  

Expenses of conversion

     27   

32.

  

Amendment or termination of plan

     28   

33.

  

Conditions to conversion

     28   

34.

  

Interpretation

     28   

 

Exhibit A    Form of Agreement of Merger between Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Exhibit B    Form of Agreement of Merger between Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

(i)


PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization. The Mutual Holding Company currently owns a majority of the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) which owns 100% of the common stock of Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), a federally-chartered stock savings bank. A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion, will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions. The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions. The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, in the Syndicated Community Offering or in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank. After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger by Voting Members in their capacity as members of the Mutual Holding Company. The Federal Reserve must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company for their approval.

 

  2. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

 

1


Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

Affiliate – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.

Articles of Combination – The Articles of Combination filed with the Federal Reserve and any similar documents filed with the Bank Regulators in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Articles of Merger – The Articles of Merger filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and any similar documents in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

 

2


Bank – Northfield Bank, Staten Island, New York.

Bank Liquidation Account – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

Bank Regulators – The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Community – The New Jersey Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania.

Community Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering, any Syndicated Community Offering or both, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

Conversion – The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.

Conversion Stock – The Subscription Shares and the Exchange Shares.

Deposit Account – Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company, or a member of the Board of Trustees of the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is March 31, 2011.

 

3


Employees – All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.

Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

ESOP – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

Exchange Offering – The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

Exchange Ratio – The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion. The Exchange Ratio shall be determined such that as of the closing of the Conversion the rate will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion.

Exchange Shares – The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Holding Company – The Delaware corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Conversion to Participants, Minority Stockholders and others in the Conversion.

Holding Company Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.

Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

Liquidation Account – The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

4


Majority Ownership Interest – A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.

Meeting of Stockholders – The special or annual meeting of stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Member – Any Person who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter.

MHC Merger – The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, which merger shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Mid-Tier Holding Company – Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s common stock and any successor thereto.

Mid-Tier Merger – The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, which merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and prior to the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Minority Shares – Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

Minority Stockholder – Any owner of Minority Shares.

Mutual Holding Company – Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be. The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering.

Offering Range – The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest. The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Officer – The term Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or

 

5


unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.

Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Member – Any Person holding a Deposit Account on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

Plan – This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.

Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50. The term “Qualifying Deposit” shall also include the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of not less than $50 held by Persons at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date in any entity merged with the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company prior to the closing of the Conversion, which merger would result in such Persons having the subscription rights of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder under applicable rules of the Banking Regulators.

Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

6


SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special Meeting of Members – The special or annual meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Stockholder – Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.

Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be $10.00 unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subscription Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding Federal Reserve approval of the application for conversion. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if the Federal Reserve has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

Voting Member – Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a member of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

7


Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members and/or the Meeting of Stockholders.

 

  3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A. After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by depositors. The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of this Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company, merger or other applications required to complete the Conversion.

B. Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members and of the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company at the Meeting of Stockholders. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Minority Stockholders a proxy statement describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan as well as the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Holding Company. This Plan must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. Upon such approval of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

C. The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended. Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

8


D. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

  (1) The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  (2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  (3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.

 

  (4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

  (5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

E. As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares outstanding immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and reasonable. Options to purchase shares of

 

9


Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock which are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

F. The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities. In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

G. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.

H. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

  5. SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Special Meeting of Members. The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

 

10


Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to those natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community and the next preference given to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date. The Community Offering may begin simultaneously or later than the Subscription Offering. The offer and sale of Holding Company Common Stock prior to the Special Meeting of Members, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including Minority Stockholders.

If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock has been issued.

 

  6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest.

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value

 

11


Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  7. RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.

 

  8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $3,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

12


B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

 

  9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

 

  10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $3,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible

 

13


Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

  11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $3,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated among Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

14


  12. COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the purchase priorities described in the preceding sentence, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of 100 shares or the amount ordered and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to $3,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

  13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $3,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

15


Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

  14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:

A. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant, together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed $3,000,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).

B. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate shall not exceed 25% of the shares of Conversion Stock.

C. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 5% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.

D. A minimum of 25 shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

 

16


E. If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers. In the event of such a resolicitation, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock. Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

 

17


Each Person purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

  15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

Except as set forth in Section 14.E., above, payment for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by check, draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

 

  16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statements prepared by the Holding Company have been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee

 

18


Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered. Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, or its agent, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;

D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company or their agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account(s) at the Bank); and

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.

 

19


  17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or are received by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or their agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

  18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

  19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the

 

20


Liquidation Account balance in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of

 

21


all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior Federal Reserve approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the Federal Reserve at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall eliminate or transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in such liquidation account at the Bank. In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account

 

22


shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of this Plan by the Members shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

 

  20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

  21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

A. All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:

 

  1. Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate federal regulatory agency; and

 

  2. Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

  1. Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

  2. Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

  3. Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

23


  22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

  23. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately prior to completion of the Conversion.

 

  24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

  25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of advice from their tax advisor regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.

 

24


  26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

B. As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

C. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan no earlier than six months after completion of the Conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering), subject to adjustment, if any, as may be required by Federal Reserve regulations or policy in effect to reflect stock options or restricted stock granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company prior to the completion of the Conversion. (Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than one year following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence.) Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.

 

25


D. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.

 

  27. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

A.      (1)    The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.
     (2)    For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f).

B. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

C. For the purposes of this section:

 

  (1) The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

26


  (2) The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

  (3) The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4) The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

 

  28. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A. The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

  29. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be voting to adopt the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company.

 

  30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the Federal Reserve and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, depositor and stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

 

  31. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.

 

27


  32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the meetings of Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members and the Meeting of Stockholders to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

By adoption of this Plan, Voting Members of the Mutual Holding Company authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.

 

  33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A. Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25 hereof;

B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;

C. The issuance of Exchange Shares; and

D. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

  34. INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

Dated: June 6, 2012

 

28


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC AND

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.


AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC AND

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of                     , is made by and between Northfield Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) of the Mutual Holding Company, unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1. The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns         % of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

2. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

2. Effective Date . The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the MHC Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members. Approval of the Plan by Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

3. Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Northfield Bancorp, Inc.


4. Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 1410 St. Georges Avenue, Avenel, New Jersey 07001.

5. Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a federally chartered corporation as provided in its Charter. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company. The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7. Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.

8. Other Terms . All terms used in this MHC Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

       Northfield Bancorp, MHC
       (a federal mutual holding company)
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

M. Eileen Bergin, Secretary        John W. Alexander
      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

       Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
       (a federal corporation)
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

M. Eileen Bergin, Secretary        John W. Alexander
      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.,

A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.,

A DELAWARE CORPORATION


AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.,

A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.,

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of                     , is made by and between Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

2. The Holding Company has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC who constructively received liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

2. Effective Date . The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be case by Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve and Articles of Merger have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware with respect to the Mid-Tier


Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by the Voting Members in their capacity as members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

3. Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

4. Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 581 Main Street, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095.

5. Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Delaware corporation as provided in its Certificate of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7. Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the members of Northfield Bancorp, MHC immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange the liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account and the stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

 

B-2


8. Other Terms . All terms used in this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

B-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

       Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
       (a federal corporation)
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

M. Eileen Bergin, Secretary        John W. Alexander
      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

       Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
       (a Delaware corporation)
ATTEST:       

 

    By:   

 

M. Eileen Bergin, Secretary        John W. Alexander
      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

B-4

Exhibit 3.1

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH :

A. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Seventy Five Million (175,000,000) consisting of:

1. One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) of Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”); and

2. Twenty Five Million (25,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

B. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in addition to any vote required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

C. 1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding Common Stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled to vote, or permitted to cast any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit, except that such restriction and all restrictions set forth in this subsection “C” shall not apply to any tax qualified employee stock benefit plan established by the Corporation, which shall be able to vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by any record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person owning


shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such person would be entitled to cast (taking into account the Limit), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series which are both beneficially owned by such person and owned of record by such record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit.

2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section C of this Article FOURTH:

 

  (a) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

  (b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, that a person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

  (1) which such person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (2) which such person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with this Corporation to effect any transaction which is described in any one or more of clauses of Section A of Article EIGHTH) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  (3) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of this Corporation;

 

2


and provided further, however, that (1) no Director or Officer of this Corporation (or any affiliate of any such Director or Officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such Directors or Officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by another such Director or Officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (2) neither any employee stock ownership plan or similar plan of this Corporation or any subsidiary of this Corporation, nor any trustee with respect thereto or any affiliate of such trustee (solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee), shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a person the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other Common Stock which may be issuable by this Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock which may be issuable by this Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (c) A “person” shall include an individual, firm, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities or any other entity.

3. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this section and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any person, (ii) whether a person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of the section to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section.

4. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any person who is reasonably believed to beneficially own Common Stock in excess of the Limit (or holds of record Common Stock beneficially owned by any person in excess of the Limit) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such person who is reasonably believed to own shares in excess of the Limit, (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such person.

 

3


5. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this section in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

6. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this section shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this section shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of this Corporation and its stockholders that such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this section remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.

D. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this section, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of this section) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in this Certificate of Incorporation to a proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock, after giving effect to the provisions of this section.

E. Subject to the provisions of law and the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock having a preference as to dividends over the Common Stock then outstanding, (1) dividends may be paid on the Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, and (2) upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities and distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation, as described in F below.

F. Under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC dated June 4, 2010, as may be amended (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Northfield Bank, a federally chartered savings bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

 

4


FIFTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its Directors and stockholders:

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B. The Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide. Stockholders may not cumulate their votes for election of directors.

C. Subject to the rights of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may be effected by the unanimous consent in writing by such stockholders.

D. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directorships (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption) (the “Whole Board”).

SIXTH :

A. The number of Directors shall initially be nine and shall thereafter be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. The Directors, other than any who may be elected by the holders of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Preferred Stock Designation, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter. At each annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification and election, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority vote of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and Directors so chosen shall

 

5


hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of Directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

D. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any Director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation (“Article FOURTH”)), voting together as a single class.

SEVENTH : The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article FOURTH), voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH : The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another Person (as defined in Article FOURTH hereof) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity or (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of the Corporation and its stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the social and economic effect of acceptance of such offer on the Corporation’s present and future customers and employees and those of its subsidiaries; on the communities in which the Corporation and its Subsidiaries operate or are located; on the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its corporate objectives as a savings bank holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary savings bank to fulfill the objectives of a stock savings bank under applicable statutes and regulations.

NINTH :

A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or an Officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a

 

6


Director, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Director, Officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a Director, Officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section C hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section A of this Article NINTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a Director of Officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article NINTH shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a Director, Officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C. If a claim under Section A or B of this Article NINTH is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee also shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such

 

7


suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article NINTH or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

D. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article NINTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise.

E. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

F. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article NINTH with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Directors and Officers of the Corporation.

TENTH : A Director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;

 

8


provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 85% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article FOURTH), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article ELEVENTH, Section C of Article FOURTH, Sections C or D of Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, or Article SEVENTH.

TWELFTH : The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

      
Edward A. Quint    5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W.   
   Suite 780   
   Washington, D.C. 20015   

 

9


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 4th day of June, 2010.

 

/s/ Edward A. Quint

Edward A. Quint
Incorporator

 

10

Exhibit 3.2

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I. HOME OFFICE

The Home Office of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be in the City of Woodbridge, State of New Jersey.

ARTICLE II. STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months subsequent to the later of the date of incorporation or the last annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships) at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption (the “Whole Board”). Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.

A. Written notice stating the place, if any, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Directors calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail, addressed to the stockholder at his/her address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the Corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 4 of this Article II, with postage thereon prepaid. When any stockholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting adjourned for thirty (30) days or less or of the business to be transacted thereat, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

 

1


B. At any time upon the written request of any person or persons entitled to call a special meeting the Secretary of the Corporation shall notify stockholders of the call of the special meeting, to be held at such time and place as the notice shall specify, but in no event shall such notice specify a time more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request.

Section 4. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

Section 5. The Officer or Agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list shall be kept on file at the Corporate Headquarters of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any time during usual business hours, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. A majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, subject to the limitations contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the stockholder, or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

2


Section 8. Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Corporation, nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of shares entitled to vote in election of directors of such other corporation are held by the Corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

Section 9. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.

All elections of Directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

Section 10. Any action required to be taken or that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, if all stockholders consent thereto in writing.

Section 11.

A. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

B. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this section. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

3


C. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of the foregoing paragraph, (1) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (2) such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, (3) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that term is defined in subclause (c)(iii) of this paragraph, such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice and (4) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this section. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the Corporation’s proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (“Proxy Statement Date”); provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the elections of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and such person’s written consent to serve as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) (A) the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by each such party, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such party, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or

 

4


relationship pursuant to which either party has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any short interest in any security of the Corporation held by each such party (for purposes of this Section 11(C), a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially directly or indirectly by each such party that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which either party is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such party is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of each such party’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information set forth in this paragraph shall be supplemented by such stockholder or such beneficial owner, as the case may be, not later than 10 days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, that if such date is after the date of the meeting, not later than the day prior to the meeting); (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

D. Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (C) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 100 days prior to the Proxy Statement Date, a stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

E. Only persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defectively proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

5


F. For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones New Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

G. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of its Board. The Board shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members who shall, when present, preside at its meetings.

The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each Director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each Director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 2. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, newly created Directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority vote of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such Director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized Directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

Section 3. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board and publicized among all Directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

6


Section 4. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, or Lead Director, and shall be called by the Secretary upon the written request of not less than a majority of the Directors then in office.

Section 5. Whenever a special meeting of the Board is duly called, the meeting shall be held not less than 24 hours or not more than seven (7) days after such meeting is called. The Secretary shall notify each member of the Board of the date, place and time of any special meeting of the Board in person, by telephone, overnight courier, facsimile transmission or other electronic means not less than 24 hours prior to such meeting or by mail not less than five (5) days prior to such meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 6. A majority of the members of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting.

Section 7. Any action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to authorization voted at a meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic from if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 8. Any or all Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board by means of a conference telephone or any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws. Any Director so participating in such a meeting shall be deemed to be present at such meeting.

Section 9. Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as Directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or paid a stated salary or paid other compensation as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 10. No person 75 years of age is eligible for election, re-election, appointment, or reappointment to the Board. No Director shall serve as a Director beyond the annual meeting of the Company immediately following the Director becoming age 75. A person is not qualified to serve as director if he or she: (1) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust and the penalty for such offense could be imprisonment for more than one year, (2) is a person against whom a banking agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving dishonesty or breach of trust and that order is final and not subject to appeal, or (3) has been found either by a regulatory

 

7


agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal or by a court to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, or (ii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency. No person may serve on the Board of Directors and at the same time be a director or officer of another co-operative bank, credit union, savings bank, savings and loan association, trust company, bank holding company or banking association (in each case whether chartered by a state, the federal government or any other jurisdiction) that has an office in any city or county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office, or in any county contiguous to such cities or counties. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 10 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

ARTICLE IV. COMMITTEES

Section 1. The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

Section 2. Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

ARTICLE V. OFFICERS

Section 1. At each annual meeting of the Board, the Board shall elect one of its members to preside at its meetings as Chairman of the Board. It shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, and a Secretary all of whom shall hold office for one year and until their successors shall be elected and qualified. Where permitted by law, more than one office may be held by the same person. The Board may appoint

 

8


such other officers, as they deem necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. The Board also may appoint or employ or authorize the appointment or employment of assistant officers or assistants to officers subject to the confirmation of the Board; provided, however, that assistants to officers shall not be considered as officers but as employees. The Chief Executive Officer, President or their designees shall have the authority to appoint any other employees or agents. Upon the termination of service of any officer, director, employee, or agent, all monies, records, securities or property in his possession and belonging to the Corporation shall be surrendered forthwith and delivered to his successor or to the Board.

Section 2. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders, and the Board. He or she shall be a voting ex-officio member of all committees, in which no conflict exists, and he/she shall perform such duties as usually appertain to the office of the Chairman, or as the Board shall order and as by law provided. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Lead Director shall preside at stockholder and Board meetings.

Section 3. The Chief Executive Officer and President of the Corporation, or their designees, shall be directly responsible for engaging or dismissing any and all employees of the Corporation, except such as are engaged by action of the Board or a committee thereof. He/she shall have full authority to direct the operation and conduct of the Corporation under the direction of the Board. He/she shall perform such other duties as usually pertain to the office, or as the Board, or the Chairman shall order and as by law provided.

Section 4. The Executive Vice President or Executive Vice Presidents shall assist the Chief Executive Officer and the President in the performance of their duties.

Section 5. The Vice President or Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, and the President.

Section 6. The Treasurer shall perform such duties as generally pertain to that office and such other duties as shall, from time to time, be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer and the President. In the absence of the Treasurer, his/her duties may be performed by any Assistant Treasurer.

Section 7. The Secretary shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation. He/she shall give notice of all meetings of the Corporation and of the Board, to the Directors as herein and by law provided. He/she shall keep a record of the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board, unless a Secretary to the Board shall have been appointed, in which case such Secretary to the Board shall keep a record of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board. He/she shall perform such duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him/her by the Board, the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and the President. In the absence of the Secretary, his/her duties may be performed by any Assistant Secretary.

Section 8. All other officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer, and the President.

 

9


Section 9. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or other designated officers, the duties and responsibilities of their offices shall be performed by the available officers, as designated by the Board.

Section 10. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 11. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a two-thirds vote of the Board. Any termination of employment of an officer by the Board will not affect any contractual rights such officer may have under any employment agreement with the Corporation.

Section 12. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any Officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to, any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE VI. STOCK

Section 1. Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or the President, and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, or any Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.

Section 2. Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of this Article VI of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

Section 3. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the

 

10


meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 4. In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

ARTICLE VIII. NOTICES

Section 1. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 2. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

11


ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any Officer or Officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

Section 2. The Board shall have the power to adopt or alter the Seal of the Corporation.

Section 3. Each Director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each Officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its Officers or employees, or committees of the Board so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such Director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

Section 5. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal these Bylaws subject to the power of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, with respect to the power of holders of capital stock to adopt, amend and repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation required by law, these Bylaws or any preferred stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws.

 

12

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

No.   NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.   Shares
   

 

CUSIP: 66611T 108

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that    is the owner of

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:  

 

   [SEAL]    By:  

 

  M. EILEEN BERGIN         JOHN W. ALEXANDER
  CORPORATE SECRETARY        

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


The Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Certificate of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 85% of the shares entitled to vote.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM   -    as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                        Custodian                     
              (Cust)     (Minor)
TEN ENT   -    as tenants by the entireties     
          Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN   -    as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common     
         

 

          (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                                         hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

    

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

 

  Shares of
the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,                     

 

In the presence of     Signature:

 

   

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

June 8, 2012

The Board of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

581 Main Street, Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

 

Re:    Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
   Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to matters governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC

L USE G ORMAN P OMERENK  & S CHICK
A P ROFESSIONAL C ORPORATION

Exhibit 8.1

FORM OF FEDERAL TAX OPINION

                                  , 2012

Boards of Trustees and Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Northfield Bancorp, MHC dated June 6, 2012 (the “Plan”) and the integrated transactions described below.

In connection with rendering our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan and the Registration Statement filed by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Holding Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form AC filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”). In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you, each dated June 6, 2012 stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”).

Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, the Treasury Regulations and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published rulings and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 2

 

We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal mid-tier holding company (“Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and the Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED TRANSACTION

Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. The Bank is a federally-chartered savings bank that was established in 1887. Northfield Bank conducts business primarily from its home office located in Staten Island, New York, its operation center located in Woodbridge, New Jersey, its 24 branch offices located in New York and New Jersey and its loan center located in New York. The Bank has been organized in the mutual holding company structure since 1995, and in the two-tiered mutual holding company structure since 2002. In 2007, the Mid-Tier Holding Company sold 19,265,316 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 43.0% of its then-outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share. The Mutual Holding Company held 24,641,684 shares and 896,061 shares were issued to Northfield Bank Foundation in connection with the initial stock offering. The Mutual Holding Company is a mutual holding company with no stockholders. The Mutual Holding Company has members (e.g., the depositors of the Bank), who are entitled upon the complete liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company to liquidation proceeds after the payment of creditors.

The Board of Trustees of the Mutual Holding Company has adopted the Plan providing for the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to the Bank’s depositors, current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and members of the general public in the Offering.


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 3

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows, in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:

 

  (1) The Mid-Tier Holding Company will organize the Holding Company as a first-tier subsidiary chartered in Delaware.

 

  (2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “MHC Merger”), whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation rights in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  (3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the members of Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio.

 

  (4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

  (5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for common stock of the Bank and the Bank Liquidation Account.

Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 4

 

of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (a) the percentage of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company owned by the Mutual Holding Company multiplied by (b) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are described in Section 19 of the Plan.

As part of the Conversion, all of the then-outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio that ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of Holding Company Common Stock as they held in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering and receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. As part of the Conversion, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale on a priority basis to depositors and eligible borrowers of the Bank, to current shareholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and to members of the public in the Offering.

As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly-held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.

The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans (“Employee Plans”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and certain depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date (“Other Members”). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public (with preferences given to natural persons and trusts of natural


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 5

 

persons residing in the New Jersey counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex and Union, the New York Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk and Westchester, and Pike County, Pennsylvania.

OPINIONS

Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

1.     The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code.)

2.     The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders ownership interests (e.g., liquidation and voting rights) in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)

3.     No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)

4.     No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer to the members of the Mutual Holding Company of the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)

5.     Persons who have ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)

6.     The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 6

 

7.     The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)

8.     The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.)

9.     The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock or the distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and distribution of interests in the Liquidation Account to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)

10.     No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)

11.     The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)

12.     The holding period of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)

13.     Mid-Tier Holding Company shareholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 354 of the Code.)

14.     Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of their liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company which they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code.)


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 7

 

15.     The exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company which they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in a Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)

16.     The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Mid-Tier Merger and then redeemed by Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such shareholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares. (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574.)

17.     It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Voting Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Voting Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.)

18.     It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code.)

19.     Each shareholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered in exchange therefore. (Section 358(a) of the Code.)

20.     Because it is more likely than not that the subscription rights have no value, it is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code.)


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 8

 

21.     Each shareholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the shareholder on the date of the exchange. (Section 1223(1) of the Code.)

22.     The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)

23.     No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code.)

Our opinion under paragraph 20 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 17, 19 and 20 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the Subscription Offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

Our opinion under paragraph 18 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 9

 

payment attributable to such interest in a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:

The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).

In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.

If such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of the fair market value as of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account the effective date of the Conversion.


 

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Federal)

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Delaware)

Northfield Bank

                                  , 2012

Page 10

 

CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the FRB and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”

Very truly yours,

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick P.C.

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Northfield Bancorp. Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We consent to the use of our reports dated March 15, 2012 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, statements of stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period then ended, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, included herein, and to references to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

June 6, 2012

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.3

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

June 6, 2012

Boards of Trustees and Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

581 Main Street, Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

Members of the Boards:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion and Application H-(e)1-s and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Sincerely,

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

LOGO

 

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters

  

Three Ballston Plaza

     Telephone: (703) 528-1700   

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788   

Arlington, VA 22201

     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594   

www.rpfinancial.com

     E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com   

Exhibit 99.1

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

March 1, 2012

Mr. Steven M. Klein

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

581 Main Street, Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

Dear Mr. Klein:

This letter sets forth the agreement between Northfield Bank, the wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), which in turn is the majority-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Woodbridge, New Jersey (the “MHC”), and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) whereby RP Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the simultaneous acquisition by the Company of a regional institution (“Target”) and second step conversion. The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

These appraisal services will be directed by William E. Pommerening, Managing Director, with the assistance of a team of senior members of RP Financial.

Description of Appraisal Services

In conjunction with the appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence of both the Company and the Target, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks, pro forma merger entries, and various internal and external factors of the Company and Target, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company on a pro forma merged basis in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the pro forma Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, pro forma effect of the simultaneous acquisition, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group.

We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans.

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters

  

Three Ballston Plaza

     Direct: (703) 647-6546   

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

     Telephone: (703) 528-1700   

Arlington, VA 22201

     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788   

E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com

     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594   


Mr. Steven M. Klein

March 1, 2012

Page 2

 

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.

RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines.

Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates.

RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

   

$10,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

   

$150,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

   

$17,500 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report required in conjunction with the regulatory application and stock offering. It is anticipated that there will be at least one appraisal update report, specifically the update to be prepared in conjunction with the completion of the stock offering.

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s authorization to exceed this level.

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $400 per hour for managing directors.


Mr. Steven M. Klein

March 1, 2012

Page 3

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as termination of the simultaneous acquisition, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise


Mr. Steven M. Klein

March 1, 2012

Page 4

 

provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or


Mr. Steven M. Klein

March 1, 2012

Page 5

 

circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

* * * * * * * * * * *

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $10,000.

Sincerely,

LOGO

William E. Pommerening

Chief Executive Officer and

    Managing Director

Agreed To and Accepted By:     Steven M. Klein             /s/ Steven M. Klein                    

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:     Northfield Bank, subsidiary of

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Woodbridge, New Jersey

Date Executed:             4/30/12                    

Exhibit 99.2

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

June 6, 2012

Boards of Trustees and Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

581 Main Street, Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

 

Re: Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  Northfield Bancorp, MHC
  Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Members of the Boards:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Mid-Tier and the Mid-Tier will merge with Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a newly-formed Delaware corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and underwritten offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

Sincerely,

LOGO

RP Financial, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

  

Three Ballston Plaza

     Telephone: (703) 528-1700   

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788   

Arlington, VA 22201

     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594   

www.rpfinancial.com

     E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com   

Exhibit 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

Avenel, New Jersey

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

NORTHFIELD BANK

Staten Island, New York

Dated As Of:

May 11, 2012

 

 

Prepared By:

RP ® Financial, LC.

1100 North Glebe Road

Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

 

 


 

LOGO

May 11, 2012

Boards of Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

1410 St. Georges Avenue

Avenel, New Jersey 07001

Members of the Boards of Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal ("Appraisal") of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and reissued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof. Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines.

Description of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

On June 6,, 2012, the respective Boards of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“NFBK”), a federal corporation, adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, NFBK, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Northfield Bank, will be succeed by a Delaware corporation with the name of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield Bancorp” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as Northfield Bancorp or the Company. As of March 31, 2012, the MHC had a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consisted of, approximately 61.00% of the common stock (the “MHC Shares”) of Northfield Bancorp. The remaining 39.00% of Northfield Bancorp’s common stock was owned by public shareholders.

It is our understanding that Northfield Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including Northfield Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory requirements governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters   

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

  

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Boards of Directors

May 11, 2012

Page 2

 

received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated offering. Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of NFBK will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for our appraisal, we are independent of the Company, Northfield Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by Northfield Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, Northfield Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, Northfield Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for the years ended December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2011 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through March 31, 2012, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., the Company’s conversion counsel; Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the subscription and community offerings and who will serve as joint book running manager for the syndicated offering; and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, who will serve as joint book running manager for the syndicated offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Northfield Bancorp operates and have assessed Northfield Bancorp’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Northfield Bancorp and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on Northfield Bancorp’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Northfield Bancorp. We have analyzed the assets held by the MHC, which will be consolidated with Northfield Bancorp’s assets and equity pursuant to the completion of the second-step conversion. We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared Northfield Bancorp’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation


Boards of Directors

May 11, 2012

Page 3

 

Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

The Appraisal is based on Northfield Bancorp’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Northfield Bancorp and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Northfield Bancorp, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Northfield Bancorp. The valuation considers Northfield Bancorp only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Northfield Bancorp’s liquidation value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Northfield Bancorp and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of Northfield Bancorp’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Northfield Bancorp following completion of the second-step conversion. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Northfield Bancorp’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of May 11, 2012, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering—including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of NFBK—was $559,320,750 at the midpoint, equal to 55,932,075 shares at $10.00 per share. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are as follows: $475,422,640 or 47,542,264 shares at the minimum and $643,218,860 or 64,321,886 shares at the maximum.

Based on this valuation and taking into account the ownership interest represented by the shares owned by the MHC, the midpoint of the offering range is $340,000,000, equal to 34,000,0000 shares at $10.00 per share. The resulting offering range and offering shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are as follows: $289,000,000 or 28,900,000 shares at the minimum and $391,000,000 or 39,100,000 shares at the maximum.


Boards of Directors

May 11, 2012

Page 4

 

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

OCC regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority shareholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Boards of Directors of the MHC, NFBK and Northfield Bank have independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company held by the public shareholders. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the offering and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 1.3414 shares of the Company’s stock for every one share held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.1402 at the minimum and 1.5426 at the maximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public shareholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable OCC regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering, or prior to that time, will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Northfield Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the second-step conversion.

RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of Northfield Bancorp as of March 31, 2012, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus. The proposed exchange ratio to be received by the current public shareholders of NFBK and the exchange of the public shares for newly issued shares of Northfield Bancorp’s common stock as a full public company was determined independently by the Boards of Directors of the MHC, NFBK and Northfield Bank. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange ratio to public shareholders or the exchange of public shares for newly issued shares.

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in


Boards of Directors

May 11, 2012

Page 5

 

the financial performance and condition of Northfield Bancorp, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Northfield Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

Respectfully submitted,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
LOGO
William E. Pommerening
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
LOGO
Gregory E. Dunn
Director


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

NORTHFIELD BANK

Staten Island, New York

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE
NUMBER
 

CHAPTER ONE                           OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

     I.1   

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

     I.1   

Strategic Overview

     I.2   

Balance Sheet Trends

     I.6   

Income and Expense Trends

     I.10   

Interest Rate Risk Management

     I.14   

Lending Activities and Strategy

     I.15   

Asset Quality

     I.20   

Funding Composition and Strategy

     I.20   

Subsidiary and Other Activities

     I.21   

Legal Proceedings

     I.22   

CHAPTER TWO                         MARKET AREA

  

Introduction

     II.1   

National Economic Factors

     II.1   

Market Area Demographics

     II.5   

Local Economy

     II.7   

Unemployment Trends

     II.8   

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

     II.9   

CHAPTER THREE                    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

  

Peer Group Selection

     III.1   

Financial Condition

     III.7   

Income and Expense Components

     III.9   

Loan Composition

     III.13   

Interest Rate Risk

     III.13   

Credit Risk

     III.15   

Summary

     III.15   


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

NORTHFIELD BANK

Staten Island, New York

(continued)

 

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE
NUMBER
 
CHAPTER FOUR                   VALUATION ANALYSIS   

Introduction

     IV.1   

Appraisal Guidelines

     IV.1   

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

     IV.1   

Valuation Analysis

     IV.2   

1.      Financial Condition

     IV.2   

2.      Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

     IV.4   

3.      Asset Growth

     IV.6   

4.      Primary Market Area

     IV.6   

5.      Dividends

     IV.8   

6.      Liquidity of the Shares

     IV.8   

7.      Marketing of the Issue

     IV.9   

A.     The Public Market

     IV.9   

B.     The New Issue Market

     IV.13   

C.     The Acquisition Market

     IV.16   

D.     Trading in Northfield Bancorp’s Stock

     IV.17   

8.      Management

     IV.17   

9.      Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

     IV.18   

Summary of Adjustments

     IV.18   

Valuation Approaches:

     IV.18   

1.      Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

     IV.20   

2.      Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

     IV.21   

3.      Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

     IV.23   

Comparison to Recent Offerings

     IV.23   

Valuation Conclusion

     IV.24   

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

     IV.25   


RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF TABLES
   iii

 

LIST OF TABLES

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.

NORTHFIELD BANK

Staten Island, New York

 

TABLE
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  

1.1

   Historical Balance Sheet Data      I.7   

1.2

   Historical Income Statements      I.11   

2.1

   Summary Demographic Data      II.6   

2.2

   Primary Market Area Employment Sectors      II.8   

2.3

   Unemployment Trends      II.9   

2.4

   Deposit Summary      II.10   

2.5

   Market Area Deposit Competitors      II.11   

3.1

   Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts      III.3   

3.2

   Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates      III.6   

3.3

   Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads      III.10   

3.4

   Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information      III.12   

3.5

   Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility      III.14   

3.6

   Credit Risk Measures and Related Information      III.16   

4.1

   Market Area Unemployment Rates      IV.7   

4.2

   Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends      IV.14   

4.3

   Public Market Pricing      IV.21   


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), founded in 1887, is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Staten Island, New York. The Bank serves metropolitan communities located in Staten Island and Brooklyn in New York and central and northern New Jersey. The Bank operates through its home office, 24 additional branch offices in New York and New Jersey and an operations center in New Jersey. The Bank is subject to regulation and oversight by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the FDIC. Exhibit I-1 is a map of the Bank’s office locations.

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“NFBK”) is the federally-chartered mid-tier holding company of the Bank. NFBK owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank. Since being formed in 2007, NFBK has been engaged primarily in the business of holding the common stock of the Bank. NFBK completed its initial public offering on November 7, 2007, pursuant to which it sold 19,265,316 shares or 43.0% of its outstanding common stock to the public and issued 24,641,684 share or 57.0% of its common stock outstanding to Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), the mutual holding company parent of NFBK. Additionally, NFBK contributed $3.0 million in cash and NFBK issued 896,061 shares of common stock or 2.0% of its common stock outstanding to the Northfield Bank Charitable Foundation (the “Foundation”). The MHC and NFBK are subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board” or the “FRB”). At March 31, 2012, NFBK had total consolidated assets of $2.4 billion, deposits of $1.5 billion and equity of $385.2 million, or 16.01% of total assets. NFBK’s audited financial statements for the most recent period are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

On June 6, 2012, the respective Boards of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“NFBK”), a federal corporation, adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, NFBK, which currently owns all of the issued and


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.2

 

outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be succeed by a Delaware corporation with the name of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield Bancorp” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as Northfield Bancorp or the Company. As of March 31, 2012, the MHC had a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consisted of, approximately 61.00% of the common stock (the “MHC Shares”) of Northfield Bancorp. The remaining 39.00% of Northfield Bancorp’s common stock was owned by public shareholders.

It is our understanding that Northfield Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory requirements governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering and a syndicated offering. Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of NFBK will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

Strategic Overview

Historically, the Company has pursued a balance sheet strategy concentrated on maintaining a significant portfolio of investment securities, primarily mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), funded largely by retail deposits generated through the branch network. The Company’s lending activities, comprising a smaller portion of the balance sheet, have emphasized the origination and purchase of commercial real estate and multi-family loans, with secondary emphasis on 1-4 family, construction and land loans, and non-mortgage commercial business and consumer loans. Notably, in recent years, loan growth has been largely sustained through growth of multi-family loans generated through broker referrals in the Company’s lending markets. Additionally, in October 2009, following the acquisition of a specialty lending portfolio in Georgia that focuses on insurance premium financing, the Company began to offer loans to finance premiums on insurance policies which were primarily commercial insurance


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.3

 

policies. At the end of 2011, the Company stopped originating loans to finance premiums on insurance policies and in February 2012 sold the majority of its insurance premium loans at par value. Stronger loan growth relative to asset growth has provided for an upward trend in the concentration of loans comprising assets during recent years; however, as of March 31, 2012, net loans receivable comprised only 42.2% of total assets. Of total loans held for investment at March 31, 2012, 78.3% consisted of commercial real estate and multi-family loans. In addition to retail deposits, the Company utilizes borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of managing funding costs and interest rate risk. From time-to-time, the Company also utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits as an alternative funding source. The high concentration of assets maintained in investments, along with the Company’s relatively streamlined operations, have facilitated operating expense levels that are below industry norms. At the same time, the concentration of investment securities has reduced overall asset yields and limited diversification into fee-based products and services has limited revenues derived from non-interest sources.

Historically, the Company’s lending and investment activities have facilitated maintenance of favorable credit quality measures. However, the Company has experienced some deterioration in credit quality during recent years, as the Company’s lending market was adversely impacted by the 2008 national recession and resulting fallout from the financial crisis that occurred with the implosion of the housing market. Non-performing assets increased from $9.8 million or 0.71% of assets at December 31, 2007 to $61.1 million or 2.72% of assets at December 31, 2010. Most of the increase in non-performing assets balance was related to an increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans, which comprised slightly more than 75% of the non-performing loan balance at December 31, 2010. Since year-end 2010, the non-performing assets balance has trended lower and equaled $42.6 million or 1.77% of assets at March 31, 2012.

Investment securities have historically served as the Company’s balance sheet concentration, with MBS accounting for the largest concentration of the Company’s investments. The MBS portfolio primarily consists of agency securities issued by Government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) and, to a lesser extent, private issue (“Non-GSE”) securities. Northfield Bancorp’s other investment holdings include corporate bonds and a limited amount of mutual fund investments classified as equity investments. The Company also maintains a small balance of mutual funds classified as trading securities and an investment in FHLB stock. In the past, the Company has also maintained investments in GSE bonds. Although cash and investment have declined as a percent of total assets in recent years, as of March 31, 2012, cash and investment securities comprised 52.0% of total assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.4

 

Deposits generated from residents within the Company’s primary market area have consistently served as the primary funding source for the Company’s lending and investment activities. Transaction and savings account deposits comprise the largest portion of the Company’s deposit base, with the balance consisting of certificates of deposit (“CDs”). Northfield Bancorp utilizes borrowings as a supplemental funding source to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk, with repurchase agreements and FHLB advances accounting for the major portion of the Company’s borrowings.

Northfield’s earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels. Although the Company’s investment securities put downward pressure on overall interest income, net interest income has been maintained at healthy levels due to favorably low funding costs derived from a high concentration of core deposits and limited use of borrowings. Operating expenses have been maintained at relatively low levels, reflecting efficiency in operations and relatively low personnel requirements for implementation of the Company’s operating strategy. In particular, the Company maintains a high ratio of assets per employee, which is supported by the relatively lower staffing needs required to support the large portfolio of investment securities. While the Company’s implementation of a fairly streamlined operating strategy has supported containment of operating expenses, it has also limited revenues from non-interest income sources. Accordingly, revenues generated from sources of non-interest operating income, such as fees and service charges, has been a relatively modest contributor to the Company’s earnings.

The Company’s strategic plan is to supplement organic growth with acquisitions of other financial institutions that will facilitate growth and increase market share in markets currently served or provide entry into nearby surrounding markets that would serve to expand the Company’s franchise base. On October 14, 2011, the Bank assumed all of the deposits and acquired essentially all of the assets of a failed New Jersey state-chartered bank from the FDIC as receiver for First State Bank, Cranford, New Jersey. The carrying value of assets acquired and deposits assumed were $194.6 million and $188.2 million, respectively. Fair value adjustments under the acquisition method of accounting resulted in a $46.8 million discount to assets acquired and a bargain purchase gain of $3.6 million, net of tax. The fair value of loans acquired was $91.9 million, which are classified as purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans on the Company’s balance sheet.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.5

 

On March 13, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Flatbush Federal Bancorp, MHC, (“Flatbush MHC), its mid-tier holding company Flatbush Federal Bancorp, Inc. (“Flatbush Bancorp”) and bank subsidiary Flatbush Federal Savings and Loan Association (“Flatbush Federal Savings”). Under the terms of the agreement, each outstanding share of Flatbush Bancorp’s will be converted into the right to receive 0.4748 shares of Northfield Bancorp common stock and each share held by Flatbush MHC will be converted into 0.4748 common share of Northfield Bancorp and issued to the MHC. Flatbush MHC will be merged in the MHC, Flatbush Bancorp will be merged into Northfield Bancorp and Flatbush Federal Savings will be merged into the Bank. As of March 31, 2012, Flatbush MHC had ownership of 1,484,208 shares of Flatbush Bancorp’s common stock outstanding and public shareholders had ownership of 1,252,699 shares of Flatbush Bancorp’s common stock outstanding.

Flatbush Bancorp conducts business out of the main office and two branch offices, which are all located in Brooklyn, New York. As of March 31, 2012, Flatbush Bancorp had total assets of $145.9 million, total deposits of $118.7 million and total equity of $19.2 million or 13.19% of assets. Flatbush Bancorp’s balance of non-performing assets totaled $7.3 million at March 31, 2012, equal to 4.98% of assets. Flatbush reported a net loss of $638,000 for 2011 and net income of $4.6 million for the first quarter of 2012. First quarter net income included a $9.1 million gain on the sale of Flatbush Bancorp’s main office.

A key component of the Company’s business plan is to complete a second-step conversion offering. The Company’s strengthened capital position will support continued expansion of the branch network in desired growth markets. In addition to the three offices that will be added with the acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp, the Company has current plans to further expand its branch network through opening additional de novo branches. Also, as a fully-converted institution, the Company’s greater capacity to offer stock as consideration may facilitate increased opportunities to grow through acquisition. At this time, except for the pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp, the Company has no specific plans for expansion through acquisition.

The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to focus on operating and growing a profitable institution serving retail customers in local markets, as well as increasing


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.6

 

the loan portfolio through origination and purchase of loans in the greater New York City metropolitan area. Specifically, Northfield Bancorp will continue to be an independent community-oriented financial institution with a commitment to local real estate financing with operations substantially funded by retail deposits, borrowings, equity capital and internal cash flows. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will increase liquidity to support funding of future loan growth and other interest-earning assets. The Company’s strengthened capital position will also provide more of a cushion against potential credit quality related losses, as the Company continues to implement workout strategies to reduce the balance of non-performing assets. Northfield Bancorp’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds will also serve to reduce interest rate risk, particularly through enhancing the Company’s interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. The additional funds realized from the stock offering will serve to raise the level of interest-earning assets funded with equity and, thereby, reduce the ratio of interest-earning assets funded with interest-bearing liabilities as the balance of interest-bearing liabilities will initially remain relatively unchanged following the conversion, which may facilitate a reduction in Northfield Bancorp’s funding costs. The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.

 

   

Northfield Bancorp, Inc. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds. At present, funds maintained by the Company, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be invested into short-term investment grade securities and liquid funds. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of cash dividends.

 

   

Northfield Bank. Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank in exchange for all of the Bank’s stock. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth over time.

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase returns, while, at the same time, growth will not be pursued that could potentially compromise the overall risk associated with Northfield Bancorp’s operations.

Balance Sheet Trends

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five and one-quarter years. The Company sustained positive asset growth since year-end 2007, with total assets increasing at a 13.8% annual growth rate over the past four and one-quarter years.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.7

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.8

 

Asset growth was primarily funded by deposit growth, which was supplemented with increased utilization of borrowings. A summary of Northfield Bancorp’s key operating ratios for the past five and one-quarter years is presented in Exhibit I-3.

Northfield Bancorp’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 23.2% annual rate from year-end 2007 through March 31, 2012, in which loan growth was sustained from year-end 2007 through year-end 2011 followed by a slight decrease during the first quarter of 2012. The Company’s higher loan growth rate compared to its asset growth rate provided for an increase in the loans-to-assets ratio from 30.2% at year-end 2007 to 42.2% at March 31, 2012. Net loans receivable at March 31, 2012 totaled $1.0 billion, versus $418.7 million at year-end 2007.

Loan growth was primarily sustained by growth of commercial real estate and multi-family loans, with the concentration of commercial real estate and multi-family loans increasing from 60.8% of total loans as of December 31, 2007 to 78.3% of total loans at March 31, 2012. Most of the growth has consisted of multi-family loans, which increased from $14.2 million or 3.3% of total loans at year-end 2007 to $496.7 million or 47.7% of total loans at March 31, 2012. Historically, the second largest loan concentration has been 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, which declined from 22.5% of total loans at year-end 2007 to 6.9% of total loans at March 31, 2012. The decrease in the concentration of 1-4 family loans comprising the Company’s loan portfolio was due a decrease in the balance of 1-4 family loans, as well as growth of other types of loans. Construction and land loans have also become a less significant area of lending diversification for the Company, as the balance of construction and land loans has declined steadily since year-end 2008 and as a percent of total loans declined from 10.6% at year-end 2007 to 2.1% at March 31, 2012. Home equity loans and lines of credit have been a minor source of loan growth for the Company, but declined slightly as a percent of total loans from 3.0% at year-end 2007 to 2.8% at March 31, 2012. Commercial business loans declined from 2.7% of total loans at year-end 2007 to 1.3% of total loans at March 31, 2012, reflecting a nominal increase in the balance of commercial business loans since year-end 2007. The remainder of the loan portfolio consists of insurance premium loans generated through the specialty lender acquired in 2009, which were maintained at approximately 5.5% of total loans from year-end 2009 through year-end 2011 and then declined to 0.4% of total loans at March 31, 2012 following the sale of the majority of loan portfolio in February 2012, the PCI loans acquired in 2011, which comprised 8.3% of total loans at March 31, 2012, and a nominal balance of other consumer loans which comprised 0.1% of total loans at March 31, 2012.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.9

 

The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. Over the past five and one-quarter years, the Company’s level of investment securities has trended lower as a percent of total assets, declining from 59.3% of assets at year-end 2007 to 49.4% of total assets as of March 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, the total size of the investment portfolio was $1.2 billion, consisting of MBS of $1.1 billion, corporate bonds of $105.1 million and equity investments of $13.5 million. Included in MBS portfolio were $36.7 million of private issue (non-GSE) securities. As of March 31, 2012, the Company maintained $1.2 billion of investment securities as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and $3.3 million of investment securities as held-to-maturity. The AFS portfolio had a net unrealized gain of $29.6 million at that date. Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Company’s investment portfolio. Other investments held by the Company at March 31, 2012 consisted of $12.5 million of FHLB stock and trading securities of $4.6 million. The Company also held cash and cash equivalents amounting to $45.8 million or 1.9% of assets at March 31, 2012.

The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of most of the Company’s management employees starting at the vice president level up through the CEO. The purpose of the investment is to provide funding for the benefit plans of the covered individuals. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of March 31, 2012, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $78.5 million.

Over the past four and one-quarter years, Northfield Bancorp’s funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows. From year-end 2007 through March 31, 2012, the Company’s deposits increased at a 13.5% annual rate. Deposit growth was sustained throughout the past four and one-quarter years, with the largest increase in deposits occurring during 2009. Overall, deposits increased from $877.2 million or 63.3% of assets at year-end 2007 to $1.5 billion or 62.4% of assets at March 31, 2012. Transaction and savings account deposits constitute the largest concentration of the Company’s deposits and have been the primary source of deposit growth in recent years.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to address funding needs for growth and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk. From year-end 2007 through March 31, 2012, borrowings increased at an annual rate of 37.2%. Overall, borrowings increased from $124.4 million or 9.0% of assets at year-end 2007 to $477.1 million


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.10

 

or 19.8% of assets at March 31, 2012. Repurchase agreements and FHLB advances constitute the primary source of borrowings utilized by the Company. The Company also maintained a small balance of capitalized leases at March 31, 2012.

The Company’s equity increased at a 1.1% annual rate from year-end 2007 through March 31, 2012, as retention of earnings was somewhat offset by stock repurchases and dividend payments over the past four and one-quarter years. Comparatively stronger asset growth relative to capital growth reduced the Company’s equity-to-assets ratio from 26.49% at year-end 2007 to 16.01% at March 31, 2012. The Company maintained a small balance of goodwill and core deposit intangibles from a 2002 acquisition and the acquisition of First State Bank in 2011, resulting in a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of capital of 15.30% at March 31, 2012. The Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at March 31, 2012. The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Company’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities. At the same time, the significant increase in Northfield Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will initially depress its ROE.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five years and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The Company’s reported earnings over the past five years ranged from $10.5 million or 0.78% of average assets in 2007 to $16.8 million or 0.72% of average assets in 2011. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the Company reported net income of $16.8 million or 0.71% of average assets. Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s earnings. Non-interest operating income has been somewhat of a limited but stable source of earnings for the Company. Loan loss provisions have become a more significant factor in the Company’s earnings following 2007 and, with the exception of 2007 and the completion of the minority stock offering and contribution to the Foundation, non-operating items typically have had a relatively limited impact on the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-quarter fiscal years.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.11

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.12

 

Over the past five and one-quarter fiscal years, the Company maintained a relatively consistent net interest income to average assets ratio ranging from a low of 2.73% during 2007 to a high of 3.01% during 2009. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, net interest income was 2.83% of average assets. The positive trend in the Company’s net interest income ratio from 2007 through 2009 reflects the favorable impact that the decline in short-term interest rates and resulting steeper yield curve had on the Company’s interest rate spreads. Growth of comparatively lower costing transaction account deposits and the increase in the concentration of loans comprising assets also contributed to the improvement in the Company’s net interest rate spread, which was partially negated by declining yields on investment securities. The Company’s interest rate spread increased from 2.34% during 2007 to 2.66% during 2009. Comparatively, while the Company’s interest rate spread increased to 2.78% in 2010 and was fairly stable during 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, the net interest income ratio declined as the level of non-interest-earning assets on the balance sheet increased. Increases in the balances of non-accruing loans and BOLI accounted for most of the increase in non-interest earning assets. The Company’s net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past five and one-quarter fiscal years are set forth in Exhibit I-3 and Exhibit I-5.

Non-interest operating income has been a fairly stable, but somewhat limited, contributor to the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-quarter fiscal years, reflecting the Company’s limited diversification into products and services that generate non-interest operating income. Throughout the period shown in Table 1.2, sources of non-interest operating income have ranged from a high of 0.47% of average assets during 2008 to a low of 0.24% of average assets during 2010. The 2008 figure includes a gain related to a BOLI death benefit. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the Company reported non-interest operating income of $6.5 million or 0.27% of average assets. Customer fees and service charges and income earned on BOLI constitute the major portion of the Company’s non-operating revenues, with other non-operating sources of income consisting largely of commissions earned on the sale of non-depository investment and insurance products and miscellaneous sources of revenues.

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of 1.58% of average assets during 2008 to a high of 1.88% of average assets during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. Notwithstanding the upward trend in the Company’s operating expense ratio, the Company has effectively maintained a low operating expense ratio throughout the period shown in Table 1.2. As previously noted, the Company’s relatively low operating expense ratio is supported by a balance sheet composition with relatively high concentrations of investment securities and higher balance commercial real estate and multi-family loans that support limited staffing needs relative to total asset size. As of March 31, 2012, the Company’s ratio of assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $8.8


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.13

 

million, versus $5.9 million for all publicly-traded thrifts. The higher operating ratio for the most recent twelve month period includes the impact of opening and staffing four branch offices in 2011.

Overall, the general trends in the Company’s net interest margin and operating expense ratio since 2007 reflect a nominal decrease in core earnings, as indicated by the Company’s expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses). Northfield Bancorp’s expense coverage ratio equaled 1.54 times during 2007, versus a ratio of 1.51 times during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. The slight decrease in the expense coverage ratio resulted from a more significant increase in the operating expense ratio compared to the increase in the net interest income ratio. Similarly, Northfield Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) of 56.9% during 2007 was slightly more favorable than its efficiency ratio of 60.3% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

Over the past five and one-quarter fiscal years, loan loss provisions established by the Company ranged from 0.11% of average assets during 2007 to 0.54% of average assets during 2011. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, the Company established loan loss provisions of $11.8 million or 0.49% of average assets. The higher loan provisions established during recent periods was largely related to an increase in non-performing loans, while rapid growth of the multi-family loan portfolio has also factored into the higher loan loss provisions that have been established in recent periods. Loan loss provisions established in 2011 and the most recent twelve month period also reflect an increase in net charge-offs, which included $4.0 million of charge-offs related to the transfer of $7.4 million of loans to held-for-sale. As of March 31, 2012, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $27.1 million, equal to 2.67% of net loans held-for investment and 67.49% of non-performing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the past five and one-quarter years.

Non-operating income over the past five and one-quarter fiscal years has typically been somewhat of a limited factor in the Company’s earnings, consisting substantially of gains and to a lesser extent other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges. In 2007, the Company recorded a gain on the sale of branches and the expense of funding the Foundation. For 2011 and for the most recent twelve month period, non-operating income included the bargain purchase gain related to the First State Bank transaction from the FDIC. Net non-operating income over the past five and one-quarter years ranged from a loss of $7.6 million or 0.56% of


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.14

 

average assets during 2007 to net gains of $6.2 million equal to 0.27% of average assets during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. Overall, the various items that comprise the Company’s non-operating income are not viewed to be part of the Company’s core or recurring earnings base.

The Company’s effective tax rate ranged from 17.37% for 2007 to 35.41% for 2009. The Company’s effective tax rate was 28.21% during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s marginal effective tax rate is 40.0%.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company’s balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term (less than one year) and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be adversely affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates, as well as in the interest rate environment that generally prevailed during 2007, in which the yield curve was flat or inverted. Comparatively, the Company’s net interest margin has benefited from recent interest rate trends, which has provided for a steeper yield curve as the result of a decline in short-term interest rates. As of March 31, 2012, an analysis of the Company’s net portfolio value (“NPV”), defined as the net of the present value of the cash flows of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, indicated that a 2.0% instantaneous increase, permanent and parallel change in interest rates at all maturities would result in an 8.81% decline in Northfield Bancorp’s NPV ratio and a 2.67% decline in net interest income (see Exhibit I-7).

The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through investing in securities with relatively short-terms to maturity, maintaining the large majority of investments as available for sale and originating and purchasing shorter-term and adjustable rate loans. As of December 31, 2011, of the Company’s total loans due after December 31, 2012, ARM loans comprised 82.2% of those loans (see Exhibit I-8). On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through utilizing repurchase agreements and FHLB advances with initial terms out to five years and emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits. Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 69.3% of the Company’s average deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2012.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.15

 

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

Lending Activities and Strategy

Northfield Bancorp’s lending activities have traditionally emphasized commercial real estate and multi-family lending, and such loans comprise the largest concentration of the Company’s loan portfolio. Beyond commercial real estate and multi-family loans, lending diversification by the Company includes 1-4 family residential loans, construction and land loans, insurance premiums loans, home equity loans, non-mortgage commercial business loans and consumer loans. Going forward, the Company’s lending strategy will continue to emphasize the origination and purchase of commercial real estate and multi-family loans. The Company stopped originating loans to finance premiums on insurance policies at the end of 2011 and sold the majority of its insurance premium loans at par value in February 2012. Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of Northfield Bancorp’s loan portfolio composition over the past five years and one-quarter fiscal years and Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of December 31, 2011.

Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Loans . As of March 31, 2012, multi-family loans totaled $496.7 million, or 47.68% of total loans held for investment, and commercial real estate loans totaled $318.9 million or 30.62% of total loans held for investment. While both portfolios have increased since year-end 2007, the growth in the multi-family loan portfolio has been significant. The multi-family loan portfolio increased from a balance of $14.2 million at December 31, 2007 to the current level. The primary source for commercial real estate and multi-family loans are referrals from local brokers. All loans are, however, underwritten in accordance with the Company’s underwriting standards. The majority of commercial real estate loans are owner-occupied businesses. Multi-family loans include apartment buildings, properties with five or more dwelling units, and mixed-use properties that have more than four residential family units and a business or businesses. Substantially all of the Company’s commercial real estate and multi-family loans are secured by properties located in the primary market areas. Commercial real estate loans typically amortize over 20- to 25-years with interest rates that adjust after an initial five- or 10-year period, and every five years thereafter. Multi-family real estate loans typically amortize over 20 to 30 years with interest rates that adjust after


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.16

 

an initial five- or 10-year period, and every five years thereafter. Recent adjustable rate loans have generally been indexed to the five year London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) swaps rate as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release adjusted for a negotiated margin. The Company also originates, to a lesser extent, 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans. In general, commercial real estate and multi-family loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated, and have prepayment penalties should the loan be repaid in the initial five years. Commercial real estate loans have a maximum loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio equal to the lesser of 75% of the property’s appraised value or purchase price and generally require a minimum projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement of 125%. Multi-family real estate loans generally are originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan and generally require a minimum projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement of 120%. While personal guarantees are usually obtained from commercial real estate borrowers, due to competitor considerations, personal guarantees are generally not obtained from multi-family real estate borrowers.

Loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family real estate properties generally have greater credit risk than 1-4 family residential real estate loans. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family real estate properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. At March 31, 2012, the average loan balance of outstanding commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans approximated $941,000 and $1.0 million, respectively. At March 31, 2012, the Company largest commercial real estate loan and multi-family loan had outstanding balances of $9.2 million and $13.7 million, respectively, and both loans were performing in accordance with their original contractual terms.

1-4 Family Residential Loans . At March 31, 2012, the Company reported 1-4 family residential real estate loans outstanding with an aggregate balance of $71.5 million or 6.87% of total loans held for investment. As of March 31, 2012, the average balance of 1-4 family loans was $184,000 and the largest loan of this type had a principal balance of $2.3 million and was performing in accordance with its original contract terms. The current portfolio of 1-4 family residential mortgage real estate loans: (a) generally have been underwritten to secondary


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.17

 

market standards; (b) include both conforming fixed- and adjustable-rate loans; and (c) include a limited number of fixed- and adjustable- rate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans (“jumbo loans”). Currently, the Company generally sells fixed rate loan originations on a servicing released basis. The Company has significantly deemphasized its 1-4 family lending activities in recent years, which, along with the Company’s current philosophy of selling most fixed rate loans, has resulted in the 1-4 family loan portfolio declining from $103.1 million as of December 31, 2008 to its current level.

Construction and Loan Loans . At March 31, 2012, construction and land loans totaled $21.9 million or 2.10% of total loans held for investment. The balance of construction and land loans has declined since 2008, as construction and development has slowed in response to economic conditions. Substantially all construction and land loans are secured by real estate located in the Company’s primary market areas. Construction and land loans typically are interest only loans with interest rates that are tied to a prime rate index as published by The Wall Street Journal . Margins generally range from zero basis points to 200 basis points above the prime rate index. The Company also originates, to a lesser extent, 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing land loans. In general, construction and land loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated, and the Company does not typically charge prepayment penalties. Construction and land loans are generally made to experienced developers for the construction of single-family residences, including condominiums and commercial properties, and to individuals for the construction of personal residences. Land loans also help finance the purchase of land intended for future development, including single-family housing, multifamily housing, and commercial property. In general, the maximum LTV ratio for construction loans is 70% of the completed appraised value of the property and the maximum LTV ratio for a land acquisition loan is 50% of the appraised value of the property, and the maximum term of these loans is two years. Construction and land loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four- family residential real estate loans. Construction and land loans have greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. At March 31, 2012, the Company’s largest construction and land loan had a principal balance of $4.6 million and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.

Commercial Business Loans . At March 31, 2012, commercial business loans totaled $13.0 million, or 1.25% of total loans held for investment. Commercial business loans typically amortize over 10 years with interest rates that are tied to a prime rate index as published in The Wall Street Journal . Margins generally range from zero basis points to 300 basis points above


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.18

 

the prime rate index. The Company also originates, to a lesser extent, 10 year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans. In general, commercial business loans have interest rate floors equal to the interest rate on the date the loan is originated and have no prepayment penalties. The Company makes various types of secured and unsecured commercial business loans to customers in the primary market area for the purpose of working capital and other general business purposes. Commercial business loans generally carry higher interest rates than 1-4 family residential real estate loans of like maturity because they have a higher risk of default.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit . At March 31, 2012, the Company reported home equity loans and lines of credit with an aggregate outstanding balance of $28.7 million, or 2.75% of total loans held for investment. The aggregate balance of home equity loans and lines of credit has been relatively stable over the past few years. The Company offers home equity loans and home equity lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary residence or second home. Home equity lines of credit are variable rate loans tied to a prime rate index as published in The Wall Street Journal adjusted for a margin, and have a maximum term of 20 years during which time the borrower is required to make principal payments based on a 20-year amortization. Home equity lines generally have interest rate floors and ceilings. Currently, the borrower is only permitted to draw against the line for the first ten years. Prior to June 15, 2011, the borrower was permitted to draw against the line during the entire loan term. Home equity loans typically are fully amortizing with fixed terms to 20 years. Home equity loans and lines of credit generally are underwritten with the same criteria used to underwrite fixed-rate, 1-4 family residential real estate loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a LTV ratio of 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan. At March 31, 2012, the average home equity loan and line of credit balance was approximately $57,000 and the Company’s largest home equity line of credit outstanding was $1.5 million and on non-accrual status. At March 31, 2012, the Company’s largest home equity loan was $305,000 and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.

Insurance Premium Loans . The Company stopped originating insurance premium loans at the end of 2011 and sold the majority of the portfolio in the first quarter of 2012 at par value. The loans sold had a carrying value of approximately $42 million. The remaining balance of insurance premium loans that were not sold consisted of $1.7 million of cancelled loans and $4.3 million of loans originated to obligors residing in states where the purchaser is awaiting approval to own premium finance loans. The cancelled loans will be held by the Company until their ultimate resolution, which is generally a payment from the insurance carrier in the amount of the unearned premiums while generally exceeds the loan balance and the remaining $4.3


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.19

 

million of unsold loans will be sold when the purchaser obtains approval to own them. As of March 31, 2012, the balance of insurance premium loans was $3.7 million or 0.35% of total loans held for investment.

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans. The PCI loans acquired by the Company from the FDIC were the loans of First State Bank and were acquired at a discount attributable, at least in part to credit quality. The fair value of the loans acquired was $91.1 million and at March 31, 2012, the PCI loans had a carrying balance of $86.1 million or 8.26% of total loans held for investment. At March 31, 2012, the PCI loans consisted of approximately 34% commercial real estate loans, 56% of commercial business loans with the remaining loans consisting of residential and home equity loans.

Loan Originations, Purchases, and Sales . Loan referrals are made to qualified loan origination staff from all branches. All loans originated for portfolio are underwritten pursuant to the Company’s policies and procedures. In addition, the Company originates loans under an origination assistance agreement with a third party underwriter which conform to secondary market underwriting standards, whereby the third party underwriter processes and underwrites 1-4 family loans and the Company funds the loans at origination and elects to either portfolio the loans or sell them to the third party underwriter. A significant portion of commercial real estate loans and multi-family real estate loans are generated by referrals from loan brokers, accountants, and other professional contacts. Home equity loans and lines of credit typically are generated through direct mail advertisements, newspaper advertisements, and referrals from branch personnel. Except for the PCI loans purchased in 2011 and the insurance premium loans acquired in 2009, the Company has not been an active purchaser of loans. Loan sold by the Company generally consist of conforming fixed rate residential loans, which are currently sold on a servicing released basis. At March 31, 2012, the Company maintained a loans serviced for others balance of $37.8 million. Loans held for sale at March 31, 2012 totaled $604,000 and were comprised of $524,000 1-4 family loans and $80,000 of commercial real estate loans. Overall, net loans receivable increased from $418.7 million at year-end 2007 to $1.0 billion at March 31, 2012.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.20

 

Asset Quality

The Company’s historical balance sheet concentration of MBS and the correspondingly relatively small loan portfolio have generally supported the maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures. With the onset of the national recession and rapid growth in commercial real estate and multi-family lending, the Company experienced elevated levels of problems assets. Over the past five and one-quarter fiscal years, Northfield Bancorp’s balance of non-performing assets ranged from a low of 0.61% of assets at year-end 2008 to a high of 2.72% of assets at year-end 2010. The Company held $42.6 million of non-performing assets at March 31, 2012, equal to 1.77% of assets. As shown in Exhibit I-11, non-performing assets at March 31, 2012 consisted of $38.4 million of non-accruing loans, $1.8 million of accruing loans 90 days or more past due and $2.4 million of other real estate owned. Commercial real estate loans comprised the largest concentration of the non-performing loan balance, accounting for $31.4 million or 78.16% of non-performing loans at March 31, 2012. Comparatively, the balance of non-performing multi-family loans was $2.5 million or 6.21% of non-performing loans at March 31, 2012. Notwithstanding the relatively low balance of non-performing multi-family loans, the rapid growth and largely unseasoned nature of the multi-family loan portfolio is viewed as increasing the credit risk associated with multi-family loan portfolio above what is implied by the current balance of non-performing multi-family loans.

To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, the Company has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of March 31, 2012, the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $27.1 million, equal to 2.67% of net loans held-to-maturity and 67.49% of non-performing loans.

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source and at March 31, 2012 deposits accounted for 75.9% of Northfield Bancorp’s interest-bearing liabilities. Exhibit I-12 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three and one-quarter years. Transaction and savings account deposits constituted 69.3% of average total deposits for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to 56.7% of average total deposits for the


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.21

 

year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in the concentration of core deposits comprising total deposits since year-end 2009 was realized through growth of core deposits and a decline in CDs. Most of the growth of core deposits has consisted of money market account deposits, which was facilitated by offering relatively attractive rates on money market deposits meeting minimum balance requirements to earn a higher rate and an increase in preference by depositors in general to maintain funds in liquid accounts as CD rates have declined significantly in recent years. Money market account deposits comprised 28.7% of average total deposits and 41.4% of average core deposits for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

The balance of the Company’s deposits consists of CDs, which equaled 30.7% of average total deposits for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 compared to 43.3% of total for the year ended deposits at December 31, 2009. Northfield Bancorp’s current CD composition reflects a higher concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less). As of March 31, 2012, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $213.2 million or 45.6% of total CDs. Approximately 68% of the jumbo CDs were scheduled to mature in one year or less at March 31, 2012. Exhibit I-13 sets forth the maturity schedule of the Company’s jumbo CDs as of March 31, 2012. The balance of brokered CDs totaled $658,000 at March 31, 2012.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. Borrowings utilized by the Company have predominantly consisted of repurchase agreements and FHLB advances. As of March 31, 2012, the Company maintained $276.0 million of repurchase agreements and $199.4 million of FHLB advances. Repurchase agreements and FHLB advances held by the Company at March 31, 2012 had laddered maturities generally extending out to five years. The other borrowings held by the Company at March 31, 2012 consisted of $1.7 million of capitalized leases. The Company’s borrowings had a weighted average interest rate of 2.71% at March 31, 2012. Exhibit I-14 provides further detail of the Company’s borrowings activities during the past three and one-quarter fiscal years.

Subsidiary and Other Activities

The Company owns 100% of Northfield Investment, Inc., an inactive New Jersey investment company, and 100% of the Bank. The Bank owns 100% of NSB Services Corp., a Delaware corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the voting common stock of NSB Realty


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.22

 

Trust. NSB Realty Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust that holds mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investments. These entities enable the Company to segregate certain assets for management purposes, and promote the ability to raise regulatory capital in the future through the sale of preferred stock or other capital-enhancing securities or borrow against assets or stock of these entities for liquidity purposes. At March 31, 2012, the Bank’s investment in NSB Services Corp. was $604.8 million, and NSB Services Corp. had assets of $604.9 million and liabilities of $119,000 at that date. At March 31, 2012, NSB Services Corp.’s investment in NSB Realty Trust was $600.1 million, and NSB Realty Trust had $608.2 million in assets, and liabilities of $19,000 at that date. NSB Insurance Agency, Inc. is a New York corporation, wholly-owned by the Bank, which receives nominal commissions from the sale of life insurance by employees of the Bank. At March 31, 2012, the Bank’s investment in NSB Insurance Agency was $1,000.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Company’s management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.1

II. MARKET AREA

Introduction

Headquartered in Staten Island, New York, Northfield Bancorp serves northeastern New Jersey and southern New York through the main office and 24 full service branch offices, with two additional full service branch offices opening in the summer of 2012. The Company’s branch network covers a four-county market area including Middlesex County (5 branches) and Union County (3 branches with an additional branch opening in summer 2012) in New Jersey, and Kings County (5 branches, with an additional branch opening in June 2012) and Richmond County (12 branches) in New York. Northfield Bancorp also maintains an operations center in New Jersey. With the acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp, the Company will add three office locations in Kings County. Exhibit II-1 provides information on the Company’s office facilities.

The primary market areas served by the Company are the urban markets of Staten Island and Brooklyn in New York and the urban/suburban markets in northern New Jersey. With operations in densely populated metropolitan areas, the Company’s competitive environment includes a significant number of commercial banks, thrifts and other financial services companies, some of which have a regional or national presence. The regional economy is highly diversified and tends to parallel trends in the broader national economy. As counties both surrounding and in the New York metropolitan area, the regional market area includes a large population with jobs in New York City. Accordingly, the local economy was impacted by national recession, as well as the credit crisis on Wall Street.

Future growth opportunities for Northfield Bancorp depend on the future growth and stability of the local and regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company, the relative economic health of the Company’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.

National Economic Factors

The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon various national and local economic trends. In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, manufacturing and non-manufacturing activity continued to expand in October 2011, but at a slower pace compared to September. Jobs data for October continued to imply a slow


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.2

 

recovery, with 80,000 jobs added and the unemployment rate ticking down to 9.0%. Economists’ had forecasted a gain of 95,000 jobs for October. Retail sales and the index of leading economic indicators both increased in October. Sales of existing homes were also higher in October, but prices continued to decline as a glut of foreclosures kept pressure on home prices. An increase in manufacturing activity during November and a brighter jobs report for November provided further evidence that the recovery was gaining momentum. November employment data showed 120,000 jobs were added and the unemployment rate declined to 8.6%. However, the pace of growth in the service sector was slower in November and November retail sales showed only a modest increase from October. Housing starts surged 9.3% in November, which was fueled by construction of apartments, townhouses and other multi-family properties. Increases in November durable-goods orders and single-family home sales also suggested that the economy was improving. Manufacturing activity expanded at a slightly higher rate in December, as the index which measures manufacturing activity reached a six month high. The pace of non-manufacturing activity picked up as well in December. Employers added 200,000 jobs in December, which pushed the December unemployment rate down to 8.5%. December was the third consecutive month of retail sales showing slower growth and new home construction declined in December. Declining home prices and attractive mortgage rates supported a gain in existing home sales for December. Comparatively, sales of new homes declined in December and for all of 2011 new home sales were the lowest since the Census Bureau began tracking such sales in 1963. A more positive economic outlook was indicated by the 3% increase in December durable goods orders and fourth quarter GDP increased at a 2.8% annual rate (subsequently revised up to 3.0), the fastest pace since the second quarter of 2010.

Economic data for the first month of 2012 generally reflected an improving economy. Manufacturing activity increased in January, marking the 30 th straight month of increased factory activity. January non-manufacturing activity showed a healthy increase as well. Employers added 243,000 jobs in January, which was more than expected, and the unemployment rate for January declined to 8.3%. The January unemployment rate was the lowest since February 2009. Retail sales were up slightly in January and industrial production was unchanged in January, with both readings falling short of expectations. Residential construction was up 1.5% in January, but remained low by historical standards. Sales of existing homes also rose in January, while new home sales were down slightly in January but higher than a year ago. February data generally pointed towards an improving economy, as employment showed solid


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.3

 

growth for the third straight month. The February unemployment rate held steady at 8.3%. The service industry grew at its fastest pace in a year in February, while manufacturing activity continued to expand in February as well but at a slower rate compared to January. February retail sales were up 1.1% from January, the biggest jump in five months. New and existing home sales declined in February and residential construction was down as well in February, but permits for new residential construction in February climbed to their highest level since October 2008. The pace of manufacturing activity picked up steam in March, while service activity expanded at a slower rate in March. Employers added 120,000 jobs in March, which was far less than expected, and the March unemployment rate dropped to 8.2%. Retail sales showed a healthy increase in March, which was believed to be supported by recent job growth and unseasonably mild weather throughout most regions of the U.S. Housing data for March was somewhat mixed, but, in general, the recovery for the housing market remained slow and uneven. New home construction was down in March, while permits for future building reached their highest level since September 2008. Similarly, sales of existing homes declined in March, but pending home sales of existing homes were up in March. First quarter GDP increased at a 2.2% annual rate, versus 3.0% in the fourth quarter and below expected growth of 2.5%.

Manufacturing activity accelerated in April 2012, while April service sector activity expanded at a slightly lower rate in April. Employment data for April showed a decrease in hiring for a second straight month, although the April unemployment rate still fell to 8.1%. Retail sales rose a modest 0.1% in April and the index of leading economic indicators slipped 0.1% in April, which along with the disappointing job growth in April heightened concerns that the recovery in U.S. economy was slowing down.

In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, the yield on the 10-year Treasury remained below 2.0% at the start of the fourth quarter of 2011 and then edged above 2.0% heading into mid-October, as signs of stronger growth eased concerns that the economy was slipping back into a recession. Long-term Treasury yields stabilized for the balance of October and then edged lower at the beginning of November, as investors continued to be attracted to the safety of U.S. Treasury bonds. The Federal Reserve concluded its early-November meeting by keeping its target rate near zero, but lowered its jobs forecast for 2012. Wholesale and consumer prices edged down in October, which served to ease inflation concerns and helped to keep Treasury yields at historic lows with the 10-year Treasury yield hovering around 2.0% into late-November. A rise in consumer confidence in November and investors moving back into stocks pushed the yield on the 10-year Treasury back above 2.0% at


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.4

 

the end of November. Treasury yields continued to edge higher at the start of December following the better-than-expected jobs report for November. Disappointing November retail sales and the Federal Reserve’s guarded assessment of the economy helped to push the 10-year Treasury yield under 2.0% in mid-December. The Federal Reserve concluded its mid-December meeting by keeping its target rate the same and reiterated that short-term rates are likely to stay near zero until mid-2013. Little change in November wholesale and consumer prices indicated that inflation was slowing down. Data showing a healthier economy and consumer confidence increasing to a six month high pushed the 10-year Treasury yield back up to 2.0% in late-December.

Long-term Treasury yields remained fairly stable during the first half of January 2012 and then declined on more signs of weaker than expected economic growth and Standard & Poor’s downgrade of France’s debt along with eight other euro-zone countries. Low inflation reflected in the December wholesale and retail prices, along with the Federal Reserve’s announcement to keep rates low at least through 2014, helped to keep long-term Treasury yields near historic lows through the end of January. Data that generally showed an improving economy in January, including a better-than-expected jobs report for January, pushed Treasury yields slightly higher in early-February with the yield on the 10-year Treasury edging slightly above 2.0%. However, investors moved backed into the safety of U.S. Treasury bonds heading into mid-February, reflecting renewed fears of a Greek default and a drop in consumer confidence during February. Long-term Treasury yields edged higher in mid-February, as investors reacted to news of higher consumer prices in January including an increase in “core” consumer prices. The interest rate environment remained fairly stable through the end of February and into early-March. Investors moved out of Treasury bonds in mid-March, pushing yields to their highest level since October, as signs of an improving economy reduced prospects for another round of bond buying by the Federal Reserve.

Treasury yields edged lower at the start of the second quarter of 2012, as the 10-year Treasury revisited 2.0% yields in mid-April. A weaker than expected employment report for March and mounting concerns about Europe’s debt problems were noted factors that pushed investors back into U.S. bonds. Interest rates stabilized through the second half of April, with the yield on the 10-year Treasury remaining slightly below 2.0% for the balance of April. The late-April meeting of the Federal Reserve concluded with a reaffirmation of their plan to keep short-term interest rates near zero until late 2014 to support economic growth. Disappointing job growth reflected in the April employment data pushed Treasury yields lower in early-May.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.5

 

The downward trend in interest rates continued going into mid-May, as investors were attracted to the safety of Treasury bonds amid concerns that Greece was edging closer to an exit from the euro. As of May 11, 2012, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.18% and 1.84%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 0.18% and 3.19%. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.

Based on the consensus outlook of economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in April 2012, economic growth is expected to increase slightly in 2012 compared to 2011. The economists forecasted GDP growth of 2.5% for 2012 compared to 1.6% for 2011. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be at 7.9% by the end of 2012 and, on average, 191,000 jobs will be added per month over the next year. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until late 2013 and the 10-year Treasury yield will increase to 2.55% by the end of 2012. The surveyed economists also forecasted home prices would be substantially unchanged in 2012 and housing starts would increase slightly in 2012.

Market Area Demographics

Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, age distribution and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the market area served by Northfield Bancorp (see Table 2.1). The primary market area counties are densely populated markets, ranking among the largest populations in New Jersey and New York. Kings County (Brooklyn) has the largest population among the four primary market area counties and is the largest county in New York, with Richmond County (Staten Island) coming in as 10 th largest. In New Jersey, Middlesex County and Union County are the second and seventh largest, respectively, of the 21 counties in New Jersey. Three of the primary market area counties served by Northfield Bancorp experienced relatively slow demographic growth during the 2010 to 2011 period, a characteristic typical of mature densely populated urban markets located throughout the Northeast Corridor. Population and household growth rates for the primary market area counties are projected to be below the comparable U.S. measures, while approximating or exceeding slightly the comparable New Jersey and New York growth rates. Among the primary market area counties, population and household growth rates were the strongest in Kings County, approximating the comparable United States growth rates. Comparatively, the population and household growth rates for Union County fell below the comparable New Jersey growth rates, with almost no change in Union County’s population and households projected for the next five years. Middlesex County’s 2011 population and household growth rates were higher than the comparable New Jersey growth rates.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.6

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.7

 

Income measures show Richmond County, Middlesex County and Union County are relatively affluent markets. Comparatively, income measures for Kings County, which has a relatively broad socioeconomic spectrum, were well below the comparable state measures as well as the other three primary market area counties Projected income growth rates for the primary market area counties are fairly consistent with the projected income growth rates for New Jersey, New York and the U.S.

The relative affluence of three out of the four primary market area counties is further evidenced by a comparison of household income distribution measures, as Richmond, Middlesex and Union Counties maintain a lower percentage of households with incomes of less than $25,000 and a much higher percentage of households with incomes over $100,000 relative to the U.S. Comparatively, Kings County maintains a relatively high percentage of households with incomes of less than $25,000 and a relatively low percentage of households with income over $100,000.

Local Economy

The markets served by the Company have large and diverse economies. Comparative employment data in Table 2.2 shows that employment in services constitutes the primary source of employment in all four of the counties. Wholesale/retail jobs were the second largest source of employment for all four of the primary market area counties, and government employment provided the third largest source of jobs in the counties of Middlesex and Union, while finance, insurance and real estate jobs constitute the third largest employment sector in the counties of Richmond and Kings.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.8

 

[TABLE OMITTED]

Unemployment Trends

Comparative unemployment rates for the primary market area counties, as well as for the U.S, New Jersey, and New York, are shown in Table 2.3. March 2012 unemployment rates for the primary market area counties ranged from a low of 8.2% for Middlesex County to a high of 10.4% for Kings County. In New York, both market area counties showed an increase in unemployment for March 2012 compared to March 2011, which was consistent with the statewide trend. In New Jersey, March 2012 unemployment rates dropped at the state level and in both counties compared to one year prior, which was consistent with the U.S. trend.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.9

 

[TABLE OMITTED]

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

The Company’s retail deposit base is closely tied to the northern New Jersey and New York City market areas and, in particular, the markets that are nearby to the Company’s branch locations. Table 2.4 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2007 through June 30, 2011 for the primary market counties. Additional data is also presented for the states of New Jersey and New York. The data indicates that commercial banks gained deposit market share in all four of the primary market area counties during the four year period covered in Table 2.4. Similar to the states of New Jersey and New York, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in three of the Company’s primary market area counties, while savings institutions held a slightly larger market share of deposits than the commercial banks in Richmond County.

Northfield Bancorp’s largest holding and highest market share of deposits is in Richmond County, where the Company maintains its largest branch presence. The Company’s $1.0 billion of deposits at the Richmond County branches represented a 10.6% market share of bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2011. Middlesex County, where the Company maintains its second largest branch presence, accounted for $242.2 million of the Company’s deposits and a 1.1% market share of Middlesex County bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2011. Kings County,


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.10

 

where Northfield Bancorp maintained its third largest branch presence and where Flatbush maintains all three of its branches, held a combined total of $208.8 million of deposits at June 30, 2011 (with $94.8 million in Northfield Bancorp branches and $114.0 in Flatbush Bancorp branches), which provided for a combined 0.6% market share of Kings County bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2011. Union County accounted for $94.2 million of the Company’s deposits and a 0.5% market share of total Union County bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2011.

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
   II.10

 

As implied by the Company’s low market shares of deposits, except for Richmond County, the Company faces significant competition. Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by Northfield Bancorp. Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. Table 2.5 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the four counties currently served by its branches, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically. The Company’s deposit market share and market rank have also been provided in Table 2.5.

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.1

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of Northfield Bancorp’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Northfield Bancorp is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Northfield Bancorp, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 132 publicly-traded institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since Northfield Bancorp will be a full public


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.2

 

company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group. From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of Northfield Bancorp. In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

   

Screen #1 Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets $1-$5 billion; market value greater than $100 million tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.5% and core return on equity ratios of 0-10%. Seven companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and all seven were included in the Peer Group: Cape Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey, ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania; Flushing Financial Corp. of New York; Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, OceanFirst Financial Corp of New Jersey; Oritani Financial Corp. of New Jersey and Provident New York Bancorp, Inc. of New York. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Mid-Atlantic thrifts.

 

   

Screen #2 New England institutions with assets $1-$5 billion; market value greater than $100 million; tangible equity-to-assets ratios greater than 8.5% and core return on equity ratios of 0-10% Five companies met the criteria for Screen #2 and four were included in the Peer Group: Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts, Rockville Financial Inc. of Connecticut, United Financial Bancorp of Massachusetts and Westfield Financial Inc. of Massachusetts. First Connecticut Bancorp of Connecticut was excluded from the Peer Group, as the result of completing its stock conversion within the past year. Exhibit III-3 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded New England thrifts.

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 11 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-4 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Northfield Bancorp, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Northfield Bancorp’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Northfield Bancorp’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

 

Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Selected due to similar size of branch network, second-step conversion completed in July 2002, similar interest-bearing funding composition, limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets and similar concentration of assets maintained in multi-family/commercial real estate loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.3

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.4

 

 

Cape Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey. Selected due to similar return on average assets ratio and similar concentration of assets maintained in multi-family and commercial real estate loans.

 

 

ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Selected due to similar interest-bearing funding composition, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar ratio of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

 

 

Flushing Financial Corp. of New York. Selected due to New York City market area, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets and relatively high concentration of assets maintained in multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

 

Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Selected due to second-step conversion completed in June 2010, similar interest-bearing funding composition, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar net interest income ratio as a percent of average assets, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

 

OceanFirst Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Selected due to similar asset size, similar size of branch network, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

 

Oritani Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Selected due to second-step conversion completed in June 2010, market area in northeast New Jersey, similar asset size, similar size of branch network, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets, relatively low concentration of assets maintained in 1-4 family loans and relatively high concentration of assets maintained in multi-family/commercial real estate loans,

 

 

Provident New York, Inc. of New York. Selected due to second-step conversion completed in January 2004, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income ratio as a percent of average assets, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar ratio of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

 

 

Rockville Financial Inc. of Connecticut. Selected due to completed second-step conversion in March 2011, similar size of branch network, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio and similar concentration of assets maintained in multi-family/commercial real estate loans.

 

 

United Financial Bancorp of Massachusetts. Selected due to second-step conversion completed in December 2007, similar size of branch network, similar return on average assets ratio and lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.5

 

 

Westfield Financial Inc. of Massachusetts. Selected due to second-step conversion completed in January 2007, similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, limited earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively low operating expenses as a percent of average assets, similar concentration of assets maintained in mortgage-backed securities, lending diversification emphasis on multi-family/commercial real estate loans and similar ratio of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a higher level of tangible equity than the industry average (14.2% of assets versus 12.1% for all public companies), generated higher core earnings as a percent of average assets (0.69% core ROAA versus 0.08% for all public companies), and earned a higher core ROE (4.88% core ROE versus 0.05% for all public companies). Overall, the Peer Group’s average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were above the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

     All
Publicly-Traded
    Peer Group  

Financial Characteristics (Averages)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 2,731      $ 2,127   

Market capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 299      $ 313   

Tangible equity/assets (%)

     12.10     14.20

Core return on average assets (%)

     0.08        0.69   

Core return on average equity (%)

     0.05        4.88   

Pricing Ratios (Averages) (1)

    

Core price/earnings (x)

     20.15x        24.62x   

Price/tangible book (%)

     88.00     105.39

Price/assets (%)

     10.16        14.79   

 

(1) Based on market prices as of May 11, 2012.

Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to Northfield Bancorp in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies. However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to Northfield Bancorp, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.6

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.7

 

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios reflect balances as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Northfield Bancorp’s equity-to-assets ratio of 16.0% exceeded the Peer Group’s average net worth ratio of 15.1%. With the infusion of the net conversion proceeds, the Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets ratio should further exceed the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 15.3% and 14.2%, respectively. The increase in Northfield Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity. Both Northfield Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s banking subsidiaries capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements, with the Bank’s ratios currently exceeding the Peer Group’s ratios. On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s regulatory surpluses will become more significant than maintained by the Peer Group banking subsidiaries on average.

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group varied significantly, with Northfield Bancorp maintaining a much higher concentration of assets in investment securities and a much lower concentration of assets in loans. The Company’s combined cash and investment securities ratio equaled 52.0% of assets, versus a comparable Peer Group ratio of 26.2%. Comparatively, loans-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group were 42.3% and 67.9%, respectively. Overall, Northfield Bancorp’s interest-earning assets amounted to 94.3% of assets, which was approximated the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.1%. The Peer Group’s non-interest earning assets included bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) equal to 1.9% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.9% of assets, while the Company maintained BOLI equal to 3.3% of assets and a goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.7% of assets.

Northfield Bancorp’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was generally comparable to that of the Peer Group’s funding composition. The Company’s deposits equaled 62.4% of assets, which was slightly below the Peer Group’s ratio of 67.5%. Comparatively, the Company maintained a slightly higher level of borrowings than the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 19.8% and 16.3% for Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, were 82.2% and 83.8% respectively.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.8

 

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is slightly higher than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 114.7% and 112.3%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide Northfield Bancorp with an IEA/IBL ratio that further exceeds the Peer Group’s ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. Northfield Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on annual growth for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Northfield Bancorp recorded asset growth of 2.1%, which was fairly consistent with the Peer Group’s asset growth rate of 2.9%. Asset growth for Northfield Bancorp was sustained through a 22.3% increase in loans, which was in part funded by a 10.1% reduction in cash and investments. Asset growth for the Peer Group was sustained by a 4.3% increase in loans, with cash and investments showing a nominal decline.

Asset growth for Northfield Bancorp was funded through a 6.9% increase in deposits, which funded a 2.5 reduction in borrowings as well. Similarly, asset growth for the Peer Group was funded through deposit growth of 6.3%, which also funded a 10.0% reduction in the Peer Group’s borrowings. The Company’s tangible capital decreased by 3.0% during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, as dividend payments and stock repurchases more than offset retention of earnings. The Peer Group’s tangible capital ratio decreased nominally, as retained earnings were offset by dividend payments and stock repurchases. The not meaningful (“NM”) equity growth rates indicated for Rockville Financial were due to growth rates that exceeded 100%, as the result of the net conversion proceeds that were added to equity in March 2011. The Company’s post-conversion capital growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position. Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also potentially continue to slow the Company’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.9

 

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.71% and 0.67%, respectively. Higher levels of net interest income and non-interest operating income and slightly lower loan loss provisions represented earnings advantages for the Peer Group, while lower operating expenses and higher non-operating gains represented earnings advantages for the Company.

The Peer Group’s stronger net interest income was realized through maintenance of a higher interest income ratio, which was partially offset by the Company’s lower interest expense ratio. The Company’s lower interest income ratio resulted from a lower overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (4.15% versus 4.57% for the Peer Group), which was viewed to be largely related to the higher concentration of lower yielding cash and investments in the Company’s balance sheet. Likewise, the Company’s lower interest expense ratio was supported by a lower cost of funds (1.38% versus 1.42% for the Company), as well as a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets. Overall, Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 2.83% and 3.14%, respectively.

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Company maintained a lower level of operating expenses than the Peer Group. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 1.88% and 2.32%, respectively. The Company’s lower operating expense ratio was facilitated by the relatively high concentration of cash and investments, as well as multi-family and commercial real estate lending emphasis which generally are relatively high balance loans and, thus, tend to be less costly to service compared to a similarly sized portfolio of smaller balance 1-4 family loans. Accordingly, consistent with the lower staffing needs of the Company’s operations, assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $8.8 million for Northfield Bancorp versus $7.7 million for the Peer Group.

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrift’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s earnings were more favorable than the Peer Group’s. Expense coverage ratios posted by Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group equaled 1.51x and 1.35x, respectively.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.10

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.11

 

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a smaller contribution to the Company’s earnings, with such income amounting to 0.27% and 0.54% of Northfield Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. The Company’s relatively low earnings contribution realized from non-interest operating income is indicative of its limited diversification into areas that generate revenues from non-interest sources. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, Northfield Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 60.3% was slightly more favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 62.8%.

Loan loss provisions had a similar impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Company and the Peer Group equaling 0.49% and 0.45% of average assets, respectively. The higher level of loan provisions established by the Company was consistent with its less favorable credit quality measure for non-performing loans as a percent of loans, as well as its more rapid loan growth.

Net gains and losses realized from the sale of assets and other non-operating items equaled a net gain of 0.27% of average assets for the Company and a net loss equal to 0.02% of average assets for the Peer Group. The net gains recorded by the Company were the result of gains realized on securities transactions and the bargain purchase gain realized from the First State Bank transaction from the FDIC. Accordingly, the non-operating net gain recorded by the Company was not considered to be part of its core earnings. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Company’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.

Taxes had a similar impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, as Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 28.21% and 27.59%, respectively. As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 40.0%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.12

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.13

 

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions, including the investment in mortgage-backed securities. The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a significantly lower concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans compared to the Peer Group (3.34% of assets versus 28.07% for the Peer Group). Comparatively, the Company exhibited higher concentrations in the level of MBS (44.44% of assets versus 18.35% for the Peer Group) and commercial real estate and multi-family loans (35.12% of assets versus 30.51% for the Peer Group). The Company’s relatively high concentration of MBS is viewed as reducing the overall credit risk in the balance sheet, while also placing downward pressure on yields relative to yields earned on loans. Overall diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was comparable between the Company and the Peer Group, as the combined percentage of construction, commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and consumer loans for Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group equaled 39.99% and 40.51%, respectively. The primary area of diversification for both Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group was commercial real estate and multi-family loans. Overall, the composition of the Company’s assets provides for a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio compared to the Peer Group’s ratio (57.93% versus 66.57% for the Peer Group).

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Northfield Bancorp’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be slightly more favorable than the Peer Group’s measures. Most notably, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were slightly above the comparable Peer Group ratios, while the Company and the Peer Group maintained similar levels of non-interest earning assets. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to provide the Company with further comparative advantages over the Peer Group’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics, based on the expected increases that will be realized in Company’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Northfield Bancorp and the Peer Group. In general, the more significant fluctuations in the Company’s ratios implied that the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s net interest income was greater compared to the Peer Group’s, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of Northfield Bancorp’s assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.14

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.15

 

Credit Risk

Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Company’s credit risk exposure was viewed to be somewhat higher than the Peer Group’s credit risk exposure. As shown in Table 3.6, the Company’s ratios for non-performing/assets and non-performing loans/loans equaled 1.77% and 3.95%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 2.02% and 2.64% for the Peer Group. The Company’s and Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 67.49% and 72.83%, respectively. Loss reserves maintained as percent of net loans receivable equaled 2.67% for the Company, versus 1.28% for the Peer Group. Net loan charge-offs were a more significant factor for the Company, as net loan charge-offs for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 0.66% of loans and 0.41% of loans, respectively. Charge-offs for the Company included $4.0 million of charge-offs related to the transfer of $7.4 million of loans to held-for-sale. The Company’s rapid loan growth and resulting relatively high concentration of unseasoned multi-family loans that comprise the loan portfolio were also viewed as increasing the implied credit risk associated with the Company’s loan portfolio.

Summary

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.16

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The regulatory written appraisal guidelines reissued by the OCC specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, particularly second-step conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Northfield Bancorp’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Northfield Bancorp’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.2

 

changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks and Northfield Bancorp’s stock specifically; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, particularly second-step conversions, (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If, during the conversion process, material changes occur, RP Financial will determine if updated valuation reports should be prepared to reflect such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Northfield Bancorp’s value, or Northfield Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.3

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

   

Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition showed a higher concentration of investments and a lower concentration of loans. Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was similar for the Company and the Peer Group, while the Peer Group maintained a significantly higher concentration of 1-4 family loans. Overall, in comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition provided for a lower yield earned on interest-earning assets and a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio. Northfield Bancorp’s funding composition reflected slightly lower and higher levels of deposits and borrowings, respectively, which translated into a similar cost of funds for the Company and the Peer Group. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained a similar level of interest-earning assets and a slightly lower level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a higher IEA/IBL ratio for the Company. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio should further exceed the Peer Group’s ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Credit Quality . The Company’s ratio for non-performing assets was similar to the Peer Group’s ratio, while the ratio of non-performing loans as a percent of loans was higher for the Company. Loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans were lower for the Company, while the Company maintained higher loss reserves as a percent of loans. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were more significant for the Company. The Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than the Peer Group’s ratio. Loan growth was significantly higher for the Company, which was largely sustained by originations of multi-family loans. Accordingly, the relatively high concentration of unseasoned multi-family loans held in the Company’s loan portfolio represented an additional area of credit risk exposure for the Company. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company operated with a higher level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (52.0% of assets versus 26.2% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into investments. The Company and the Peer Group were viewed as having similar future borrowing capacities, given the fairly similar levels of borrowings currently funding the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Funding Liabilities . The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a slightly lower concentration of deposits and a slightly higher concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a similar cost of funds for the Company and the Peer Group. Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were slightly lower for the Company. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position will further reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Company’s assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.4

 

   

Capital . The Company currently operates with a higher equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. Following the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will strongly exceed the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio. The Company’s higher pro forma capital position implies greater leverage capacity, lower dependence on interest-bearing liabilities to fund assets and a greater capacity to absorb unanticipated losses. At the same time, the Company’s more significant capital surplus will make it difficult to achieve a competitive ROE. On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

On balance, Northfield Bancorp’s balance sheet strength was considered to be fairly comparable to the Peer Group’s balance sheet strength and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

   

Reported Earnings . The Company’s reported earnings were slightly higher than the Peer Group’s on a ROAA basis (0.71% of average assets versus 0.67% for the Peer Group), which was largely due higher a higher level of non-operating gains and a lower level of operating expenses. The Peer Group maintained relative earnings advantages in the areas of net interest income and non-interest operating income. Reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by implementation of additional stock benefit plans in connection with the second-step offering. Overall, the Company’s pro forma reported earnings were considered to be fairly similar to the Peer Group’s earnings and, thus, RP Financial concluded that this was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Core Earnings . Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s core earnings. The Company operated with a lower net interest income ratio, a lower operating expense ratio and a lower level of non-interest operating income. The Company’s lower ratio for operating expenses translated into a higher expense coverage ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio (equal to 1.51x versus 1.35X for the Peer Group). Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio of 60.3% was slightly more favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 62.8%. Loan loss provisions had a slightly larger impact on the Company’s earnings. After adjusting for non-operating gains, the Company’s ROAA ratio was well below the comparable Peer Group ratio.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.5

 

 

Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Company should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets and leveraging of post-conversion capital, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans, indicate that the Company’s pro forma core earnings will remain less favorable than the Peer Group’s earnings on a ROAA basis. Therefore, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated a higher degree of volatility was associated with the Company’s net interest margin. Other measures of interest rate risk, such as capital and IEA/IBL ratios were more attractive for the Company. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that will be further above the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets. On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a slightly larger factor in the Company’s earnings (0.49% of average assets versus 0.45% of average assets for the Peer Group). In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, lending diversification into higher risk types of loans was similar for the Company and the Peer Group. However, growth of higher risk types of loans was significantly greater for the Company. Credit quality measures for non-performing assets as a percent of assets were similar for the Company and the Peer Group, while the Company’s ratio of non-performing loans as a percent of loans was higher than the Peer Group’s ratio. Loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans were lower for the Company, while the Company maintained higher loss reserves as a percent of loans. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were higher for the Company. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Peer Group maintained a higher interest rate spread than the Company, which would tend to continue to support a higher net interest income ratio for the Peer Group going forward based on the current prevailing interest rate environment. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Company with more significant growth potential through leverage than currently maintained by the Peer Group. Third, the Peer Group’s higher ratio of non-interest operating income and the Company’s lower operating expense ratio were viewed as respective advantages to sustain earnings growth during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates. Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Return on Equity . Currently, the Company’s core ROE is lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE. As the result of the significant increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Company’s equity, the Company’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will remain lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE. Accordingly, this was a moderately negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.6

 

On balance, Northfield Bancorp’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a slight/moderate downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

3. Asset Growth

The Company’s asset growth rate was comparable to the Peer Group’s growth rate during the period covered in our comparative analysis, based on growth rates of 2.1% and 2.9%, respectively. Asset growth for the Company and the Peer Group was sustained by loan growth, with the Company showing a much higher loan growth rate compared to the Pee Group. Asset growth for the Company and the Peer Group was funded by similar deposit growth rates, which also funded reductions in their respective borrowings. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating greater leverage capacity for the Company. On balance, a slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth.

 

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Northfield Bancorp serves Staten Island, Brooklyn and northeastern New Jersey through the main office and 24 branch locations. Operating in a relatively slow growing densely populated market area provides the Company with growth opportunities, but such growth must be achieved in a highly competitive market environment. The Company competes against significantly larger institutions that provide a larger array of services and have significantly larger branch networks than maintained by Northfield Bancorp. Except for Richmond County, the Company maintains relatively low market shares of deposits in the counties where its branches are maintained.

On average, the Peer Group companies generally operate in markets with similar population densities compared to the New York and northeastern New Jersey market served by the Company. Population growth for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies reflect a wide range of growth rates, but on average was comparable to Northfield Bancorp’s primary market area population growth rate. Richmond County, where the Company maintains its main office and the majority of its branches, has a similar per capita income compared to the Peer Group’s average per capita income and a higher per capita income compared to the Peer Group’s median per capita income. The average and median deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were consistent with the Company’s deposit market share in Richmond County. Overall, the competitive environment and growth potential in the markets served by the Peer Group companies was for the most part viewed to be similar to the Company’s primary market area. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-4. As shown in Table 4.1, March 2012 unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies were, on average, fairly consistent with the comparable unemployment rate for Richmond County. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.7

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.8

 

5. Dividends

Northfield Bancorp has indicated its intention to pay a cash dividend that will preserve the current $0.24 per share annual cash dividend paid to its public shareholders, which is equal to a 2.4% yield based on the $10.00 per share IPO price. The Company has also indicated it will pay a onetime dividend of $0.25 per share in the first quarter following the completion of the second-step offering and then resume paying a $0.06 per share quarterly dividend in subsequent quarters. However, future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

Ten out of the eleven Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.23% to 4.18%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 2.73% as of May 11, 2012. As of May 11, 2012, approximately 62% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of 1.65%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends. The Company’s indicated dividend policy (exclusive of the onetime special dividend) provides for a slightly lower yield compared to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield, while the Company’s implied payout ratio is significantly above the Peer Group’s payout ratio. At the same time, the Company’s tangible equity-assets ratio, which will be at levels exceeding the Peer Group’s ratio across the conversion offering range, will support Northfield Bancorp’s dividend paying capacity from a capital perspective. Accordingly, on balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for purposes of the Company’s dividend policy.

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All eleven of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $108 million to $652 million as of May 11, 2012, with average and median market values of $313 million and $274 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding of the Peer Group companies ranged from 11.9 million to 70.2 million, with


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.9

 

average and median shares outstanding of 28.4 million and 26.6 million, respectively. The Company’s second-step stock offering is expected to provide for a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will be in the upper end of the range of market values and shares outstanding indicated for Peer Group companies. Like the large majority of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock will continue to be quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a comparable trading market as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that four separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Northfield Bancorp’s: (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; (C) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in New York and New Jersey; and (D) the market for the public stock of Northfield Bancorp. All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

  A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. At the start of the fourth quarter of 2011, day-to-day fluctuations in the broader stock market continued to be dominated by news regarding Europe’s sovereign-debt problems. The S&P 500-stock index briefly moved into bear-market territory on fears of a European debt default, which was followed by a strong


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.10

 

rebound after the leaders of France and Germany promised to strengthen European banks. A positive report on September U.S retail sales and more signs of progress in Europe’s sovereign-debt crisis helped to push the DJIA into positive territory in mid-October. Mixed third quarter earnings reports and ongoing euro-zone concerns provided for more volatility in the broader stock market through the end of October. Overall, the DJIA was up 9.5% for October, which was its best one-month performance in nine years. The broader stock market continued to perform unevenly throughout November, as investors reacted to ongoing developments concerning Europe’s sovereign debt and mixed economic data. Notably, the DJIA turned in its worst Thanksgiving week performance since the market began observing the holiday, as Europe’s debt problems and lackluster economic data weighed on the broader stock market. Comparatively, stocks rallied strongly to close out November and into early-December, which was supported by news that major central banks agreed to act together to make it less costly for European banks to borrow U.S. dollars and a better-than-expected U.S. employment report for November. Stocks traded unevenly heading into mid-December, as investors reacted to the latest developments concerning Europe’s ability to tackle its debt crisis. Encouraging news coming out of Europe and some reports showing a pick-up in U.S. economic activity supported a positive trend in the broader stock market to close out 2011. For all of 2011, the DJIA ended 2011 with a gain of 5.5% and the NASDAQ Composite was down 1.8% for the year. Over the course of 2011, the S&P 500 had been up as much as 8.4% in late-April and down nearly 13% in early-October. For all of 2011, the S&P 500 was essentially unchanged.

More signs of an improving U.S. economy sustained a generally positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of 2012. Major stock indexes moved to six-month highs in mid-January, as investors responded to encouraging jobs data and solid fourth quarter earnings posted by some large banks. Disappointing economic data, including weaker than expected new home sales in December and fourth quarter GDP growth falling short of expectations, contributed to the DJIA posting its first weekly loss of 2012 in late-January. Notwithstanding the downward trend in late-January, gains in the major stock indexes for January were the largest in fifteen years. A strong jobs report for January helped stocks regain some traction in early-February, with the DJIA moving to its highest close since May 2008. The DJIA posted its sharpest one day decline for 2012 heading into mid-February, which was attributable to renewed fears of a Greek default and disappointing readings on the U.S. economy. Signs of an accelerating U.S. economic recovery and indications of progress toward an agreement on a bailout for Greece propelled the DJIA to a 52-week high


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.11

 

in mid-February. In late-February, the DJIA closed above 13000 for the first time since the financial crisis and February marked the fifth straight month that the DJIA closed higher. Stocks faltered in early-March on worries about Greece and slower global economic growth, which was followed by a rebound going into mid-March. Some favorable economic reports, including solid job growth reflected in the February employment data, Greece moving closer to completing its debt restructuring and most of the largest U.S. banks passing the latest round of “stress tests” contributed to the rally that pushed the broader stock market to multi-year highs in mid-March. Concerns about slower growth in China pulled stocks lower heading into the close of the first quarter, while the broader stock market closed out the first quarter with a gain. Overall, the DJIA was up 8.1% for the first quarter, which was the best first quarter performance for the DJIA since 1998.

Following the strong first quarter of 2012, stocks moved lower at the beginning of the second quarter. Among the factors contributing to the decline included minutes from the latest Federal Reserve meeting that suggested further monetary stimulus was unlikely and a disappoint employment report for March, in which job growth was less than expected. The DJIA had its worst week for 2012 in mid-April, as worries over rising borrowings costs for European countries fueled the downturn. Stocks rebounded at the end of April and the DJIA moved to a four year high at the start of May, with some favorable first quarter earnings posted by some blue chip stocks and a stronger than expected reading for manufacturing activity in April supporting the gains. A disappointing jobs report for April fueled a selloff in the broader stock market to close out the first week of May, with the DJIA recording its worst week of 2012 on heightened concerns that the economic recovery was heading for a slowdown. The downward in the broader stock market continued heading into mid-May, as concerns about Greece and Spain weighed on investor sentiment and a large trading loss disclosed by J.P. Morgan rattled financial markets. On May 11, 2012, the DJIA closed at 12820.60, an increase of 1.8% from one year ago and an increase of 4.9% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2933.82, an increase of 3.7% from one year ago and an increase of 12.6% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1353.39 on May 11, 2012, an increase of 1.2% from one year ago and an increase of 7.6% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat volatile as well in recent quarters, but in general underperformed the broader stock market. Bank and thrift stocks led a sharp market downturn to start out the fourth quarter of 2011, as investors were unsettled when Greece’s government indicated that it would miss its deficit target in 2011. Indications that


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.12

 

European policymakers were moving forward with plans to stabilize Europe’s banks and resolve Europe’s debt crisis pushed bank and thrift stocks along with the broader market higher heading into mid-October. Thrift stocks underperformed the broader stock market in mid-October, as third quarter earnings reports for some of the nation’s largest banks showed decreases in revenues. Shares of financial stocks rallied in late-October, as European leaders hashed out an eleventh hour agreement to address the fallout from Greece’s debt woes. Volatility prevailed in bank and thrift stocks through most of November, which was largely tied to changes in sentiment over resolution of Europe’s sovereign debt problems. Thrift stocks traded lower along with the broader stock market Thanksgiving week and more than recovered those losses the following week, as financial shares were the strongest gainers on news about a coordinated plan by major central banks to cut short-term borrowings rates and U.S. employment growth picked up speed in November. Thrift stocks were largely trendless heading into mid-December, as investors reacted to generally positive economic data and the conclusion of the European summit. A strong report on housing starts in November and Spain’s second successful debt auction boosted financials along with the broader stock market in late-December. Thrift stocks closed out 2011 generally trending higher, as financials benefitted from economic reports showing a brightening picture for the U.S. economy. For 2011 overall, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts showed a decline of 18.7%.

Some more encouraging news on the economy helped to sustain the advance in thrift stocks at the beginning of 2012. Bank and thrift stocks did not keep pace with the broader stock market heading into the second half of January, as financials traded in a narrow range on mixed fourth quarter earnings reports coming out of the sector. Financial stocks led the broader market lower in late-January, as investors focused on the standoff between Greece and its creditors and the cut in Bank of America’s rating by Goldman Sachs. The better-than-expected employment report for January boosted thrift stocks in early-February, which was followed by a slight pullback on some profit taking and renewed concerns about the Greek bailout. Bank and thrift stocks advanced in mid-February on increased optimism that Greece was close to getting approval of its bailout package. Financials traded in a fairly narrow range into late-February and then retreated along with the broader stock market in late-February and early-March, based on concerns related to the global economy. Generally favorable results from the Federal Reserve’s latest round of “stress test” triggered a broad based rally for bank and thrift stocks in mid-March. Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range to close out the first quarter.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.13

 

Thrift stocks tumbled along with stocks in general at the start of the second quarter 2012, as investors reacted to the weaker than expected job growth reflected in the March employment report and renewed concerns about Europe’s debt problems. The March consumer price index, which showed that core inflation was still above the Federal Reserve’s target range also pressured thrift stocks lower in mid-April. Thrift stocks rebounded in late-April, as the Federal Reserve meeting concluded with no change in its target rate and reaffirmed their plan to keep short-term rates near zero until late-2014. The disappointing employment report for April pushed led thrift stocks lower to close out the first week of May, which was followed by a narrow trading range for thrift stocks heading into mid-May. On May 11, 2012, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 514.3, a decrease of 7.8% from one year ago and an increase of 6.9% year-to-date.

 

  B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

Over the past three months, there were no conversion offerings completed. As shown in Table 4.2, two standard conversions and one second-step conversion have been completed during 2012. The second-step conversion offering is considered to be more relevant for our analysis, which was completed on January 18, 2012. Cheviot Financial’s second-step offering was completed at the minimum of the offering range, with a 62% offering raising gross proceeds of $37.4 million. Cheviot Financial’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the closing value equaled 65.6%. Cheviot Financial’s stock price closed 2.6% above its offering price after one week of trading and was up 7.9% from its offering price through May 11, 2012.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.14

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.15

 

In assessing the new issue market for Northfield Bancorp’s offering, consideration was also given to the Company’s previous attempt of completing a second-step conversion and the relative large size of the Company’s offering. The Company attempted to complete a second-step offering two years ago, but elected to go on “hold” when the offering did not sell to the minimum of the offering range. Notably, an offering as large as the Company’s proposed offering has not been completed since 2010.

 

  C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Northfield Bancorp’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of thrift institutions operating in New York and New Jersey. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were nine acquisitions of thrifts headquartered in New York and New Jersey completed from the beginning of 2008 through May 11, 2012, and there is currently one acquisition pending for a New Jersey institution and two acquisitions pending for New York institutions including Northfield Bancorp’s pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp. The recent acquisition activity involving regional savings institutions may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Northfield Bancorp’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Northfield Bancorp’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

The Company’s pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp was also taken into consideration for the valuation. The acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp will add three additional branches in Kings County and is expected to be slightly accretive to book value per share, tangible book value per share and earnings per share after factoring in estimated cost savings. Currently, Flatbush Bancorp is operating at a net loss on a recurring earnings basis. Overall, given the relatively small size of Flatbush Bancorp in relation to Northfield Bancorp’s operations, the acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp is viewed as having a minimal impact on the Company’s pro forma market value.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.16

 

  D. Trading in Northfield Bancorp’s Stock

Since Northfield Bancorp’s minority stock currently trades under the symbol “NFBK” on the NASDAQ, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity in the valuation analysis. Northfield Bancorp had a total of 40,396,868 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012, of which 15,755,184 shares were held by public shareholders and traded as public securities. The Company’s stock has had a 52 week trading range of $11.68 to $16.49 per share and its closing price on May 11, 2012 was $14.07 per share. There are significant differences between the Company’s minority stock (currently being traded) and the conversion stock that will be issued by the Company. Such differences include different liquidity characteristics, a different return on equity for the conversion stock, the stock is currently traded based on speculation of a range of exchange ratios and dividend payments will be made on all shares outstanding; thereby, requiring a higher payout ratio to sustain the current level of dividends paid to non-MHC shareholders. Since the pro forma impact has not been publicly disseminated to date, it is appropriate to discount the current trading level. As the pro forma impact is made known publicly, the trading level will become more informative.

* * * * * * * * * * *

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for second-step conversions, the acquisition market, the Company’s pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp and recent trading activity in the Company’s minority stock. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8. Management

The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant. Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.17

 

companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

As a fully-converted regulated institution, Northfield Bancorp will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members—all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

  

No Adjustment

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

  

Slight/Moderate Downward

Asset Growth

  

Slight Upward

Primary Market Area

  

No Adjustment

Dividends

  

No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

  

No Adjustment

Marketing of the Issue

  

Moderate Downward

Management

  

No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

  

No Adjustment

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OCC and adopted by the FRB, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock—price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches—all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.18

 

prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, expenses and the pro forma impact of the pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8). Pursuant to the acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp and the exchange of Flatbush Bancorp shares for Northfield Bancorp shares, 704,202 shares were added to the Company’s existing MHC shares and 594,781 shares were added to the Company’s existing minority shares. The pro forma impact of the exchange shares issued to Flatbush Bancorp shareholders reduced the MHC’s ownership interest in Northfield Bancorp from 61.00% to 60.71%, based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012. In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

   

P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock and we have given it the significant weight among the valuation approaches. Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for the Company; and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

   

P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

   

P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

   

Trading of NFBK stock . Converting institutions generally do not have stock outstanding. Northfield Bancorp, however, has public shares outstanding due to the mutual holding company form of ownership. Since Northfield Bancorp is currently


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.19

 

 

traded on the NASDAQ, it is an indicator of investor interest in the Company’s conversion stock and therefore received some weight in our valuation. Based on the May 11, 2012, stock price of $14.07 per share and the 40,396,868 shares of Northfield Bancorp stock outstanding, the Company’s implied market value of $568.4 million was considered in the valuation process. However, since the conversion stock will have different characteristics than the minority shares, and since pro forma information has not been publicly disseminated to date, the current trading price of Northfield Bancorp’s stock was somewhat discounted herein but will become more important towards the closing of the offering.

The Company has adopted Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6, which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC net assets that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will increase equity and earnings. At March 31, 2012, the MHC had unconsolidated net assets of $220,000 consisting primarily of cash held in the Bank and other assets, net of other liabilities. These entries have been added to the Company’s March 31, 2012 reported financial information to reflect the consolidation of the MHC into the Company’s operations.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, RP Financial concluded that as of May 11, 2012, the aggregate pro forma market value of Northfield Bancorp’s conversion stock equaled $559,320,750 at the midpoint, equal to 55,932,075 shares at $10.00 per share. The $10.00 per share price was determined by the Northfield Bancorp Board. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 60.79% ownership interest to the public, which provides for a $340,000,000 public offering at the midpoint value.

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Company’s reported earnings equaled $16.801 million for the twelve months ended


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.20

 

March 31, 2012. In deriving Northfield Bancorp’s core earnings, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate the bargain purchase gain, gains on securities transactions and the OTTI losses on a tax effected basis. Due to the immaterial pro forma impact of Flatbush Bancorp’s recurring earnings, which excludes the onetime gain realized from the sale of the main office property, and consistent with the pro forma assumptions disclosed in the Company’s prospectus, no earnings adjustments were made for the pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp. As shown below, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 40.0% for the earnings adjustments, the Company’s core earnings were estimated to equal $11.629 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. (Note: see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).

 

     Amount  
     ($000)  

Net income

   $ 16,801   

Deduct: Bargain purchase gain, net of tax

     (3,560

Deduct: Gain on securities transactions(1) net of OTTI charges

     (1,761

Add: OTTI losses(1)

     149   
  

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate

   $ 11,629   
  

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $559.3 million midpoint value equaled 35.92x and 53.79x, respectively, indicating premiums of 58.4% and 118.5% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core earnings multiples of 22.68x and 24.62x, respectively (see Table 4.3). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples of 22.47x and 22.86x, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 59.9% and 135.3%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the maximum equaled 30.18x and 41.80x, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the maximum equaled 44.93x and 62.96x, respectively.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. The Company’s pro forma book value was adjusted for the impact of the pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp, as disclosed in the Company’s prospectus. The pro forma impact of the Flatbush Bancorp acquisition increased reported book value by $20.3 million and tangible book value by $19.5 million. Based on the $559.3 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 79.68% and 81.77%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 98.21% and 105.39%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 18.9% on a P/B basis and 22.4% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 99.31% and 104.56%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 19.8% and 21.8%, respectively. At the maximum of the range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 86.13% and 88.26%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the maximum of the range reflected discounts of 12.3% and 16.3%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable given the Company’s pro forma P/E multiples were at a premium to the Peer Group’s P/E multiples.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.21

 

[TABLE OMITTED]


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.22

 

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. The Company’s pro forma assets were adjusted for the impact of the pending acquisition of Flatbush Bancorp, which added $149.2 million to the Company’s pro forma assets. At the $559.3 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 19.62% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 14.79%, which implies a premium of 32.7% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 15.15%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 29.5%.

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.23

 

of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, one second-step conversions has been completed in 2012 and closed at a pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 65.6% (see Table 4.2). Cheviot Financial’s stock price closed 2.6% above its offering price after one week of trading and was up 7.9% from its offering price through May 11, 2012. In comparison, the Company’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the appraised midpoint value reflects a premium of 24.6% and at the maximum of the range reflects a premium of 34.5%.

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of May 11, 2012, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering—including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company—was $559,320,750 at the midpoint, equal to 55,932,075 shares at a per share value of $10.00. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $10.00 per share, are as follows:

 

     Total Shares     Offering
Shares
    Exchange Shares
Issued to Public
Shareholders
    Exchange
Ratio
 

Shares

        

Maximum

     64,321,885        39,100,000        25,221,885        1.5426   

Midpoint

     55,932,074        34,000,000        21,932,074        1.3414   

Minimum

     47,542,263        28,900,000        18,642,263        1.1402   

Distribution of Shares

        

Maximum

     100.00     60.79     39.21  

Midpoint

     100.00     60.79     39.21  

Minimum

     100.00     60.79     39.21  

Aggregate Market Value at $10 per share

        

Maximum

   $ 643,218,850      $ 391,000,000      $ 252,218,850     

Midpoint

   $ 559,320,740      $ 340,000,000      $ 219,320,740     

Minimum

   $ 475,422,630      $ 289,000,000      $ 186,422,630     


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.24

 

The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.3 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

Conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority shareholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp has independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company held by the public shareholders. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription and underwritten offerings and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 1.3414 shares of the Company for every one public share held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.1402 at the minimum and 1.5426 at the maximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public shareholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Exhibit 99.6

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

June 6, 2012

Boards of Trustees and Directors

Northfield Bancorp, MHC

Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Northfield Bank

581 Main Street, Suite 810

Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095

 

Re: Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  Northfield Bancorp, MHC
  Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Members of the Boards:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Mid-Tier and the Mid-Tier will merge with Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a newly-formed Delaware corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Northfield Bank. We further understand that Northfield Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of Northfield Bank (or the Company and Northfield Bank).

In the unlikely event that either Northfield Bank (or the Company and Northfield Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of March 31, 2011 and depositors as of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date on which the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) approves the MHC’s application for conversion, of the liquidation account maintained by the Company. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Northfield Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Northfield Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Northfield Bank has positive net worth, Northfield Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Northfield Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Northfield Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

  

Three Ballston Plaza

     Telephone: (703) 528-1700   

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788   

Arlington, VA 22201

     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594   

www.rpfinancial.com

     E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com   


RP ® Financial, LC.

Boards of Trustees and Directors

June 6, 2012

Page 2

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Northfield Bank (or the Company and Northfield Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Northfield Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Northfield Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to Northfield Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Northfield Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Northfield Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

RP ® Financial, LC.